diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:59:47 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:59:47 -0700 |
| commit | 0c42f32f97ee69d050b9cc20b28e88f08cd5aa03 (patch) | |
| tree | 6f6402a565560065e6431f38cd4c9deb89c4ea8b | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-8.txt | 6523 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 120474 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 212851 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-h/33569-h.htm | 6559 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-h/images/i001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5834 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569-h/images/i040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 77383 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569.txt | 6523 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33569.zip | bin | 0 -> 120450 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
11 files changed, 19621 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/33569-8.txt b/33569-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f86c96 --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6523 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Kastle Krags + A Story of Mystery + +Author: Absalom Martin + +Release Date: August 29, 2010 [EBook #33569] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + + + + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + KASTLE KRAGS + + A STORY OF MYSTERY + + BY + ABSALOM MARTIN + + NEW YORK + DUFFIELD AND COMPANY + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922 + BY DUFFIELD & COMPANY + + Printed in U. S. A. + + + + +KASTLE KRAGS + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +Who could forget the Ochakee River, and the valley through which it +flows! The river itself rises in one of those lost and nameless lakes in +the Floridan central ridge, then is hidden at once in the live oak and +cypress forests that creep inland from the coasts. But it can never be +said truly to flow. Over the billiard-table flatness of that land it +moves so slowly and silently that it gives the effect of a lake stirred +by the wind. These dark waters, and the moss-draped woodlands through +which they move, are the especial treasure-field and delight of the +naturalist and scientist from the great universities of the North. + +It is a lost river; and it is still a common thing to see a brown, +lifeless, floating log suddenly flash, strike, and galvanize into a +diving alligator. The manatee, that grotesque, hair-lipped caricature of +a sea-lion, still paddles in the lower waters; and the great gar, who +could remember, if he would, the days when the nightmare wings of the +pterodactyls whipped and hummed over his native waters, makes deadly +hunting-trips up and down the stream, sword-like jaws all set and ready; +and all manner of smaller fry offer pleasing possibilities to the +sportsmen. The water-fowl swarm in countless numbers: fleet-winged +travelers such as ducks and geese, long-legged dignitaries of the crane +and heron tribe, gay-colored birds that flash by and out of sight before +the eye can identify them, and bitterns, like town-criers, booming the +river news for miles up and down the shores. And of course the little +perchers are past all counting in the arching trees of the river-bank. + +In the forests the fleet, under-sized Floridan deer is watchful and +furtive because of the activities of that tawny killer, the "catamount" +of the frontier; and the black bear sometimes grunts and soliloquizes +and gobbles persimmons in the thickets. The lynx that mews in the +twilight, the raccoon that creeps like a furtive shadow through the +velvet darkness, the pink-nosed 'possum that can only sleep when danger +threatens, and such lesser folk as rabbit and squirrel, weasel and +skunk, all have their part in the drama of the woods. Then there are the +game-birds: wild turkey, pheasant, and that little red quail, the Bob +White known to Southern sportsmen. + +Yet the Ochakee country conveys no message of brightness and cheer. Some +way, there are too many shadows. The river itself is a moving sea of +shadows; and if the sun ever gets to them, it is just an unhappy glimpse +through the trees in the long, still afternoons. The trees are mostly +draped with Spanish moss that sways like dark tresses in the little +winds that creep in from the gulf, and the trees creak and complain and +murmur one to another throughout the night. The air is dank, lifeless, +heavy with the odors of vegetation decaying underfoot. There is more +death than life in the forest, and all travelers know it, and not one +can tell why. It is easier to imagine death than life, the trail grows +darker instead of brighter, a murky mystery dwells between the distant +trunks.... Ordinarily such abundant wild-life relieves the somber, +unhappy tone of the woods, but here it some way fails to do so. No +woodsman has to be told how much more cheerful it makes him feel, how +less lonely and depressed, to catch sight of a doe and fawn, feeding in +the downs, or even a raccoon stealing down a creek-bank in the mystery +of the moon; but here the wild things always seem to hide when you want +them most; and if they show themselves at all, it is just as a fleet +shadow at the edge of the camp-fire. These are cautious, furtive things, +fleet as shadows, hidden as the little flowers that blossom among the +grass-stems; and such woodsfolk as do make their presence manifest do +not add, especially, to the pleasure of one's visit. These are two in +particular--the water-moccasin that hangs like a growing thing in the +wisteria, and the great, diamond-back rattlesnake whose bite is death. + +The river flows into the gulf about half-way down the peninsula, and +here is the particular field of the geologist, rather than the +naturalist. For miles along the shore the underlying limestone and +coraline rocks crop up above the blue-green water, forming a natural +sea-wall. Here, in certain districts, the thickets have been cleared +away, wide areas planted to rice, and a few ancient colonial homes stand +fronting the sea. Also the sportsman fishes for tarpon beyond the +lagoons. + +A strange, unhappy land of mystery; a misty, enchanted place whose +tragic beauty no artist can trace and whose disconsolate appeal no man +can fathom! Forests are never cheerful, silent and steeped in shadow as +they are, but these moss-grown copses beside the Ochakee, and crowding +down to the very shores of the gulf, have an actual weight of sadness, +like a curse laid down when the world was just beginning. Yet Grover +Nealman defied the disconsolate spirit of the land. He dared to disturb +the cathedral silence of those mossy woods with the laughter of carefree +guests, and to hold high revelry on the shores of that dismal sea. + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +The allurement of a September day had brought me far down the trail, +past the neck of the marsh, and far from my accustomed haunts. But I +could never resist September weather, particularly when the winds are +still, and the sun through the leaves dapples the trail like a fawn's +back, and the woods are so silent that the least rustle of a squirrel in +the thicket cracks with a miniature explosion. And for all the gloom of +the woods, and the tricky windings and cut-backs of that restless little +serpent of a trail, I still knew approximately where I was. A natural +sense of direction was seemingly implanted with less essential organs in +my body at birth. + +The Ochakee River wound its lazy way to the sea somewhere to my right. A +half mile further the little trail ended in a brown road over which a +motor-car, in favorable seasons, might safely pass. The Nealman estate, +known for forty miles up and down the shore, lay at the juncture of the +trail and the road--but I hadn't the least idea of pushing on that far. +Neither fortune nor environment had fitted me to move in such a circle +as sometimes gathered on the wide verandas of Kastle Krags. + +I was lighting a pipe, ready to turn back, when the leaves rustled in +the trail in front. It was just a whisper of sound, the faintest +scratch-scratch of something approaching at a great distance, and only +the fact that my senses had been trained to silences such as these +enabled me to hear it at all. It is always a fascinating thing to stand +silent on a jungle-trail, conjecturing what manner of creature is +pushing toward you under the pendulous moss: perhaps a deer, more +graceful than any dancer that ever cavorted before the footlights, or +perhaps (stranger things have happened) that awkward, snuffling, +benevolent old gentleman, the black bear. This was my life, so no wonder +the match flared out in my hand. And then once more I started to turn +back. + +I had got too near the Nealman home, after all. I suddenly recognized +the subdued sound as that of a horse's hoofs in the moss of the trail. +Some one of the proud and wealthy occupants of the old manor house was +simply enjoying a ride in the still woods. But it was high time he +turned back! The marshes of the Ochakee were no place for tenderfeet; +and this was not like riding in Central Park! Some of the quagmires I +had passed already to-day would make short work of horse and rider. + +My eye has always been sensitive to motion--in this regard not greatly +dissimilar from the eyes of the wild creatures themselves--and I +suddenly caught a flash of moving color through a little rift in the +overhanging branches. The horseman that neared me on the trail was +certainly gayly dressed! The flash I caught was _pink_--the pink that +little girls fancy in ribbons--and a derisive grin crept to my lips +before I could restrain it. There was no mistaking the fact that I was +beginning to have the woodsman's intolerance for city furs and frills! +Right then I decided to wait. + +It might pay to see how this rider had got himself up! It might afford +certain moments of amusement when the still mystery of the Floridan +night dropped over me again. I drew to one side and stood still on the +trail. + +The horse walked near. The rider wasn't a man, after all. It was a girl +in the simplest, yet the prettiest, riding-habit that eyes ever laid +upon, and the prettiest girl that had ridden that trail since the woods +were new. + +The intolerant grin at my lips died a natural death. She might be the +proud and haughty daughter of wealth, such a type as our more simple +country-dwellers robe with tales of scandal, yet the picture that she +made--astride that great, dark horse in the dappled sunlight of the +trail--was one that was worth coming long miles to see. The dark, mossy +woods were a perfect frame, the shadows seemed only to accentuate her +own bright coloring. + +It wasn't simply because I am a naturalist that I instantly noticed and +stored away immutably in my memory every detail of that happy, pretty +face. The girl had blue eyes. I've seen the same shade of blue in the +sea, a dark blue and yet giving the impression of incredible brightness. +Yet it was a warm brightness, not the steely, icy glitter of the sea. +They were friendly, wholesome, straightforward eyes, lit with the joy of +living; wide-open and girlish. The brows were fine and dark above them, +and above these a clear, girlish forehead with never a studied line. Her +hair was brown and shot with gold--indeed, in the sunlight, it looked +like old, red gold, finely spun. + +She was tanned by the Florida sun, yet there was a bright color-spot in +each cheek. I thought she had rather a wistful mouth, rather full lips, +half-pouting in some girlish fancy. Of course she hadn't observed me +yet. She was riding easily, evidently thinking herself wholly alone. + +Her form was slender and girlish, of medium height, yet her slender +hands at the reins held her big horse in perfect control. The heels of +her trim little shoes touched his side, and the animal leaped lightly +over a fallen log. Then she saw me, and her expression changed. + +It was, however, still unstudied and friendly. The cold look of +indifference I had expected and which is such a mark of ill-breeding +among certain of her class, didn't put in its appearance. I removed my +hat, and she drew her horse up beside me. + +It hadn't occurred to me she would actually stop and talk. It had been +rather too much to hope for. And I knew I felt a curious little stir of +delight all over me at the first sound of her friendly, gentle voice. + +"I suppose you are Mr. Killdare?" she said quietly. + +Every one knows how a man quickens at the sound of his own name. "Yes, +ma'am," I told her--in our own way of speaking. But I didn't know what +else to say. + +"I was riding over to see you--on business," she went on. "For my +uncle--Grover Nealman, of Kastle Krags. I'm his secretary." + +The words made me stop and think. It was hard for me to explain, even to +myself, just why they thrilled me far under the skin, and why the +little tingle of delight I had known at first gave way to a mighty surge +of anticipation and pleasure. It seems to be true that the first thing +we look for in a stranger is his similarity to us, and the second, his +dissimilarity; and in these two factors alone rests our attitude towards +him. It has been thus since the beginning of the world--if he is too +dissimilar, our reaction is one of dislike, and I suppose, far enough +down the scale of civilization, we would immediately try to kill him. If +he has enough in common with ourselves we at once feel warm and +friendly, and invite him to our tribal feasts. + +Perhaps this was the way it was between myself and Edith Nealman. She +wasn't infinitely set apart from me--some one rich and experienced and +free of all the problems that made up my life. Nealman's niece meant +something far different than Nealman's daughter--if indeed the man had a +daughter. She was his secretary, she said--a paid worker even as I was. +She had come to see me on business--and no wonder I was anticipatory and +elated as I hadn't been for years! + +"I'm glad to know you, Miss----" I began. For of course I didn't know +her name, then. + +"Miss Nealman," she told me, easily. "Now I'll tell you what my uncle +wants. He heard about you, from Mr. Todd." + +I nodded. Mr. Todd had brought me out from the village and had helped me +with some work I was doing for my university, in a northern state. + +"He was trying to get Mr. Todd to help him, but he was busy and couldn't +do it," the girl went on. "But he said to get Ned Killdare--that you +could do it as well as he could. He said no one knew the country +immediately about here any better than you--that though you'd only been +here a month or two you had been all over it, and that you knew the +habits of the turkeys and quail, and the best fishing grounds, better +than any one else in the country." + +I nodded in assent. Of course I knew these things: on a zoological +excursion for the university they were simply my business. But as yet I +couldn't guess how this information was to be of use to Grover Nealman. + +"Now this is what my uncle wants," the girl went on. "He's going to have +a big shoot and fish for some of his man friends--they are coming down +in about two weeks. They'll want to fish in the Ochakee River and in the +lagoon, and hunt quail and turkey, and my uncle wants to know if--if he +can possibly--hire you as guide." + +I liked her for her hesitancy, the uncertainty with which she spoke. +Her voice had nothing of that calm superiority that is so often heard +in the offering of humble employment. She was plainly considering my +dignity--as if anything this sweet-faced girl could say could possibly +injure it! + +"All he wanted of you was to stay at Kastle Krags during the hunting +party, and be able to show the men where to hunt and fish. You won't +have to act as--as anybody's valet--and he says he'll pay you real +guide's wages, ten dollars a day." + +"When would he want me to begin?" + +"Right away, if you could--to-morrow. The guests won't be here for two +weeks, but there are a lot of things to do first. You see, my uncle came +here only a short time ago, and all the fishing-boats need overhauling, +and everything put in ship-shape. Then he thought you'd want some extra +time for looking around and locating the game and fish. The work would +be for three weeks, in all." + +Three weeks! I did some fast figuring, and I found that twenty days, at +ten dollars a day, meant two hundred dollars. Could I afford to refuse +such an offer as this? + +It is true that I had no particular love for many of the city sportsmen +that came to shoot turkey and to fish in the region of the Ochakee. The +reason was simply that "sportsmen," for them, was a misnomer: that they +had no conception of sport from its beginnings to its end, and that they +could only kill game like butchers. Then I didn't know that I would care +about being employed in such a capacity. + +Yet two or three tremendous considerations stared me in the face. In the +first place, I was really in need of funds. I had not yet obtained any +of the higher scholastic degrees that would entitle me to decent pay at +the university--I was merely a post-graduate student, with the +complimentary title of "instructor." I had offered to spend my summer +collecting specimens for the university museum at a wage that barely +paid for my traveling expenses and supplies, wholly failing to consider +where I would get sufficient funds to continue my studies the following +year. + +Scarcity of money--no one can feel it worse than a young man inflamed +with a passion for scientific research! There were a thousand things I +wanted to do, a thousand journeys into unknown lands that haunted my +dreams at night, but none of them were for the poor. The two hundred +dollars Grover Nealman would pay me would not go far, yet I simply +couldn't afford to pass it by. Of course I could continue my work for +my alma mater at the same time. + +Yet while I thought of these things, I knew that I was only lying to +myself. They were subterfuges only, excuses to my own conscience. The +instant she had opened her lips to speak I had known my answer. + +To refuse meant to go back to my lonely camp in the cypress. I hoped I +wasn't such a fool as that. To accept meant three weeks at Kastle +Krags--and daily sight of this same lovely face that now held fast my +eyes. Could there be any question which course I would choose? + +"Go--I should say I will go," I told her. "I'll be there bright and +early to-morrow." + +I thought she looked pleased, but doubtless I was mistaken. + + + + +CHAPTER III + + +It didn't take long to pack my few belongings. At nine o'clock the +following morning I broke camp and walked down the long trail to Kastle +Krags. + +No wonder the sportsmen liked to gather at this old manor house by the +sea. It represented the best type of southern homes--low and rambling, +old gardens and courts, wide verandas and stately pillars. It was an +immense structure, yet perfectly framed by the shore and the lagoon and +the glimpse of forest opposite, and it presented an entirely cheerful +aspect as I emerged from the dark confinement of the timber. + +It was a surprising thing that a house could be cheerful in such +surroundings: forest and gray shore and dark blue-green water. The house +itself was gray in hue, the columns snowy white, the roof dark green and +blending wonderfully with the emerald water. Flowers made a riot of +color between the structure and the formal lawns. + +But more interesting than the house itself was the peculiar physical +formation of its setting. The structure had been erected overlooking a +long inlet that was in reality nothing less than a shallow lagoon. A +natural sea-wall stretched completely across the neck of the inlet, +cutting off the lagoon from the open sea. There are many natural +sea-walls along the Floridan coast, built mostly of limestone or +coraline rock, but I had never seen one so perfect and unbroken. +Stretching across the mouth of the lagoon it made a formidable barrier +that not even the smallest boat could pass. + +It was a long wall of white crags and jagged rocks, and I thought it +likely that it had suggested the name of the estate. It was plain, +however, that the wall did not withstand the march of the tides. The +tide was running in as I drew near, and the waves broke fiercely over +and against the barrier, and little rivulets and streams of water were +evidently pouring through its miniature crevices. The house was built +two hundred yards from the shore of the lagoon, perhaps three hundred +yards from the wall, and the green lawns went down half-way to it. +Beyond this--except of course for the space occupied by the lagoon +itself--stretched the gray, desolate sand. + +Beyond the wall the inlet widened rapidly, and the rolling waves gave +the impression of considerable depth. I had never seen a more favorable +place for a sportsman's home. Besides the deep-sea fishing beyond the +rock wall, it was easy to believe that the lagoon itself was the home of +countless schools of such hard-fighting game-fish as loved such craggy +seas. The lagoon was fretful and rough from the flowing tide at that +moment, offering no inducements to a boatman, but I surmised at once +that it would be still as a lake in the hours that the tide ebbed. The +shore was a favorable place for the swift-winged shorebirds that all +sportsmen love--plover and curlew and their fellows. And the mossy, +darkling forest, teeming with turkey and partridge, stretched just +behind. + +Yet the whole effect was not only of beauty. I stood still, and tried to +puzzle it out. The atmosphere talked of in great country houses is more +often imagined than really discerned; but if such a thing exists, Kastle +Krags was literally steeped in it. Like Macbeth's, the castle has a +pleasant seat--and yet it moved you, in queer ways, under the skin. + +I am not, unfortunately, a particularly sensitive man. Working from the +ground up, I have been so busy preserving the keen edges of my senses +that I have quite neglected my sensibilities. I couldn't put my finger +on the source of the strange, mental image that the place invoked; and +the thing irritated and disturbed me. The subject wasn't worth a busy +man's time, yet I couldn't leave it alone. + +The house was not different from a hundred houses scattered through the +south. It was larger than most of the larger colonial homes, and +constructed with greater artistry. If it had any atmosphere at all, +other than comfort and beauty, it was of cheer. Yet I didn't feel +cheerful, and I didn't know why. I felt even more sobered than when the +moss of the cypress trees swept over my head. But soon I thought I saw +the explanation. + +The image of desolation and eery bleakness had its source in the +wide-stretching sands, the unforgettable sea beyond, and particularly +the inlet, or lagoon, up above the natural dam of stone. The rocks that +enclosed the lagoon would have been of real interest to a geologist--to +me they were merely bleak and forbidding, craggy and gray and cold. +Unquestionably they contained many caverns and crevices that would be +worth exploring. And I was a little amazed at the fury with which the +incoming waves beat against and over the rocky barrier. They came with +a veritable ferocity, and the sea beyond seemed hardly rough enough to +justify them. + +Grover Nealman himself met me when I turned on to the level, gravel +driveway. There was nothing about him in keeping with that desolate +driveway. A familiar type, he looked the gentleman and sportsman that he +was. Probably the man was forty-four or forty-five years old, but he was +not the type that yields readily to middle-age. Nealman unquestionably +still considered himself a young man, and he believed it heartily enough +to convince his friends. Self-reliant, inured to power and influence, +somewhat aristocratic, he could not yield himself to the admission of +the march of the years. He was of medium height, rather thickly built, +with round face, thick nose, and rather sensual lips; but his eyes, +behind his tortoise-shell glasses, were friendly and spirited; and his +hand-clasp was democratic and firm. By virtue of his own pride of race +and class he was a good sportsman: likely a crack shot and an expert +fisherman. Probably a man that drank moderately, was still youthful +enough to enjoy a boyish celebration, a man who lived well, who had +traveled widely and read good books, and who could carry out the +traditions of a distinguished family--this was Grover Nealman, master of +Kastle Krags. + +I didn't suppose for a moment that Nealman had made his own fortune. +There were no fighting lines in his face, nor cold steel of conflict in +his eyes. There was one deep, perpendicular line between his eyes, but +it was born of worry, not battle. The man was moderately shrewd, +probably able to take care of his investments, yet he could never have +been a builder, a captain of industry. He dressed like a man born to +wealth, well-fitting white flannels whose English tailoring afforded +free room for arm and shoulder movements; a silk shirt and soft white +collar, panama hat and buckskin shoes. + +He was not a southerner. The first words he uttered proved that fact. + +"So you are Mr. Killdare," he said easily. He didn't say it "Killdaih," +as he would had he been a native of the place. "Come with me into my +study. I can tell you there what I've got lined up. I'm mighty glad +you've come." + +We walked through the great, massive mahogany door, and he paused to +introduce me to a middle-aged man that stood in the doorway. "Florey," +he said, kindly and easily, "I want you to meet Mr. Killdare." + +His tone alone would have identified the man's station, even if the dark +garb hadn't told the story plainly. Florey was unquestionably Nealman's +butler. Nor could anyone have mistaken his walk of life, in any street +of any English-speaking city. He was the kind of butler one sees upon +the stage but rarely in a home, the kind one associates with old, +stately English homes but which one rarely finds in fact--almost too +good a butler to be true. He was little and subdued and gray, gray of +hair and face and hands, and his soft voice, his irreproachable attitude +of respect and deference seemed born in him by twenty generations of +butlers. He said he was glad to know me, and his bony, soft-skinned hand +took mine. + +I'm afraid I stared at Florey. I had lived too long in the forest: +the staring habit, so disconcerting to tenderfeet on their first +acquaintance with the mountain people, was surely upon me. I think that +the school of the forest teaches, first of all, to look long and sharply +while you have a chance. The naturalist who follows the trail of wild +game, even the sportsman knows this same fact--for the wild creatures +are incredibly furtive and give one only a second's glimpse. I +instinctively tried to learn all I could of the gray old servant in the +instant that I shook his hand. + +He was the butler, now and forever, and I wondered if, beneath that +gray skin, he were really human at all. Did he know human passion, human +ambition and desires: sheltered in his master's house, was he set apart +from the lusts and the madnesses, the calms and the storms, the triumphs +and the defeats that made up the lives of other men? Yet his gray, +rather dim old eyes told me nothing. There were no fires, visible to me, +glowing in their depths. A human clam--better still, a gray mole that +lives out his life in darkness. + +From him we passed up the stairs and to a big, cool study that +apparently joined his bedroom. There were desks and chairs and a letter +file. Edith Nealman was writing at the typewriter. + +If I had ever supposed that the girl had taken the position of her +uncle's secretary merely as a girlish whim, or in some emergency until a +permanent secretary could be secured, I was swiftly disillusioned. There +was nothing of the amateur in the way her supple fingers flew over the +keys. She had evidently had training in a business college; and her +attitude towards Nealman was simply that of a secretary towards her +employer. She leaned back as if waiting for orders. + +"You can go, if you like, Edith," Nealman told her. "I'm going to talk +awhile with Killdare, here, and you wouldn't be able to work anyway." + +She got up; and she threw me a smile of welcome and friendliness as she +walked out the study door. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +Nealman had me take a chair, then seated himself before the window from +which he could overlook the lagoon. "I always like to sit where I can +watch it," he told me--rather earnestly, I thought. "I can't see much of +it--just a glimpse--but that's worth while. The room I've designated for +your use has even a better view. You can't imagine, Killdare, until +you've lived with it, how really marvelous it is--how many colors play +in the lagoon itself, and in the waves as they break over the +Bridge----" + +"The Bridge----" + +"That's the name we've given to the natural rock wall that cuts off the +lagoon--rather, the inlet--from the open sea," he explained. + +"It's one of the most interesting natural formations I've ever seen," I +told him. + +"It is, isn't it?" He spoke with genuine enthusiasm. "And don't the +crags take peculiar shapes around it? You see it makes a veritable +salt-water lake out of all this end of the inlet. But Killdare--if you +can overlook the dreariness and the desolation of it all, it certainly +is beautiful----" + +I nodded. "With a creepy kind of beauty," I told him. "I wish some great +artist could come here and paint it. But it would take a great one--to +get the atmosphere. I've never seen a more wonderful place for a +distinguished home." + +It was rather remarkable how pleased he was by the words--particularly +coming from a humble employee. Evidently Kastle Krags was close to his +heart. His face glowed and his eye kindled. + +"I'm wild about it myself," he confessed. "My friends want to know why I +bought such a place--miles from a habitation--and guy me for a hermit, +and all that. Once they see the place, and its devilish fascination gets +hold of 'em, they won't want to leave." + +From thence the talk led to business, and he questioned me in regard to +the game and fish of the region. I assured him that his friends would +have sport in plenty, that I knew where to lead them to turkey and +partridge, and that no better fishing could be found in the whole south +than in the Ochakee River. He seemed satisfied with my knowledge of the +country; and told me a little of his own plans. Just as Edith Nealman +had told me, he was planning a week's fish and hunt for a half dozen of +his man friends, beginning a fortnight from then. They were coming a +long way--so he wanted to give them sport of the best. The servant +problem had been easily solved--he had recruited from the negro section +of the nearest city--but until he had talked with my friend, Mr. Todd, +he had been at a loss as to where he could procure a suitable guide. + +"I'd like to have a guide for each man, if I could," he went on, "but of +course they are not to be found. Besides, only a small part of the party +will want to go out at once. Most of them will be content to hang around +here, drinking my brandies and fishing in the lagoon." + +"How is fishing in the lagoon?" I asked. + +"The best. Sometimes we even take tarpon. All kinds of rock fish--and +they fight like fiends. The rocks are just full of little crevices and +caves, and I suppose the fish live in 'em. These same crevices are the +source of one of the most interesting of the many legends connected with +this house." + +It's a dull man that doesn't love legends, and I felt my interest +stirring. "There are some tales here, eh?" + +"Tales! Man, that's one of the reasons I bought the place." + +Nealman needed no further urging. Evidently the old stories that almost +invariably accumulate about such an ancient and famous manor-house as +this, had the greatest fascination for him; and he was glad of the +chance to narrate them to any listener. He lighted a cigarette: then +turned to me with glistening eyes. + +"Of course I don't believe them," he began. "Don't get that in your head +for an instant. All these old houses have some such yarns. But they +surely do lend a flavor to the place--and I wouldn't have them disproved +for thousands of dollars. And one of them--the one I just referred +to--surely is a corker." + +He straightened in his chair, and spoke more earnestly. "Killdare, +you're not troubled with a too-active imagination?" + +"I'll take a chance on it," I told him. + +"I've seen a few men, in my time, that I wouldn't tell such a yarn to +for love nor money--especially when they are doomed to stay around here +for a few weeks. You won't believe it, but some men are so nervous, so +naturally credulous, that they'd actually have some unpleasant dreams +about it. But I consider it one of the finest attractions of the place. + +"The yarn's very simple. About 1840, a schooner, sailing under the +Portuguese flag, sailed from Rio de Janeiro. Her name was the _Arganil_, +she had a mixed cargo, and she was bound for New Orleans. These are +facts, Killdare. You can ascertain them any time from the marine +records. But we can't go much further. + +"Among the crew were two brothers, Jason by name. Legend says that they +were Englishmen, but what Englishmen were doing on a Portuguese ship I +can't tell you. The name, however, might easily be South-European--it +appears, you remember, in Greek mythology. Now this point also has some +indications of truth. There was certainly one Jason, at least, shipped +as boatswain--the position of the other is considerably in doubt. + +"Now we've got to get down to a matter of legend, yet with some +substance of truth. The story goes that there was a treasure chest on +the ship, the property of some immensely rich Brasilian, and that it +contained certain treasures that had been the property of a Portuguese +prince at the time that the court of Portugal was located in Rio de +Janeiro. This was from 1808 to 1821--breaking up in a revolution just a +hundred years ago. This is history, as you know. Just what was the +nature of the treasure no one seems to have any idea. It was a rather +small chest, so they say, bound with iron, and not particularly +heavy--but it was guarded with armed men, day and night. Of course the +prevailing belief is that it contained simply gold--the same, yellow, +deadly stuff that built the Armada and made early American history. +It might have been in the form of cups and vessels, beautiful things +that had been stolen from early heathen temples--again it might have +been jewels. No estimation of its value was ever made, as far as I +know--except that, like all unfound-treasures, it was 'incalculable.' + +"You can believe as much of this as you like. Gold, however, is heavy +stuff--no one can carry much over twenty thousand dollars worth. If the +chest wasn't really very heavy, and really was of such incalculable +value, it had to contain something more than gold. + +"This part of the story is pretty convincing. I've investigated, and the +legends contain such a wealth of detail concerning the appearance of the +chest, how it was guarded, and so on, and the various accounts dovetail +so perfectly one with another, that I am personally convinced that the +treasure was a reality--at least that such a chest existed on the old +ship. When you get into the contents of the chest, however, you find +only a maze of conflicting rumors. To me they tend to make the story as +a whole even more interesting--and I'll confess I'd love to know what +was in that chest. + +"Well, the _Arganil_ broke to pieces off the west coast of Florida, not +more than twenty miles from here. That fact can not be doubted. There +are accounts of the wreck on official record. And legend has it that +through Heaven knows what wickedness and bloodshed and cunning, the two +Jason brothers not only managed to get off in the stoutest of the ship's +boats, but that they carried the treasure with them. + +"If there were any other members of the crew in the boat with them they +were unquestionably murdered. Nothing was ever heard of them again. The +two brothers are said to have landed somewhere close to this lagoon. + +"But naked treasure breeds murder! It is a strange thing, Killdare, but +the naked, yellow metal, as well as glittering jewels, gets home to +human wickedness as nothing else in the world can. If that chest had +been full of valuable securities, even paper currency, it wouldn't have +left such a red trail from Rio to Florida. Gold and jewels waken a fever +of possession out of all proportion to their actual value. When they +landed on the shore one of the Jasons neatly murdered the other and made +off with the chest. + +"The same old yarn--Cain and Abel, Romulus and Remus. Killdare, did +you know that fratricide is shockingly common? There are three kinds +of brothers, and the Jasons were simply one of the three kinds. +Sometimes you find brothers that love each other beyond belief, with a +self-sacrificing devotion that is beautiful to see. Then you find the +great mass of brothers--liking each other fairly well, loyal in a family +scrap, fair pals but much closer to other pals that aren't their +brothers. Then you come to this third class, a puzzle to psychologists +the world over! Brothers that hate each other like poison snakes. + +"Why is it, Killdare? Jealousy? A survival from the beast? These were +the kind of brothers that go through life bitter and hating and at +swords' points. And all too often they get to the killing stage." + +"You find it in the beast-world, too," I commented. "Look at the case +of the wolves and the dogs. They are blood-brothers, drop for drop--and +they hate each other with a fervor that is simply blood-curdling." + +"True enough. I remember hearing about it. Well, one of the Jasons--the +one whose cunning conceived of the whole wickedness to start XXXX +with--killed the other, disposed of his body, and then through some +unknown series of events, concealed the treasure. + +"He went away awhile, the old wives say--taking a small portion +of the treasure with him. At this point the name of Jason is lost, +irremediably, in the mist of the past. But it is true that some two +years later a seafaring man, one who had worn earrings and who cursed +wickedly as he talked, came back and bought a great colonial home where +the treasure was supposed to have been concealed. + +"This part of the story can not be doubted. The county books contain +records of the sale, and it's written, plain as day, on the abstract. +The man gave his name as Hendrickson. + +"Legend has it that this Hendrickson was no one but Godfrey Jason, +that he had sold and turned into cash a small part of the treasure, +temporarily evaded his pursuers, and had bought the big manor house with +the idea of living in luxury the rest of his life. Incidentally, he was +accompanied by a Cuban wife. + +"It seemed, however, that like most evil-doers, he got little good out +of his treasure. He paid only a small amount down on the estate, and +after a year or two let it go back to the original owners. He went away, +but it doesn't seem likely he took the treasure with him. At least he +died wretchedly in poverty some months later, and had spent no large +amount of money in between. The report of his death can be found in the +records of the city of Tampa, in this state. + +"Now all this is unquestionably a mixture of truth and fact. +Unquestionably there is a vein of truth in it; and I don't see but that +most of it is fairly credible. But the rest of the yarn is simply +laughable. + +"I tell it only because it goes with the rest--not that I believe one +word of it myself. After you hear what it is you'll wonder I ever took +the trouble to tell you that I disbelieved it. It's just the sort of +thing imaginative old niggers make up to tell their children. And of +course--the niggers on the place believe every word of it. + +"They say that this Jason--or Hendrickson--put a guard over his +treasure. He was a deep-sea fisherman at one time, when he wasn't a +seaman, with considerable acquaintance with the various man-eating +monsters of the deep. It is known that Hendrickson did some queer +exploring and fishing along the rocky shores beyond the estate. What +did the villainous old pirate do but catch some big octopus--or some +other such terrible ocean creature--and transplanted him to the lagoon +where he was said to have concealed the treasure. + +"That's all there is to it. The beast is supposed to be there yet, +growing bigger and fiercer and more terrible year by year. An octopus is +supposed to live indefinitely, you know. Once in awhile, the story goes, +it creeps up on the rocky shore of the lagoon and grabs off a colored +man. When any one searches around for the chest he's apt to meet up with +Mr. Monster! Sure proof of his existence, the niggers say, is that Mas'r +Somebody or other, the son of one of the subsequent owners of the +estate, also mysteriously disappeared and has never been heard of since. +When the blacks lose one of their own number they seem to regard it as a +mere matter of course--but when 'one of de white folks' is taken, it's +another matter! And of course, even to this day, you can't get a colored +man to go within two hundred yards of the lagoon at night, and they hate +to approach it even in the daylight. + +"The lagoon where the chest is supposed to be hidden is the one just +outside my window, cut off from the sea by the natural rock wall you +just saw. The big crags and rocks and crevices are supposed to conceal +his ferociousness the sea-monster, growing bigger and hungrier and +fiercer every day. The house that Jason--or Hendrickson--bought, +neglected, and let return to the owners is the one you're sitting in, +right now." + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +After Nealman and I had each smoked a cigarette, I thought of a little +plan that might increase his guest's interest in the week's shoot and +hunt. He had been right when he said that even incredible legends, +believed by no one, still add flavor to the country manor. I didn't see +why we shouldn't turn them into account. + +"I've got an idea," I told him, "and it all depends whether or not +you've already sent the invitations to your guests." + +"No, I haven't--just haven't got around to it," he answered. "All I was +going to do was to write to about nine or ten of my men friends. I don't +suppose all of them can come." + +"Good. I thought it might be interesting if we worked that legend into +the invitation--just to add a little spice to the fishing and hunting. +It might serve to waken a little extra interest in your party. Of +course--it includes poking fun at the ferocious Jason and his treasure." + +"They'll have a lot more fun poked at them before we're done. As I told +you--only the colored people take them seriously at all." + +I took out my fountain pen, found a scrap of paper, and drew something +like this: + + [Illustration: GRAND TREASURE HUNT + You are hereby invited to rally round at + KASTLE KRAGS + Sept. 6-12; search for + SPANISH GOLD + on 50-50 + basis. + + The Treasure is + guarded by + AWFUL SEA-MONSTER + + P.S. Bring rods and guns. Turkey, + quail, deer, sea-fish. All that makes + the sportsman's heart be glad. + + R.S.V.P.] + +As my only drawing experience consisted in portraying specimens, it had +no artistic pretensions whatever. + +He seemed pleased, adopted the plan in an instant, then began to write +down the names of his guests so that I could prepare an invitation for +each. Most of them, I observed, lived in great cities to the North, New +York and Boston particularly, and one or two of the men were more or +less nationally known. The first half dozen names came easy. Then he +paused, frowning. + +"I wish I knew what to do about this bird," he muttered, as much to +himself as to me. "Killdare, I don't suppose you've ever heard of +him--Major Kenneth Dell?" + +I shook my head. "Not that I remember." + +"Well, I haven't either--yet I suppose he's a good sportsman. In the +last few weeks he's got close to my best friend, Bill Van Hope, and Bill +asked me to ask him down for this shoot. Says he's a distinguished man, +the best of fellows, and is simply wild to try Floridan game. Oh, I'll +put him down. If Bill recommends him he must be the goods." + +He completed the list in a moment, then his duties calling him +elsewhere, he left me in the study to prepare the invitations. And the +hour turned out fortunately for me, after all. Thinking that the room +was empty, Edith Nealman came back to her desk. + +All the gold in Jason's chest could not have bought a more lovely +picture than she made, standing framed in the doorway. She was dressed +in a spotless cotton middy-suit, and the red scarf at her throat brought +out to perfection the light in her eyes and the high color in her +cheeks. Then she came in and inspected the invitations. + +There was no occasion for me to leave at once. We talked a while, on +everything under the sun, and every minute something that was like +delight kept growing within me. She'd been up against the world, this +girl that chattered so gayly in the big, easy office-chair. She had +known poverty, a veritable struggle for existence; yet they hadn't +hardened her in the least. No one I had ever met had possessed a +sweeter, truer outlook, an unfeigned friendliness and comradeship +for every decent thing that lived. Maybe you'd call it a childish +simplicity, but I didn't stop to consider what it was. I only knew +that she was the prettiest and the sweetest girl I'd ever seen, and +I was going to spend every moment possible in her presence. + +Oh, but I loved to hear her laugh! I kept my brain busy thinking up +things to say to her, that might waken that rippling sound of silver +bells! I liked to see her eyes grow serious, and her lips half-pout as +some delightful, fanciful thought played hide-and-seek in her mind. She +had imagination, this niece of Grover Nealman. Perhaps, after all, it +was the secret of her charm. I didn't doubt for a moment but that she +read romantic novels by the score, but I, for one, wouldn't hold the +fact against her. + +We talked over the legend of Jason's chest; and I was a little surprised +at her devoted interest in it. Evidently the savage tale had gone +straight home to her imagination. Whether she put the least credence in +it I couldn't tell. + +It came about, in the twilight hour, that we walked together down to the +craggy shore of the lagoon. Then we stood and watched the light dying on +the blue-green water. + +Once more the tide was rolling in. The waves beat with a startling fury +over and against the rock wall, and in the half-light the white stones +looked like the foam-covered fangs of a mighty sea-monster, raging at +our intrusion. The water swept through the little crevices in the wall, +and the cool spray, refreshing after the tropic day, swept against our +faces. + +The gray sand stretched down to the desolate sea. A plover uttered his +disconsolate, wailing cry far out to sea. Some dark heron or bittern +rose croaking from beside the lagoon, then flapped awkwardly away. I +felt the girl's hand on my arm as she drew closer to my side. + +A worthy place--this manor house of Nealman. Vague thoughts, not quite +in keeping with the ordered dimensions of life, had hold of my mind. +Presently the girl's grip tightened, and she pointed toward the lagoon. + +I saw her face before I followed her gesture. I didn't get the idea that +she was frightened. Rather she was smiling, quietly, and her eyes +glistened. + +Seventy yards out, and perhaps fifteen yards back from the Bridge, great +bubbles were bursting upward through the blue-green troubled waters. +Some mysterious action of the currents, stirred by the tides, was the +unquestioned cause; yet both of us were stirred by the same fancy. It +was as if some great, air-breathing sea-monster was exhaling beneath the +waves. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +The next two weeks sped by as if with one rise and fall of the tides. I +spent the time in locating the various fields of game: the tall +holly-trees where the wild turkeys roosted, the sloughs where the bass +were gamest, and marked down the cover of the partridge. In the meantime +I collected specimens for the university. + +It came about that I didn't always go out alone. The best time of all to +study wild-life is in late twilight and the first hours of dawn--and at +such times Edith was unemployed. Many the still, late evenings when we +stood together on the shore and watched the curlews in their strange, +aerial minuet that no naturalist has even been able to explain; many the +dewey morning that we watched the first sun's rays probe through the +mossy forest. She had an instinctive love for the outdoors, and her +agile young body had seemingly fibers of steel. At least she could +follow me wherever I wanted to go. + +Once we came upon the Floridan deer, feeding in a natural woods-meadow, +and once a gigantic manatee, the most rare of large American mammals, +flopped in the mud of the Ochakee River. We knew that incredible +confusion and bustle made by the wild turkeys when they flew to the +tree-tops to roost; and she learned to whistle the partridge out from +their thickets. + +Of course we developed a fine companionship. I learned of her early +life, a struggle against poverty that had been about to overwhelm her +when her uncle had come to her aid; and presently I was telling her all +of my own dreams and ambitions. She was wholly sympathetic with my aim +to continue my university work for a higher degree; then to spend my +life in scientific research. I described some of the expeditions that I +had in mind but which seemed so impossible of fulfillment--the +exploration of the great "back country" of Borneo, a journey across that +mysterious island, Sumatra, the penetration of certain unknown realms of +Tibet. + +"But they take thousands of dollars--and I haven't got 'em," I told her +quietly. + +She looked out to sea a long time. "I wish I could find Jason's treasure +for you," she answered at last. + +I was used to Edith's humor, and I looked up expecting to see the +familiar laughter in her eyes. But the luster in those deep, blue orbs +was not that of mirth. Fancies as beautiful as she was herself were +sweeping her away.... + +Most of the guests arrived on the same train at the little town of +Ochakee, and motored over to Kastle Krags. A half dozen in all had +accepted Nealman's invitation. I saw them when they got out of their +cars. + +Of course I straightened their names out later. At the time I only +studied their faces--just as I'd study a new specimen, found in the +forest. And when Edith and I compared notes afterward we found that our +first impression was the same--that all six were strikingly similar in +type. + +They might just as well have been brothers, chips off the same block. +When Nealman stood among them it seemed as if he might change names with +any one of them, and hardly any one could tell the difference. There was +nothing distinguishing about their clothes--all were well-dressed, +either in white or tweeds; their skins had that healthy firmness and +good color that is seen so often in men that are free from financial +worry; their hair was cut alike; their linen was similarly immaculate; +their accent was practically the same. Finally they were about the same +age--none of them very young, none further than the first phases of +middle-age. + +Lemuel Marten was of course the most distinguished man in the party. +Born rich, he had pushed his father's enterprises into many lands and +across distant seas, and his name was known, more or less, to all +financiers in the nation. His face was perhaps firmer than the rest--his +voice was more commanding and insistent. He was, perhaps, fifty years of +age, stoutly built, with crinkling black hair and vivid, gray eyes. From +time to time he stroked nervously a trim, perfectly kept iron-gray +mustache. + +Hal Fargo had been a polo-player in his day. Certain litheness and +suppleness of motion still lingered in his body. His face was darkly +brown, and white teeth gleamed pleasantly when he spoke. A pronounced +bald spot was the only clew of advancing years. He was of medium height, +slender, evidently a man of great personal magnetism and charm. + +Joe Nopp was quite opposite, physically--rather portly, perhaps less +dignified than most of his friends. I put down Nopp as a dead shot, and +later I found I had guessed right. For all his plump, florid cheeks and +his thick, white hands, he had an eye true as a surveyor's instrument, +nerves cold and strong as a steel chain. He was a man to be relied upon +in a crisis. And both Edith and I liked him better than any of the +others. + +Lucius Pescini was an aristocrat of the accepted type--slender, tall, +unmistakably distinguished. His hair was such a dark shade of brown that +it invariably passed as black, he had eyes no less dark, sparkling under +dark brows, and his small mustache and perfectly trimmed beard was in +vivid contrast to a rather pale skin. + +Of Major Kenneth Dell I had never heard. He had been an officer in the +late war, and now he was Bill Van Hope's friend, although not yet +acquainted with Nealman. The two men met cordially, and Van Hope stood +above them, the tallest man in the company by far, beaming friendship +upon them both. Dell was of medium size, sturdily built, garbed with +exceptionally good taste in imported flannels. He also had gray, vivid +eyes, under rather fine brows, gray hair perfectly cut, a slow smile and +quiet ways. Solely because he was a man of endless patience I expected +him to distinguish himself with rod and reel. + +Bill Van Hope, Nealman's friend of whom I had heard so much, was not +only tall, but broad and powerful. He had kind eyes and a happy +smile--altogether as good a type of millionaire-sportsman as any one +would care to know. Nealman introduced him to me, and his handshake was +firm and cordial. + +Nealman took them all into the great manor house: I went with Nealman's +chauffeur to see about the handling of their luggage. This was at +half-past four of a sunlit day in September. I didn't see any of the +guests again until just before the dinner hour, when a matter of a +broken fly-tip had brought me into the manor house. Thereupon occurred +one of a series of incidents that made my stay at Kastle Krags the most +momentous three weeks of my life. + +It was only a little thing--this experience in Nealman's study. But +coming events cast their shadows before--and certainly it was a shadow, +dim and inscrutable though it was, of what the night held in store. I +had passed Florey the butler, gray and sphynx-like in the hallway, spoke +to him as ever, and turned through the library door. And my first +impression was that some other guest had arrived in my absence. + +A man was standing, smoking, by the window. I supposed at once that he +was an absolute stranger. There was not a single familiar image, not the +least impulse to my memory. I started to speak, and beg his pardon, and +inquire for Nealman. But the words didn't come out. I was suddenly and +inexplicably startled into silence. + +It is the rare man who can analyze his own mental processes. Of all the +sensations that throng the human mind there is none so lawless, so +sporadic in its comings and departure, so utterly illogical as fear--and +great surprise is only a sister of fear. I can't explain why I was +startled. There was no reason whatever for being so. I must go +further--I was not only startled, but shaken too. It has come about that +through the exigencies of the hunting trail I have been obliged to face +a charging jaguar--in a jungle of Western Mexico--yet with nerves +holding true. My nerves didn't hold true now--and I couldn't tell why. +They jumped unnecessarily and quivered under the skin. + +I did know the man beside the window after all. He was Major Kenneth +Dell that I had observed particularly closely--due to having heard of +him before--when he had first dismounted from the car. The thing that +startled me was that in the hour and a half or so since I had seen him +his appearance had undergone an amazing change. + +It took several long seconds to win back some measure of common sense. +Then I knew that, through some trick of nerves, I had merely attached a +thousand times too much importance to a wholly trivial incident. In all +probability the change in Dell's appearance was simply an effect of +light and shadow, wrought by the window in front of which he stood. + +But for the instant his face simply had not seemed his own. Its color +had been gone--indeed it had seemed absolutely bloodless. His eyes had +been vivid holes in his white face, his features were drawn out of all +semblance to his own, the facial lines were graven deep. His lips looked +loose, as with one whose muscle-control is breaking. + +But my impression had only an instant's life. Either the man drew +himself together at my stare, or my own vision got back to normal. He +was himself again--the same, suave, genial sportsman I had seen dismount +from the car. He answered my inquiry, and I turned through the library +door. + +If I had seen true, there could be but one explanation: that Major Dell +had undergone some violent nervous shock since he had entered the door +of the manor house of Kastle Krags. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +After the dinner hour Nealman came for me, in the room just off the hall +from his own that he had designated for my use. I'd never seen him in +quite so gay a humor. His eyes sparkled; happiness rippled in his voice. +His tone was more companionable too, lacking that faint but unmistakable +air of patronage it had always previously held. He had never forgotten, +until now, that he was the employer, I the employee. Now his accent and +manner was one of equality, and he addressed me much as he had addressed +his wealthy guests. + +He had been drinking; but he was not in the least intoxicated. Perhaps +he had been stimulated, very slightly. He wore a dinner coat with white +trousers. + +"Killdare, I want you to come downstairs," he said. "Some of my friends +want to talk to you about shootin' and fishin'. They're keen to know +what their prospects are." + +"I'd like to," I answered. "But I'll have to come as I am. I haven't a +dinner coat----" + +"Of course come as you are." + +His arm touched mine, and he headed me down the hallway to the stairs. +Then we walked side by side down the big, wide stairway to the big +living-room. + +Already I heard the sound of the guests' laughter. As I went further the +hall seemed simply ringing with it. There could be no further doubt of +the success of Nealman's party. Evidently his distinguished guests had +thrown all dignity to the winds, entering full into the spirit of play. + +The glimpse of the big living-room only verified this first impression. +The guests were evidently in that wonderful mood of merriment that is +the delight and ambition of all hosts, but which is so rarely obtained. +Most men know the doubtful temper of a mob. Few had failed to observe +that the same psychology extends to the simplest social gatherings. How +often stiffness and formality haunt the drawing-room or dining-table, +where only merriment should rule! How many times the social spirit +wholly fails to manifest itself. To-night, evidently, conditions were +just right, and hilarity ruled at Kastle Krags. + +As I came in Joe Nopp--the portly man with the clear, gray eyes--was +telling some sort of an anecdote, and his listeners were simply shouting +with laughter. Major Dell and Bill Van Hope were shooting craps on the +floor, ten cents a throw, carrying on a ridiculous conversation with the +dice. A big phonograph was shouting a negro song from the corner. + +There was a slight lull, however, when Nealman and I came in. Van Hope +spoke to me first--he was the only one of the guests I had met--and the +others turned toward me with the good manners of their kind. In a moment +Nealman had introduced me to Joe Nopp's listeners and, an instant later, +to Major Dell. + +"Mr. Killdare is down here doing some work in zoology for his +university," Nealman explained, "and he's agreed to show you chaps where +to find game and fish. He knows this country from A to Izzard." + +I held the center of the floor, for a while, as I answered their +questions; and I can say truly I had never met, on the whole, a +better-bred and more friendly company of men. They wanted to know all +about the game in the region, what flies or lures the bass were taking, +as to the prevalence of diamond-backs, and if the tarpon were striking +beyond the natural rock wall. In their eagerness they were like boys. + +"You'll talk better with a shot of something good," Nealman told me at +last, producing a quart bottle. "Have a little Cuban cheer." + +The bottle contained old Scotch, and its appearance put an end to all +serious discussion. From thence on the mood of the gathering was ever +lighter, ever happier; and I merely sat and looked on. + +"The question _ain't_," Hal Fargo said of me with considerable emphasis, +"whether he knows where the turkeys are, but whether or not he knows his +college song!" + +I pretended ignorance, but soon Van Hope and Nealman were singing "A +Cow's Best Friend" at the top of their voices, while Nopp tried to drown +them out with "Fill 'em up for Williams." + +Even now it could not be said that any of the group were intoxicated. +Fargo was certainly the nearest; his cheeks were flushed and his speech +had that reckless accent that goes so often with the first stages of +drunkenness. The distinguished Pescini was only animated and fanciful, +Van Hope and Marten perhaps slightly stimulated. For all the charm of +their conversation I couldn't see that Nopp or Major Dell were receiving +the slightest exhilaration from their drinks. + +But the spirit of revelry was ever higher. These men were on a holiday, +they had left their business cares a thousand miles to the north, mostly +they were tried companions. None of us was aware of the passing of time. +I saw at once that my presence was not objectionable to the party, so I +lingered long after the purpose for which I had been brought among them +had been fulfilled--purely for the sake of entertainment. I had never +seen a frolic of millionaires before, and needless to say I enjoyed +every moment of it. + +In the later hours of night the revellers ranged further over the house. +Joe Nopp was in the billiard room exhibiting fancy shots and pretending +to receive the plaudits of a great multitude; Pescini and Van Hope were +in conversation on the veranda, and Fargo was wholly absent and +unaccounted for. I had missed Marten, the financier, for a moment; but +his reappearance was the signal for a fresh rush to the living-room. + +The whole party met him with a yell. In the few moments of his absence +he had wrought a startling change in his appearance. Over his shoulders +he had thrown a gayly colored Indian blanket, completely hiding his trim +dinner coat. He had tied a red cloth over his head and waxed the points +of his iron-gray mustache until they stood stiff and erect, giving an +appearance of mock ferocity to his face. A silver key-ring and his own +gold signet dangled from his ears, tied on with invisible black thread. +And to cap the climax he carried a long, wicked-looking carving-knife +between his teeth. + +Of course he was Godfrey Jason himself--the same character I had +portrayed in the invitations. Fargo made him do a Spanish dance to the +clang of an invisible tambourine. + +Some of the gathering scattered out again, after his dramatic +appearance, drifting off on various enterprises and as the hour neared +midnight only four of us were left in the drawing-room. Marten stood in +the center, still in his ridiculous costume. Van Hope, Nealman, Pescini +and myself were grouped about him. And it might have been that in the +song that followed Pescini too slipped away. I know that I didn't see +him immediately thereafter. + +With a little urging Marten was induced to sing Samuel Hall--a stirring +old ballad that quite fitted his costume. He had a pleasant baritone, he +sung the song with indescribable spirit and enthusiasm, and it was +decidedly worth hearing. Indeed it was the very peak of the evening--a +moment that to the assembled guests must have almost paid them for the +long journey. + + "_For I shot a man in bed, man in bed-- + For I shot a man in bed, and I left him there for dead, + With a bullet through his head-- + Damn your eyes!_" + +But the song halted abruptly. Whether he was at the middle of the verse, +a pause after a stanza, or even in the middle of a chord I do not know. +On this point no one will ever have exact knowledge. Marten stopped +singing because something screamed, shrilly and horribly, out toward the +lagoon. + +The picture that followed is like a photograph, printed indelibly on my +mind. Marten paused, his lips half open, a strange, blank look of +amazement on his face. Nealman stared at me like a witless man, but I +saw by his look that he was groping for an explanation. Van Hope stood +peculiarly braced, his heavy hands open, beads of perspiration on his +temples. Whether Pescini was still with us I do not know. I tried to +remember later, but without ever coming to a conclusion. He had been +standing behind me, at first, so I couldn't have seen him anyway. I +believed, however, without knowing why, that he walked into the hall at +the beginning of the song. + +The sound we had heard, so sharp and clear out of the night, so +penetrating above the mock-ferocious words of the song, was utterly +beyond the ken of all of us. It was a living voice; beyond that no +definite analysis could be made. Sounds do not imprint themselves so +deeply upon the memory as do visual images, yet the remembrance of it, +in all its overtones and gradations, is still inordinately vivid; and I +have no doubt but that such is the case with every man that heard it. + +It was a high, rather sharp, full-lunged utterance, not in the least +subdued. It had the unrestrained, unguarded tone of an instinctive +utterance, rather than a conscious one--a cry that leaped to the lips in +some great extremity or crisis. Yet it went further. Every man of us +that heard it felt instinctively that its tone was of fear and agony +unimagined, beyond the pale of our ordered lives. + +"My God, what's that?" Van Hope asked. Van Hope was the type of man that +yields quickly to his impulses. + +None of us answered him for a moment. Then Nealman turned, rather +slowly. "It sounded like the devil, didn't it?" he said. "But it likely +wasn't anything. I've heard some devilish cries in the couple of weeks +I've been here--bitterns and owls and things like that. Might have been +a panther in the woods." + +Marten smiled slowly, rather contemptuously. "You'll have to do better +than that, Nealman. That wasn't a panther. Also--it wasn't an owl. We'd +better investigate." + +"Yes--I think we had better. But you don't know what hellish sounds some +of these swamp-creatures can make. We'll all be laughing in a minute." + +His tone was rather ragged, for all his reassuring words, and we knew he +was as shaken as the rest of us. A door opened into the hall--evidently +some of the other guests were already seeking the explanation of that +fearful sound. + +It seemed to all of us that hardly an instant had elapsed since the +sound. Indeed it still rang in our ears. All that had been said had +scarcely taken a breath. We rushed out, seemingly at once, into the +velvet darkness. The moon was incredibly vivid in the sky. + +We passed into a rose-garden, under great, arching trees, and now we +could see the silver glint of the moon on the lagoon. The tide was +going out and the waters lay like glass. + +Through the rifts in the trees we could see further--the stretching +sands, gray in the moonlight, the blue-black mysterious seas beyond. +What forms the crags took, in that eerie light! There was little of +reality left about them. + +We heard some one pushing through the shrubbery ahead of us, and he +stopped for us to come up. I recognized the dark beard and mustache of +Pescini. "What was it?" he asked. Excitement had brought out a +deep-buried accent, native to some South European land. "Was it further +on?" + +"I think so," Nealman answered. "Down by the lagoon." + +He joined us, and we pushed on, but we spread out as we neared the shore +of the lagoon. Some one's shadow whipped by me, and I turned to find +Major Dell. + +The man was severely shaken. "My God, wasn't that awful!" he exclaimed. +"Who is it--you, Killdare?" He stared into my face, and his own looked +white and masque-like in the moonlight. Then all of us began to search, +up and down the shore of the lagoon. + +In the moonlight our shadows leaped, met one another, blended and raced +away; and our voices rang strangely as we called back and forth. But +the search was not long. Van Hope suddenly exclaimed sharply--an audible +inhalation of breath, rather than an oath--and we saw him bending over, +only his head and shoulders revealed in the moonlight. He stood just +beside the craggy margin of the lagoon. + +"What is it?" some one asked him, out of the gloom. + +"Come here and see," Van Hope replied--rather quietly, I thought. In a +moment we had formed a little circle. + +A dead man lay at our feet, mostly obscured in the shadow of the crags +of the lagoon. We simply stood in silence, looking down. We knew that he +was dead just as surely as we knew that we ourselves were living men. It +was not that the light was good; that there was scarcely any light at +all. We knew it, I suppose, from the huddled position of his form. + +Joe Nopp scratched a match. He held it perfectly steadily. The first +thing it showed to me was a gray face and gray hair, and a stain that +was not gray, but rather ominously dark, on the torn, white front of the +man's evening shirt. Nealman peered closely. + +"It's my butler, Florey," he said. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +There was nothing in particular to say or do. We simply stood looking +down, that huddled body from which life had been struck as if by a +meteor, in the center. From time to time we looked up from it to stare +out over the ensilvered waters of the lagoon. + +We all shared this same inclination--to look away into the misty +distance, past the lagoon, past the gray shore, into the sea so +mysterious and still. The tide was running out now, so there was no +tumult of breaking waves on the Bridge. At intervals, and at a great +distance, we could hear the high-pitched shriek of plover. + +Of course the mood lasted just an instant. It was as if we had all been +stricken silent and lifeless, unable to speak, unable to act, with only +the power left to look and to wonder and to dream. I suppose the finding +of that huddled body, under those conditions, was a severe nervous shock +to us all. Joe Nopp, he of the true eye and the steady nerve, was the +first to get back on an every-day footing with life. + +"It's a fiendish crime," he said in the stillness. He spoke rather +slowly, without particular emphasis. "Of all the people to murder--that +gray, inoffensive little butler of yours! Nealman, let's get busy. Maybe +we can catch the devil yet." + +Nealman came to himself with a start. "Sure, Joe. Tell us what to do. We +need a directing head at a time like this." + +Nealman had dropped his accent. He spoke tersely, more like a man in the +street than the aristocrat he had come to believe himself to be. + +"The first thing is to get word into town--Ochakee, you call it. Get +hold of the constable, or any other authority, and tell him to notify +the sheriff." + +"Ochakee's the county seat--we can reach the sheriff himself." + +"Good. Tell him to take steps to guard all roads for suspicious +characters. Get out posses, if they would help. Get the coroner and all +the official help we can get out here." He turned to me, with a +whip-like, emphatic movement. "Killdare, you might help us here. You +likely know the roads. Tell us what to do." + +"You've said what to do," I told him. "There's not enough white men in +this part of the country to make a posse--and a posse couldn't find any +one that wanted to hide in the cypress swamps. The thing to do--is to +cut off the murderer's escape and starve him out. Nealman, isn't yours +the only road----" + +"As far as I know----" + +"The marshes are almost impassible to the left, and on the other side is +the river. If we can keep him from getting as far as Nixon's----" + +"Who's Nixon----" + +"Next planter up the road, five miles up. Get a phone to him right away. +Young Nixon will watch all night and stop any one who tries to pass. The +sheriff can put a man there to-morrow. Let's find a phone." + +Hal Fargo, seemingly as cold as a blade, started to bend over the body +for further examination of the wound, but two of the men caught his arm. + +"Don't touch him, Hal," Major Dell advised, quietly. "The less we track +up the spot and muss things up the better. The detective'll have a +better chance for thumb prints, and things like that." + +"You're right, Dell," the man agreed. "And now let's get to a phone." + +"Good." It was Joe Nopp's cool, self-reliant voice again. "In the +meantime, have any of you got a gun?" + +Lemuel Marten alone responded--he carried a little automatic pistol in +the pocket of his dinner coat. "Here," he said. He drew the thing out, +and it made blue fire in the moonlight in his hand. + +"Then, Marten, you head a hunt through these grounds. The murderer might +still be hiding in the shrubbery. Stop every one--shoot 'em if they +don't stop. Now Nealman, Van Hope, Killdare--where's the phone?" + +Nopp, Nealman, and myself started for the house; Fargo, Major Dell, and +Pescini and Van Hope followed Marten into the more shadowed parts of the +gardens and lawns. Before ever we reached the house we heard their +excited shouts but we paused only an instant. "They can handle him if +they've got him," Nopp said. "We'd better go and do our work." + +We divided in the hall. Nopp and I went to the phone, Nealman and Van +Hope, at Nopp's suggestion, to round up all the servants. "Keep 'em in +one room, and watch 'em," Nopp advised. "We'll like enough find the +murderer among them--some domestic jealousy, or something like that. +Don't give any of 'em a chance to get away or to destroy evidence." + +I telephoned to Nixon's first. The sleepy, country Central rang long and +often, and at last a drowsy voice answered the ring. + +"This Charley Nixon?" I asked. + +"Yes." He awakened vividly at the sound of his own name. + +"This is Ned Killdare--I met you on the way out. I'm at +Nealman's--Kastle Krags. A man has been murdered here, just a few +minutes ago! I want you to watch the road with your dogs--that strip +between the river and marsh, and not let any one go through from this +way. Can you handle it?" + +Charley Nixon had borne arms in France, his father had ridden with the +Clansmen of long ago, and his answer was clear and unhesitating over the +wire. "Any one who tries to get by me will be S. O. L.," he said. + +A moment later I reached the coroner at Ochakee. He promised he could +start for the scene at once, in his car, bringing the sheriff or his +deputy, and that he would take all the precautions he could to cut off +the murderer's escape. Then Nopp and I returned to the living-room. + +It was an unforgettable picture--that scene in the big living-room where +Nealman's guests had been so merry a few minutes before. A bottle of +whiskey still stood on the table in the center, half-filled glasses, +in which the ice had not yet melted, stood beside it and on the +window-sills and smoking stands. Little, unwavering filaments of blue +smoke streamed up from half-burned cigarettes. In the places of the +revelers stood a group of sobbing, terrified negroes. + +We were not native southerners, accustomed to seeing the black people in +their paroxysms of fear, and the sight went straight home to all of us. +These were the "cotton field niggers" of which old-time planters speak, +slaves to the blackest superstitions that ever cursed the tribes of the +Congo, and the night's crime had gone hard with them. Their faces were +gray, rather than black, the whites of their eyes were plainly visible, +and they made a confused babble of sound. The women, particularly, were +sobbing and praying alternately; most of the men were either stuttering +or apoplectic with sheer terror. Some of them cowered, shrieking, as we +opened the door. + +"Shut up that noise," Nopp demanded. A dead silence followed his words. +"No one is going to hurt you as long as you stay in here and shut up. +Where's the boss." + +One of them pointed, rather feebly, to the next room. And I took the +instant's interval to reach the side of some one that sat, alone and +silent, in a big chair in the chimney-corner. + +It was Edith Nealman, and she had been rounded up with the rest of the +house employees. Her bare feet were in slippers, and she wore a long +dressing-gown over her night-dress. Her hair hung in two golden braids +over her shoulders. + +I was glad to see that the terror of the blacks had not passed, in the +least degree, to her. Of course she was pale and shaken, her eyes were +wide, but her voice when she spoke was subdued and calm, and there was +not the slightest trace of hysteria about her. "It's a dreadful thing, +isn't it?" she said. "Poor little Florey--who'd want to murder him!" + +"Nobody knows--but we're going to get him, anyway," I promised rashly. +And what transpired thereafter did not come out in the inquest. + +It was only a little thing, but it meant teeming worlds to me. One of +her hands groped out to mine, and I pressed it in reassurance. + +Besides the native southern blacks that acted as gardeners and +chambermaids and table hands about the place, Nealman had rounded up his +mulatto chauffeur. Mrs. Gentry, his white housekeeper, sat a little to +one side of the group of negroes. + +In a moment Nealman and Van Hope rejoined us, and we turned once more +through the still hall that had been Florey's particular domain. An +instant later we were out on the moonlit driveway. + +"I wonder if those birds will have sense enough to stay away from the +body," Nopp said gruffly. "It would be easy to mess up and destroy every +bit of evidence----" + +"Major Dell warned them," I said. "I think they'll remember." + +"Nevertheless, I think we'd better post a guard over it." He paused, +eyeing an approaching figure. It was Marten, and he was almost out of +breath. + +"Any luck?" Nealman asked. + +"Nothing." Marten paused, fighting for breath. "Something stirred over +in the thicket--we chased it down and tried to round it up. I guess it +wasn't anything--certainly if it had been a man we'd scared it out. Have +you a dog?" + +"Haven't shipped my dogs down here yet, but coons and such things come +out of the woods every once in a while. Where are your men----" + +"They'll round up here in a minute. We've been beating through the +grounds." + +In a moment Major Dell and Fargo approached us from opposite sides of +the garden, and once more we headed down toward the lagoon. A voice +called after us, and Pescini caught up. + +"No trace of anything?" he asked. + +"Not a trace," some one replied. + +We walked with ever-decreasing pace, a rather uncertain group, down +toward the crags of the shore. All of us, I think, were busy with our +own thoughts. All of us paused, at last, forty yards from the scene of +the tragedy. + +"There's really nothing further we can do," Nopp said. "If the murderer +is among the servants we've got him--you found 'em all, didn't you, +Nealman?" + +"All of 'em. No suspicious circumstances." + +"Good. If he is some outsider, we'll round him up. I rather think the +former--it's too early to make a guess. But I think we'd better appoint +a guard over the body--to keep any curious persons from coming near and +tramping out footprints, and so on. There's apt to be a crowd of the +curious here to-morrow." + +All of us nodded. Lemuel Marten whispered an oath. + +Nopp turned to him. "Would you mind taking that post to-night, Marten?" +he asked. Because he already knew the man's answer, he turned to us. +"Lem's the best man for the post," he explained. "You chaps know we'll +all have to give an account of our actions to-night. It's customary at +such times. And you know that Lem was busy singing his pirate song when +the thing occurred." + +"That's an unnecessary point, Joe," Marten answered. "None of us will be +in the least suspected. This poor chap--that none of us knew. However, +I'll gladly enough act as guard." + +"You've still got your gun?" + +"I made Pescini carry it. He's a shot." + +Pescini handed him back the weapon, and Marten walked on across the lawn +to his post. The rest of us waited an instant in the road, talking +quietly to one another, and two or three of the men were getting out +their cigarettes. It was our first breathing-spell. Then we started +slowly back toward the house. + +But we halted at the sound of Marten's voice. "Wait a minute, will you?" +he called. + +It is hard to explain why we all stopped in our tracks. Van Hope, whom I +had never suspected of nerves, let his cigarette fall to the ground, a +red streak. The voice out of the gloom was wholly quiet, subdued, +perfectly calm, seemingly nothing to waken alarm or even especial +interest. Perhaps what held us and startled us was the realization of an +effort of will behind those commonplace, unruffled tones. + +"What is it, Lem?" Nopp asked. + +There was an instant's interval of unfathomable silence. "I wish you'd +come here," Marten replied. "I'm a little balled up--as to where I am. +These trees and shrubs are so near alike. I can't exactly find--the +place." + +Nopp did get there, but he didn't go alone. All of us turned, +half-running. And for a vague, bewildered, half-remembered moment we +searched frantically up and down the craggy shore of the lagoon. + +Then in the moonlight I saw Nopp and Nealman come together, and Nopp +seized the other's arms. + +"My God, Grover!" he said hoarsely. "The body has disappeared!" + + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +There was no further possibility of a mistake. Marten's inability to +find the body could not be further attributed to a mere confusion as to +its correct location. In the few minutes we had been phoning and while +the remainder of the guests had been searching for the murderer, the +body of the murdered man had vanished from the shore of the lagoon. Nor +had any mysterious over-sweeping of the water carried it away. We found, +easily enough, the place where it had lain, and we knew it by the +crushed vegetation and an ominous stain on the earth. + +For a moment we all stood speechless, almost motionless, gazing down on +the place where the body had been. The guest's faces all looked oddly +white in the moonlight. Then I heard Nealman and Nopp talking in a +subdued voice at my side. + +"You see what it means," Nealman said. "The murderer came back to the +body--that's the only explanation! That means he's still on the +grounds--perhaps within a few hundred yards." + +"But what did he do with the thing? I wish I did know what it meant. It +makes no sense. But there's nothing we can do----" + +His words blurred in my consciousness, and I suddenly ceased to hear +him. The reason was simply that my own thoughts were now too busy to +admit external impressions. If there was one thing needed in this affair +it was careful investigation and research--the very key and basis of my +own life's work. I was a scientist--at least I had gone a distance into +scientific work--and scientific methods were needed now. Why shouldn't I +direct the same method that made me a successful naturalist into the +unraveling of this mystery? + +Science has explored the lightless mysteries of the deep, has measured +the stars and traced the comets through the heavens: there was no cause +to believe it couldn't conquer now. I was of a branch of science that +mainly studied externals, my methods were simply accurate observation, +tireless investigation, and logical deduction--the methods of all +naturalists the world over; and they were just what was needed here. + +Presently I forgot the shaken men about me and began really to observe. +First, I tried to fix in my mind the exact way the body had lain. It had +been curiously huddled, lying rather on the right side--and the torn, +stained shirt-front had been plainly visible. Its location was not far +above high-tide mark, at the edge of the lawns--and because the craggy +margin of the lagoon was rather precipitous at that place, not more than +twenty feet from the water's edge at low tide. + +It was impossible even to hazard a guess what kind of a weapon had +inflicted the death wound. But it had not been a clean, stabbing wound +to the heart. The wound itself must have been a long gash downward along +the breast, for the shirt and waistcoat had been curiously ripped and +torn. And possibly the weapon might be found in the grass where the body +had lain. + +I quietly moved back and forth among the group of men, searching for the +gleam of moonlight upon a knife blade. It didn't reveal itself, however, +and there seemed no course but to wait for daylight. But as I was about +to give up the search my eye caught the glimpse of something white, +half-hidden in the grass in the direction of the house. + +I quietly picked it up, saw that it was a folded piece of heavy paper or +parchment, and slipped it into my pocket. Then I rejoined the little +crowd of guests. + +"Good Lord, what can we do...?" Pescini was saying excitedly. "The lake +can't be dragged until to-morrow. There's no use to post guards around +this big house--the thickets are so heavy that any one could steal +through almost any place. We've got the road guarded--and the officers +won't come till to-morrow. It's true that a couple of us could stand +guard here----" + +"I don't see what good it would do," Nopp replied. "The murderer would +have no cause to come back again. I suggest we go to the house and get +what rest we can. We may have to make some posses in the morning." + +In the privacy of my own room I took from my pocket the paper I had +found. It proved to be of heavy parchment, whitened by time; and I felt +at once I was running on a true scent. + +There could be little doubt as to the age of the document. The ink was +fading, the handwriting itself was in the style of long ago. The fact +that the script was scratchy and uncertain, indicated that a man of +meager education had written it. It was, however, perfectly legible. I +judged that the date of the missive was at least ten or twenty years +prior to the civil war. + +Across the top of the page were written the words, referring evidently +to the script beneath, "Sworn by the Book." At the very bottom was the +cryptic phrase "int F. T." And the following, mysterious column lay +between: + + aned + dqbo + aqcd + trkm + fipj + dqbo + scno + ohuy + wvyn + dljn + dtht + +Of course no kind of an explanation presented itself at first. I took it +to a mirror, tried to read it backward, then sat down to give it a +careful analysis. + +I copied the column carefully, then tried to rearrange the letters to +make sense. But no such simple treatment was availing. The fourth, +ninth, tenth, and last words, for instance, were made up entirely of +consonants, and no word of any language, known to me, entirely omits +vowels. Four of the remaining seven words contained but one vowel. + +But I was in no mood to go further to-night. The events of the past few +hours had been a mighty strain on the entire nervous system, and my mind +could not cope with the problem. I spread the original parchment on the +little table in the center of the room, then quickly undressed, turned +out my lights, and went to bed. + +Sleep came at once, heavy and dreamless. I barely remember the welcome +chill that the pre-dawn hours brought to the room. But it wasn't written +that there should be many hours of refreshing sleep for me that night. + +In hardly a moment, it seemed to me, I came to myself with a start. +Wakefulness shot through me as if by an electric shock. It was that +fast-flying hour just before dawn: the cool caress of the wind against +my face and the pale-blue quality of the darkness on the window-pane +told that fact with entire plainness. It had been wakened by a hushed +sound from across the room. + +It was useless to try to tell myself that the sound was a dream only, an +imagined voice that had no basis in reality. For all that it was +subdued, the sound was entirely sharp and clear, impossible to mistake. +And instantly I knew its source. + +Some one had opened my door. There was no other possible explanation. +Nor had it been merely the harmless mistake of one of the guests, +confusing my room with his own. I heard the door open, but I did not +hear it close. Nor did I hear departing steps along the corridor. + +My nightly visitor had come in stealth, and there was nothing to believe +but at that instant he was waiting in the darkness on the other side of +the room. + +It isn't easy to decide what to do at a time like this. I was perfectly +willing to simulate slumber if by so doing I could increase my own +safety. Florey's affair was still fresh in my mind. A cruel and +cold-blooded murder had been committed at Kastle Krags earlier this +same night: this tip-toeing visitor in my room was in all likelihood a +desperate man, willing to repeat his crime if his own safety demanded +it. My possessions were few: it was better to let them go than take such +a risk. + +Yet a wiser, saner self told me that this was no business of thievery. +The thing went deeper, further than I could see or guess. I lay +listening: from time to time I could hear the boards settle beneath his +feet. Evidently he was groping about the darkened room, in search of +something.... Then a faint jar told me that his hand was on the iron +railing of my bed. + +It wasn't a reassuring thought that he had been groping about the room +solely to find my bed. My muscles set for a desperate leap in case I +felt him groping nearer.... There was a long, ominous instant of +silence. Then a little triangle of light danced out over my table-top. + +It was a ray from a flashlight, and it came and went so soon that there +was no chance to make accurate observation. I did, however, see just the +edge of his hand as he reached for something on the flat surface of the +table. It was a white, strong hand--long, sensitive fingers--evidently +the hand of a well-bred, middle-aged man. + +The light flashed out. Steps sounded softly on the floor. Then my door +closed with a slight shock. + +There is no use trying to justify my inactivity during his presence in +the room. At such times a man is guided by instinct--and my instinct had +been to lie still and let him do his work. The action might condemn me +in some eyes, but I felt no shame for it. And as soon as the door closed +I sprang to the floor. + +Groping, I found the light, and the white beams flooded the room. +Presently I opened the door and gazed down the gloomy hall. + +It was still as a tomb. There were a dozen doors along it, and any one +of them might have closed behind the intruder. It was the hall of a +well-ordered country manor, rather commonplace in the subdued light of a +single globe that burned over the stairway. The opportunity to overtake +the intruder was irredeemably past. + +It wasn't hard to tell what had been taken. The sheet of parchment, on +which was written the mysterious cryptogram, was gone from the table. +The only satisfaction I had was that the thief had failed to see and +procure the copy of the document I had made just before retiring. + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +The sheriff and the coroner arrived from Ochakee in a roadster soon +after dawn. All of us felt relieved at their coming: they represented +the best and most intelligent type of southern citizenry. Sheriff +Slatterly was scarcely older than I was, and had been given his office +for meritorious services in the late war. He was a broad-shouldered +large-headed man, with keen, good-natured eyes, a firm mouth, and rather +prominent chin. We scraped up an acquaintance at once on the strength of +our Legion buttons. + +"I'm glad theya's a suvice man heah," he confessed to me. "It's sho' a +mess of a case--and my deputy is busy. I've neveh wo'ked among these +millionaih Yankee spo'ts befo', but I suppose they ah all right. Now +tell me what you think of it all." + +"I don't think," I confessed. "It doesn't make good sense." + +He asked me questions in the vernacular of the South, and I answered +them the best I could. Then he introduced me to the coroner. + +Mr. Weldon was a man of about forty years, intelligent, forceful, not +in the least the mournful type so often seen among undertakers. He was +rather careless in speech, but I did not ascribe it to lack of +education. He had rather a Semitic countenance, and a very deep, manly +voice. + +"Of course the first thing is to drag the lagoon," he said. "We've got +to have a body before we can hold anything but a semblance of an +inquest--and of course thet's where the body is. It couldn't be +nowhere's else." + +All of us agreed with him. There was simply nothing else to do. The body +had lain but thirty feet from the water's edge: it was conceivable that +for some mysterious reason the murderer had seen fit to return and drag +his dead into the water. The idea of him carrying it in any other +direction was incredible. + +While we waited for drag hooks to be sent out from town the sheriff made +a minute examination of the scene of the crime. He searched the ground +for clews; and it seemed to me the little puzzled line between his brows +deepened with every moment of the search. He stood up at last, breathing +hard. + +"The murderer made a clean get away, that's certain," he observed. "It +isn't often a man can commit a crime like this and not leave a few +trails. I can't find a trace or a button. And if he left any tracks they +are mixed up with those you gentlemen made last night." + +He went carefully over the rocks between the place where the body had +lain and the water; but there was little for him here. Once or twice he +paused, studying the rocks with a careful scrutiny, but he did not tell +us what he found. + +About ten the drag-hooks came, and I helped Nealman bring his duckboat +from the marshy end of the lagoon. Then the sheriff, the coroner and +myself began the slow, tiresome work of dragging. + +Of course we began along the shore, close to the scene of the crime. We +worked from the natural wall and back to a point a hundred yards beyond +the starting-place. Then we turned back, just the width of the drag +hooks beyond. We reached the Bridge again without result. + +As the moments passed the coroner's annoyance increased. Noon came and +passed--already we had dragged carefully a spot a full hundred square +yards in extent. The tide flowed again, beat against the Bridge and +fretted the water, making our work increasingly difficult. And at last +the sheriff rested, cursing softly, on his oars. + +"Well, Weldon?" he asked. + +The coroner's eyes looked rather bright as he turned to answer him. I +got the impression that for all his outer complacency he was secretly +excited. "Nothing, Slatterly," he said. "What do you think yourself?" + +"I think we're face to face with the worst deal, the biggest mystery +that's come our way in years. In the first place, there isn't any use of +looking and dragging any more." + +"But man, the body's got to be here somewhere." + +"Got, nothing! We've got to begin again, and not take anything for +granted. This is still water, except for these waves the tide makes, +breaking over the rocks--and you know a body doesn't move much in still +water, especially the first night. For that matter the place was still +as a slough, they say, while the tide was going out--most of the night. +We've looked for a hundred yards about the spot. It's not there. And the +murderer couldn't swim with it clear across the lagoon." + +"He might, a strong swimmer." + +"But what's the sense of it? Besides, a dead body ain't easy to manage. +The thing to do is to search Florey's rooms for any evidence, then to +get all the niggers and the white folks as well and have an unofficial +inquest. Then we might see where we're at." + +"Good." The coroner turned to me. "Is there any use of hunting up Mr. +Nealman to show us Florey's room?" he asked. "Can't you take us up +there?" + +I was glad enough of the chance to be on hand for that search, so I +didn't hesitate to answer. "You are the law. You can go where you +like--wherever you think best." + +We went together up the stairs to Florey's room. There was not the least +sign that tragedy had overtaken its occupant. It was scrupulously kept: +David Florey must have been the neatest of men. The search, however, was +largely unavailing. + +In a little desk at one corner we found a number of papers and letters. +Some of them pertained to household matters, there was a note from some +friend in Charleston, a folder issued by a steamship plying out of +Tampa, and a letter from Mrs. Noyes, of New Hampshire, who seemed to be +the dead man's sister. At least the salutation was "Dear Brother Dave," +and the letter itself dealt with the fortunes of common relatives. Then +there were a few short letters from one who signed himself "George." + +There was nothing of particular interest. Mostly they were +notifications of arrivals and departures in various cities, and they +seemed to concern various business ventures. "I've got a good lead," one +of them said, "but it may turn out like the rest." "Things are +brightening up," another went. "I believe I see a rift in the clouds." + +"George" was unquestionably a traveler. One of the notes had been +written from Washington, D. C., one from Tampa, the third from some +obscure port in Brazil. They were written in a rather bold, rugged, but +not unattractive hand. + +The only document that gave any kind of a key to the mystery was a +half-finished letter that protruded beneath the blotter pad on his desk. +It was addressed "My dear Sister," and was undoubtedly in answer to the +"Mrs. Noyes" letter. The sheriff read it aloud: + + My dear Sister: + + I got the place here and like it very much. Mr. Nealman is a + fine man to work for. I get on with my work very well. The + house is located on a lagoon, cut off from the open sea by a + natural rock wall--a very lovely place. + + But you will be sorry to hear that my old malady, g----, is + troubling me again. I don't think I will ever be rid of it. + It is certainly the Florey burden, going through all our + family. I can't hardly sleep, and don't know that I'll ever + get rid of it, short of death. I'm deeply discouraged, yet I + know---- + +At that point the letter ended. The sheriff's voice died away so slowly +and tonelessly that it gave almost the effect of a start. Then he laid +the letter on the desk and smoothed it out with his hands. + +"Weldon?" he asked jerkily. "Do you s'pose we've got off on the wrong +foot, altogether?" + +"What d'ye mean?" + +"Do you suppose that poor devil did himself in? At least we've got a +motive for suicide, and a good one--and there's none whatever for +murder. You know what old Bampus used to say--find the motive first." + +"Of course you mean the disease he writes of. Why didn't he spell it +out." + +"He was likely just given to abbreviations. Lots of men are. The word +might have been a long one, and hard to spell." + +"Most invalids, I've noticed, rejoice in the long names of their +diseases!" + +"Not a bad remark, from an undertaker. I suppose you mean they get your +hopes all aroused by their diseases when they ain't got 'em, you old +buzzard. But seriously, Weldon. He writes here that his old malady has +come back on him, some disease that runs through his family--that he's +discouraged, that he doesn't think he'll ever be rid of it. You know +that ill-health is the greatest cause for suicide--that more men blow +out their own brains because they are incurably sick than for any other +reason. He says he can't sleep. And what leads to suicide faster than +that!" + +"All true enough. But it don't hold water. Where's the knife? What +became of the body? Suicides don't eat the knife that killed them, lay +dead, and then crawl away. You'll have to do better." + +"He might not have been quite dead. Even doctors have been deceived +before now, and crawled into the water to end his own misery. You can +bet I'm going to keep the matter in mind." + +And it was a curious thing that this little handful of letters also set +me off on a new tack. A possibility so bizarre and so terrible that it +seemed almost beyond the pale of credibility flashed to my mind. I +watched my chance, and slipped one of the "George" letters into my +pocket. + +The idea I had was vague, not overly convincing, and it left a great +part of the mystery still unsolved--but yet it was a clew. I waited +impatiently until the search was concluded. Then I sought the telephone. + +A few minutes later a telegraphic message was clicking over the wires to +Mrs. Noyes, in New Hampshire, notifying her of her brother's murder and +disappearance, and asking a certain question. There was nothing to do +but wait patiently for the answer. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +In midafternoon the coroner called all the occupants of the manor house +together in the big living-room. He had us draw chairs to make a half +circle about him, and the sheriff took a chair at his side. He began at +once upon a patient, systematic questioning of every one present. + +None of us could read the thoughts behind his rather swarthy face. His +coal-black eyes were alike unfathomable: whether he believed that the +murderer was then sitting in our circle we could not guess. "Of course +this is not an official inquest," he told us. "The real inquest can't +be held until there is a body to hold it over. I'm doing this in +co-operation with the sheriff. And of course I needn't tell you that all +of you are held here, with orders not to leave the immediate grounds, +until a formal inquest can be held." + +"But what if you never find the body?" Marten asked. "Some of us--can't +stay forever." + +"The law takes heed of no man's business," the coroner answered, +somewhat sternly. "However, I'll have counsel from the state in a few +days, and then we can tell what to do. The district attorney will be +here just as soon as his work will permit." + +He called Nealman first. Except for a strange and startling deepening of +the worry-line between his brows I would have thought that he was wholly +unshaken. Weldon asked his name, place of birth, thirdly his occupation. + +"I can't hardly say--I'm interested in finance," Nealman said in reply +to the third question. + +"And how long have you occupied this house?" + +"Less than a month. I bought it last winter, but it has been under the +charge of--of a caretaker until that time." + +"Who was the caretaker?" + +Nealman's voice fell a note. "Florey--the man murdered last night." + +"Ah." The coroner paused an instant, as if deep in thought. "And how did +he happen to come into your employ?" + +"He was employed at this house by its previous owner, just a few days or +weeks before I purchased it. He asked for work here when I came to take +possession. He was an experienced butler, he said." + +"Then that's all you know about the dead man?" + +"Absolutely all." + +"His full name?" + +"I made out his check to David Florey. I assumed he was an Englishman." + +"You didn't know that, for sure?" + +"No." Nealman hesitated, as if secretly startled. "I really didn't know +it, when I come to think about it. I always assumed that he was." + +"He was a good servant?" + +"Excellent. I can go further. The best, most conscientious butler I ever +had." + +"Did you ever get the idea he had any enemies?" + +"No. He seemed the most peaceable of men." + +"None of the other servants were jealous of him?" + +"On the contrary, they seemed to like him very much." + +"He stayed close to his work?" + +"He scarcely ever went to town. Once or twice he asked me for permission +to go with my chauffeur--for a hair cut, and so on." + +"What did you observe about his health? Did it seem to be good?" + +"It seemed so. Very good." + +The coroner's interest quickened. "You weren't aware, then, that he had +an incurable malady?" + +"No. And I don't think he had. At least I never saw the least sign of +it. None of the other servants ever mentioned it." + +"Did he look like a man in good health?" + +"He was rather gray--from his indoor life, I suppose. But he never +looked sick to me." + +"You think he was murdered, then?" + +"Good Heavens, I don't see how we can think anything else!" + +"You can ascribe no reason for his murder." + +"Absolutely none." + +"You can't, eh." The coroner paused, several seconds. "To come back to +yourself. You were here less than a month. May I ask what was your idea +in buying this manor house?" + +"I hardly understand----" + +"What did you get it for, a home?" + +"I can't hardly say a home. I got it more for a winter shooting and +fishing lodge. My home is on the Hudson. I'm very fond of fishing and +shooting. I loved the place on sight." + +"I take it, then, that you are a man of large financial means--able to +indulge your whims even to the extent of buying a shooting and fishing +lodge such as this?" + +Nealman stiffened slightly. "I don't see how that point can possibly +have any bearing on this case." + +"The merest detail of the lives of any one of the actors involved often +throws light upon a crime." The coroner spoke slowly, seemingly choosing +his words with care. + +"I am not a man of great wealth, if that's what you want to know," +Nealman answered at last. "I feel--I felt able at the time to buy this +house." + +"No great financial disaster has overtaken you since, I judge?" + +Nealman's voice dropped a tone, and he spoke with a curious hesitancy. +"No. I shouldn't say that there had." + +The coroner halted, gazing absently at the carpet, and then began on a +new tack. "This butler of yours--I suppose you paid him a good wage?" + +"It would be considered so, among the men of his occupation." + +"Do you know if he had any large amount of money saved, or if he carried +any large amount on his person?" + +"Not that I know of. He was very non-committal about his affairs." + +"He was a good butler," the coroner commented. + +"Yes. Excellent. If you mean, did he carry enough money on his person to +invite robbery, I should say that I don't think he did. Of course I +don't know for certain. However, I know that he had banking connections +in Ochakee." + +"What of your other employees. Do you know anything about them?" + +"They all came recommended. I know nothing further except, of course, in +regard to my housekeeper and chauffeur." + +"Your chauffeur is a colored man?" + +"Yes. He has been with me for four years. A man of good character and +habits." + +"Do you know where he was at the time of the murder?" + +"I do not." + +"Your housekeeper--she has been in your employ a long time, also?" + +"About two years." + +"Was she well known to the murdered man?" + +"Her acquaintance began with him at the same time as my own--less than a +month ago." + +"How old is this lady?" + +"She sits in the circle. You can ask her if you like. I have never put +the question to her." + +Every one smiled at this sally. The housekeeper, a buxom woman of fifty +years, flushed and giggled alternately. + +"Where were your other servants at the time of the murder?" + +"I suppose most of them were in bed. Sam, the negro boy, was in the +kitchen, helping me to serve my guests." + +"Then David Florey was not on duty that night?" + +"I didn't watch Mr. Florey closely, Mr. Weldon. He was the kind of +servant that didn't seem to require watching. He helped me serve some +cold drinks immediately after dinner. I didn't see him again." + +"You don't know at what hour he ventured out into the lawns?" + +"I do not. I was under the impression that he was in the pantry or hall +for several hours after dinner. I can not say definitely." + +"And now will you describe the crime--that is, what you yourself heard +and saw?" + +"Beginning where?" + +"At the beginning. Where you were, who was with you, and all you can +tell me." + +"I was in this room. I don't know the exact time--it must have been +close to midnight. My guests were here with me." + +"All of them?" + +Nealman paused, seemingly considerably disturbed. "I can't say that all +of them were in my immediate sight," he replied at last. "My guests were +free of the house--some of them were at the billiard tables, others in +the library, and so on. I can say definitely that Mr. Marten, Mr. Van +Hope, and Mr. Killdare were in the room. Mr. Pescini was with us until +just before we heard the sound." + +"How long before?" + +"I can't say for certain. It didn't seem to me more than a minute or +two." + +"You don't know where the others were?" + +"Not exactly. I had left Mr. Fargo in the billiard room a moment before. +Major Dell and Mr. Nopp had been talking on the veranda." + +"None of these men indicated any previous acquaintance with the butler?" + +"None whatever. They were all northern men, from my own part of the +country." + +"All of them were your friends?" + +"Yes." His face changed expression, ever so little. "Yes, of course." + +"You four men were in the lounging-room--and you heard a certain sound. +Will you describe the sound?" + +"It was a scream--I can't describe it any further." + +"Rather a long-drawn scream, or just a sharp utterance?" + +"I would say it was rather long--and very loud." + +"You knew at once it was the scream of a man?" + +"I thought at first it might be some wild thing--perhaps a panther or a +lynx--even a water bird." + +"Yet it must have been a very distressing sound, was it not? Would you +say it was a cry of agony or of fear?" + +"Both. Yes--I would say it was a cry of both fear and agony." + +"Then what did you do? Tell exactly what happened." + +"We went out to investigate. My other guests ran out the same time." + +"You didn't see them run out?" + +"No, but I met most of them outside. At such times one doesn't observe +closely. We ran down to the shore of the lagoon, at the place we've +indicated to you, and there we found David Florey, lying dead. There +was no one near, and no weapons were lying beside him--at least I didn't +see any. He was lying on his side, and his vest and shirt were torn and +wet with blood. Some of us went at once to telephone--Mr. Killdare, Mr. +Van Hope, Mr. Nopp and myself. The others began to beat through the +garden in search of the murderer." + +"No one stayed with the body?" + +"No." + +"You're perfectly certain Mr. Florey was dead, Mr. Nealman." + +"I didn't dream of anything else at the time, Mr. Weldon. He lay +huddled, his face drawn, and certainly there was a terrible wound in his +breast." + +"These men that hunted through the gardens and lawns. Were they armed?" + +"Mr. Marten had a pistol. The others were unarmed." + +"They stayed close together?" + +"I don't think they did. I can't say for sure." + +"Then what happened?" + +"We telephoned, met the searching party, and all of us went back to the +body. It was gone." + +"No action or word of any of your guests wakened your suspicions?" + +"None whatever." + +"You suspect no one?" + +"No one. I am absolutely in the dark." + +"Remember, as the occupant of the house, you are in a better position to +give us a right steer than any one else. I want you to think hard. You +observed, at no time, any suspicious circumstances?" + +"None whatever." Nealman's voice was firm. + +"What weapon, would you say, inflicted the wound?" + +"I don't know. It wasn't a pistol, of course. We didn't hear a shot. We +didn't examine the wound carefully, but I would say it was some metal +instrument, not overly sharp. It might have been a dull knife." + +"Would a knife likely have torn the shirt and vest as you describe?" + +"It doesn't seem likely, unless the murderer gave a furious, downward +stroke." + +The coroner paused again, and the room was utterly silent. "You have +never heard any story, any legend--any set of facts connected with this +house and its occupants that might explain the murder?" + +Nealman waited a long time before he answered. "None that are the least +credible." + +"You've got something on your mind, Nealman. Credible or not, I want to +hear it." + +"I can't bring myself to repeat such a silly story. All old houses have +various legends. This particular legend is not worth hearing." + +"I'm sorry, Mr. Nealman, but I must be the judge of that. You have the +same as admitted that the story has occurred to your mind. What was it, +please?" + +Nealman's voice lowered perceptibly, and he answered with evident +difficulty. "A silly thing about a buried treasure--and a sea-monster--a +giant octopus or something like that--that had been set to guard it--in +the lagoon." + +As we waited we heard the faint scream of the plover on the shore and +the lapping waves of the tide. Most of the white men were smiling +grimly--the negroes were gray as ashes. + +"You will admit that the tragedy of last night, the nature of the wound +and the disappearance of the body, brought the legend forcibly to your +memory?" + +"I couldn't help but remember it," Nealman answered. "But it's inane and +silly--just the same." + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +Nealman was of course the most important witness. Further testimony was +really only in corroboration of his. The coroner called on Marten next. + +This man spoke bluntly, answering all questions in a vigorous, rather +masterful voice. Financier, he said simply, in answer to the question as +to his occupation. + +"You were with Mr. Nealman when you heard Florey's scream?" + +"Yes." + +"Who else was there?" + +"Mr. Van Hope and Mr. Killdare." + +"Do you know the exact location of any other of the guests at the time +of the murder?" + +"No, not exactly. They were all in rooms adjoining the living-room." + +"You're sure of that?" + +"Practically sure. They came in and out every few minutes." + +"Did you have any previous acquaintance with the dead man?" + +"None whatever." + +In reply to the coroner's questions, he testified as to the finding of +the body, the nature of the scream we had heard and gave a similar +report as to the appearance of the wound. He had observed no suspicious +actions on the part of any one. + +"You led the search, I believe, through the gardens?" + +"Yes." + +"You were the one man that was armed. May I ask how you happened to have +a pistol in the pocket of dinner clothes?" + +"I was held up, once," Marten replied straightforwardly. "Several years +ago. I've carried a pistol ever since." + +The coroner nodded. "Did your party stay together in searching the +gardens, or did they scatter out?" he asked. + +"We scattered out. We couldn't have hoped to find any one if we had +stayed together. We called back and forth, however." + +"You kept track of one another all the time?" + +"I can't say that. The gardens and grounds are large and full of +shrubbery." + +"The search lasted--how long?" + +"Only a few minutes." + +The coroner dismissed him at this point, calling on Mr. Van Hope. The +latter told of his long acquaintance with Nealman, and verified in every +detail the story that his friend had told. + +"And where were you, Mr. Dell, when the scream was heard?" the coroner +asked. + +"In the library," was the reply. Major Dell spoke evenly, but his keen, +flushed face showed that he was taking the most keen and lively interest +in the proceedings. + +"Why weren't you with the others in the party?" + +"We were all running all over the house. I was trying to find Mr. +Nealman's copy of Jordan's work on fish. Fargo and I had got into an +argument about black bass." + +"Mr. Fargo was not with you at the time?" + +"I was alone. I had left Mr. Fargo at the billiard table." + +Weldon's voice changed in tone. "And how did the argument come out, may +I ask." + +Major Dell smiled dryly. "It isn't concluded yet," he said. + +The coroner paused, then took a new tack. "You heard the sound +distinctly?" + +"Distinctly, but probably not so clearly as Mr. Nealman heard it. The +library is back of the lounging-room." + +"Then what did you do?" + +"I ran outside. I joined Nealman and some of the other guests on the +grounds, and went down with them to investigate." + +"You took part in the hunt through the grounds?" + +"Yes. I beat back and forth with the rest." + +"And saw or heard nothing suspicious?" + +"Something moved in the shrubbery, but we couldn't locate it. Nealman +thought afterward it was a raccoon or some other small animal." + +"You knew Mr. Florey?" + +"I had never set eyes upon him before." + +"You've had long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman, however?" + +Major Dell hesitated, just an instant. "No. I had never met Mr. Nealman +until last night." + +The coroner's interest quickened. "You didn't? How did you happen to be +included among his guests?" + +"I was a great friend of his friend, Mr. Van Hope. I was invited through +his kindness. He wanted me to have a taste of shooting and fishing." + +"What is your occupation, Mr. Dell?" + +"I am interested in finance, in a modest way." + +"You saw, heard or knew of nothing connected with this murder that you +haven't testified." + +"No." Dell paused, considering. "Nothing, I'm sure." + +"I say 'murder.' Testimony has gone to show that Florey was dead, not +just severely wounded, when you and the others reached his side. Mr. +Dell, do you think there is any possibility that life remained in his +body when you saw him beside the inlet?" + +Dell spoke clearly. "None whatever," he said. + +"You speak very sure." + +"I am sure. I've seen too many dead men ever to make a mistake. The +position of the body, the features--everything told it as plain as day." + +The coroner leaned forward. His eyes gleamed. "And where and how did you +happen to see all these dead men, may I ask?" + +There was an instant's second of strain throughout the room. All of us, +I think, were siding with Major Dell--from the sheer instinctive +distrust of constituted authority that seems to be implanted in our +bodies at birth. Dell looked down, and his face was gray. + +"In the Argonne," he said, quietly. The room was deathly still. + +Fargo, called immediately after, testified as to his argument with Dell +as to the nature of black bass. Dell had left him, he said, to go into +the library. + +"You were alone in the billiard room when you heard the cry?" + +"Yes. But I ran outdoors and joined the others." + +Van Hope testified as to his acquaintance with Major Dell, saying that +they had known each other for several months, and that Dell belonged to +one of his clubs. He verified Nealman's story perfectly. + +"And what is your occupation, Mr. Pescini?" the coroner asked. + +"I am in the publishing business, in New York." + +"You have a long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman?" + +"Something over four years." + +"Where were you when you heard David Florey scream?" + +"On the veranda." + +"Alone?" + +"Yes, alone. I had been with Mr. Van Hope and Nealman a few moments +before. I was rather hot, and I went out on the veranda for a breath of +air. I rushed out toward the sound, and Nealman and his party caught up +with me." + +He testified that he had taken part in the search, and was utterly +baffled as to the solution of the mystery. + +Nopp was in the music room, he said, looking for a certain record that +he wished his friends to hear. He had been in the billiard room a few +seconds before. He had heard the cry but faintly, and had not been +especially alarmed. The shouts of the other guests, he said, rather than +the scream of the dying man, had caused him to rush out and join in the +investigation. He had known Nealman a long time, was an architect by +profession, and had been one of those to partake in the hunt through the +gardens. + +Last of all the white men, he called on me. I told of my relations with +Nealman, the work I had been hired to do and, my own reactions to the +fearful scream in the darkness. I had been with Marten, Van Hope and +Nealman and had sent through the calls to Ochakee. + +"You saw or heard nothing beyond that which these other gentlemen have +testified?" + +"Nothing at all," I answered. + +"You have made no subsequent discoveries?" + +Just for a moment I was silent, conjecturing what my answer should be. +Was I to tell of the cryptogram I had found beside the body, and its +theft during the night? + +I couldn't see how the least good would come of it. Indeed, if last +night's intruder was in the room, listening to my testimony, he would be +very glad to know if I had discovered the theft. I had resolved to work +out the case in my own way, employing the methods of a naturalist, and +these agents of the law were not my allies. + +"Nothing has come to my observation," I told him simply. + +If he had pressed the matter he might have got the admission out of me; +but fortunately he turned to other subjects. + +There was quite a little stir of interest throughout the circle when he +began to question Edith. None of us will forget the picture of that +golden head, graced by the sunlight slanting through the leaded panes of +the window, the flushed, lovely face, the frank eyes and the girlish +figure, lost in the big chair. She was in such contrast to the rest of +us. Except for the housekeeper, buxom and fifty, she was the only white +woman present; and she could have been the daughter of any one of the +gray men in the circle. + +She had gone to her room about ten, she said, and had read for perhaps +an hour. Her room was just over the front hall. About eleven she went to +bed, and the coroner's questions brought out the interesting fact that +seemingly she had been the last of the household--unless the murderer +himself was to be included thus--to have seen Florey alive. Her bed +stood just beside the front window, and just before she had retired she +had seen him walking out toward the lagoon. + +The whole circle, tired of the dull testimony of the past hour, leaned +forward in rapt attention. "He was alone?" the coroner asked. + +"Yes. I think I heard the door close behind him--I'm not sure. Then I +saw his form in the moonlight on the front lawn." + +"You recognized him at once?" + +"Not at once. I thought perhaps it was one of the guests. But in a +bright patch of moonlight I saw him plain." + +"Where did he go?" + +"He turned down the driveway toward the lagoon. I didn't see him again." + +At the sound of the piercing scream she got up and put on a +dressing-gown, but she did not come down at once. She was afraid, she +said--she didn't know what to do. She had no knowledge as to the +activities and the positions of the other members of the household at +the time of the crime. + +She had come to work as her uncle's secretary but a few weeks before; +and she verified perfectly Nealman's testimony in regard to the dead +servant. If he had had enemies in the household she had not been aware +of it, she knew of no chronic malady, and she did not think that he +carried any large amount of money on his person. The scream had seemed +to her to be one of unfathomable fear. + +The housekeeper, Mrs. Gentry, was the last of the white people to be +called upon; and her testimony threw no new light upon the problem. She +was in bed and asleep, and the shouts of the men without had wakened +her. + +The coroner called on the negroes in turn, and I was a little amazed +at the ease with which he wrung their testimony out of them. He knew +these dark people: no northern man could have hoped to have been so +successful. Sometimes he shouted at them as if in fury, sometimes he +wheedled or jested with them. + +Not one of them but could prove an alibi. They were all in their own +quarters, they said, at the moment of the tragedy. Because this was the +South and they were black, they did not know Florey, a white man, very +well. And they had all been frightened nearly out of their wits by the +events of the night. + +One by one he questioned them, but the inquest ended just as it +began--with the affair of Florey's murder as great a mystery as ever. +At the end of the fatiguing afternoon we were face to face with the +baffling fact that only four men had proven satisfactory alibis--Lemuel +Marten, Van Hope, Nealman and myself--and that any one of the dozen or +more men and women in that great, rambling house might have done the +deed. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +Two telegrams had come for Mr. Nealman during the inquest; but the negro +messenger who had brought them had been too frightened by the august +session in the living-room to disturb him. It came about that Nealman +didn't get them until he and Van Hope left the room together. + +The yellow envelopes were lying on a little table in the hall, and +Nealman started, perceptibly, at the sight of them. Except for that +nervous reflex through his body I wouldn't have given the messages a +second thought. Nealman picked them up, and still carrying on a +fragmentary conversation with his friend, tore out the messages. + +He did not merely tear off the edges. In his eagerness his clawing +fingers ripped the envelopes wide open, endangering the messages +themselves within. He opened one of them, and his eye leaped over the +script. + +He took one curious, short breath, then opened the second message, more +carefully now. Then he crowded both of them into his outer coat pocket. + +At that point his conversation with Van Hope took a curious trend. He +still seemed to be trying to talk in his usual casual voice; yet a +preoccupation so deep, so engrossing was upon him that his friend's +words must have seemed to reach him from another sphere. It was a brave +effort; but his disjointed sentences, his blurred perceptions, told the +truth only too plainly. + +Nealman had received disastrous news. His lips were smiling, but his +eyes were filled with some alien light. What that light was neither Van +Hope nor I could tell. It might have been frenzy. Quite likely it was +fear. + +"Bad news, old man?" Van Hope blurted out at last, impulsively. They +were old friends--he was risking the charge of ill-bred curiosity to +offer sympathy to the other. + +"Not very good, old man. I'll see you later about it. If you'll excuse +me I'll go to my room--and answer 'em." + +He turned up the stairs--Van Hope walked out onto the verandas. I waited +for Edith, and in a moment we were walking under the magnolias, +listening to the twilight boomings of a bittern on the lagoon. + +"And what do you think of it?" I asked her. + +No human memory could forget her lustrous eyes, solemn and yet lighted +by the beauty of her thoughts, as she gazed out over the waters, +troubled by the flowing tide. + +"I can't make anything out of it," she told me at last. "It doesn't seem +to make good sense. Yet there have been hundreds of more baffling +mysteries, and they all were cleared up at last. Cleared up +intelligently, too, if you know what I mean." + +"You mean--with credible motives and actions behind them." + +"Yes, and _human_ actions. I'm thinking about--you know what. Human +agents were the only agents in this crime. In the end it will prove out +that way." + +"Then you aren't at all superstitious about--this." I indicated that +eery, desolate lagoon with its craggy margin, stretching away like a +ghost-lake in the gray light. As always the tidal waves were bursting +with ferocious, lunging onslaughts on the natural rock wall, and the +foam gleamed incredibly white against the dark water. + +"Not in the least," she answered me. "I don't like the place when the +tide's rolling in--it's too rough and too fierce--but it's lovely in +the ebb-tide! Did you ever see anything so still as it is then--the +water's edge creeping inward, and such a wonderful blue-green? No, I'm +not superstitious about it at all. I'm going swimming, one of these +nights, when the tide's going out. I'd cross it to-night in an +emergency." + +"You're a strong swimmer, then." + +"I can swim well enough--nothing to boast of though. Ned"--for we had +got to the first name stage, long since--"this whole matter will be +cleared up in a few days more. Such things always do come out right. I +wouldn't be surprised if that poor man's body should be found any day, +dragged into some thicket. The rocks are full of caves--perhaps the drag +hooks simply failed to find it." + +"And your uncle--he feels the way you do?" + +"Of course. If you are talking about that silly legend--it gives him +only the keenest delight as a big story to tell his friends. He has no +more superstitious fear about this lagoon than I have." + +"Have you talked to him since the inquest?" + +"You know I haven't." + +"He got two telegrams to-day. They seemed to go mighty hard with him. I +was wondering--whether you ought to go to him now." + +A little line came between her straight brows. "I can't imagine what +they could be----" she said. + +"The loss of some friend? Financial loss, perhaps----?" + +"I don't know. The latter, if anything. For I do know he's been buying +certain stocks--awfully heavy." + +"Playing the stock market, eh----?" + +"I don't think I should have told you that. But I know you won't say +anything about it. Oh, I do hope he hasn't had any real misfortune----" + +Our talk veered to other subjects, and for a while we stood and watched +the twilight descending over the lagoon. The crags were never so +mysterious. They seemed to take weird shapes in the half-light, and the +water sucked and lapped about their stony feet. + +In a little while her hand stole into mine. It rested softly, and +neither of us felt the need of words. The twilight deepened into that +pale darkness of the early Floridan night. + +"How I'd like to help him, if he's in trouble," she said at last, almost +whispering. "And how I'd like to help you--do all the things you want to +do." + +"I'm glad--that you care about it," I told her, not daring to look down +into that sober, wistful face. + +"I _do_ care about it," she declared. She bent, until her lips were +close to my ear. "And I believe I see the way." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +Nealman did not come down to dinner. He sent his apologies to the +guests, pleading a headache, and through some mayhap of circumstance the +coroner took his place at the head of the great, red-mahogany table. +There was a grim symbolism in the thing. No one mentioned it, not one of +those aristocratic sportsmen were calloused enough to jest about it, but +we all felt it in the secret places of our souls. + +The session at Kastle Krags was no longer one of revelry. I could fancy +the wit, the repartee, the gaiety and laughter that had reigned over the +board the evening previous; but Nealman's guests were a sober group +to-night. At the unspoken dictates of good taste no man talked of last +night's tragedy. Rather the men talked quietly to one another or else +sat in silence. A burly negro, rigged out in a dinner coat of ancient +vintage, helped with the serving in Florey's place. + +After dinner I halted the sheriff in the hall, and we had a single +moment of conversation. "Slatterly," I said, "I want you to give me some +authority." + +"You do, eh?" He paused, studying my face. "What do you want to do?" + +"I want your permission--to go about this house and grounds where and +when I want to--and no complications in case I am caught at it. Maybe +even go into some of the private rooms and effects of the guests. I want +to follow up some ideas that I have in mind." + +"And when do you want to do it?" + +"Any time the opportunity offers. I'm not going to do anything +indiscreet. I won't get in your way. But I'm deeply interested in this +thing, I've had scientific training, and I want to see if I can't do +some good." + +His eyes swept once from my shoes to my head. "From amateur detectives, +as a rule--Good Lord deliver us," he said with quiet good humor. "But +Killdare--I don't see why you shouldn't. Two heads are better than +one--and I don't seem to be getting anywhere. Really, the more +intelligent help we can get--from people we can co-operate with, of +course--the better." + +"I'm free, then, to go ahead?" + +"Of course with reasonable limits. But ask my advice before you make any +accusations--or do anything rash." + +By previous arrangement Mrs. Gentry, the housekeeper, was waiting for +me on the upper floor. There could be no better chance to search the +guests' rooms. All of the men were on the lower floor, smoking their +after-dinner cigars and talking in little groups in the lounging-room +and the veranda. Of course Nealman was in his room, but even had he been +absent, a decent sense of restraint would have kept me from his +threshold. And of course Marten and Van Hope had established perfect +alibis at the inquest. + +We entered Fargo's room first. It was cluttered with his bags, his guns +and rods, but the thing I was seeking did not reveal itself. I looked in +the inner pockets of his coat, in the drawers of his desk, even in the +waste-paper basket without result. Such personal documents as Fargo had +with him were evidently on his person at that moment. + +Nopp's room was next, but I was less than twenty seconds across his +threshold. He had been writing a letter, it lay open on his desk, and I +needed to glance but once at the script. If my theory was right Nopp +could be permanently dropped from the list of suspects of Florey's +murder. + +But the next room yielded a clew of seemingly inestimable importance. +After the drawers had been opened and searched, and the desk examined +with minute care, I searched the inner pocket of a white linen coat that +the occupant of the room had worn at the time of his arrival. In it I +found a letter, addressed to some New York firm, sealed, stamped, and +ready to send. + +How familiar was the bold, free hand in which the address was written! +Not a little excited, I compared it with the script of the "George" +letter I had taken from Florey's room. As far as my inexperienced eye +could tell the handwriting was identical. + +The room was that of Lucius Pescini. If I had not been mistaken in the +handwriting, I had proven a previous relationship and acquaintance, +extending practically over the whole lifetime of both men, between the +distinguished, bearded man that came as Nealman's guest and the gray +butler who had died on the lagoon shore the previous night. + +I put the letter back in the man's coat-pocket; then joined Mrs. Gentry +in the hall. She went to her own room. I turned down the broad stairs to +the hall. And the question before me now was whether to report my +discovery to the officials of the law. + +I had started down the stairs with the intention of telling them all I +knew. By the time I had reached the hall I had begun to have serious +doubts as to the wisdom of such a course. After all I had learned +nothing conclusive. Handwriting evidence is at best uncertain; even +experts have made mistakes in comparing signatures. In this regard it +was quite different from finger-prints--those tell-tale stains that +never lie. True, the handwriting looked identical to the naked eye, but +a microscope might prove it entirely dissimilar. Was I to cast suspicion +on a distinguished man on such fragile and uncertain grounds? + +Pescini had been in the lounging-room only a few minutes before the +crime was committed. It seemed doubtful that he would have had time to +cover the distance between the house and the lagoon, strike Florey low, +and get back to the place where we met him in the short time of his +absence. + +Besides, I wanted to work alone. I couldn't bring myself to share my +discoveries with Slatterly and Weldon. + +The hall below was deserted and half in darkness. I met Marten and Nopp +on the way to their rooms: passing into the library I found Hal Fargo +seated under a reading-lamp, deep in "Floridan fauna." Major Dell was +smoking quietly on the veranda, gazing out over the moonlit lawns. Van +Hope and Pescini himself were seated at the far end of the +lounging-room, evidently in earnest conversation. + +I sat down across the room where from time to time I could glance up and +observe the bearded face of my suspect. How animated he was, how +effective the gestures of his firm, strong hands. Was that the hand I +had seen in the flashlight over my table the preceding night? He had +rather thin, esthetic lips, half concealed by his mustache. Yet it +wasn't a cruel or degenerate face. + +But soon I forgot about Pescini to marvel at the growing, oppressive +heat of the night. The chill that usually drops over the West coast in +the first hours of darkness, did not manifest itself to-night. It was +the kind of heat that brings a flush to the face and a ghastly crawling +to the brain, swelling the neck glands until the linen collar chokes +like strangling fingers, and heightens the temper clear to the +explosion-point. Van Hope and Pescini tore at their collars, seemingly +at first unaware as to the source of their discomfort. + +In reality the heat wave had overspread us rather swiftly, and what was +its source and by what shiftings of the air currents it had been sent +to harry us was mostly beyond the wit of man to tell. The temperature +must have been close to a hundred in that big, coolly furnished room, +and the veranda outside seemed to offer no relief. The dim warmth from +the electric lights above, added to the sweltering heat of the air, was +wholly perceptible on the heated brain, and seemed to stretch the +over-taut nerves to the breaking-point. + +"Isn't this the devil?" Van Hope exclaimed as I came out. "It wasn't +half so hot at sunset. For Heaven's sake let's have a drink." + +"Whiskey'd only make us hotter, would it not?" + +"The English don't think so--but they're full of weird ideas. Have that +big coon bring us some lemonade then--iced tea--anything. This is the +kind of night that sets men crazy." + +Men who have spent July in India, when the humidity is on the land, +could appreciate such heat, but it passed ordinary understanding. It +harassed the brain and fevered the blood, and warned us all of lawless +demons that lived just under our skins. A man wouldn't be responsible, +to-night. The devil inside of him, recognizing a familiar temperature, +escaped his bonds and stood ready to take any advantage of openings. + +It was a curious thing that there was no perceptible wind over the +lagoon. Perhaps the reason was that we invariably associate wind with +coolness, rather than any sort of a hushed movement of the air--and the +impulse that brushed up on the veranda to us was as warm as a child's +breath on the face. There was simply no whisper of sound on shore or sea +or forest. The curlews were stilled, the wild creatures were likely +lying motionless, trying to escape the heat, the little rustlings and +murmurings of stirring vegetation was gone from the gardens. But that +first silence, remarkable enough, seemed to deepen as we waited. + +There is a point, in temperature, that seems the utter limit of cold. +Mushers along certain trails in the North had known that point--when +there seems simply no heat left in the bitter, crackling, biting air. +The temperature, at such times, registers forty--fifty--sixty below. Yet +the scientist, in his laboratory, with his liquid hydrogen vaporizing in +a vacuum, can show that this temperature is not the beginning of the +fearful scale of cold. To-night it was the same way with the silence. +There simply seemed no sound left. But as we waited the silence grew and +swelled until the brain ceased to believe the senses and the image of +reality was gone. It gave you the impression of being fast asleep and +in a dream that might easily turn to death. + +The mind kept dwelling on death. It was a great deal more plausible than +life. The image of life was gone from that bleak manor house by the +sea--the sea was dead, the air, all the elements by which men view their +lives. The forest, lost in its silence, its most whispered voices +stilled, was a dead forest, incomprehensible as living. + +I went upstairs soon after. I thought it might be cooler there. +Sometimes, if you go a few feet off the ground, you find it XXXX +cooler--quite in opposition to the fact that hot air rises. There was no +appreciable difference, however; but here, at least, I could take off my +outer clothes. Then I got into a dressing-gown and slippers and waited, +with a breathlessness and impatience not quite healthy and normal, for +the late night sea breeze to spring up. + +Seemingly it had been delayed. The hour was past eleven, the sweltering +heat still remained. There was no way under Heaven to pass the time. One +couldn't read, for the reason that the mental effort of following the +lines of type was incomprehensibly fatiguing. I had neither the energy +nor the interest to work upon the cryptogram--that baffling column of +four-lettered words. Yet the brain was inordinately active. Ungoverned +thought swept through it in ordered trains, in sudden, lunging waves, +and in swirling eddies. Yet the thoughts were not clean-cut, wholly +true--they overlapped with the bizarre and elfin impulses of the fancy, +and the fine edge of discrimination between reality and dreams was some +way dulled. It wasn't easy to hold the brain in perfect bondage. + +To that fact alone I try to ascribe the curious flood of thoughts that +swept me in those midnight hours. Except for the heat, perhaps in a +measure for the silence, I wouldn't have known them at all. I got to +thinking about last night's crime, and I couldn't get it out of mind. +The conceptions I had formed of it, the theories and decisions, seemed +less and less convincing as I sat overlooking those shadowed, silent +grounds. So much depends on the point of view. Ordinarily, our will +gives us strength to believe wholly what we want to believe and nothing +else. But the powers of the will were unstable to-night, the whole seat +of being was shaken, and my fine theories in regard to Pescini seemed to +lack the stuff of truth. I suppose every man present provided some +satisfactory theory to fit the facts, for no other reason than that we +didn't want to change our conception of Things as They Are. Such a +course was essential to our own self-comfort and security. But my +Pescini theory seemed far-fetched. In that silence and that heat, +anything could be true at Kastle Krags! + +From this point my mind led logically to the most disquieting and +fearful thing of all. What was to prevent last night's crime from +recurring? + +It isn't hard to see the basis for such a thought. Some way, in these +last, stifling, almost maddening hours, it had become difficult to rely +implicitly on our rational interpretation of things. Certain things are +credible to the every-day man in the every-day mood--things such as +aeronautics and wireless, that to a savage mind would seem a thousand +times more incredible than mere witchcraft and magic--and certain things +simply can not and will not be believed. Society itself, our laws, our +customs, our basic attitude towards life depends on a fine balance of +what is credible and what is not, an imperious disbelief in any +manifestation out of the common run of things. It is altogether good for +society when this can be so. Men can not rise up from savagery until it +is so. As long as black magic and witchcraft haunt the souls of men, +there is nothing to trust, nothing to hold to or build towards, nothing +permanent or infallible on which to rely, and hope can not escape from +fear, and there is no promise that to-day's work will stand till +to-morrow. Men are far happier when they may master their own beliefs. +There is nothing so destructive to happiness, so favorable to the +dominion of Fear, as an indiscriminate credulity. Those African +explorers who have seen the curse of fear in the Congo tribes need not +be told this fact. + +But to-night this fine scorn of the supernatural and the bizarre was +some way gone from my being. It wasn't so easy to reject them now. Those +hide-and-seek, half-glimpsed, eerie phantasies that are hidden deep in +every man's subconscious mind were in the ascendancy to-night. They had +been implanted in the germ-plasm a thousand thousand generations gone, +they were a dim and mystic heritage from the childhood days of the race, +the fear and the dreads and horrors of those dark forests of countless +thousands of years ago, and they still lie like a shadow over the +fear-cursed minds of some of the more savage peoples. Civilization has +mostly got away from them, it has strengthened itself steadily against +them, building with the high aim of wholly escaping from them, yet no +man in this childlike world is wholly unknown to them. The blind, +ghastly fear of the darkness, of the unknown, of the whispering voice or +the rustling of garments of one who returns from beyond the void is an +experience few human beings can deny. + +The cold logic with which I looked on life was in some way shaken and +uncertain. The fanciful side of myself crept in and influenced all my +thought-processes. It was no longer possible to accept, with implicit +faith, that last night's crime was merely the expression of ordinary, +familiar moods and human passions, that it would all work out according +to the accepted scheme of things. Indeed the crime seemed no longer +_human_ at all. Rather it seemed just some deadly outgrowth of these +weird sands beside the mysterious lagoon. + +The crime had seemed a thing of human origin before, to be judged by +human standards, but now it had become associated, in my mind, with +inanimate sand and water. It was as if we had beheld the sinister +expression of some inherent quality in the place itself rather than the +men who had gathered there. It was hard to believe, now, that Florey had +been a mere actor in some human drama that in the end had led to murder. +He had been little and gray and obscure, seemingly apart from human +drama as the mountains are apart from the sea, and it was easier to +believe that he had been merely the unsuspecting victim of some outer +peril that none of us knew. Slain, with a ragged, downward cut through +the breast--and his body dragged into the lagoon! + +What was to prevent the same thing from happening again? Before the +week was done other of the occupants of that house might find themselves +walking in the gardens at night, down by the craggy shore of the +lagoon! Nealman, others of the servants, any one of the guests--Edith +herself--wouldn't circumstance, sooner or later, take them into the +shadow of that curse? Who could tell but that the whole thing might be +reënacted before this dreadful, sweltering night was done! + +The occupants of the house wouldn't be able to sleep to-night. Some of +them would go walking in the gardens, rambling further down the +beguiling garden paths that would take them at last to that craggy +margin of the inlet. Some of them might want a cool glimpse of the +lagoon itself. Would we hear that sharp, agonized, fearful scream again +streaming through the windows, gripping the heart and freezing the +blood in the veins? Any hour--any moment--such a thing might occur. + +But at that point I managed a barren and mirthless laugh. I was letting +childlike fancies carry me away--and I had simply tried to laugh them to +scorn. Surely I need not yield to such a mood as this, to let the +sweltering heat and the silence change me into a superstitious savage. +The thing to do was to move away from the window and direct my thought +in other channels. Yet I knew, as I argued with myself, that I was +curiously breathless and inwardly shaken. But these were nothing in +comparison with the fact that I was some way _expectant_, too, with a +dreadful expectancy beyond the power of naming. + +Then my laugh was cut short. And I don't know what half-strangled +utterance, what gagging expression of horror or regret or fulfilled +dread took its place on my lips as a distinct scream for help, agonized +and fearful, came suddenly, ripped through the darkness from the +direction of the lagoon. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +The most outstanding thing about that sound was its amazing loudness. It +was hard to believe that a human voice could develop such penetration +and volume. It had an explosive quality, bursting upon the eardrums with +no warning whatsoever, and the man who had cried out had evidently given +the full power of his lungs. It was probably true that the moist, hot +atmosphere, hanging almost without motion, was a perfect medium for +transmitting sound. Besides, my windows were open, facing the lagoon. + +I heard the sound die away. The silence dropped down again to find me +standing wholly motionless before the window, one hand resting on the +sill, seemingly with all power of action gone. It was a shattering blow +to spirit and hope that there was no further sound from that deathly +still lagoon. Further calls would indicate that the outcome of the +affair was still in doubt, that there was still use to hope and +struggle. But there was a sense of dreadful finality in that unbroken +silence. The drama that had raged on that craggy shore was already +closed and done. + +The sound had not been only a cry for help. It had been charged full of +the knowledge of impending death. + +Motion came back to my body; and I sprang to the door. The interlude +of inactivity couldn't have been more than a second in duration. That +still, upper corridor was coming to life. Some one flashed on a light at +the end of the hall, and the door of the room just opposite mine flew +open. Van Hope, also in dressing-gown and slippers, stood on the +threshold. + +He saw me, and pushed through into the hall. His face had an almost +incredible pallor in the soft light. In a moment his strong hand had +seized my arm. + +"Good God, I didn't dream that, did I?" he cried. "I was dozing--you +heard it, didn't you----" + +"Of course I heard----" + +"Some one screamed for help! I heard the word plain. Good Lord, it's +last night's work done over----" + +What he said thereafter I didn't hear. I was running down the hall +toward the stairway, and at the head of the stairs I almost collided +with Major Dell, just emerging from his room. He had evidently gone to +bed, and he had just had time to jerk on his trousers over his pajamas +and slip on a pair of romeos. The light was brighter here, and I got a +clear picture of his face. + +It is a curious thing what details imprint themselves ineffaceably +on the memory in a moment of crisis. Perhaps--as in the world of +beasts--all the senses are incalculably sharpened, the thought processes +are clean-cut and infallible, and images have a clarity unequalled at +any other time. I got the idea that Dell had been terribly moved by that +scream in the darkness. His emotion had seemingly been so violent that +it gave the impression of no emotion. His face looked blank as a sheet +of white paper. + +I rushed by him, and I heard him and Van Hope descending the stairs just +behind me. The hall was still lighted, but long shadows lay across the +broad veranda. Fargo, his book still in his hand, stood just outside the +door. + +"What was it, Killdare?" he asked me. "I couldn't tell from where it +was----" + +"The lagoon!" I answered. In the instant Van Hope and Dell caught up +with me, and the four of us raced down the driveway. + +Instinctively we went first to the place on the shore where Florey had +been slain the night before. The action was a clear indication of what +was in our minds--that this matter was in some way darkly related to the +crime of the night before. But the sand was bare, and the grass +unshadowed in the moonlight. + +For a moment we stood, aghast and shaken, gazing out over the lagoon. It +was still as glass. The tide was running out, and not a wave stirred in +all its darkened expanse. We saw the image of the moon far out, scarcely +wavering, and the long, bright trail that it made across the water to +our eyes. The night was still stifling hot, and the lagoon conveyed an +image of coolness. + +"Don't stand here!" Fargo cried. "We've got to make a search. Some poor +devil is likely lying somewhere in these gardens----" + +The house was lighted now, and in an uproar, and some of the other +guests were racing down the driveway to us. In this regard it might have +been last night's tragedy reënacted. There was, however, one significant +change. + +The iron self-control, the coolness, the perfect discipline of mind and +muscle that had marked the finding of the dead body on the shore the +preceding night was no longer entirely manifest. These northern men, +cold as flint ordinarily, were no longer wholly self-mastered. One +glance at their faces, loose and pale in the moonlight, and the first +sound of their voices told this fact only too plainly. It was not, +however, that they were completely broken. Their training and their +manhood was too good for that. + +We didn't stop to answer their queries. We began to search through the +gardens, examining every shadow, peering into every covert. We tried to +direct each other according to our several ideas as to the source of the +sound. We all agreed, however, that the sound had seemed to come from +the immediate vicinity of the natural rock wall that formed the lagoon. + +The next few moments were not very coherent. We called back and forth, +encountered one another in the shadows, knew moments of apprehension +when the brush walls cut us off from our fellows, but we found nothing +that might have explained that desperate cry of a few moments before. At +last some one called out commandingly from the shores of the lagoon. + +"Come here, every one," he said. The voice rose above our confused +utterances, and all of us, recognizing a leader, hurried to him. Pescini +was standing beside the craggy shore, a strange and imposing figure in +the wealth of moonlight, at the edge of that tranquil water. + +Pescini, after all, was showing himself one of the most self-mastered +men among us. Any one could read the fact in his voice. How white his +skin looked in the moonlight, how raven-black his mustache and beard! He +was still in the garb he had worn at dinner, immaculate and unruffled. + +"We're not getting anywhere," he said. "Is every one here?" + +"Here!" It was Joe Nopp's voice, and he immediately joined us. We waited +an instant, seeing if any further searchers were yet to come in. But the +thickets were as hushed as the lagoon itself. + +"Let's take another tack," Pescini said. "There's nothing in these +gardens. If there is we'll find it in an organized search. Remember--our +search got us nowhere last night. Let's count up, and see if we're all +all right." + +We waited for him to continue. All of us breathed deeply and hard. + +"Then let's go up to the house to do it," Nopp suggested. "We know we're +not all here now--there's no use getting alarmed before we're sure. Go +up to the living-room." + +His voice was oddly penetrative, wakening a whole flood of unwelcome +thoughts.... We were not all here, he said--seemingly not even all the +white occupants of Kastle Krags had obeyed the common instinct to answer +and investigate that cry! Yet it all might come to nothing, after all. A +close tabulation might account for every one--and that the remainder of +our party had merely not yet wakened. Stranger things have happened. +We told ourselves, in silent ways, that we had heard of men sleeping +through more fearful sounds than that! I agreed with Nopp that the thing +to do was to go to the living-room, make a careful count, and then see +where we stood. + +In a moment we had started back. We were not afraid we had left some of +our party still searching through the gardens. No man cared to be alone +out there to-night, and all of us kept close track of our fellows. Edith +was standing just before the veranda, on the driveway, as we came up. +The coroner, who had taken time fully to dress, met us half-way down the +lawns. + +We walked almost in silence; and quietly, rather grimly, Joe Nopp +flashed on all the lights of the big living-room. + +"Go ahead, Slatterly," he said to the sheriff, "See that we're all +here." + +"Let Killdare do it. I don't know you all, you know----" + +So I made the count, just as sometimes we did after raids over No Man's +Land. The sheriff and the constable were both present, Mrs. Gentry, the +housekeeper, was standing, pale but remarkably self-possessed, at the +inner door of the room. Of course I couldn't count up the blacks. Most +of them were evidently hiding in their rooms. And every one of the six +guests answered his name. + +"There's just one more name to give," Nopp said at last. + +"But there's no use naming it," some one answered in a queer, flat +voice. "He's not here." + +Nopp turned, and bounded like a deer up the stairs. All of us knew what +he had gone to do: to see if the missing man was in his room. And there +was nothing for us but to wait for his report. + +But in a moment we heard his step on the stairs. He sprang down among +us, and evidently his fine self-mastery was breaking within him. His +fine eyes held vivid points of light. + +"My God, he's gone," he said. "Not a sign of him." + +"It can't be true," Pescini answered. + +"It is. His bed is rumpled--but not thrown back or slept in." + +Von Hope, the missing man's closest friend, suddenly gasped aloud. "But +I won't believe it--not until we make a search!" he cried. "It can't be +true." + +"Believe it or not. Search through the grounds or call through the +house. Nealman's gone just as Florey's body went last night." + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +We searched through the house, grimly and purposefully; but Nealman, the +genial host of Kastle Krags, was neither revealed to our eyes or gave +answer to our calls. It was no longer possible to doubt but that it was +his voice that had uttered that fearful cry for help. + +While the coroner, whose special province is death, led the guests in a +detailed search through the grounds, Sheriff Slatterly and I examined +the missing man's room. And here I was to learn the contents of those +mysterious telegrams that had reached Nealman after the inquest of the +preceding day. + +They were lying on his desk, one of them torn in two as if in a fit of +anger, the other rumpled from a hundred readings. I read aloud to the +sheriff: + + BLAIR COMBINE FORCING I. S. AND H. TO BOTTOM. MOVE QUICK IF + YOU CAN. + +The second read: + + I. S. AND H. DOWN TO 28. ALL YOUR INDUSTRIALS SMASHED WIDE + OPEN. FLETCHER NEALMAN GOES DOWN IN SMASH. + +The sheriff halted in his search and took the messages from my hand. +"I'm not much up on the stock market," he said. "Do you know what these +mean----" + +"Not exactly. I know that I. S. and H. stock has taken a fearful +drop--if he had bought heavily on margin his whole fortune might have +been wiped out. Blair is a prominent speculator on the exchange. +Industrials refer, of course, to industrial stocks. Fletcher Nealman was +Mr. Nealman's uncle, supposed to be a man of great wealth----" + +"Then you think--Nealman was ruined financially?" He paused, seemingly +studying his hands. "I wonder if it could be true." + +"You mean of course--the same thing that you guessed about Florey. +Suicide?" + +"Yes. I'll admit there's plenty against it." + +"If suicide--why did he cry for help?" + +"Many a man cries for help after he's started to do himself in. The +darkness scares 'em, when it's too late to turn back. That wouldn't +puzzle me at all. Killdare, do you know the importance of example?" + +"I know that what one man does, another's likely to do." + +"I'm not saying that Nealman killed himself, but listen how much there +is to say for such a theory. You're right--what one man does, another's +likely to do. A curious thing about suicides, Weldon tells me, is that +they usually come in droves. One man sets an example for another. Say +you're worrying to death about something, sick perhaps, or financially +ruined, and you hear of some fellow--some chap you know, perhaps, a man +you respect almost as much as you respect yourself--suddenly getting out +of all his difficulties all nice and quiet--with one little click to the +head? Isn't it likely you'd begin thinking about the same thing for +yourself? Call it mob psychology--I only know it happens in fact. + +"I'm more confident than ever that Florey did himself in, on account of +his sickness. Here was Nealman, worried to death over money matters, +holding a lot of options on a falling market. It's true that we didn't +find Florey's knife, but who can say but maybe Nealman himself threw it +into the lagoon, and dragged the body afterward, so that no one would +guess it was suicide. He liked Florey--he didn't want any one to know +he had done himself in. Maybe he was thinking already about doing the +same thing to himself, and in such a case he'd been glad enough to have +some one hide the evidence of suicide. To-day he gets word of a final +smash, and he stays all day in his room, brooding about it. To-night +comes this heat--enough to drive a man crazy. Maybe he just called out +to make us think it was murder. Proud men don't usually want the world +to know that they've killed themselves. + +"Then there's one other thing--more important still. What's that book, +open, on the table?" + +I glanced at its leathern cover. "The Bible," I told him. + +"The Holy Book. And how often do you find a worldly man like this +Nealman getting out the Bible and reading it? Doesn't it show that he +was planning something mighty serious--that he wanted to give his soul +every chance before he took the last step? It's a common thing for +suicides to read the Bible the last thing. And what are these?" + +He showed me a rumpled sheet of paper, procured from the waste-basket, +on which had been written a number of unrelated figures. + +"I can't say," I told him. "Probably he was doing some figuring about +his losses." + +"Looks to me like he was out of his head--was just writin' any old +figures down. But maybe you're right." + +It was true that the bed had not been slept in. Nealman had lain down on +it, however, and disarranged the spread. Many cigarette and cigar stubs +filled the smoking stand, and a half-filled whiskey-and-soda glass stood +on the window sill. + +No other clews were revealed, so we went down to the study. The guests +of Kastle Krags had not gone back to their beds. They sat in a little +white-faced group beside the window, talking quietly. Marten beckoned +the sheriff to his side. + +"What have you found out, Slatterly?" he asked. + +He spoke like a man used to having his questions answered. There was a +note of impatience in his voice, too, perhaps of distrust. Slatterly +straightened. + +"Nothing definite. Nealman has unquestionably vanished. His bed hasn't +been slept in, but is ruffled. Undoubtedly it was his voice we heard. I +think I'll be able to give you something definite in a little while." + +"I'd like something definite now, if you could possibly give it. That's +two men that have disappeared in two nights--and we seem to be no nearer +an explanation than we were at first. This isn't a business that can be +delayed, Mr. Slatterly." + +"If you must know--I think both men committed suicide." + +"You do!" + +"It certainly is the most reasonable theory, in spite of all there is +against it." Then he told of Nealman's financial disaster, of the Bible +open on his desk, and all the other points he had to back his theory. + +"And I suppose Florey swallowed his knife, and threw his own body into +the lagoon!" Fargo commented grimly. + +Slatterly turned to him, his eyes hard and bright. "We'll have your +jokes to-morrow," he reproved him sternly. "Of course some one else did +that. I've got a theory--not yet proven--to explain it, but I can't give +it out yet." + +"How do you account for Florey's body not being found in the lagoon?" +Marten asked quietly. + +"I can't account for it. We might have missed it--I don't see how we +could, but we might have done so. I'm going to have men dragging the +lagoon all day, over and over again--until we find _both_ bodies." + +"You are convinced that Nealman, too, lies dead in the lagoon?" + +"Where else could he be? Did you hear that cry a few hours ago?" + +"Good Heavens! Could I ever forget it? My old friend----" + +"Was it faked? Could any man have faked a cry like that?" + +"Heavens, no! It had the fear and the agony of death right in it. There +can't be any hope of that, Slatterly." + +The sheriff gazed about the little circle of white faces. No one +dissented. That cry was real, and there had been tragic need and +extremity behind it: we knew that fact if we knew that we lived. +Evidently the sheriff had completely given over the theory that he had +suggested, half-heartedly, to me--that Nealman might have cried out to +hide the fact of his own suicide. + +"No man could have cried out like that to deceive, and then disappear. +No, Mr. Marten, the man that gave that cry is dead, in all probability +in the lagoon, and there seems no doubt but that Nealman was the man." + +"Yet you think he was a suicide." + +"A suicide often cries out for help when it is too late to back out. But +of course--I can't say for sure." + +"You're mistaken in that, Slatterly." Van Hope drew himself together +with a perceptible effort. "I've known this man for years--and in the +end, you'll see it isn't suicide. He wasn't the type that commits +suicide. He's young, he'd be getting himself together to meet that Blair +gang that ruined him and chase 'em into their holes. The suicide theory +is far-fetched, at best." + +"It may be," the sheriff agreed. "I only wish there could be some light +thrown on this affair----" + +"There will be, Slatterly." Marten's voice dropped almost to a monotone. +"This is too big a deal for one man--or two men either. We've been +talking, and we've decided to send for some one to help you out." + +"You have, eh?" Slatterly stiffened. "If I need help I can send through +my own channels--get some state or national detectives----" + +"That's all right. Get 'em if you want to. The more the better. But +you haven't got any help yet--even the district attorney has failed +to come and won't come for at least a day or two more. We've got a +private detective in mind--one of the biggest in America. His name's +Lacone--you've heard of him. It won't be an official matter at all. Van +Hope is hiring him--a wholly private enterprise. I know you'll all be +glad to have his co-operation." + +"If it's a private venture, I have nothing further to say," Slatterly +told him stiffly. "When do you expect him?" + +"He's operating in the Middle West. He can't possibly make it until day +after to-morrow----" + +"Twenty-four hours, eh?" + +"It's after midnight now. Probably not for forty-eight hours." + +"By that time, I hope to have the matter solved." Then his business took +him elsewhere, and he strode away. + +There was one thing more I could do. It was an obligation, and yet, +because it was in the way of service, it was a happiness too. I climbed +the broad stairs and stopped at last before Edith's door. + +She called softly in answer to my knock. And in a moment she had opened +the door. + +She was fully dressed, waiting ready for any call that might be made +upon her. And the picture that she made, framed in the doorway, went +straight to my heart. + +Her eyes were still lustrous with tears, and the high girlish color and +the light of happiness was gone from her face. It was wistful, like that +of a grief-stricken child. Her voice was changed too, in spite of all +her struggle to make it sound the same. And at first I stood helpless, +not knowing what to say or do. + +"I came--just to see if I could be of any aid--in any way." + +"I don't think you can," she answered. "It's so good of you, though, to +remember----" + +"There's no one to notify--no telegrams to send----" + +"I don't think so, yet. We're not sure yet. Ned, is there any chance for +him to be alive----" + +"Not any." + +Her hand touched my arm. "You haven't any idea how he died?" + +"No. It's absolutely baffling. But try not to think about it. Everything +will come out right for you, in the end." + +I hadn't meant to say just that--to recall her to the uncertainty of her +own future now that her uncle, financially ruined, had disappeared. + +"I'm not thinking--about what will happen to me." She suddenly +straightened, and her eyes kindled. "About the other--Ned, I'm not going +to try to keep from thinking about it. I'm going to think about it all I +can, until I see it through. Only thought, and keen, true thought, can +help us now. I've had to do a lot of thinking in my life, overcoming +difficulties. And there's no one really vitally interested but me--I was +the closest relative, except for his uncle, that Nealman had. I'm going +to find out the mystery of that lagoon! Perhaps, in finding it, I can +solve a lot of other problems too--perhaps the one you just mentioned. +Uncle Grover was kind to me, he gave me his protection and shelter--and +I'm going to know what killed him!" + +I found myself staring into her blazing, determined eyes. She meant what +she said. The fire of a zealot was in her face. "Good Heavens, Edith! +That isn't work for a woman----" + +"It's work for anybody, with a clear enough brain to see the truth, and +courage to prove it out----" + +In some mysterious way her hands had got into mine. We were standing +face to face in the shadowed hall. "But promise me--you won't go into +danger!" + +"I promise--that I'll take every precaution--to preserve myself." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +As soon as daylight came the coroner held another inquest. Again the +occupants of the great manor house, black and white, were gathered in +the living-room, and the coroner called on each person in turn. Possible +suspects had been numerous in the case of Florey's death: in regard to +this second mystery they seemingly included almost every one in the +house. + +I was able to state positively that Major Dell and Van Hope were in +their own rooms at the time, or such a short time afterward as to +preclude them from any possible connection with the crime. I had seen +the latter on his threshold: both of us had encountered Major Dell as he +emerged from his room, his trousers slipped on over his pajamas. The +court had to take each man's word in every other instance. + +The coroner questioned Fargo particularly closely. I had testified that +we had met him, at the lower hallway, fully dressed, and evidently the +official attributed sinister importance to the fact. Fargo stood tightly +by his guns, however, testifying that he sat in the same chair in the +library from shortly after the dinner hour until he had heard the +scream. + +"What was the nature of the scream, Mr. Fargo?" the coroner asked. + +"It was very high and loud--I would say a very frantic scream." + +"You would say it was a cry of agony? Like some one mortally wounded?" + +"I wouldn't hardly think so." + +"And why not?" + +"I don't think a wounded man could have uttered that scream. It was too +loud and strong--given by a man whose strength was still largely +unimpaired." + +The coroner leaned nearer. "How further would you describe it?" + +"It was a distinct cry for help," Fargo answered. "The word he said was +'Help'--I heard it distinctly. But it wasn't a cry of any one mortally +injured. If anything, it was a cry of--fear." + +"Where did it come from?" + +"From the lagoon." + +The coroner's eyes snapped. "If you knew it was from the lagoon why did +you ask Mr. Killdare, when he encountered you last night, where it was +from." + +Fargo stiffened, meeting his gaze. "I wasn't sure last night, Mr. +Weldon," he answered. "I knew it was somewhere in that direction. When +Mr. Killdare said it was from the lagoon I instantly knew he was right. +I can't say just how I knew. All the testimony I've heard to-day proves +the same thing." + +"No one wants you to tell what other people have testified, Mr. Fargo," +the coroner reproved him. "We want to know what you saw with your own +eyes and heard with your own ears and what you thought at the time, not +now. To go further. You think that the cry was uttered by a man whose +strength was unimpaired. A strong, full-lunged cry. Moreover, it was +given in deadly fear. Does that suggest anything in your mind?" + +"I don't see what you are getting at." + +"You say it was a long, full-voiced cry. Or did you say it was long?" + +"I don't think I said so. It was rather long-drawn, though. It's +impossible to give a full-lunged cry without having it give the effect +of being long-drawn." + +"You would say it lasted--how long?" + +"A second, I should say. Certainly not more. Just about a second." + +"A second is a long time, isn't it, Mr. Fargo, when a man stands at the +brink of death. Often the tables can be turned in as long a time as a +second. Many times a second has given a man time to save his life--to +prepare a defense--even to flee. Does it seem to you unusual that a man +would give that much energy and time to cry for help when he was still +uninjured, and still had a second of life." + +"Not at all--under certain circumstances." + +"What circumstances?" + +"It would depend on the nature of the force. A man might see--that while +he still had strength left to fight, he wouldn't have the least chance +to win." + +"Exactly. Yet if a man had time to call out that way, he'd at least have +time to run. A man can take a big jump in a second, Fargo." + +Fargo's voice fell. "Perhaps he couldn't run." + +"Ah!" The coroner paused. "Because he was in the grasp of his +assailant?" + +"Yes." + +"Yet he still had his strength left. Nealman was a man among men, wasn't +he, Fargo?" + +"Indeed he was!" Fargo's eyes snapped. "I'd like to see any one deny +it." + +"He wasn't a coward then. He'd fight as long as he had a chance, instead +of giving all his energies to yelling for help--help that could not +reach him short of many seconds. In other words, Nealman knew that he +didn't have the least kind of a fighting chance. He was in the grasp of +his assailant so he couldn't run. And his assailant was strong--and +powerful enough--that there was no use to fight him." + +It was curious how his voice rang in that silent room. Fargo had leaned +back in his chair, as if the words struck him like physical blows. A +negro janitor at one side inhaled with a sharp, distinct sound. + +"It might have been more than one man," Fargo suggested uneasily. + +"Do you believe it was?" + +"I don't know. It's wholly a blank to me." + +"Have you any theory where the body is?" + +"I suppose--in the lagoon." + +"Would you say that cry was given while he was in the water?" + +"I hardly think so. I'm slightly known as a swimmer, Mr. Weldon--was +once, anyway, and I know something about the water. A drowning man can't +call that loud. Mr. Nealman was a corking good swimmer himself--nothing +fancy at all, but fairly well able to take care of himself. When he +disappeared the tide was running out--the lagoon on this side of the +rock wall was still as glass. If Mr. Nealman, through some accident or +other, fell in that lagoon he'd swim out--unless he was held in. At +least he'd try to swim out. And by the time he found out he couldn't +make the shore, he'd be so tired he couldn't cry out like he did last +night." + +"I see your point. I don't know that it would always work out. +Occasionally a man--simply loses his nerve." + +"Not Nealman--in still water, most of which isn't over five feet deep." + +"'Unless he was held in,' you say. What do you think held him in?" + +Fargo's hands gripped his chair-arms. "Mr. Weldon, I don't know what you +want me to say," he answered clearly. "I feel the same way about this +mystery that I felt about the other--that human enemies did him to +death. I don't think anything held him in. I think he was dead before +ever he was thrown into the water. I think two or three men--perhaps +only one--surrounded him--probably pointed a gun at him. He yelled for +help, and they killed him--probably with a knife or black-jack. That's +the whole story." + +The coroner dismissed him, then slowly gazed about the circle. For the +first time I began to realize that these mysteries of Kastle Krags were +pricking under his skin. He looked baffled, irritated, his temper was +lost, as gone as the missing men themselves. + +Ever his attitude was more belligerent, pugnacious. His lips were set in +a fighting line, his eyes scowled, and evidently he intended to wring +the testimony from his witnesses by third degree methods. Suddenly he +whirled to Pescini. + +"How did you happen to be fully dressed at the time of Nealman's +disappearance last night?" he demanded. + +Pescini met his gaze coolly and easily. Perhaps little points of light +glittered in his eyes, but his pale face was singularly impassive. "I +hadn't gone to bed," he answered simply. + +"How did that happen? Do you usually wait till long after midnight to go +to bed?" + +"Not always. I have no set hour. Last night I was reading." + +"Some book that was in your room?" + +"A book I had carried with me. 'The diary of a Peruvian Princess' was +the title. An old book--but exceedingly interesting." + +He spoke gravely, yet it was good to hear him. "I'll make a note of it," +the coroner said, falling into his mood. But at once he got back to +business. "You didn't remove your coat?" + +"No. I got so interested that I forgot to make any move towards bed." + +The coroner paused, then took another tack. "You've known Nealman for a +long time, have you not, Pescini?" + +"Something over four years, I should judge." + +"You knew him in a business way?" + +"More in a social way. We had few business dealings." + +"Ah!" The coroner seemed to be studying the pattern of the rugs. "The +inquiry of the other day showed you and he from the same city. I suppose +you moved largely in the same circle. Belonged to the same clubs, and +all that? Mr. Pescini, was Nealman a frequent visitor to your house?" + +The witness seemed to stiffen. The coroner leaned forward in his chair. + +"He came quite often," the former replied quietly. "He was a rather +frequent dinner guest. He and I liked to talk over various subjects." + +"You will pardon me, Mr. Pescini, if I have to venture into personal +subjects--subjects that will be unpleasant for you to discuss. This +inquiry, however, takes the place of a formal inquest. Two men have +disappeared. It is the duty of the state, whose representative I am, to +spare no man's sensibilities in finding out the truth. We've got to get +down to cases. You understand that, I suppose." + +"Perfectly." Pescini leaned back, folding his hands. "Perfectly," he +said again. + +"I believe you recently filed and won a suit for divorce against your +wife, Marie Pescini. Isn't this true?" + +The witness nodded. None of us heard him speak. + +"May I ask what was your grounds, stated in your complaint?" + +"I don't see that it makes any difference. The grounds were the only +ones by which divorce can be granted in the State of New York." + +"Infidelity, I believe?" + +"Yes. Infidelity." + +"You named certain co-respondents?" + +"Yes." + +"I ask you this. Was there any man whom you regarded as one of those +that had helped to break up your home that, for any reason in the world, +you did not name in your complaint?" + +"There was not. You are absolutely off on the wrong track." + +The coroner dismissed him pre-emptorily, then turned to Edith Nealman. +He asked her the usual questions, with considerable care and in rather +surprising detail--how long she had worked as Nealman's secretary, +whether he had any enemies; he sounded her as to the missing man's +habits, his finances, his most intimate life. + +"When did you last see Mr. Nealman?" he asked quickly. + +"Just before yesterday's inquest--when he went to his room." + +"He didn't call you for any work?" + +"No." + +"You didn't see him in the corridor--in his room--in the study adjoining +his room--or anywhere else?" + +"No." Edith's face was stark white, and her voice was very low. Not one +of us could ever forget how she looked--that slim, girlish figure in the +big chair, the frightened eyes, the pale, sober face. The coroner +smiled, a little, grim smile that touched some unpleasant part of me, +then abruptly turned to Mrs. Gentry, the housekeeper. + +"I'll have to ask you to give publicly, Mrs. Gentry, the testimony you +gave me before this inquest." + +"I didn't tell you that to speak out in court," the woman replied, +angrily. "There wasn't nothin' to it, anyway. I'm sorry I told you----" + +"That's for me to decide--whether there was anything to it. It won't +injure any one who is innocent, Mrs. Gentry. What happened, about +ten-thirty or eleven o'clock." + +The woman answered as if under compulsion--in the helpless voice of one +who, in a long life's bitter struggle, has learned the existence of many +masters. Mrs. Gentry had learned to yield. To her this trivial court was +a resistless power, many of which existed in her world. + +"I was at the end of the corridor on the second floor--tendin' to a +little work. Then I saw Miss Edith come stealin' out of her room." + +"You say she was 'stealing.' Describe how she came. Did she give the +impression of trying to go--unseen?" + +"Yes. I don't think she wanted any one to see her. She went on tip-toe." + +"Did she carry anything in her hands?" + +"Yes. She had a black book, not big and not little either. She had it +under her arm. She crept along the hall, and a door opened to let her +in." + +"What door was it?" + +"The door of Mr. Nealman's suite--a little hall, with one door leading +into his chamber--the other to his study." + +"Nealman opened the door for her, then?" + +"Yes. I saw his sleeve as he closed it behind her." + +The coroner's face grew stern, and he turned once more to Edith. To all +outward appearance she hadn't heard the testimony. She leaned easily in +her big chair, and her palm rested under her chin. Her eyes were shadowy +and far-away. + +"How can you account for that, Miss Nealman?" Weldon asked. + +"There's nothing I can say about it," was her quiet answer. + +"You admit it's true, then?" + +"I can't make Mrs. Gentry out a liar." It seemed to me that a dim smile +played at her lips; but it was a thing even closely watching eyes might +easily mistake. "It's perfectly true." + +"Then why, Miss Nealman, did you tell us a few minutes ago you hadn't +seen Mr. Nealman since afternoon? That was a lie, was it not? I didn't +ask you to take formal oath when you gave me your testimony. I presumed +you'd stay by the truth. Why did you tell us what you did?" + +"I didn't see any use in trying to explain. I didn't tell you--because +Mr. Nealman asked me not to." + +A little shiver of expectancy passed over the court. "What do you mean?" + +"Just that--he asked me to tell no one about my visit to the little +study adjoining his room. The whole thing was simply this--there's +certainly no good in withholding it any more. About eleven he rang for +me. There is a bell, you know, that connects that study with my room. I +answered it as I've always done. He asked me if I had a Bible--and I +told him I did. He asked me to get it for him, as quietly as possible. + +"I got it--quietly as possible--just as he said. There was nothing very +peculiar about it--he often wants some book out of the library. I gave +him the book and he dismissed me, first asking me to tell no one, under +any conditions, that he had asked for it. I didn't know why he asked it, +but he is my employer, and I complied with his request. Mrs. Gentry saw +me as I was coming down the hall with the Bible under my arm. I didn't +tell you about it because he asked me not to." + +"It was your Bible, then, that we found in his room?" + +"Of course." + +"Mr. Nealman was given to reading the Bible at various times?" + +"On the contrary I don't think he ever read it. He didn't have a copy. +He was not, outwardly, according to the usual manifestations, a highly +religious man." + +"Yet you say he was intrinsically religious? At least, that he had +religious instincts?" + +"He had very fine instincts. He had a great deal of natural religion." + +"You often brought him books, you say. Yet you must have thought it +peculiar--that he would ask for the Bible--in the dead of night." + +"Yes." Her voice dropped a tone. "Of course it was peculiar." + +"Then why didn't you notify some one about it?" + +"Because he told me not to." + +The coroner seemed baffled--but only for an instant. "Did it occur to +you that he was perhaps trying to get some religious consolation--just +before he took some important or tragic step? Did the thought +of--suicide ever occur to you?" + +"No. It didn't occur to me. My uncle didn't commit suicide." + +"You have only your beliefs as to that?" + +"Yes, but they are enough. I know him too well. I'm sure he didn't +commit suicide." + +"How did he appear when you talked to him--excited, frenzied? Did he +seem changed at all?" + +"I think he was somewhat excited. His eyes were very bright. I wouldn't +call him desperate, however. He was dressed in the flannels he had worn +when he went to his room. Of course he looked dreadfully worn and +tired--he had been through a great deal that day. As you know he had +just heard about his frightful losses on the stock exchange, wiping out +his entire fortune and even leaving some few debts." + +"You went away quietly--at once? Leaving him to read the Bible?" + +"Very soon. We talked a few minutes, perhaps." + +Then the coroner began upon a series of questions that were abhorrent to +every man in the room. There was nothing to do, however, but to listen +to them in silence. The man was within his rights. + +"You say that Nealman was your uncle?" he asked. + +The girl's eyes fastened on his, and narrowed as we watched her. "Of +course. My father's brother." + +"A blood relative, eh?" The coroner spoke more slowly, carefully. "I +suppose you could prove that point to the satisfaction of a court." + +"With a little time. I'd have to go back to the records of my own old +home. What are you getting at?" + +"What was your father's name, may I ask?" + +"Henry H. Nealman." + +"Older or younger than Grover Nealman?" + +"Nearly ten years older, or thereabouts." + +"Where was Mr. Nealman born?" + +"In Rensselaer, New York. His father was named Henry H. Nealman, also. +He was a rug manufacturer. There was also one sister that died many +years ago--Grace Nealman. Are you satisfied that I am really his niece, +Mr. Weldon?" + +"Perfectly." The coroner nodded, slowly. "Perfectly satisfied." + +He dismissed her, but it came about that I failed to hear the testimony +given immediately thereafter. One of Slatterly's men that had been sent +for to help him drag the lake brought me in a telegram. + +It was the belated answer to the wire I had sent to Mrs. Noyes, of New +Hampshire the previous day, and signed by the woman's husband. It read +as follows: + + MY WIFE DIED LAST MONTH LEAVING ME TO MOURN. THE LETTERS + WERE UNQUESTIONABLY FROM GEORGE FLOREY DAVID'S BROTHER. THEY + HAVE BEEN BITTER ENEMIES SINCE YOUTH OVER SOME SECRET + BUSINESS. FIND GEORGE FLOREY AND YOU WILL FIND THE MURDERER. + I HAVEN'T EVER SEEN HIM AND SO FAR HAVE BEEN UNABLE TO FIND + PHOTO. IF ONE TURNS UP I WILL SEND IT ON. + + WILLIAM NOYES. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + + +Grover Nealman had disappeared, and no search could bring him back to +Kastle Krags. The hope that we all had, that some way, some how he would +reappear--destroying in a moment that strange, ghastly tradition that +these last two nights had established--died in our souls as the daylight +hours sped by. Even if we could have found him dead it would have been +some relief. In that case we could ascribe his death to something we +could understand--a sudden sickness, a murderer's blow, perhaps even his +own hand at his throat, all of which were within our bourne of human +experience. But it was vaguely hard for us to have two men go, on +successive nights, and have no knowledge whence or how they had gone. + +Of course no man hinted at this hardship. It was simply the sort of +thing that could not be discussed by intelligent men. Yet we were human, +only a few little generations from the tribal fire and the +witch-doctors, and it got under our skins. + +Grover Nealman's body was not lying in some unoccupied part of the +house, nor did we find him in the gardens. Telephone messages were +sent, but Nealman had not been seen. And after six hours of patient +search, under that Floridan sun, it was no longer easy to believe that +he lay at the bottom of the lagoon. + +The sheriff's men dragged tirelessly, widening out their field of search +until it covered most of the lagoon, but they found neither Nealman nor +Florey. Some of the work was done in the flow-tide, when the waves +breaking on the rocky barrier made the lagoon itself choppy and rough. +They came in tired and discouraged, ready to give up. + +In the meantime Van Hope had heard from Lacone--but his message was not +very encouraging either. It would likely be forty hours, he said, before +he could arrive at Kastle Krags. Of course Van Hope and his friends +agreed that there was nothing to do but wait for him. + +The sun reached high noon and then began his long, downward drift to the +West. The shadows slowly lengthened almost imperceptibly at first, but +with gradually increasing speed. The heat of the day climbed, reached +its zenith; the diamond-back slept heavily in the shade, a deadly +slumber that was evil to look upon; and the water-moccasin hung +lifelessly in his thickets--and then, so slowly as to pass belief, the +little winds from the West sprang up, bringing relief. It would soon be +night at Kastle Krags. The afternoon was almost gone. + +Not one of those northern men mentioned the fact. They were +Anglo-Saxons, and that meant there were certain iron-clad restraints on +their speech. Because of this inherent reserve they had to bottle up +their thoughts, harbor them in silence, with the risk of a violent nerve +explosion in the end. Insanity is not common among the Latin peoples. +They find easy expression in words for all the thoughts that plague +them, thus escaping that strain and tension that works such havoc on the +nervous system. Slatterly and Weldon, native Floridans, had learned a +certain sociability and ease of expression under that tropical sun, +impossible to these cold, northern men; and consequently the day passed +easier for them. Likely they talked over freely the mystery of Kastle +Krags, relieved themselves of their secret dreads, and awaited the +falling of the night with healthy, unburdened minds. They were naturally +more superstitious than the Northerners. They had listened to Congo +myths in the arms of colored mammies in infancy. But superstition, while +a retarding force to civilization, is sometimes a mighty consolation +to the spirit. The tribes of Darkest Africa, seeing many things that +in their barbarism they can not understand, find it wiser to turn +to superstition than to go mad. Thus they escape that bitter, +nerve-wracking struggle of trying to adjust some inexplicable mystery +with their every-day laws of matter and space and time. They likely find +it happier to believe in witchcraft than to fight hopelessly with fear +in silence. + +A little freedom, a little easy expression of secret thoughts might have +redeemed those long, silent hours just before nightfall. But no man told +another what he was really thinking, and every man had to win his battle +for himself. The result was inevitable: a growing tension and suspense +in the very air. + +It was a strange atmosphere that gathered over Kastle Krags in those +early evening hours. Some way it gave no image of reality. It was +vaguely hard to talk--the mind moved along certain channels and could +not be turned aside. We couldn't disregard the fact that the night was +falling. The hours of darkness were even now upon us. And no man could +keep from thinking of their possibilities. + +I noticed a certain irritability on the part of all the guests. +Their nerves were on edge, their tempers--almost forgotten in their +years of social intercourse--excitable and uncertain. They were all +pre-occupied, busy with their own thoughts--and a man started when +another spoke to him. + +It couldn't be truly said that they had been conquered by fear. These +were self-reliant, masterful men, trained from the ground up to be +strong in the face of danger. Yet the mystery of Kastle Krags was +getting to them. They couldn't forget that for two nights running some +power that dwelt on that eerie shore had claimed one of the occupants of +the manor house--and that a third night was even now encroaching over +the forest. Any legend however strange concerning the old house could +not wake laughter now. It was true that from time to time one of +the guests laughed at another's sallies, but always the sound rang +shockingly loud over the verandas and was some way disquieting to every +one that heard it. Nor did we hear any happy, carefree laughter such as +had filled the halls that first night. Rather these were nervous, +excited sounds, conveying no image of mirth, and jarring unpleasantly on +us all. + +The hot spell of the previous night was fortunately broken, yet some of +us chose to sit on the verandas. Through rifts in the trees we could +watch the darkness creeping over the sea and the lagoon. There was no +pleasure here--but it was some way better than staying in our rooms and +letting the night creep upon us unawares. It seemed better to face it +and watch it, staring away into it with rather bright, wide-open +eyes.... + +The trees blurred on the lawns. The trunks faded until they seemed like +the trunks of ghost-trees, haunting that ancient shore. It was no longer +possible to distinguish twig from twig where the branches overlapped. + +The green grass became a strange, dusky blue; the gray sand of the shore +whitened; the blue-green waters turned to ink except for their +silver-white caps of foam. Watching closely, our eyes gradually adjusted +themselves to the fading light, conveying the impression that the +twilight was of unusual length. Perhaps we didn't quite know when the +twilight ended and the night began. + +The usual twilight sounds reached us with particular vividness from the +lagoon and the forest and the shore. We heard the plover, as ever; and +deeper voices--doubtless those of passing sea-birds, mingled with +theirs. But the sounds came intermittently, sharp and penetrating out of +the darkness and the silence, and they always startled us a little. +Sometimes the thickets rustled in the gardens--little, hushed noises +none of us pretended to hear. A frog croaked, and the hushed little +wind creaked the tree-limbs together. Once some wild creature--possibly +a wildcat, but more likely a great owl--filled the night with his weird, +long-drawn cry. We all turned, and Van Hope, sitting near by, smiled +wanly in the gloom. + +Darkness had already swept the verandas, and Van Hope's was the only +face I could see. The others were already blurred, and even their forms +were mere dark blotches of shadow. A vague count showed that there was +six of us here--and I was suddenly rather startled by the thought that I +didn't know just who they were. The group had changed from time to time +throughout the evening, some of the men had gone and others had taken +their chairs, and now the darkness concealed their identities. It +shouldn't have made any difference, yet I found myself dwelling, with a +strange persistency, on the subject. + +The reason got down to the simple fact that, in this house of mystery, +a man instinctively wanted to keep track of all his fellows. He wanted +to know where they were and what they were doing. He found himself +worrying when one of them was gone. I suppose it was the instinct of +protection--a feeling that a man's absence might any moment result in +a shrill scream of fear or death in the darkness. Van Hope sat to my +left, a little further to the right was Weldon, the coroner. There were +three chairs further to the right, but which of the five remaining +guests occupied them I did not know. + +Three white men--two of the guests and the sheriff--were unaccounted +for. My better intelligence told me that they were either in the +living-room or the library, perhaps in their own rooms, yet it was +impossible to forget that these men were of the white race, largely free +from the superstition that kept the blacks safely from the perilous +shores of the lagoon. Any one of a dozen reasons might send them walking +down through the gardens to those gray crags from which they might never +return. + +I found myself wondering about Edith, too. She had excused herself and +had gone to her room, ostensibly to bed, but I couldn't forget our +conversation of the previous night and her resolve to fathom the mystery +of her uncle's disappearance. Would she remain in the security of her +room, or must I guard her, too? + +How slow the time passed! The darkness deepened over land and sea. The +moon had not yet risen--indeed it would not appear until after midnight. +The great, white Floridan stars, however, had pushed through the dark +blue canopy of the night, and their light lay softly over the gardens. +The guests talked in muffled tones, their excited laughter ringing out +at ever longer intervals. The coals of their cigars glowed like +fireflies in the gloom. + +By ten o'clock two of the six chairs were vacant. Two of the guests had +tramped away heavily to their rooms, not passing so near that I could +make sure of their identity. Soon after this a very deep and curious +silence fell over the veranda. + +The two men to my right, Weldon the coroner and one of the guests, were +smoking quietly, evidently in a lull in their conversation. I didn't +particularly notice them. Their silence was some way natural and easy, +nothing to startle the heart or arrest the breath. If they had been +talking, however, perhaps the moment would have never got hold of me as +it did. The silence seemed to deepen with an actual sense of motion, +like something growing, and a sensation as inexplicable as it was +unpleasant slowly swept over me. + +It was a creepy, haunting feeling that had its origin somewhere beyond +the five senses. Outwardly there was nothing to startle me, unless it +was that curious, deepening silence. The darkness, the shore, the +starlit gardens were just the same. Nor was it a perceptible, abrupt +start. It came slowly, growing, creeping through me. I had no +inclination to make any perceptible motion, or to show that anything was +different than it was before. I turned slowly to Van Hope, sitting to my +left. + +Instinctively I knew that here was the source of my alarm. It was +something that my subconscious self had picked up from him. He was +sitting motionless in his chair, his hand that held his cigar half +raised to his lips, staring away into the distant gardens. + +There is something bad for the spirit in the sight of an entirely +motionless figure. The reason is simply that it is out of accord with +nature--that the very soul of things, from the tree on the hill to the +stars in the sky, is motion never ending. A figure suddenly changed to +stone focuses the attention much more surely than any sudden sound or +movement. Perhaps it has its origin in the deep-hidden instincts, +harking back to those long ago times when the sudden arresting of all +motion on the part of the companion indicated the presence of some great +danger and an attempt to escape its gaze. Even to-day it indicates a +thought so compelling that the half-unconscious physical functions are +suspended: a fear or a sensation so violent that life seems to die in +the body. + +Van Hope couldn't get his cigar to his lips. He held it between his +fingers, a few inches in front. He was watching so intently that his +face looked absolutely blank. A little shiver that was some way related +to fear passed over me, and I had all the sensations of being violently +startled. Then Van Hope suddenly got to his feet with a short, low +exclamation. + +Our nerves on edge, instantly all three of us were beside him--Weldon, +myself, and Joe Nopp. All of us tried to follow his gaze into the gloom. +"What is it?" Weldon asked. + +Van Hope, seemingly scarcely aware of us before, instantly rallied his +faculties and turned to us. In a single instant he had wrenched back +complete self-control--an indication of self-mastery such as I had +rarely seen surpassed. He smiled a little, in the gloom, and dropped his +hand to his side. + +"I suppose it was nothing," he answered. "I guess I'm jumpy. Maybe half +asleep. But I saw some one--walking through the gardens down by the +lagoon." + +Van Hope spoke rather lightly, in a wholly commonplace voice. He had not +been, however, half asleep. The frozen face I had seen was of complete +wakefulness. + +"A man, you say--down by the lagoon?" Weldon asked. + +"Yes. Of course there's always a chance for a mistake. Probably it +wouldn't be anything anyway--just one of the men getting a little air. +Watch a minute--maybe you'll see him again." + +We watched in silence, and listened to one another's breathing. But the +faint shadows, in that starlit vista, were unwavering. + +"It wasn't likely anything----" Van Hope said apologetically. "I was +thinking, though, that any stranger ought to be investigated----" + +"He had, too," Weldon agreed. "Not just any stranger. Any one who goes +walking down there in the darkness ought to be questioned--whether he's +one of us or not. But are you sure you saw anything?" + +"Not sure at all. I thought I did, though. I thought I saw him step, +distinctly, through a rift in the trees. Excuse me for bothering you." + +None of us felt any embarrassment on Van Hope's account, or any +superciliousness if he had been unnecessarily alarmed. It was wholly +natural, this third night of three, to wonder and be stirred by any +moving thing in the darkened gardens. + +But we waited and watched in vain. There were no cries from the shore of +the lagoon. The silence remained unbroken, and after awhile the thought +turned to other channels. + +Van Hope rose at last, hurled his cigar stub to the lawns and for a +breath stood watching its glowing end pale and die. The disappearance of +his old friend had gone hard with him. You could see it in the stoop of +his shoulders. He looked several years older. + +"Nothing to do now--but go to bed," he commented quietly. "Maybe we can +get some sleep to-night." + +"The third night's the charm," Nopp answered grimly. "How do we know but +that before this night is over we'll be gathered out here again." He +paused, and we tried to smile at him in the darkness. Nopp was speaking +with a certain grim humor, yet whatever his intentions, none of us got +the idea that he was jesting. "It's worked two nights--why not three. +I'd believe anything could happen at this goblin house----" + +We listened to him with relief. It was some way good for our spirits to +have one of us speak out what we had all been thinking and had strained +so hard to hide. Nor did we think less of him for his frankness. We knew +at first, and we knew now, that Nopp's nerve was as good or better than +any man in the gathering, and he had never showed it better than in +speaking frankly now. + +"Bunk, Nopp," Van Hope answered. "You're mixing coincidence up with +atmosphere. It was a strange and a devilish thing that those two crimes +should have happened two nights running, but it will work out perfectly +plausible--mark my words. And coincidences don't happen three times in a +row." + +Nopp lifted his face to the starlit skies. "My boy," he said, rather +superciliously, "_anything_ could happen at Kastle Krags." + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +After I went to my room I worked for an hour on the cryptogram, found +beside Florey's body. The mysterious column of four-letter words, +however, did not respond to any methods of translation that I knew. For +another hour thereafter I lay awake in my bed beside the window. + +It was one of the few spots in the house that offered a fairly clear +glimpse of the lagoon. The trees opened, like curtains: I could see the +water darkly blue in the starlight, and the faint, gray line, like a +crayon mark, that was the natural rock wall. The tide was coming in now: +I could see the white manes of the sea-horses as they charged over the +barrier. The whole surface of the lagoon was fretted by them. + +Had Nopp spoken true--could there be a recurrence of last night's +tragedy? Could any situation arise in human affairs that would result in +three murders, one after another, all under practically the same and the +most mysterious conditions? It was possible, by a long stretch of the +imagination, to conceive of two such crimes occurring on successive +nights--the murderer striking again, through some unknown movement of +events, to hide his first crime--but coincidences do not happen thrice! +If indeed these disappearances could be wholly attributed to human +activities, human designs and human passions, there was no need of lying +awake and expectant this third night. Surely no super-criminal had +declared remorseless war against _all_ of the occupants of that house. +Certainly we could sleep in peace to-night! + +But I couldn't get away from the same thought that haunted me +before--that these crimes lay somehow without the bourne of human event +and circumstance, that they were some way native to this strange, old +manor-house beside the sea. It wasn't easy to lose one's self in sleep. +I felt no shame at my own uneasiness. It was true that the crimes had +both occurred, evidently, on the shore of or near the lagoon, but could +the curse that lay upon the old estate extend its baleful influence into +the house itself? Anything could happen at Kastle Krags, Nopp had said, +and it became increasingly difficult to disbelieve him. + +Since the intrusion of two nights before I had slept with a chair +blocked firmly against my door, knowing that no one could enter from +the corridor, at least without waking me. My own pistol lay just under +my mattress where the hand could reach it in an instant. Both these +things were an immense consolation now. I would not be so helpless in +case of another midnight visitor. + +Yet I had no after-image of terror in thinking upon the intruder of two +nights before. Strangely, that hand reaching in the flashlight was the +one redeeming feature of this affair of Kastle Krags. That hand was +flesh and blood, and thus the whole mystery seemed of flesh and blood +too. If this incident did not confine the mystery to the realm of human +affairs, at least it showed that there were human motives and human +agents playing their parts in it. + +Was that intruder Pescini? The hand could easily have been his--firm, +strong, aristocratic, sensitive and white. After all, there was quite a +case to be made against Pescini. "Find George Florey and you'll find the +murderer," William Noyes had written. And the whole business of proving +that Pescini was George Florey was simply that of proving his +handwriting and that of the "George" notes we had found in the butler's +room were the same. + +"They have been bitter enemies since youth." Rich, proud, distinguished, +had this bearded man carried a life-long hatred for the humble servitor +of Kastle Krags? What boyhood rivalry, what malice, what blinding, +bitter jealousy had wakened such a hatred as this? Yet who can trace the +slightest action from its origin to its consummation; much less such a +complex human drama as this. No man can see truly into the human heart. +It seemed fairly credible that this gray servant might hate, with that +bitter hatred born of jealousy, his richer, more distinguished +brother--yet human relations, in their fullness, are beyond the ken of +the wisest men. It would be easy to prove or disprove whether or not +Pescini and Florey were brothers: the "George" letters were secure in +the hands of the State, and a copy of Pescini's handwriting could be +procured with ease. Besides their lives and origins would likely be easy +to trace. + +Florey's letter to his sister was further proof of Pescini's guilt. I +made an entirely different interpretation of it than that of the +officials. I did not think that he was referring to any physical +disease. I believed, at the first hearing, and I believed still that he +had written in veiled language of the persecutions of his brother: + + "My old malady, G---- is troubling me again," Florey had + written. "I don't think I will ever be rid of it. It is + certainly the Florey burden--going through all our family. + I can't hardly sleep and don't know how I'll ever get rid of + it. I'm deeply discouraged, yet I know...." + +I did not share the sheriff's view that "G----" referred to some +long-named malady that, either for the sake of abbreviation or because +he could not spell it, he had neglected to write out in full. I felt +sure it meant "George" and nothing else. "The Florey burden----"--what +was more reasonable than that his family had been cursed by feuds +within. I hadn't forgotten my talk with Nealman. He had spoken of the +hatred sometimes borne by one brother for another; and had named the +Jason family, main characters in the treasure legend of the old manor +house, as a case in point. But Florey had got rid of his burden at last. +He had got rid of it by death. + +Could I make myself believe that Pescini had lured his brother to the +shore, killed him, seized an opportunity to hurl his body into the +lagoon, from which, by the thousandth chance, our drag-hooks had failed +to find it; and the following night, to conceal his guilt, had struck +down his host? Perhaps the former was true, and that the crime, coming +just previous to his own financial failure, had suggested suicide to +Nealman's mind. No one had track of Pescini the night of the crime. For +that matter, unlike Van Hope, Major Dell, and several others, he was not +undressed and in his room when Nealman had disappeared. And the coroner +had suggested a motive for murder in the matter of Pescini's suit for +divorce. + +It wasn't easy to believe that such an obviously distinguished +and cultured man could stoop to murder. There is such a thing, +criminologists say, as a criminal face; but Pescini had not the least +semblance of it. Criminologists admit, however, in the same breath that +they are constantly amazed at the varied types that are brought before +them, charged with the most heinous crimes. Pescini looked kind, +self-mastered, not given to outlaw impulses. Yet who could say for sure. + +I was already falling to sleep.... It was hard to keep the sequence +of thought; absurd fancies swept between. Ever my hold on wakefulness +was less. It was pleasant to believe that the mystery would soon be +unraveled, all with a commonplace explanation.... At first I gave no +heed to a rapid footfall in the corridor. + +Yet in an instant I was wide awake. In the silent hall the footfall was +perfectly distinct, carrying through the walls of my room, and echoing +somewhere in the wall behind me. In any quiet home, in any land, it +would have been impossible to disregard those footsteps. There was a +distinct tone of urgency behind them that simply could not be denied. In +this dark house of mystery the senses rallied, quickened, and seemed to +lie waiting to contend with any emergency. + +The steps were not only hurried and urgent. They were +_frenzied_--although they were not running footsteps. At the same time +they gave the image of some one trying to hurry, some one trying to +conquer himself, and yet not move too loudly. It was as if he was some +way fearful to waken the poignant silence of that shadowed corridor. + +"He is coming to my door," I told myself. It was wholly likely that I +spoke the words aloud; at least, I believed them as unwaveringly as if +the man outside had thus announced his intentions. No man can ever tell +how such knowledge comes to him. Perhaps it is coincidence--that he +expects such a summons on a hundred different occasions before it ever +comes to him in reality. Yet many things already proven true are a +thousand times harder to believe than telepathy--the transmission of +messages according to no known laws of matter and space. + +The tread itself was peculiar. It had an odd, shuffling quality that was +hard to analyze. Then some one rapped excitedly on my door. + +"What is it?" I asked. + +I was already out of bed, groping for my light switch. + +"It's me--Wilkson," was the reply. "Boss, will ye open de do'?" + +I knew Nealman's colored janitor--a middle-aged servant of an +old-fashioned, almost departed glory--but for an instant I found it +almost incredible that this was his voice. The tones were blurred, +lifeless, spoken as if from drawn lips. There was only one thing to +believe, and I fought it off as long as I could: that the man outside my +door was simply stricken and almost dead with fear. + +It wasn't easy to open the door to hear what he had to tell. A scream in +the night is one thing; a chattering fellow man, just on the other side +of a pine door, is quite another. But I took away the chair and turned +the knob. + +The man's face was almost as hard to recognize as his voice. It was +Wilkson, beyond possibility of doubt, but he was no longer the tranquil, +genial serving-man. His face had the strangest gray hue pen ever tried +to describe. I could see the whites of his eyes, his lips were rounded, +he was almost unconscious from sheer terror. + +At that moment I began to strive hard to remember certain truths--one of +them being that little things, laughed away by an Anglo-Saxon, have been +known to instill the most unfathomable depths of fear into an unlettered +southern negro. What seemed terrible to him might be only laughable to +me. I thought of these things in order to brace myself for what he had +to tell. + +At that moment I knew the inroads that the events of the last two nights +had made upon me--likely upon every man and woman in the house. I could +have met that gray face much more bravely the night previous, and would +have likely been largely unmoved by it two nights before. But mystery, +the lack of sleep, the terrible possibilities to which both crimes had +pointed, had over-stretched the nerves and taken the pith from the +thews. The sight of that terrified face sent a sharp chill of fear +through every avenue of my nerves. I felt its icy touch in my veins. +Kastle Krags was getting to me--denial of that fact was impossible even +to myself. + +"Iscuse me, Boss," he said humbly, pathetically, if I had ever known +what pathos was. In his terror he wanted to propitiate the whole world, +and was begging my indulgence of his intrusion. "Boss, is Majo' Del in +yo' room?" + +"No." I didn't reprove him for failing to notice that my light was out. +"Where is he?" + +"Boss, he am gone. He's gone just like them other two am gone." His +voice died and a low moan escaped his lips. "Boss, who'll they be takin' +nex'? Gawd, who'll they be takin' nex'----?" + +I seized his arm, trying to steady him. "Listen, Wilkson," I commanded. +"How do you know he's gone----" + +"Telephone message come for him, Boss. Telegram, from Ochakee. And he +ain't here to get it. He's gone--just like dem oder two men has gone +befo' him." + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +It wasn't easy to steady Wilkson so that he could tell an intelligent +story. His own dark superstitions had hold of him, and his shambling +search through the darkened corridors had stretched his nerves to the +absolute breaking-point. It was evident at once that there was nothing +to do but let him take his time and get the story out the best he could. +After all, immediate action had never helped matters in this affair of +Kastle Krags. There had been a grim finality about everything that had +occurred. Those who were gone had not been brought back by prompt +search. + +He did not respond to any of the ruses so often used to get a colored +man to talk--scorn or incredulity or sternness. He was aware of nothing +but his own terror, and the image in those fear-widened eyes no man +could guess. + +"You say a telegram came for him, Wilkson?" I asked gently. "Some one +phoned it in?" + +"De phone bell rung, jus' off de su'vant's rooms," he explained. "It was +a message fo' Majo' Dell. 'Get him up to get dis telegram,' some white +gen'lman said, so I done went to get him up. He ain't in his room. Bed +not been slept in. I called and no one answered. Den I ask Mrs. +Gentry--she saw him go down the hall hour ago, all dressed, and seen him +turn in yo' room----" + +"He's not here. He hasn't been here." I slipped on a dressing-gown +and slippers, then stood a moment with Wilkson in the darkened hall. +It was curious that the housekeeper should have made such an odd +mistake--thinking that Dell had turned into my door. Perhaps at the +distance she had observed she confused the door either to the right or +left with mine. + +There was no need for panic yet. Any one of a dozen things might have +explained his temporary absence from his room in the dead of night. He +might be in the room to my right--Fargo's room--in some conference with +his friend. Yet there was no light under the door. + +I knocked loudly. Fargo called sharply from his bed. + +"Have you seen Major Dell?" I asked. + +"Dell? No! Good Lord, he hasn't disappeared, too?" + +"We can't find him." I heard Fargo spring from his bed, and I turned to +the room to my left. Yet in an instant I remembered and halted on the +threshold. This was Nealman's room, dark and chill with shadows. I +scratched a match and lifted it high. + +But no one was here. My voice rang with a hollow sound back to me. Our +shouts had aroused Nopp, and in a moment he came out in the hall to join +us. I think Nopp was a steadying influence on us both. He walked, rather +than ran, he was perfectly composed, wholly himself, and his voice when +he spoke was low and even. Yet there was no tone or note of an attempt +to belittle our alarm. He acted as I have seen strong men act in the +presence of some great disaster--calmly, soberly, rather white-faced and +silent, but unflinching and steadfast. + +There was no amazement in Nopp's face. Evidently he had expected just +such a development. + +"Another gone, eh?" he said. "I wish these devils would stay in their +rooms, where they belong. What's taking them out there, Killdare?" + +"How do I know? Maybe they just can't sleep--want to walk----" + +"They wouldn't want to walk in that part of the grounds, if they're +human, unless they've got business there. But no matter. We've got to +look around for him at least. I don't suppose it will do any good----" + +He spoke with an unmistakable fatalism. "You don't mean--that he's gone +like the rest----" + +I heard our low breathing as I waited for his answer. "What's the use of +fooling ourselves any more, Killdare?" he replied quietly. "We're up +against something--God knows what. Of course he's gone--just like the +rest. Where else could he be?" + +We turned once more into his room. Wilkson had reported rightly--his bed +had not been slept in, and there was not the slightest sign of disorder. +His coat--a well-made garment of some gray, cotton cloth hung on the +back of his chair, and the butts of two cigars lay on his smoking stand. +He was not in his bathroom, nor did we hear his voice from some +adjoining room. + +And now all the other guests, all of whom slept on this same floor, were +gathering about us, wakened by the sound of our voices. Marten came, +swearing under his breath, and Van Hope's brow was beaded with +perspiration that glistened in the dim light. But none of them knew +where Major Dell was. Indeed none of them had seen him since he had +gone to his room. + +There was a curious, dream-like quality about the little session that we +had together at the door of Dell's room. It was all rather dim, obscure, +the voices that we heard seemed to come from some place far off, and +that ring of faces no longer looked clear-cut and sharp. I suppose the +answer lay in the great preoccupation that was upon us all, a struggle +for understanding that engulfed our minds. + +There were no excited, frenzied voices. The men spoke rather quietly and +slowly, as if measuring their words, and Van Hope was smiling, faintly. +It wasn't a mirthful smile, but rather a wan smile such as a man gives +when some incredible disaster, long expected, has fallen upon him. None +of us liked to see it. There was nothing to believe but that the mystery +had gone home to him more fully than to any one else--and we all wished +that he could be spared the tragic, vain hour of search that awaited us. +Because none of us had the least hope, in our own hearts, that we would +ever see Major Dell again. We had got past the point where we could +deceive ourselves. The truth was all too self-evident. We would search +through the grounds, as a matter of duty we would call and run back and +forth. But the end was already sure. + +Indeed, there was no look of surprise on any one of those white faces. +Rather they had a helpless, almost fatalistic expression, as men have +when at last they are crushed to earth by the inevitable. I have heard a +detachment of soldiers, seemingly trapped by death, speak in the same +quiet way, and have seen the same baffled, resigned expression on their +faces. + +I didn't try to keep track of who was there and who was absent. It was +impossible to think of such things now. But bitter, blasting fear surged +through me when I thought of Edith--wondering if she was safe in her +room. + +There was a moment of stress, a sudden, momentary explosion of +suppressed excitement, when Slatterly the sheriff joined us in the hall. +We heard his running feet in the corridor, and we turned to watch him, +his dressing-gown flopping about him. Evidently he had heard our words +from his room in the upper corridor. Certain exclamations were on his +lips--whether they were profane oaths I do not know. + +"What is it?" he demanded in an irritable, rasping voice. "Why are you +all gathered here?" + +Silently we waited for Nopp to speak--Nopp who had become the strongest +arm in the affair. "We're not having any late evening gossip," he +answered. "Kastle Krags has its tail up again. We're here--to find out +what has become of Major Dell." + +"Major Dell! Good God, don't tell me he's gone too." + +Instantly the sudden, deadly surge of wrath we had all felt toward the +sheriff died in our breasts. That cry he made, the hopeless, defeated +way in which he spoke, made him, in an instant, one of us--subject to +the same fear and despair, a crushed and impotent human being like +ourselves. + +"He's gone," Nopp told him quietly. "He's not in his room. He doesn't +seem to be any place else." + +"Have you searched? I don't suppose there's any use of it, but we've got +to search. Oh, why didn't I guard him--why did I ever take such a +criminal risk!" + +None of us could forget his rugged, brown face in the wan electric +light. Whether it was regret or fear that swept it we didn't know. It +was ashen, almost expressionless, and his eyes were lifeless under his +heavy brows. His hands hung, fingers slightly apart, at his side. + +"Wait just a minute before we begin an indiscriminate search," Nopp +said. "Slatterly, we've got to face facts. Do you think--there's any +place in these grounds that none of us _ought to go_?" + +We knew what he meant. He wanted to guard against further loss of life. + +"The thing seems to run according to rule," the sheriff replied, rather +grimly. "Just one gone--every night. But keep together when you're down +near the lagoon." + +There was not the least good in searching further through the house. +Most of the household had gathered around us, by now, and no one had +seen Major Dell. We walked the length of the corridor and down the +stairs, and then we went out into the still darkness. The hour was +evidently shortly after midnight--the tide was almost at its flood. + +Just a moment more we stood just below the great veranda, and no man +knew the other's thoughts. The moon was rising--we could see its argent +gleam through nebulous clouds to the East. Far away the gray shore +stretched to the darkened sea, and the natural rock wall showed a faint, +gray line. Then we headed out into the grounds. + +But there was no answer to the calls we made, and only such little +people as moles and gophers, burrowers in the ground, stirred in the +thickets as we crushed through. We hunted aimlessly, more to satisfy our +own sense of duty than through any expectation of finding the missing +man. The moon came out more vividly, but its light did not bring +success. At last we collected, a silent, rather breathless group, in +front of the house. + +"What now, Slatterly?" Nopp asked. "Is there anything more we can do?" + +"Nothing more." His old confidence was gone from his voice. "I wish I'd +done something long ago, instead of being so sure. But this thing can't +happen to-morrow night." + +"Slatterly, you're a brave man to say that _anything_ can't happen +to-morrow night. I thought you'd learned your lesson----" + +"I have. Never fear for that. To-morrow night I'm going to watch beside +that lagoon with a loaded gun--and I am going to see this thing +through." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +The sheriff had finished his investigations by noon of the following +day, and after lunch I was free to work upon the problem that I felt was +the key to the whole mystery--the cryptogram beside Florey's body. +Lately I had been thinking that in all probability to procure the script +had been the direct motive of the murder; and the fact of its theft from +my room seemed to bear me out. + +Why wasn't it reasonable to presume that in the last instant of Florey's +life, just before the attack was made, he had attempted to conceal the +script. He had thrown it from him; his death-cry had aroused the +household so that the murderer had no time to seek and procure it. Then +from a hiding place, or even from among a group of the guests, he had +seen me pick it up. + +To work out that cryptogram, to read its hidden meaning was the first +and the best thing I could do in the way to solve the mystery of Kastle +Krags. Written originally on parchment, sixty or seventy years before, +it doubtless referred and was in explanation of the secret of the old +manor house--the legend of the treasure, supposedly hidden by Godfrey +Jason in the long ago. I had just toyed with it before. Perhaps I had +had little faith that it was of any real importance. But now, other +avenues had failed, and I was resolved to know the truth if it was +humanly possible to do so. I copied the script again, with great care: + + aned + dqbo + aqcd + trkm + fipj + dqbo + seho + ohuy + wvyn + dljn + dtht + +Then I began to make a systematic analysis. I noticed first that the +second and the sixth words were identical, indicating--considering the +brevity of the entire message--that it must represent a word of most +frequent use. Of course the articles "a" and "the" occur most often in +any English writing, yet I found it hard to believe that "dqbo" +represented either. In the first place, in a message of that length it +is reasonable to assume that all articles and words not absolutely +necessary to the meaning had been omitted. + +Weeks that seemed years before Nealman had told me that, after careful +study, he had been convinced that there was some truth in the legend of +buried treasure. Was it not within the bounds of reason to assume that +this cryptic message revealed the hiding place of the treasure? Working +on this assumption, I made up an imaginary description of some hiding +place, just to see what words occurred with the greatest frequency. I +found at once that the word that would be most likely to be used twice +in a description of that kind would be some measurement--either feet, +yards, meters, rods, or something of the kind. If I could convince +myself that "dqbo" represented some English measurement I might find the +key and system of the code. + +Either "feet," "yard" or "rods" were words of four letters--either one +of which might be represented by "dqbo." Then I tested each one to see +if I could establish a pattern. + +I tried first the old code-system of having each letter in the word +represent some other letter a certain number of spaces backward or +forward in the alphabet. Suppose a man wanted to disguise the word +"cab." He might do so, very easily, by spelling it "dbc"--using, instead +of the right letter, the letter immediately following it in the +alphabet, "d" for "c," "b" for "a," etc. Testing for "feet" as a +possible interpretation of "dqbo" I saw that "f" was the second +letter in the alphabet beyond the letter "d"--first letter in the +script-word--but I found that such a relation could not possibly hold +with "e" and "q" respectively, the second letters. "Yard" or "rods" +failed the same test. Nor by any juggling of this simple code, counting +so many spaces backwards or forwards, could I make it come out true. + +Some time before I had decided that it was unlikely to the verge of +impossibility that any message could be made up completely of four +letter words. It seemed likely, at first, that letters had been cut +from each word in order to make them of four letters. Working on this +hypothesis I tested for "meters" but the word "dqbo" could not be made +to conform. + +At that point it was necessary to begin on another tack. I smoked a +while in silence, hoping that some idea, some little inspiration that +so often furnished the key for such a mystery as this, would come to me. +I had a dim thought that, since the words were all of four letters and +could not be made intelligible by any shifting of the alphabet, that +perhaps it had undergone some double transformation--changed first from +words into some other symbol form, and then back into words. But I +couldn't seem to get hold. + +If I could only see the key! Possibly it was extremely simple, just +before my eyes if I could only grasp it. It wasn't reasonable, I +thought, for a lone man to leave a hidden message without giving some +key, however adroit, for the reader to translate it. Jason hadn't +written that message for his own amusement. He had inscribed it to be +read by some one who came after--perhaps by himself when old age had +dulled his memory. + +Working from this point of view I set myself to remember what had been +written on the parchment beside the column of figures. Perhaps the key +had been there also; I had simply failed to observe it. At the bottom of +the message had appeared the words "At F. T." And at first this seemed +to offer the most interesting possibilities. + +Certainly the word and letters had some meaning. In the first place +this, and the sentence above the script, indicated that the writer did +his thinking in English--not in Spanish or Portuguese or any other +language. But "F. T." did not convey any meaning to my mind. I simply +couldn't catch it. + +I tried to make the letters "F" and "T" a starting point in the alphabet +for rearranging the letters in the column of words, on the same theory +that I had worked at first, but nothing came of it. And at that point my +hopes and confidence, falling steadily for the past hour, was at its +lowest ebb. I didn't see but that I would have to give up the venture +after all. + +My mind slipped easily to the message in English above the +column--"Sworn by the Book," or something after that nature. Taking +these words simply as they seemed, an oath on the part of the writer +that the ensuing message was true, I hadn't taken the trouble to copy +them from the original parchment. Fortunately I remembered them, +approximately at least. And I felt a little quickening of hope as I +contemplated them. + +The more I looked at them the more they seemed to be "dragged in by the +heels." I didn't think that one with knowledge of hidden treasure, +conveying its hiding place to some one else, would have taken the +trouble to declare the truth of his statement by oath. Nor was such +a pious beginning, on the part of that iniquitous murderer and +cut-throat, Jason, quite in character. He would have been more likely to +have begun with a sentence of piratical profanity. He had some reason +for bringing in the "Book"--and when I knew what it was, I believed I +would know the key to the cryptogram. + +The "Book" was the Bible of course--a name still in wide use. And the +whole volume of my blood seemed to spurt through the veins when I +remembered what an important place the Bible had taken in the events of +the past few days! + +Nealman had had a Bible, wide open, in his room. Edith had been seen to +carry it to him through the corridor--and this business with it had been +of such a character that he had ordered Edith's silence in regard to the +errand. Whether or not Florey had possessed a copy I wasn't able to +remember for certain. + +It must have been a grim old joke to Jason--to use the Holy Word to +transmit the record of his iniquity! In an instant I was burrowing, not +a little excited, into the bottom of my bag for a small copy of the +Bible that I carried with me on every journey. + +Apart from religious reasons, there is no better traveling companion +for a knowledge-loving man than King James' Bible. The font of all +literature, the mighty well of inspiration, the record of the ages--it +was beloved not only of the scientist and historian, but the literati +and the esthete. Hardly a week had passed that I hadn't referred to it, +in one capacity or another. And now I felt that I was on the right track +at last. + +There is no book in such common usage, published with such fidelity as +to the position of every word, so easily procured in any place or time, +as the Holy Bible. It would be the perfect code-book. Certainly it could +be used to the greatest advantage as the key to a cryptogram. + +But what had been the method of its use? In what way could these +four-letter words, none of which were intelligible, be made through the +agency of the Bible to present an intelligent meaning? Again I found +myself relying on inductive reasoning. I worked backward, just as I had +done before, trying to see some way to convey a secret meaning through +the agency of this universally read book. + +All at once I saw the way. The Bible contained almost every word in the +present English vocabulary. In all probability each one of the words in +the column represented some English word to be found somewhere in the +Bible, and the column of them, written out, would be the message in +full. + +How to find that word was the only problem that remained. True, it +looked formidable enough at first. Yet I saw in a moment that the +four-letter words could not represent the words of the message +themselves, but only their _position_ in the Bible. + +My mind was working clearly now, leaping from one conclusion to another; +and reasoning deductively I tried to work out some method of secret +writing whereby I could reveal to another person the position of a +certain word I wanted him to know. Suppose, for instance, that Jason +wished to use the word "feet" in his message. Looking through the Bible +he found the word--say on page 86, third line, fourth word. It was +conceivable that he might send the numbers "86-3-4" to some other +person; and the latter, aware that the Bible acted as the key, looked +up the place in the Book and learned what the word was. + +The number of pages vary, however, in Bibles of different size. It was +natural that the location must be a constant in order that the recipient +of the note could always find it. So I began again: + +Suppose Jason, looking through his Bible, found the word "feet" in the +book of Genesis, the first chapter, the third verse, and the fourth word +of the verse. If he should send the symbols "Gen. 1, 3, 4" to his +friend, the man could easily look up the place and see what he meant. +And in this case he wouldn't have to have any certain edition of the +Bible. The fourth word of the third verse of the first chapter of +Genesis is the same in all copies of King James' Bible over all the +world. + +Now I was working on sure ground. I had no doubt but that "dqbo" +represented a certain point in the Bible--the letter "d" probably +representing the book, "q" the chapter, "b" the verse and "o" the word. +Once more my attention was called, with particular vividness, to the +fact that all the words in the column were of four letters, proving in +my mind that this last contention was true. + +My heart was racing as I moved to the next step in working out the +cryptogram. It was simply that of finding what method had been used to +transform such a symbol as "Gen. 1, 3, 4" into such a sign as "dqbo." If +instead of four-letter words I was working with sequences of numbers +such as "1, 1, 3, 4" I would have felt that the problem was solved. "1, +1, 3, 4" would have plainly meant the first book, the first chapter, +the third verse, and the fourth word. + +To transform letters into numbers--that was all that remained. Again I +went back to "dqbo" and took the simplest method of transformation. "D" +was the fourth letter in the alphabet. "Q" was the seventeenth letter in +the alphabet. "B" was the second letter in the alphabet. "O" was the +fifteenth letter in the alphabet. I wrote down the numbers: + + 4-17-2-15 + +And I felt sure that they meant the fourth book, the seventeenth +chapter, the second verse and the fifteenth word in the Holy Bible. + +Shaken, so nervous I could hardly hold my hands still, I stopped a +moment to rest. This was the crisis. I was either at the verge of +absolute success or hopeless failure. If when I looked up the place I +found some word that couldn't possibly be used in such a message I +wouldn't have the spirit to seek further. And it would be a real blow to +all my hopes. + +I opened the Bible. The fourth book proved to be "Numbers." I turned to +the seventeenth chapter, the second verse. And there I read as follows: + + Speak unto the children of Israel and take one of them a + _rod_ according to the house of their fathers. + +The fifteenth word was _rod_--used as a staff in this case but +undoubtedly used as a term of measurement in the script. + +From then on my fingers flew through the pages of the Book. "Aned," the +very first word in the column, represented--finding the alphabetical +position of each letter--the numbers 1-14-5-4. It was a simple matter to +look up the first book of the Bible, Genesis, the fourteenth chapter, +the fifth verse, and the fourth word. The verse in this case began: + + "And in the _fourteenth_ year came Chedorlaomer, and the + kings that were with him." + +The fourth word of the verse was _fourteenth_--and the first word of the +finished script. + +It was easy to find the other words. I worked them all out in fifteen +minutes. "Aqcd," the third in the column, proved to be the first, +seventeenth, third, and fourth letters of the alphabet, respectively, +and 1-17-3-4 meant first book, seventeenth chapter, third verse, fourth +word, as plain as could be. The word proved to be "on." Swiftly I went +down the list. And at last I had the whole column translated: + + fourteen + rod + on + wall + three + rod + straight + right + fastened + white + rock + +Writing it out, I had: + + Fourteen rod on wall three rod straight right fastened white + rock. + +In clearer language, it meant simply and unmistakably, that to find the +missing object--unquestionably Jason's treasure--go fourteen rods out on +the natural rock wall, turn straight right into the lagoon for three +rods, and there I would find it--fastened to a white rock. + +The thing was done. I came to myself to find my fingers toying with the +pencil, and my thoughts soaring far away. In spite of the grim record of +death already made, the deadly precedent that had been set, in spite of +all the dictates of ordinary intelligence, I knew what my future course +would be. The lure of gold had hold of me. As soon as the opportunity +offered, I was going to follow the thing through to its end, and see +with my own eyes that which lay hidden in the depths of the lagoon. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +Just before the dinner hour I met Slatterly on the lower floor, and we +had a moment's talk together. "You've been in on most everything that's +happened around here," he said. "You might as well be with us to-night. +We're going to watch the lagoon." + +The truth was I had made other plans for this evening--plans that +included Edith Nealman--so I made no immediate answer. The official +noticed my hesitancy, and of course misunderstood. + +"Speak right up, if you don't want to do it," he said, not unkindly. The +sheriff was a man of human sympathies, after all. "I wouldn't hold it +against any man living if he didn't want to sit out there in the dark +watching--after what's happened the last three nights. I don't know that +I'd do it myself if it wasn't in line of duty." + +"I don't think I'd be afraid," I told him. + +"It isn't a question of being afraid. It's simply a matter of human +make-up. To tell the truth, I'm afraid myself--and I'm not ashamed of +it. More than once I've had to conquer fear in my work. A man who ain't +afraid, one time or another, hasn't any imagination. Some men are cold +as ice, I've had deputies that were--and they wouldn't mind this a bit. +I know, Killdare, that you'd come in a pinch. Any man here, I think--any +white man--would be down there with me to-night if something vital--some +one's life or something--depended on it. But I don't want to take any +one that it will be hard for, that--that is any one to whom it would be +a real ordeal. I'm picking my bunch with some care." + +"Who is going?" + +"Weldon, Nopp, you and myself--if you want to come. If not, don't mind +saying so." + +"I want to come!" We smiled at each other, in the hall. After all, no +other decision could be made. The high plans I had made for an evening +with Edith would have to be given over. In the first place the night +might solve the mystery into which I had been drawn. In the second it +was the kind of offer that most men, over the earth, find it impossible +to refuse. Human beings, as a whole, are not particularly brave. They +are still too close to the caves and the witch-doctors of the young +world. They are inordinately, incredibly shy, also, and like little +children, sometimes, in their dreads and superstitions. Yet through some +blessing they have a high-born capacity to conquer the fear that +emburdens them. + +No white man in the manor house would have refused Slatterly's offer. +Mostly, when men see that they are up against a certain hard deal, some +proposition that stirs the deep-buried, inherent instinct that is +nothing more or less than a sense of duty--that deep-lying sense of +obligation that makes the whole world beautiful and justifiable--they +simply stand up and face it. No normal young man likes war. Yet they all +go. And of course this work to-night promised excitement--and the love +of excitement is a siren that has drawn many a good man to his doom. + +"Good," the sheriff told me simply, not in the least surprised. "What +kind of a gun can you scare up?" + +"I can get a gun, all right. I've got a pistol of my own." + +Nopp came up then, and he and the sheriff exchanged significant glances. +And the northern man suddenly turned to me, about to speak. + +Until that instant I hadn't observed the record that the events of the +past three nights had written in his face. Nopp had nerves of steel; +but the house and its mystery had got to him, just the same. The sunset +rays slanted in over the veranda, poured through the big windows, and +showed his face in startling detail. The inroads that had been made upon +it struck me with a sudden sense of shock. + +The man looked older. The lines of his face seemed more deeply graven, +the flesh-sacks were swollen under his eyes, he was some way shaken and +haggard. Yet you didn't get the idea of impotence. The hands at his side +had a man's grasp in them. Nopp was still able to handle most of the +problems that confronted him. + +Slatterly, too, had not escaped unscathed. The danger and his own +failure to solve the mystery had killed some of the man's conceit, and +he was more tolerant and sympathetic. There was a peculiar, excited +sparkle in his eyes, too. + +Slatterly turned to Nopp. "He says he's got a pistol." + +The second that ensued had an unmistakable quality of drama. Nopp turned +to me, exhaling heavily. "Killdare, we've beat the devil around the +stump all along--and it's time to stop," he said. "I don't like to talk +like a crazy man, but we've got to look this infernal matter in the +face. When you come out to-night come armed with the biggest gun you can +find--a high-powered rifle." + +No man argued with another, at a time like this. "I don't know where I +can get a rifle," I told him. + +"Every man in the house has got some kind or another. I'm going to be +frank and tell you what I'm carrying--a big .405, the biggest +quick-shooting arm I could get hold of. Whatever comes to-night--we've +got to stop." + +We gathered again at the big mahogany table, dined quietly, and the four +of us excused ourselves just before dessert. The twilight was already +falling--like gray shadows of wings over land and sea--and we wanted to +be at our post. We didn't desire that the peril of the lagoon should +strike in our absence. And we left a more hopeful spirit among the other +occupants of the manor house. + +They were all glad that armed men would guard the lagoon shore that +night. I suppose it gave them some sense of security otherwise not +known. The four of us procured our rifles, and walked, a grim company, +down to the shore of the lagoon. + +"We want to guard as much of the shore line as we can, and still keep +each other in sight," Slatterly said. "And there's no getting away from +it that we want to be in easy rifle range of each other." + +He posted us at fifty-yard intervals along the craggy margin. I was +placed near the approach of the rock wall, overlooking a wide stretch of +the shore, Weldon's post was fifty yards above mine, the sheriff's next, +and Nopp's most distant of all. Then we were left to watch the tides and +the night and the stars probing through the darkening mantle of the sky. + +We had no definite orders. We were simply to watch, to fire at will in +case of an emergency, to guard the occupants of the manor house against +any danger that might emerge from the depths of the lagoon. The tide, at +the lowest ebb at the hour of our arrival, began soon to flow again. The +glassy surface was fretted by the beat and crash of oncoming waves +against the rocky barrier. We saw the little rivulets splash through; +the water's edge crept slowly up the craggy shore. The dusk deepened, +and soon it was deep night. + +We were none too close together. I could barely make out the tall figure +of Weldon, standing statuesque on a great, gray crag beside the lagoon. +His figure was so dim that it was hard to believe in its reality, the +gun at his shoulder was but a fine penciled line, and with the growing +darkness, it was hard to make him out at all. Soon it took a certain +measure of imagination to conceive of that darker spot in the mist of +darkness as the form of a fellow man. + +The sense of isolation increased. We heard no sound from each other, but +the night itself was full of little, hushed noises. From my camp fire +beside Manatee Marsh I had often heard the same sounds, but they were +more compelling now, they held the attention with unswerving constancy, +and they seemed to penetrate further into the spirit. Also I found it +harder to identify them--at least to believe steadfastly the +identifications that I made. + +We hadn't heard a beginning of the sounds when we had listened from the +verandas. They had been muffled there, dim and hushed, but here they +seemed to speak just in your ear. Sea-birds called and shrieked, owls +uttered their mournful complaints, brush cracked and rustled as little, +eager-eyed furry things crept through. Once I started and the gun leaped +upward in my arms as some great sea-fish, likely a tarpon, leaped and +splashed just beyond the rock wall. + +"What is it, Killdare?" Weldon called. His voice was sharp and urgent. + +"Some fish jumped, that was all," I answered. And again the silence +dropped down. + +The tide-waves burst with ever-increasing fury. The stars were ever +brighter, and their companies ever larger, in the deep, violet spaces of +the sky. The hours passed. The lights in the great colonial house behind +us winked out, one by one. + +There was no consolation in glancing at my watch. It served to make the +time pass more slowly. The hour drew to midnight, after a hundred years +or so of waiting; the night had passed its apex and had begun its swift +descent to dawn. And all at once the thickets rustled and stirred behind +me. + +No man can be blamed for whipping about, startled in the last, little +nerve, in such a moment as this. Some one was hastening down to the +shore of the lagoon--some one that walked lightly, yet with eagerness. I +could even hear the long, wet grass lashing against her ankles. + +"Who is it?" I asked quietly. + +"Edith," some one answered from the gloom. + +Many important things in life are forgotten, and small ones kept; and my +memory will harbor always the sound of that girlish voice, so clear and +full in the darkness. Though she spoke softly her whole self was +reflected in the tone. It was sweet, tender, perhaps even a little +startled and fearful. In a moment she was at my side. + +"What do you mean by coming here alone?" I demanded. + +"The phone rang--in the upper corridor," she told me almost +breathlessly. "The negroes were afraid to answer it. I went--and it was +a telegram for you. I thought I'd better bring it--it was only two +hundred yards, and four men here. You're not angry, are you?" + +No man could be angry at such a time; and she handed me a written copy +of the message she had received over the wire. I scratched a match, saw +her pretty, sober face in its light and read: + + Am sending picture of George Florey, brother of murdered + man. Watch him closely. Am writing. + +It wasn't an urgent message. The picture would have reached me, just the +same, and I had every intention of watching closely the man I believed +was the dead butler's brother. Yet I was glad enough she had seen fit +to bring it to me. We would have our moment together, after all. + +What was said beside that craggy, mysterious margin, what words were all +but obscured by the sound of the tide-waves breaking against the natural +wall of rock, what oaths were given, and what breathless, incredible +happiness came upon us as if from the far stars, has little part in the +working out of the mystery of Kastle Krags. Certain moments passed, +indescribably fleet, and certain age-old miracles were reënacted. Life +doesn't yield many such moments. But then--not many are needed to pay +for life. + +After a while we told each other good-night, and I scratched a match to +look again into her face. Some way, I had expected the miraculous +softening of every tender line and the unspeakable luster in her blue +eyes that the flaring light revealed. They were merely part of the night +and its magic, and the joy I had in the sight was incomparable with any +other earthly thing. But what surprised me was a curious look of +intentness and determination, almost a zealot's enthusiasm in her face, +that the match-light showed and the darkness concealed again. + +She went away, as quietly as she had come. Whether Weldon had seen her I +did not know. There was something else I didn't know, either, and the +thought of it was a delight through all the long hours of my watch. +Edith Nealman had worlds of common sense. I wondered how she had been +able to convince herself that the message was of such importance that +she needs must carry it through the darkness of the gardens to me at +once. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + + +The tide reached its full, shortly after two o'clock, and then began to +ebb. Almost at once the little waves of the lagoon smoothed out, they +lapped no more against the craggy margin, and the water lay like a sheet +of gray glass. I had seen the same transformation on several previous +occasions, but to-night it seemed to get hold of me as never before. + +Seemingly it partook of a miraculous quality to-night--as if winds had +been suddenly stilled by a magician's art. The water was of course +flowing out between the crevices of the rock wall, yet there was no +sense of motion. The water-line dropped slowly down. + +It is an unescapable fact that the whole atmosphere of the Ochakee +country is one of death. The moss-draped forests seem without life, the +rivers convey no sense of motion, the air is dead, and vegetation rots +underfoot. To-night the lagoon was without any image or indication of +life. The whole vista seemed like some dead, forgotten wasteland in a +dream--a place where living things had never come and was forever +incompatible with life. + +It was a mysterious hour. The half-crescent moon rose at last, at first +a silver tinting of the skyline, a steadily growing wave of light and +then the sharply outlined moon itself above the eastern forest. The dark +shadows that were my companions took form, strengthened; again I could +see their erect figures on the gray crags and the gleam of their rifles +in their arms. The perspective widened, the rock wall seemed to extend, +stretch ever further across the lagoon, and now the sky was graying in +the East. + +A moment later I heard Weldon's voice, ringing full in the hush of the +dying night, as he spoke Slatterly's name. The latter answered at once. + +"Yes. What is it?" + +"Let's go in. The night's over and nothing's happened. It's pretty near +bright day already." + +It was true that the eastern sky had begun to be tinged with gray. I +could see the lines of my hands and the finer mechanisms of the rifle. +The hour, however, seemed later than it really was, simply because of +the effulgence of the moon. The dread atmosphere of Kastle Krags had in +a moment been wholly destroyed. Instead of a place of mystery and +peril, it was simply an old-time manor-house fronting the sea, built +between the forest and a calm lagoon. + +There didn't seem any use of watching further. If the night was not yet, +in fact, completely over, the moon and the graying east gave the effect +of morning. Perhaps the fact that the outgoing tide had stilled the +lagoon had its effect too. The ominous sound of breaking waves was gone, +and it gave a perfect image of quietude and peace. + +Slatterly waited an instant before he answered. "Wait a little more," he +said in a resigned tone. "But you're right--it's almost morning." + +I don't think it was five minutes later that I saw Weldon leave his post +and saunter over to the sheriff's side. I suppose, bored with his task, +the time seemed much longer to him. True, the lagoon was gray, the +shadows of the garden had lost their mystery, and there didn't seem any +use of waiting. Indeed, I don't think any of us escaped a sense of inner +embarrassment--something akin to ignominy and chagrin--that we should be +standing beside that quiet water-body, with high-powered rifles in our +hands. It made us feel secretly ridiculous. + +Nopp called over, cheerily, "Through for the night?" + +"Might as well," Slatterly answered. "It was a fool party anyway." + +Very glad that the watch was over, I left my own post, and we had a +cigarette apiece beside the still lagoon. Then we went through the +gardens to the house. + +"We've disrupted the regular schedule, anyway," Nopp said. "I think +we've come to the end of our trouble, and nothing more to fear. Man, do +you think to-day will clear the thing up?" + +"What chance is there to clear up such a mess in one day?" The sheriff +spoke moodily. + +"Because you're going to have some real help--not a lot of bungling +amateurs. You know who's coming?" + +"Lacone--Van Hope's detective." + +"Yes. He's a distinguished man--a real scientist in the study of crime. +He may do wonders, even in one day." + +"I only hope he does! I don't care who clears it up--as long as it's +cleared. Now to get a little sleep." + +Tired out, we went to our rooms. The cool of early morning had swept +through the halls, and the first glimmer of dawn was at the windows. How +white the moon was in the sky, how mysteriously gray the whole sweep of +shore and sea! So tired I dreaded the work of undressing, I sat down a +moment before the window that overlooked the lagoon. + +The moonlight and the dawn gave the appearance of a mist, a gray mist as +is sometimes seen over water when the sky is overcast with heavy clouds. +At that moment it was impossible to conceive of anything but grayness. +The whole conception that the brain had, the only interpretation that +the senses made was of this same, lifeless hue. If an artist had tried +to paint the picture that was spread before my window he would have +needed but one tube of paint. + +It was in some way vaguely startling. It went home to some dark +knowledge within a man, and left him fearful and expectant. The shore +and the sea were gray, the gardens were swept with grayness, the lagoon +itself had lost its many colors and only the same neutral tint remained. +The only way that the eye could distinguish shore from sea, and garden +from shore, was the gradations of the same hue. + +Surely dawn was almost at hand. The moon looked less vivid in the sky. +And nothing remained but to find what sleep I could. + +But at that instant my senses quickened. I could hardly call it a +start--it was just a sudden wakening of mind and body. I wasn't the +least sure.... Perhaps in a moment the old lull, the well-remembered +sense of well-being and security would return. It had seemed to me that +a swift shadow glided through the grayness at the shore of the lagoon. + +The window afforded a remarkably wide glimpse of that particular part of +the estate. The rift in the trees permitted a view of scattered segments +of the rock wall itself. And it wasn't to be that I could turn and leave +them to the gray of morning. In that mysterious, eerie light I saw the +whisking shadow again. + +It was not merely some little creeping thing from the forest--some +living creature such as stirs about at the first ray of dawn. The shadow +was much too large. I would have thought, at the first glance, that it +was the shadow of a man. But at that instant the figure emerged into the +open, and I knew the truth. + +The trim form on the shore of the lagoon was that of Edith Nealman. I +could see her outline with entire plainness, dark against the gray. Some +errand of stealth had taken her down to the shore of the lagoon the +moment that it was left unguarded. + +In an instant she disappeared, and in the interval I found out how +deeply and inexplicably startled I was. And then I saw her again, +walking out on the natural rock bridge, and carrying some heavy object, +that dragged on the rocks, in her arms. + +I could see her stooped figure, and the shadow of the thing that +dragged. And there is no telling under Heaven the thoughts and the +terrors that swept through me as to what that dragging thing might be. + +But in an instant I saw what it was. It was a rather long, heavy plank, +certainly of wood. She was about two hundred feet out on the rock wall +by now, and I saw that she was launching the plank to the right of the +wall, in the water of the lagoon. Before I could wonder or exclaim she +herself had slipped in with it, her arms pale white from the shoulders +of her dark bathing suit, wading out and guiding the heavy plank beside +her. + +No man who had read that mysterious script could doubt what her purpose +was. She had gone fourteen rods out on the wall, and then she had turned +to the right into the lagoon. Plainly she was searching for Jason's +treasure. + +She, too, knew the key. In that same flash of time, I understood the +look of intent I had seen on her face earlier that night. She had kept +her resolve--even now she was herself trying to sound the mystery of her +uncle's disappearance. I understood her own exultation when I had +talked of my many scientific plans, and how I lacked means to carry them +out. Even then she had likely been working on the cryptogram. It was +wholly possible that either Nealman or herself had encountered a copy of +the script in the old house, and they had worked on it together. + +But there had been some sort of a guard put over Jason's treasure! With +what right had we been so smugly certain that the old legend was not +true--that there was not still some evil, tentacled monster of the deep +left to slay and drag to his cavern those that dared to penetrate the +lagoon. Even now she was wading further and further from the rock wall. +I could see just her head and the top of her shoulders above water, the +heavy plank still guided beside her. + +Fear is an emotion that speeds like lightning through the avenues of the +nerves. In the instant that these thoughts went home--thoughts that +would have taken moments to narrate in speech but which whipped through +the mind in the twinkling of an eye--I plumbed the utter depths of fear. +There can be no other word. The gray expanse seemed the waters of death +itself; the whole scene, in the gray of dawn, was eerie, savage, +unutterably dreadful. And the girl that had come to be my own life was +even now wholly within the power of any monstrous foe that should leave +its cavern to attack her. + +Why had we been so sure! Why hadn't we guarded those deadly waters every +hour, day and night. Every day teaches that many things that seemed +incredible a day ago are true: how had we dared to be so arrogant in +regard to the legend of the lagoon. Even when three men, one after +another, had disappeared without trace we had refused to change our +ancient habits of thought: we had still refused to believe. I knew now +the fate of the missing men. They had gone in search of Jason's +chest--and the treasure guard that dwelt in the lagoon had put them to +death. And just before my eyes the girl I loved was following the path +they made, making the same quest. + +And in that breathless, never-to-be-forgotten moment, I heard a +resounding splash of water. Against the craggy, opposite shore the water +flew far and white as some living thing that had been concealed in the +far crags dived toward her through the still waters of the lagoon. + +The whole scene had seemingly occupied less than a second. Already, +before I could breathe, I was leaping down the corridor towards the +stairs. I called once for help--a door behind me opened. Then I was out +in the gray dawn, racing toward the lagoon. + +There seemed no interlude of time between the instant that I saw that +splashing water and that in which I had plunged full into the gray +depths myself. In reality there was a space of several seconds--the gray +light showed me that the drama of the lagoon had progressed immeasurably +further. The girl was fifty or sixty feet from the rock wall now, just +her head showing above water, her arms locked tight about the plank and +facing her approaching foe. And something that swam swiftly made +streaming ripples toward her. + +I swam with amazing ease and swiftness. The terror, innate love of life, +were all forgotten in the hope that I might reach Edith's side in time. +And now, by the gray light of dawn, I saw that her foe was upon her. + +They were struggling with a desperate frenzy, and for an instant the +splashing water almost obscured them. The plank had been torn from her +grasp, and by some circumstance had been sped hopelessly out of her +reach. And now, the water clearing from my eyes, I could determine the +identity of her assailant. No matter what further fate the lagoon had in +store for her, this foe was human, at least. Terrible and drawn with +passion as it was, I saw the face of Major Kenneth Dell, the man who had +disappeared the preceding night. + +I yelled, trying to give hope. Already I was almost upon them; and Dell +had released his hold of the girl. Whatever had been his purpose it had +been forgotten in the face of some greater extremity. Their fight was no +more with each other: rather they seemed at death grips with some +resistless foe that tore at them from beneath the waves. + +I saw Dell's face. An unspeakable terror, that of one who in wickedness +goes down to an awful death, was on his face. It was such a terror as +men can know but once, for they never live to tell of it, and which +blasts the heart of any one that beholds it. No artist, delving into the +abnormal, could have portrayed that fear. It was a thing never to +forget, but ever to see again in dreams. + +Edith was terrified too, but such a terror as Dell knew was impossible +for her. The fear of death that curses a godless man is perhaps the most +dreadful retributive force in this world or the next, and Dell knew it +to the full. No one who had seen his face could doubt but that all the +iniquity of a long life had been atoned for, in one little moment, in +the scales of justice. But only a measure of it could oppress her. The +only fear that her fine young soul could know was that born of the +elemental love of life. And with what seemed to be a final effort she +raised her head to call a warning to me. + +But even if I had heeded it, it would have come too late. I saw the +heads of the man and woman in front of me go down as if drawn by +quicksand. And there was no escape for me. The death that dwelt in the +lagoon had already seized me in its resistless grasp. + +But the guard over Jason's treasure was not merely some monster +implanted from the sea, a mortal thing that years could claim or +muscular strength oppose. Rather it was a power that had dwelt there +since the world's young days, ever claiming tribute, and which would +continue on until the very sea itself was changed. The demon that had +hold of me was merely that of rushing waters. They swept me forward and +sucked me down with remorseless force. + +There was a sink-hole in the floor of the lagoon. No wonder the water +that rushed in at high-tide had seemed to go so quietly away. I was +being carried down a subterranean outlet, through some water passage +under the rock wall, and into the open sea. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +The water surrounding the underground outlet was not of great depth--an +inch or so over five feet--but the suction of the sink-hole was +irresistible. Once caught in those sinking waters meant to go down with +them; and a moth would have struggled to equal advantage. If fate had +given me the choice of fighting to save myself it would not have changed +the outcome in the least. The plank had floated too far away to seize. +The water was deep enough that if, by a mighty wrench of muscles, I was +able to seize with my hands some immovable rock on the lagoon floor my +head would have been under water. + +Fate, however, didn't give me that fighting choice. Edith Nealman had +already gone down, a single instant before. Loss of life itself couldn't +possibly mean more. There was nothing open but to follow through. + +But while the trap itself was infallible, irresistible to human +strength, there might be fighting aplenty in the darkness of the channel +and beyond. The time hadn't come to give up. The slightest fighting +chance was worth every ounce of mortal strength. And as the waters +seized me I gave the most powerful swimming stroke I knew, a single, +mighty wrench of the whole muscular system, in an attempt to get my lips +above water for a last breath. + +Partly because I have always been a strong swimmer, but mostly by good +fortune, I won that instant's reprieve. I had already exhaled; and in +the instant that my lips were above the smooth surface of the lagoon I +filled my lungs to their utmost capacity, breathing sharp and deep, with +the cool, sweet, morning air. The force of my leap carried me over and +down, the descending waters seized me as the sluice in a sink might +seize an insect, and slowly, steadily, as if by a giant's hand, drew me +into darkness. + +I had been drawn into the subterranean outlet of the lagoon, the +passageway of the waters of the outgoing tide. Life itself depended on +how long that under-water channel was. I only knew that I was headed +under the rock wall and toward the open sea. + +At such times the mental mechanics function abnormally, if at all. I +was not drowning yet. The thousand thoughts and memories and regrets +that haunt the last moments of the lost did not come to me. The whole +consciousness was focussed on two points: one of them a resolve to do +what I could for Edith, and the other was fear. + +Besides the seeming certainty of death, it was unutterably terrible to +be swept through this dark, mysterious channel under the sea. Perhaps +the terror lay most in the darkness of the passage. It was a darkness +simply inconceivable, beyond any that the imagination could conjure +up--such absolute absence of light as shadow the unfathomable caverns +on the ocean floor or fill the great, empty spaces between one +constellation and another. In the darkest night there is always some +fine, almost imperceptible degree of light. Here light was a thing +forgotten and undreamed of. + +The waters did not move with particular swiftness. They flowed rather +easily and quietly, like the contents of a great aqueduct. Perhaps it +would have been better for the human spirit if they had moved with a +rush and a roar, blunting the consciousness with their tumult, and +hurling their victim to an instantaneous death. The death in that +undersea channel was deliberate and unhurried, and the imagination had +free play. Already we three were like departed souls, lost in the still, +murky waters of Lethe--drifting, helpless, fearful as children in the +darkness. It was such an experience that from sheer, elemental +fear--fear that was implanted in the germ-plasm in darkness tragedies in +the caves of long ago--may poison and dry up the life-sustaining fluids +of the nerves, causing death before the first physical blow is struck. + +It was an old fear, this of darkened waters. Perhaps it was remembered +from those infinite eons before the living organisms from which we +sprang ever emerged from the gray spaces of the sea. And I knew it to +the full. + +But I didn't float supinely down that Cimmerian stream. The race was +certainly to the swift. Knowing that the only shadow of hope lay in +reaching the end of the passage before the air in my lungs was +exhausted, I swam down that stream with the fastest stroke I knew. +Carried also by the waters, I must have traveled at a really astounding +pace, at momentary risk of striking my head against the rock walls of +the channel. + +An interminable moment later my arms swept about Edith's form. I felt +her long tresses streaming in the flood, but her slender arms had +already lost all power to seize and hold me. Had death already claimed +her? Yet I could not give her the little store of life-giving air that +still sustained me. Holding her in one arm and swimming with every +ounce of strength I had, we sped together through that darkened channel. + +No swimmer knows the power and speed that is in him until a crisis such +as this. No under-water swimmer can dream of what distances he is +capable until death, or something more than death, is the stake for +which he races. The passage seemed endless. Slowly the breath sped from +my lungs. And the darkness was still unbroken when the last of it was +gone. + +The trial was almost done. I could struggle on a few yards more, until +the oxygen-enriched air in my blood had made its long wheel through my +body. + +What happened thereafter was dim as a dream. There was a certain period +of bluntness, almost insensibility; and then of tremendous stress and +conflict that seemed interminable. It must have been that even through +this phase I fought on, arms and legs thrashing in what was practically +an involuntary effort to fight on to the open sea. The last images that +drowning men know, that queer, vivid cinema of memories and regrets +began to sweep through the disordered brain. There was nothing to do +further. The trial was done. I gave one more convulsive wrench.... + +And that final impulse carried me into a strange, gray place that the +senses at first refused to credit. It was hard to believe, at first, +that this was not merely the gray borderland of death. Yet in an instant +I knew the truth. I was heading toward light: the subterranean blackness +of the channel was fading, as the gloom of a tunnel fades as the train +rushes into open air. And a second later I shot to the surface of the +open sea. + +It was through no conscious effort of mine that I did not lose my life +in the moment of deliverance from the channel. At such times the body +struggles on unguided by the brain; instinct, long forgotten and +neglected, comes into its own again. As I came up my lips opened, I took +a great, sobbing breath. + +I must have submerged again. At least the blue water seemed to linger +over my eyes for interminable seconds thereafter. But there were no +walls of stone to imprison me now, and I again rose, and this time came +up to stay. The life-giving air was already sweeping through me, borne +on the corpuscles of the blood. + +In an instant I had found my stroke--paddling just enough to keep +afloat. Edith still lay insensible in my arms. Only a glance was needed +to see where I was. A gray line back of me stretched the rock wall, and +beyond it the lagoon. I had been swept from the latter, through a +submarine water passage under the wall and a hundred yards into the open +sea. Dell, who had gone through the channel ahead of us, was nowhere to +be seen. + +As soon as I had breath I shouted for help to the little file of men who +were already streaming through the gardens toward the lagoon. They must +come soon, if at all. Tired out, I couldn't hold on much longer. In the +pauses between my shouts I gazed at the stark-white face of the girl in +my arms. My senses were quickening now, and a darkness as unfathomable +as that of the undersea passage itself swept over me at the thought that +I had lost, after all--that the girl I had carried through was already +past resuscitation. + +But the men on the shore had heard me now--I was aware of the splash of +oars and the hum of the motor of Nealman's launch. Some one shouted +hope--and already the dark outline of the motorboat came sweeping +towards me. It was none too soon.... The dead weight in my arms was +forcing me down, and my feeble strokes were no longer availing. But now +strong arms had hold of me, dragging me and my burden into the boat. + +There are no memories whatever of the next hour. I must have lain +unconscious on the sand of the shore while Nopp and his men fought the +fight for Edith's life. At least I was there when at last, after +lifetimes were done, a strong hand shook my shoulder. Van Hope and Nopp +were beside me, and they were smiling. + +"A piece of news for you," Nopp told me, happily. "You put up a good +fight--and you'll be glad to know that your girl will live." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + + +Though we were out of the water, we were not yet out of the woods. There +were many explanations to be made and many guesses that took the place +of explanations. No questions could be put to the butler, Florey, nor +Nealman, host of Kastle Krags, nor to Major Kenneth Dell. All of these +had been swept down the sink-hole and through the subterranean channel +into the sea. + +Perhaps we would never have got anywhere, for a certainty, if it hadn't +been for the letter and the photograph that William Noyes sent me from +Vermont, and which arrived the day following our journey through the +passage. Short though it was, it served to clear up many matters to our +complete satisfaction. It was addressed to me: + + I am sending photo of that scoundrel, George Florey, brother + of the dead man. I hope it helps you catch him. He always + hated his brother, and my late wife told me that as far back + as you want to go in her family you'll find one brother + hating another. I don't know where to tell you to look for + George. He and his brother both had spent most of their + lives looking for a chest of treasure that was hidden by + their grandfather down where you are--in Florida. They just + took this name of Florey the last generation. Before that it + was Hendrickson, my wife told me--and before that Heaven + knows what. Mostly they were a bad lot. + +After I had read it I showed it to Nopp; and he breathed deeply. But he +made but one comment. + +"Human nature is a winner, isn't it, Killdare?" he observed. "Will we +ever see the head and tail of it? Now let me see the picture." + +Neither Nopp nor Edith nor any one who looked at it could mistake the +likeness presented in the photograph. It was not that of my suspect, Mr. +Pescini. One glance established that fact. The well-bred, rather +aristocratic face was none other than that of Major Kenneth Dell, he who +had got himself invited to Kastle Krags, and who had died in the trap +his grandfather had set nearly eighty years before. + +Edith and I went over the case together, and we managed to fill up the +breaks in each other's story. We talked it over in the early evening, +sitting in a secluded corner of the veranda. + +She had already mostly recovered from the experience of the day before. +She was still weak and shaken, but seemingly all serious complications +had been averted. And she resolutely refused to stay in bed. + +"It's been a tragic thing, all the way through," she began in the voice +I loved. "It's over now--but Heaven knows it cost enough lives. All for +a treasure that no one knows for sure is a reality. + +"I'm going over the case simply, Ned--and you tell me if I have it +right. The letter shows that both George Florey and David Florey, the +butler, were the grandsons of Hendrickson, who once owned this +house--who of course was no one but the original Godfrey Jason. Jason +too had hated his brother enough to kill him, and as the legend says, it +was Jason who first buried the treasure in the lagoon. + +"He put it near, perhaps just beside a dangerous sink-hole through which +the tidal waters swept under the wall to the open sea. And when he died +he left two, and perhaps more, copies of a cryptogram to show where the +chest was hidden. + +"As you say, Dave Florey, one of the two brothers of this generation of +the Jason family, unquestionably got hold of one of the copies. He +secured the position of butler at this house on purpose to hunt for and +secure the chest. Meanwhile George Florey--we can call him Major Dell, +the name he assumed, from now on--got track of the hiding-place of the +treasure. The letters show that he had sought for it and traced it from +Brazil to Washington, D. C.--at the latter place he possibly consulted +old marine records. He evidently had considerable money, and was earning +some in questionable ways, and through his acquaintance with Van Hope he +got himself invited to this house. + +"Here he found his brother. It must have been a disagreeable surprise to +him--the fact that you saw him so shaken and seemingly alarmed in the +hall would indicate that it was. As the Jason brothers had done before +them, these two men hated each other as only brothers can--jealously and +terribly. And through some series of events that will never be known, +they met that night beside the lagoon. + +"George Florey--rather, Major Dell--must have been a thoroughly +wicked man. I guess he inherited all of his grandfather Jason's +wickedness--otherwise he wouldn't have been able to play the part +he did. To me it was a dramatic thing--this heritage of wickedness, +generation after generation: this blood lust and hatred that was the +curse of all his breed. It was Cain and Abel again--the same, old +tragic story. + +"They met on the lagoon shore, beside the crags, and perhaps Major Dell +made an attempt to wrest the copy of the cryptogram from his brother. +It's even possible, but it doesn't seem likely, that it was the other +way 'round. At least, they were working at cross purposes, both of them +seemed just about to triumph--and hating each other like two serpents, +they came to grips. And here Dell struck a fatal blow--likely with some +terrible, hooked instrument that he had brought to grapple for the +chest. + +"Florey cried out in his death agony and his fear, and Dell was obliged +to flee without getting hold of the cryptogram. While the hunt was going +on through the gardens, he came back to the body, likely searched the +pockets of the victim, and for some reason that can never be exactly +known, dragged the body into the lagoon. + +"Perhaps he thought the character of the wound would give him away. +There's little doubt that he threw it there with the idea of destroying +evidence--at least its presence some way interfered with his plans. And +of course before the night was done it had drifted to the sink-hole and +through the channel to the open sea. + +"Dell likely saw you pick up the script, and that accounts for his +presence in your room that night. Meanwhile Nealman and I were working +on a copy of it I had found in an old book. The book was the Bible, by +the way, and it gave me the first key to the truth. Nealman offered to +divide the treasure with me, if he was able to find it. That promise is +on paper. It isn't necessary now, however--and you know why." + +I knew why--well enough. As his niece, Edith inherited all that Grover +Nealman left, including this Floridan estate. It was true, however, that +his debts just about wiped out all his other possessions. + +"As you know, a deal in the stock market practically ruined him," she +went on. "The only way out he could see was the chest that both of us +felt was hidden in the lagoon. He never took the monster legend +seriously, but always before he had been willing to wait until he could +procure some safe appliance to rescue the chest. At that time both of us +knew almost exactly where it was. And when the crash came, the sudden +need for money and his desperation sent him out in the darkness to +procure it. He too was caught in the undersea channel. + +"Of course Major Dell was never even menaced by the sink-hole. Likely he +had some knowledge of it. He vanished the third night, because first, +he realized that Noyes' testimony would sooner or later convict him of +his brother's murder, and second, because the disappearance of Florey +and Nealman had set a good example for him. Some secret business took +him into my uncle's room first, as you guessed. I have no doubt that he +was hiding in the dense thickets on the other side of the lagoon all the +time--waiting for his chance to procure the treasure and make his +escape. + +"I don't know that you'll believe it, but by this time I had guessed the +secret of the lagoon. I didn't know just how it worked, but I felt there +was some kind of an underground outlet that would sweep away any one who +tried to wade in the proximity of the treasure. Of course I didn't +suspect Dell--I thought he had merely gone as Uncle Grover had gone, +through the sink-hole to his death. When I made my attempt, I went +prepared." + +"But how dared you attempt it?" I demanded. + +She laughed at my anger. "I wanted to know the truth!" she exclaimed. "I +owed it to Uncle Grover--to find out what became of him. I needed the +treasure chest, too--for his securities won't quite balance, he told me, +the demands that will be made upon the estate. And finally--maybe there +was another reason, too. Perhaps you know what it was." + +The narration could not go on at once. It was one of those moments that +a man always remembers, and holds dear when most earthly treasures are +as dust. She hadn't forgotten my own dreams--the plans I had made but +which seemed so impossible of fulfillment. + +"But how did you dare take the risk?" I demanded. + +"There wasn't any risk--at least, I didn't think there was. I felt sure +that a sink-hole in the bed of the lagoon was the explanation. The plank +I dragged out there was plenty big enough to hold me up. You know a +floating cake of soap doesn't go down the sluice as long as the bathtub +is any way near full of water. The plank would have held me easily if +Dell hadn't interfered and torn it from my hands. + +"Why did he interfere? Of course we can only guess at that. I think he +was waiting for a chance to take the treasure himself--and he saw my +intention. I suppose he had dreamed about his grandfather's gold until +it was a veritable passion with him--a mania--and he was willing to risk +death in the sink-hole sooner than let it go? Likely he meant to tear my +hands from the plank but hang on to it himself. Of course it got away +from us both. That's the whole story. Your own wonderful endurance and +mastery of swimming saved me. Doesn't that seem to clear up everything?" + +"Almost everything. Yet I don't see why Dell waited--why he hadn't got +the treasure out some time night before last--or yesterday----" + +"Of course he couldn't work in daylight. Most of the night after his +disappearance the lagoon was guarded. Yet it isn't easy to see why he +didn't make the attempt the night of his disappearance----" + +"I suppose he was waiting for a favorable time. He had to have certain +equipment, I suppose--to keep from being carried down. Perhaps there are +certain periods when the flow through the channel is less, and there +isn't so much suction----" + +A sudden light in the girl's face arrested me and held me. Her eyes were +sparkling like blue seas in the sunlight. "'At F. T.,'" she quoted. +"Ned, Ned, what stupids we are! Don't you see----" + +"I can't say that I do. I saw 'At F. T.,' at the bottom of the script, +but I don't know what it meant----" + +"'At flood tide'--that's what it meant! Just as a sailor would say it. +He told on his own directions the way to safety. When the tide flows +the water movement is probably in the other direction through the +underground channel, and the lagoon is as safe as a lake; and it's only +in the ebb-tide that the suction exists. And of course the ignorant +treasure-seeker would make his search in the ebb-tide, when the surface +of the lagoon is still." + +Exultant over this, a discovery that, if the treasure was a reality, +assured its procurance, neither of us noticed the dignified, courteous +approach of Pescini from the hallway. He was distinguished as ever, his +dinner-jacket unruffled, his linen gleaming white in the dying light. + +"Have you seen Sheriff Slatterly anywhere?" he asked me. "I'm in a sort +of quandary--I've got a letter on my hands and don't know what to do +with it." + +"A letter?" I repeated. The skin was twitching on my back. + +"Yes. I hardly know whether to send it on--or whether he will want it +for the investigations. It's one that Major Dell gave me a few days ago +to mail, but which I dropped in my pocket and forgot." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +The guests refused to go back to their city homes until they had seen +the contents of the chest that had brought such woe to Kastle Krags; and +there was nothing to do but to make an immediate search. When daylight +came again Edith announced that she had fully recovered from the +adventure of two days before, and was ready to help me recover the +chest. + +"I can't wait to see if it's really there," she confessed. + +We went in flow-tide, and we guided a boat over the place. But we +weren't trusting entirely to our theory that the sink-hole was only +dangerous when the tide was running out. A stout rope was attached to +the prow of the boat, and I lashed it about my waist before I stepped +off into the water. + +We had guessed right about the underground channel. At flood tide a +swimmer could pass directly over it in safety. I located a great +limestone boulder that I thought was undoubtedly the "white rock" of the +script, but as the surface was rough and choppy from the tidal waves +breaking against the rock wall, it was impossible to find the chest by +power of vision alone. I found I had to dive again and again, groping +with my hands. + +But in scarcely a moment my foot encountered an iron chain at the base +of the rock. In a moment more the search was ended. A small, iron-bound +chest, hardly of twelve inch dimensions, was fastened to the chain, +which in turn was hooked securely in a crevice of the boulder. + +It was a rather wide-eyed, sober group that rowed back to the shore. In +the first place it was almost impossible to believe that such a seeming +legendary thing was actually in our hands, a thing of weight and +substance and unquestioned reality. + +The chest had been made of some sort of very hard wood, chemically +treated, and showed not the slightest sign of decay in the eighty years +it had lain in the water. How many little crafts had passed over it! +What a scarlet trail it had left since the _Arganil_ had borne it from +Rio de Janeiro, so long ago. "But naked treasures breed murder!" Nealman +had said--speaking truer than he knew.... "They get home to human +imagination and human wickedness as nothing else can." + +The boat touched the shore. Nopp lifted the chest easily on the ground. +"Don't be too hopeful," he advised Edith quietly. "If it's gold that's +in it, you couldn't have much over a thousand. It only weighs nine or +ten pounds, box and all." + +It was true. And the box itself, bound with iron, could easily weigh +that much. Had we been hoaxed by an empty chest? + +Somehow or other, nervous and fumbling, we got the thing open. Some of +the rods we broke, others we bent back. And at first we only stared in +blank surprise. + +It did not look like gold--the contents of the chest. Nor was it a +string of precious jewels. It seemed merely a bent, shapeless object of +some dark-colored metal, and a few dull stones, some of which were as +large as hickory nuts, loose in the bottom. Certain words were said as +we looked down, certain questions asked--but all of them were dim and +lost in a great, wondering preoccupation that dropped over me. + +Nopp reached a big hand, took one of the stones, and rubbed it on his +trouser leg. Looking at it, he rubbed it again with added vigor. Then he +stared at it in sudden, fascinated _wonder_. + +"Good Heavens!" he suddenly exclaimed in tremendous excitement. "Do you +know what this is?" + +We turned to him, staring blankly. "What is it?" Edith asked. Her voice +was quiet; only the bright sparkle in her eyes revealed how excited she +really was. + +"It's an emerald. That's what it is. One of the finest in this country. +It's worth a whole chest of gold. Killdare, the story was that it was a +_Portuguese_ ship--bound out from Rio?" + +"Yes----" + +"And the chest was the property of some noble family, Portuguese princes +at the time the court of Portugal was located in Rio de Janeiro?" + +"Something like that----" + +"The property of a noble family! Edith, it was unquestionably the +property of the ruling house itself. Wait just a minute." + +He took the shapeless thing of metal, rubbed it until a little of the +tarnish was gone, revealing yellow gold beneath, and slowly bent it in +his hands. It took a circular shape. Then he showed us little sockets, +set at various points, that had been the settings for the jewels. We saw +the truth at once. + +"A crown!" Edith said. + +"Unquestionably the famous crown that the Portuguese king wore at his +Brazilian court--one of the richest courts in history. The jewels came +from Brazil, from Peruvian temples--Heaven knows where. And for Heaven's +sake, Edith, send it away and get it changed into securities. It's +death--that's all it is. It's the kind of thing that drives men insane." + +We took the yellow thing, and in a wonderful, elated mood, we set it on +her own golden curls. But she removed it quickly. We were all instantly +sobered as she put it into my hands. + +"It's bad luck to wear it," she said. "It makes me creep to think what +wickedness it has caused--clear through the centuries. I'm an +American--and being a queen has never appealed to me." + +Nopp smiled quietly, into the depths of the lagoon. "But you intend to +be _somebody's_ queen, don't you, Edith?" he asked. + +And thus the matter of Kastle Krags came to a new beginning. Edith +changed the jewels into securities, just as Nopp advised, and a tenth of +them paid the obligations that were left after Nealman's estate was +settled up. The rest provided an annual income that, while it would have +been considered moderate by such great financiers as Marten and his +fellows, seemed of kingly proportions to me. At least it provided for +the maintenance of the old southern manor-house according to its best +traditions. + +And when Edith and I go sailing away to strange lands beyond the sea, +bent on scientific research and adventure, we often wonder what haughty +princes and bearded pirates, lurking in the shadows of the deck are +saying among themselves. Things have taken a great turn, they whisper +together, when the jewels for which they lived and fought, did murder +and died, have gone to sustain a rich man's secretary and a penniless +schoolmaster! Perhaps lovely Portuguese princesses watch with contempt; +and ear-ringed villains, scornful of such science as mine, swear evil +oaths and wonder how the times have tamed! + +But perhaps they are glad that their watch of the lagoon is over! There +is nothing to hold these restless spirits now, and you can hear them +rustling no more in the forest, or feel their tragic presence in the +gardens. Some way, the house is more cheerful, and the sea no longer +conveys the image of desolation and mystery. When our young friends +visit us, to play golf on our links and shoot and fish in the lakes and +rivers, they invariably speak of its homely charm and cheer. We have, +however, made certain improvements in the grounds. + +We have huge, black-lettered signs posted here and there along the +lagoon, giving certain advice concerning swimming at ebb-tide. + + THE END. + + + + +TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: + +Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters' errors; otherwise, +every effort has been made to remain true to the author's words and +intent. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + +***** This file should be named 33569-8.txt or 33569-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/5/6/33569/ + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/33569-8.zip b/33569-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ccff83 --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-8.zip diff --git a/33569-h.zip b/33569-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..587b4ef --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-h.zip diff --git a/33569-h/33569-h.htm b/33569-h/33569-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57dde77 --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-h/33569-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6559 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Kastle Krags, A Story of Mystery, by Absalom Martin. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + td {vertical-align: top;} + + hr.large {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + + div.centered {text-align:center;} /*work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */ + div.centered table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:left;} /* work around for IE problem part 2 */ + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + + .bbox {border: none;} + .centerbox {width: 22em; /* heading box */ + margin: 0 auto; + text-align: center;} + .centerbox2 {width: 3em; /* heading box */ + margin: 0 auto; + text-align: center;} + .smallgap {margin-top: 3.5em;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .right {text-align: right;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Kastle Krags + A Story of Mystery + +Author: Absalom Martin + +Release Date: August 29, 2010 [EBook #33569] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + + + + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<h1>KASTLE KRAGS</h1> + +<h2>A STORY OF MYSTERY</h2> + +<h4>BY</h4> +<h3>ABSALOM MARTIN</h3> + +<p class="smallgap"> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 72px;"> +<img src="images/i001.jpg" width="72" height="100" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="smallgap"> </p> + +<h4>NEW YORK</h4> +<h2>DUFFIELD AND COMPANY</h2> +<h4>1922</h4> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<p class="center">Copyright, 1921, 1922<br /> +<span class="smcap">By Duffield & Company</span></p> + +<p class="smallgap"> </p> + +<p class="center">Printed in U. S. A.</p> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<h3>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h3> +<div class="centered"> +<table border="0" width="40%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" summary="CONTENTS"> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#KASTLE_KRAGS">CHAPTER I</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX">CHAPTER XIX</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XX">CHAPTER XX</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI">CHAPTER XXI</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII">CHAPTER XXII</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII">CHAPTER XXIII</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV">CHAPTER XXIV</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV">CHAPTER XXV</a></td></tr> + +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII</a></td> +<td align="left"><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVI">CHAPTER XXVI</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p> +<h1><a name="KASTLE_KRAGS" id="KASTLE_KRAGS"></a>KASTLE KRAGS</h1> + +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<p>Who could forget the Ochakee River, and the valley through which it +flows! The river itself rises in one of those lost and nameless lakes in +the Floridan central ridge, then is hidden at once in the live oak and +cypress forests that creep inland from the coasts. But it can never be +said truly to flow. Over the billiard-table flatness of that land it +moves so slowly and silently that it gives the effect of a lake stirred +by the wind. These dark waters, and the moss-draped woodlands through +which they move, are the especial treasure-field and delight of the +naturalist and scientist from the great universities of the North.</p> + +<p>It is a lost river; and it is still a common thing to see a brown, +lifeless, floating log suddenly flash, strike, and galvanize into a +diving alligator. The manatee, that grotesque, hair-lipped caricature of +a sea-lion, still paddles in the lower waters; and the great gar, who +could <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>remember, if he would, the days when the nightmare wings of the +pterodactyls whipped and hummed over his native waters, makes deadly +hunting-trips up and down the stream, sword-like jaws all set and ready; +and all manner of smaller fry offer pleasing possibilities to the +sportsmen. The water-fowl swarm in countless numbers: fleet-winged +travelers such as ducks and geese, long-legged dignitaries of the crane +and heron tribe, gay-colored birds that flash by and out of sight before +the eye can identify them, and bitterns, like town-criers, booming the +river news for miles up and down the shores. And of course the little +perchers are past all counting in the arching trees of the river-bank.</p> + +<p>In the forests the fleet, under-sized Floridan deer is watchful and +furtive because of the activities of that tawny killer, the “catamount” +of the frontier; and the black bear sometimes grunts and soliloquizes +and gobbles persimmons in the thickets. The lynx that mews in the +twilight, the raccoon that creeps like a furtive shadow through the +velvet darkness, the pink-nosed ’possum that can only sleep when danger +threatens, and such lesser folk as rabbit and squirrel, weasel and +skunk, all have their part in the drama of the woods. Then there are the +game-birds: wild turkey, pheasant, and that little red <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>quail, the Bob +White known to Southern sportsmen.</p> + +<p>Yet the Ochakee country conveys no message of brightness and cheer. Some +way, there are too many shadows. The river itself is a moving sea of +shadows; and if the sun ever gets to them, it is just an unhappy glimpse +through the trees in the long, still afternoons. The trees are mostly +draped with Spanish moss that sways like dark tresses in the little +winds that creep in from the gulf, and the trees creak and complain and +murmur one to another throughout the night. The air is dank, lifeless, +heavy with the odors of vegetation decaying underfoot. There is more +death than life in the forest, and all travelers know it, and not one +can tell why. It is easier to imagine death than life, the trail grows +darker instead of brighter, a murky mystery dwells between the distant +trunks.... Ordinarily such abundant wild-life relieves the somber, +unhappy tone of the woods, but here it some way fails to do so. No +woodsman has to be told how much more cheerful it makes him feel, how +less lonely and depressed, to catch sight of a doe and fawn, feeding in +the downs, or even a raccoon stealing down a creek-bank in the mystery +of the moon; but here the wild things always seem to hide when you want +them most; and if <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>they show themselves at all, it is just as a fleet +shadow at the edge of the camp-fire. These are cautious, furtive things, +fleet as shadows, hidden as the little flowers that blossom among the +grass-stems; and such woodsfolk as do make their presence manifest do +not add, especially, to the pleasure of one’s visit. These are two in +particular—the water-moccasin that hangs like a growing thing in the +wisteria, and the great, diamond-back rattlesnake whose bite is death.</p> + +<p>The river flows into the gulf about half-way down the peninsula, and +here is the particular field of the geologist, rather than the +naturalist. For miles along the shore the underlying limestone and +coraline rocks crop up above the blue-green water, forming a natural +sea-wall. Here, in certain districts, the thickets have been cleared +away, wide areas planted to rice, and a few ancient colonial homes stand +fronting the sea. Also the sportsman fishes for tarpon beyond the +lagoons.</p> + +<p>A strange, unhappy land of mystery; a misty, enchanted place whose +tragic beauty no artist can trace and whose disconsolate appeal no man +can fathom! Forests are never cheerful, silent and steeped in shadow as +they are, but these moss-grown copses beside the Ochakee, and crowding +down to the very shores of the gulf, have an <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>actual weight of sadness, +like a curse laid down when the world was just beginning. Yet Grover +Nealman defied the disconsolate spirit of the land. He dared to disturb +the cathedral silence of those mossy woods with the laughter of carefree +guests, and to hold high revelry on the shores of that dismal sea.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<p>The allurement of a September day had brought me far down the trail, +past the neck of the marsh, and far from my accustomed haunts. But I +could never resist September weather, particularly when the winds are +still, and the sun through the leaves dapples the trail like a fawn’s +back, and the woods are so silent that the least rustle of a squirrel in +the thicket cracks with a miniature explosion. And for all the gloom of +the woods, and the tricky windings and cut-backs of that restless little +serpent of a trail, I still knew approximately where I was. A natural +sense of direction was seemingly implanted with less essential organs in +my body at birth.</p> + +<p>The Ochakee River wound its lazy way to the sea somewhere to my right. A +half mile further the little trail ended in a brown road over which a +motor-car, in favorable seasons, might safely pass. The Nealman estate, +known for forty miles up and down the shore, lay at the juncture of the +trail and the road—but I hadn’t the least idea of pushing on that far. +Neither fortune nor environment had fitted me to move <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>in such a circle +as sometimes gathered on the wide verandas of Kastle Krags.</p> + +<p>I was lighting a pipe, ready to turn back, when the leaves rustled in +the trail in front. It was just a whisper of sound, the faintest +scratch-scratch of something approaching at a great distance, and only +the fact that my senses had been trained to silences such as these +enabled me to hear it at all. It is always a fascinating thing to stand +silent on a jungle-trail, conjecturing what manner of creature is +pushing toward you under the pendulous moss: perhaps a deer, more +graceful than any dancer that ever cavorted before the footlights, or +perhaps (stranger things have happened) that awkward, snuffling, +benevolent old gentleman, the black bear. This was my life, so no wonder +the match flared out in my hand. And then once more I started to turn +back.</p> + +<p>I had got too near the Nealman home, after all. I suddenly recognized +the subdued sound as that of a horse’s hoofs in the moss of the trail. +Some one of the proud and wealthy occupants of the old manor house was +simply enjoying a ride in the still woods. But it was high time he +turned back! The marshes of the Ochakee were no place for tenderfeet; +and this was not like riding in Central Park! Some of the quagmires <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>I +had passed already to-day would make short work of horse and rider.</p> + +<p>My eye has always been sensitive to motion—in this regard not greatly +dissimilar from the eyes of the wild creatures themselves—and I +suddenly caught a flash of moving color through a little rift in the +overhanging branches. The horseman that neared me on the trail was +certainly gayly dressed! The flash I caught was <i>pink</i>—the pink that +little girls fancy in ribbons—and a derisive grin crept to my lips +before I could restrain it. There was no mistaking the fact that I was +beginning to have the woodsman’s intolerance for city furs and frills! +Right then I decided to wait.</p> + +<p>It might pay to see how this rider had got himself up! It might afford +certain moments of amusement when the still mystery of the Floridan +night dropped over me again. I drew to one side and stood still on the +trail.</p> + +<p>The horse walked near. The rider wasn’t a man, after all. It was a girl +in the simplest, yet the prettiest, riding-habit that eyes ever laid +upon, and the prettiest girl that had ridden that trail since the woods +were new.</p> + +<p>The intolerant grin at my lips died a natural death. She might be the +proud and haughty daughter of wealth, such a type as our more <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>simple +country-dwellers robe with tales of scandal, yet the picture that she +made—astride that great, dark horse in the dappled sunlight of the +trail—was one that was worth coming long miles to see. The dark, mossy +woods were a perfect frame, the shadows seemed only to accentuate her +own bright coloring.</p> + +<p>It wasn’t simply because I am a naturalist that I instantly noticed and +stored away immutably in my memory every detail of that happy, pretty +face. The girl had blue eyes. I’ve seen the same shade of blue in the +sea, a dark blue and yet giving the impression of incredible brightness. +Yet it was a warm brightness, not the steely, icy glitter of the sea. +They were friendly, wholesome, straightforward eyes, lit with the joy of +living; wide-open and girlish. The brows were fine and dark above them, +and above these a clear, girlish forehead with never a studied line. Her +hair was brown and shot with gold—indeed, in the sunlight, it looked +like old, red gold, finely spun.</p> + +<p>She was tanned by the Florida sun, yet there was a bright color-spot in +each cheek. I thought she had rather a wistful mouth, rather full lips, +half-pouting in some girlish fancy. Of course she hadn’t observed me +yet. She was riding easily, evidently thinking herself wholly alone.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p><p>Her form was slender and girlish, of medium height, yet her slender +hands at the reins held her big horse in perfect control. The heels of +her trim little shoes touched his side, and the animal leaped lightly +over a fallen log. Then she saw me, and her expression changed.</p> + +<p>It was, however, still unstudied and friendly. The cold look of +indifference I had expected and which is such a mark of ill-breeding +among certain of her class, didn’t put in its appearance. I removed my +hat, and she drew her horse up beside me.</p> + +<p>It hadn’t occurred to me she would actually stop and talk. It had been +rather too much to hope for. And I knew I felt a curious little stir of +delight all over me at the first sound of her friendly, gentle voice.</p> + +<p>“I suppose you are Mr. Killdare?” she said quietly.</p> + +<p>Every one knows how a man quickens at the sound of his own name. “Yes, +ma’am,” I told her—in our own way of speaking. But I didn’t know what +else to say.</p> + +<p>“I was riding over to see you—on business,” she went on. “For my +uncle—Grover Nealman, of Kastle Krags. I’m his secretary.”</p> + +<p>The words made me stop and think. It was hard for me to explain, even to +myself, just why <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>they thrilled me far under the skin, and why the +little tingle of delight I had known at first gave way to a mighty surge +of anticipation and pleasure. It seems to be true that the first thing +we look for in a stranger is his similarity to us, and the second, his +dissimilarity; and in these two factors alone rests our attitude towards +him. It has been thus since the beginning of the world—if he is too +dissimilar, our reaction is one of dislike, and I suppose, far enough +down the scale of civilization, we would immediately try to kill him. If +he has enough in common with ourselves we at once feel warm and +friendly, and invite him to our tribal feasts.</p> + +<p>Perhaps this was the way it was between myself and Edith Nealman. She +wasn’t infinitely set apart from me—some one rich and experienced and +free of all the problems that made up my life. Nealman’s niece meant +something far different than Nealman’s daughter—if indeed the man had a +daughter. She was his secretary, she said—a paid worker even as I was. +She had come to see me on business—and no wonder I was anticipatory and +elated as I hadn’t been for years!</p> + +<p>“I’m glad to know you, Miss——” I began. For of course I didn’t know +her name, then.</p> + +<p>“Miss Nealman,” she told me, easily. “Now <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>I’ll tell you what my uncle +wants. He heard about you, from Mr. Todd.”</p> + +<p>I nodded. Mr. Todd had brought me out from the village and had helped me +with some work I was doing for my university, in a northern state.</p> + +<p>“He was trying to get Mr. Todd to help him, but he was busy and couldn’t +do it,” the girl went on. “But he said to get Ned Killdare—that you +could do it as well as he could. He said no one knew the country +immediately about here any better than you—that though you’d only been +here a month or two you had been all over it, and that you knew the +habits of the turkeys and quail, and the best fishing grounds, better +than any one else in the country.”</p> + +<p>I nodded in assent. Of course I knew these things: on a zoological +excursion for the university they were simply my business. But as yet I +couldn’t guess how this information was to be of use to Grover Nealman.</p> + +<p>“Now this is what my uncle wants,” the girl went on. “He’s going to have +a big shoot and fish for some of his man friends—they are coming down +in about two weeks. They’ll want to fish in the Ochakee River and in the +lagoon, and hunt quail and turkey, and my uncle wants to know if—if he +can possibly—hire you as guide.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p><p>I liked her for her hesitancy, the uncertainty with which she spoke. Her +voice had nothing of that calm superiority that is so often heard in the +offering of humble employment. She was plainly considering my +dignity—as if anything this sweet-faced girl could say could possibly +injure it!</p> + +<p>“All he wanted of you was to stay at Kastle Krags during the hunting +party, and be able to show the men where to hunt and fish. You won’t +have to act as—as anybody’s valet—and he says he’ll pay you real +guide’s wages, ten dollars a day.”</p> + +<p>“When would he want me to begin?”</p> + +<p>“Right away, if you could—to-morrow. The guests won’t be here for two +weeks, but there are a lot of things to do first. You see, my uncle came +here only a short time ago, and all the fishing-boats need overhauling, +and everything put in ship-shape. Then he thought you’d want some extra +time for looking around and locating the game and fish. The work would +be for three weeks, in all.”</p> + +<p>Three weeks! I did some fast figuring, and I found that twenty days, at +ten dollars a day, meant two hundred dollars. Could I afford to refuse +such an offer as this?</p> + +<p>It is true that I had no particular love for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>many of the city sportsmen +that came to shoot turkey and to fish in the region of the Ochakee. The +reason was simply that “sportsmen,” for them, was a misnomer: that they +had no conception of sport from its beginnings to its end, and that they +could only kill game like butchers. Then I didn’t know that I would care +about being employed in such a capacity.</p> + +<p>Yet two or three tremendous considerations stared me in the face. In the +first place, I was really in need of funds. I had not yet obtained any +of the higher scholastic degrees that would entitle me to decent pay at +the university—I was merely a post-graduate student, with the +complimentary title of “instructor.” I had offered to spend my summer +collecting specimens for the university museum at a wage that barely +paid for my traveling expenses and supplies, wholly failing to consider +where I would get sufficient funds to continue my studies the following +year.</p> + +<p>Scarcity of money—no one can feel it worse than a young man inflamed +with a passion for scientific research! There were a thousand things I +wanted to do, a thousand journeys into unknown lands that haunted my +dreams at night, but none of them were for the poor. The two hundred +dollars Grover Nealman would pay me would not go far, yet I simply +couldn’t afford to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>pass it by. Of course I could continue my work for +my alma mater at the same time.</p> + +<p>Yet while I thought of these things, I knew that I was only lying to +myself. They were subterfuges only, excuses to my own conscience. The +instant she had opened her lips to speak I had known my answer.</p> + +<p>To refuse meant to go back to my lonely camp in the cypress. I hoped I +wasn’t such a fool as that. To accept meant three weeks at Kastle +Krags—and daily sight of this same lovely face that now held fast my +eyes. Could there be any question which course I would choose?</p> + +<p>“Go—I should say I will go,” I told her. “I’ll be there bright and +early to-morrow.”</p> + +<p>I thought she looked pleased, but doubtless I was mistaken.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<p>It didn’t take long to pack my few belongings. At nine o’clock the +following morning I broke camp and walked down the long trail to Kastle +Krags.</p> + +<p>No wonder the sportsmen liked to gather at this old manor house by the +sea. It represented the best type of southern homes—low and rambling, +old gardens and courts, wide verandas and stately pillars. It was an +immense structure, yet perfectly framed by the shore and the lagoon and +the glimpse of forest opposite, and it presented an entirely cheerful +aspect as I emerged from the dark confinement of the timber.</p> + +<p>It was a surprising thing that a house could be cheerful in such +surroundings: forest and gray shore and dark blue-green water. The house +itself was gray in hue, the columns snowy white, the roof dark green and +blending wonderfully with the emerald water. Flowers made a riot of +color between the structure and the formal lawns.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p><p>But more interesting than the house itself was the peculiar physical +formation of its setting. The structure had been erected overlooking a +long inlet that was in reality nothing less than a shallow lagoon. A +natural sea-wall stretched completely across the neck of the inlet, +cutting off the lagoon from the open sea. There are many natural +sea-walls along the Floridan coast, built mostly of limestone or +coraline rock, but I had never seen one so perfect and unbroken. +Stretching across the mouth of the lagoon it made a formidable barrier +that not even the smallest boat could pass.</p> + +<p>It was a long wall of white crags and jagged rocks, and I thought it +likely that it had suggested the name of the estate. It was plain, +however, that the wall did not withstand the march of the tides. The +tide was running in as I drew near, and the waves broke fiercely over +and against the barrier, and little rivulets and streams of water were +evidently pouring through its miniature crevices. The house was built +two hundred yards from the shore of the lagoon, perhaps three hundred +yards from the wall, and the green lawns went down half-way to it. +Beyond this—except of course for the space occupied by the lagoon +itself—stretched the gray, desolate sand.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p><p>Beyond the wall the inlet widened rapidly, and the rolling waves gave +the impression of considerable depth. I had never seen a more favorable +place for a sportsman’s home. Besides the deep-sea fishing beyond the +rock wall, it was easy to believe that the lagoon itself was the home of +countless schools of such hard-fighting game-fish as loved such craggy +seas. The lagoon was fretful and rough from the flowing tide at that +moment, offering no inducements to a boatman, but I surmised at once +that it would be still as a lake in the hours that the tide ebbed. The +shore was a favorable place for the swift-winged shorebirds that all +sportsmen love—plover and curlew and their fellows. And the mossy, +darkling forest, teeming with turkey and partridge, stretched just +behind.</p> + +<p>Yet the whole effect was not only of beauty. I stood still, and tried to +puzzle it out. The atmosphere talked of in great country houses is more +often imagined than really discerned; but if such a thing exists, Kastle +Krags was literally steeped in it. Like Macbeth’s, the castle has a +pleasant seat—and yet it moved you, in queer ways, under the skin.</p> + +<p>I am not, unfortunately, a particularly sensitive man. Working from the +ground up, I have been so busy preserving the keen edges of my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>senses +that I have quite neglected my sensibilities. I couldn’t put my finger +on the source of the strange, mental image that the place invoked; and +the thing irritated and disturbed me. The subject wasn’t worth a busy +man’s time, yet I couldn’t leave it alone.</p> + +<p>The house was not different from a hundred houses scattered through the +south. It was larger than most of the larger colonial homes, and +constructed with greater artistry. If it had any atmosphere at all, +other than comfort and beauty, it was of cheer. Yet I didn’t feel +cheerful, and I didn’t know why. I felt even more sobered than when the +moss of the cypress trees swept over my head. But soon I thought I saw +the explanation.</p> + +<p>The image of desolation and eery bleakness had its source in the +wide-stretching sands, the unforgettable sea beyond, and particularly +the inlet, or lagoon, up above the natural dam of stone. The rocks that +enclosed the lagoon would have been of real interest to a geologist—to +me they were merely bleak and forbidding, craggy and gray and cold. +Unquestionably they contained many caverns and crevices that would be +worth exploring. And I was a little amazed at the fury with which the +incoming waves beat against and over the rocky barrier. They came <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>with +a veritable ferocity, and the sea beyond seemed hardly rough enough to +justify them.</p> + +<p>Grover Nealman himself met me when I turned on to the level, gravel +driveway. There was nothing about him in keeping with that desolate +driveway. A familiar type, he looked the gentleman and sportsman that he +was. Probably the man was forty-four or forty-five years old, but he was +not the type that yields readily to middle-age. Nealman unquestionably +still considered himself a young man, and he believed it heartily enough +to convince his friends. Self-reliant, inured to power and influence, +somewhat aristocratic, he could not yield himself to the admission of +the march of the years. He was of medium height, rather thickly built, +with round face, thick nose, and rather sensual lips; but his eyes, +behind his tortoise-shell glasses, were friendly and spirited; and his +hand-clasp was democratic and firm. By virtue of his own pride of race +and class he was a good sportsman: likely a crack shot and an expert +fisherman. Probably a man that drank moderately, was still youthful +enough to enjoy a boyish celebration, a man who lived well, who had +traveled widely and read good books, and who could carry out the +traditions of a distinguished family—this was Grover Nealman, master of +Kastle Krags.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p><p>I didn’t suppose for a moment that Nealman had made his own fortune. +There were no fighting lines in his face, nor cold steel of conflict in +his eyes. There was one deep, perpendicular line between his eyes, but +it was born of worry, not battle. The man was moderately shrewd, +probably able to take care of his investments, yet he could never have +been a builder, a captain of industry. He dressed like a man born to +wealth, well-fitting white flannels whose English tailoring afforded +free room for arm and shoulder movements; a silk shirt and soft white +collar, panama hat and buckskin shoes.</p> + +<p>He was not a southerner. The first words he uttered proved that fact.</p> + +<p>“So you are Mr. Killdare,” he said easily. He didn’t say it “Killdaih,” +as he would had he been a native of the place. “Come with me into my +study. I can tell you there what I’ve got lined up. I’m mighty glad +you’ve come.”</p> + +<p>We walked through the great, massive mahogany door, and he paused to +introduce me to a middle-aged man that stood in the doorway. “Florey,” +he said, kindly and easily, “I want you to meet Mr. Killdare.”</p> + +<p>His tone alone would have identified the man’s station, even if the dark +garb hadn’t told <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>the story plainly. Florey was unquestionably Nealman’s +butler. Nor could anyone have mistaken his walk of life, in any street +of any English-speaking city. He was the kind of butler one sees upon +the stage but rarely in a home, the kind one associates with old, +stately English homes but which one rarely finds in fact—almost too +good a butler to be true. He was little and subdued and gray, gray of +hair and face and hands, and his soft voice, his irreproachable attitude +of respect and deference seemed born in him by twenty generations of +butlers. He said he was glad to know me, and his bony, soft-skinned hand +took mine.</p> + +<p>I’m afraid I stared at Florey. I had lived too long in the forest: the +staring habit, so disconcerting to tenderfeet on their first +acquaintance with the mountain people, was surely upon me. I think that +the school of the forest teaches, first of all, to look long and sharply +while you have a chance. The naturalist who follows the trail of wild +game, even the sportsman knows this same fact—for the wild creatures +are incredibly furtive and give one only a second’s glimpse. I +instinctively tried to learn all I could of the gray old servant in the +instant that I shook his hand.</p> + +<p>He was the butler, now and forever, and I <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>wondered if, beneath that +gray skin, he were really human at all. Did he know human passion, human +ambition and desires: sheltered in his master’s house, was he set apart +from the lusts and the madnesses, the calms and the storms, the triumphs +and the defeats that made up the lives of other men? Yet his gray, +rather dim old eyes told me nothing. There were no fires, visible to me, +glowing in their depths. A human clam—better still, a gray mole that +lives out his life in darkness.</p> + +<p>From him we passed up the stairs and to a big, cool study that +apparently joined his bedroom. There were desks and chairs and a letter +file. Edith Nealman was writing at the typewriter.</p> + +<p>If I had ever supposed that the girl had taken the position of her +uncle’s secretary merely as a girlish whim, or in some emergency until a +permanent secretary could be secured, I was swiftly disillusioned. There +was nothing of the amateur in the way her supple fingers flew over the +keys. She had evidently had training in a business college; and her +attitude towards Nealman was simply that of a secretary towards her +employer. She leaned back as if waiting for orders.</p> + +<p>“You can go, if you like, Edith,” Nealman <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>told her. “I’m going to talk +awhile with Killdare, here, and you wouldn’t be able to work anyway.”</p> + +<p>She got up; and she threw me a smile of welcome and friendliness as she +walked out the study door.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<p>Nealman had me take a chair, then seated himself before the window from +which he could overlook the lagoon. “I always like to sit where I can +watch it,” he told me—rather earnestly, I thought. “I can’t see much of +it—just a glimpse—but that’s worth while. The room I’ve designated for +your use has even a better view. You can’t imagine, Killdare, until +you’ve lived with it, how really marvelous it is—how many colors play +in the lagoon itself, and in the waves as they break over the +<span style="white-space: nowrap;">Bridge——”</span></p> + +<p>“The Bridge——”</p> + +<p>“That’s the name we’ve given to the natural rock wall that cuts off the +lagoon—rather, the inlet—from the open sea,” he explained.</p> + +<p>“It’s one of the most interesting natural formations I’ve ever seen,” I +told him.</p> + +<p>“It is, isn’t it?” He spoke with genuine enthusiasm. “And don’t the +crags take peculiar shapes around it? You see it makes a veritable +salt-water lake out of all this end of the inlet. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>But Killdare—if you +can overlook the dreariness and the desolation of it all, it certainly +is beautiful——”</p> + +<p>I nodded. “With a creepy kind of beauty,” I told him. “I wish some great +artist could come here and paint it. But it would take a great one—to +get the atmosphere. I’ve never seen a more wonderful place for a +distinguished home.”</p> + +<p>It was rather remarkable how pleased he was by the words—particularly +coming from a humble employee. Evidently Kastle Krags was close to his +heart. His face glowed and his eye kindled.</p> + +<p>“I’m wild about it myself,” he confessed. “My friends want to know why I +bought such a place—miles from a habitation—and guy me for a hermit, +and all that. Once they see the place, and its devilish fascination gets +hold of ’em, they won’t want to leave.”</p> + +<p>From thence the talk led to business, and he questioned me in regard to +the game and fish of the region. I assured him that his friends would +have sport in plenty, that I knew where to lead them to turkey and +partridge, and that no better fishing could be found in the whole south +than in the Ochakee River. He seemed satisfied with my knowledge of the +country; and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>told me a little of his own plans. Just as Edith Nealman +had told me, he was planning a week’s fish and hunt for a half dozen of +his man friends, beginning a fortnight from then. They were coming a +long way—so he wanted to give them sport of the best. The servant +problem had been easily solved—he had recruited from the negro section +of the nearest city—but until he had talked with my friend, Mr. Todd, +he had been at a loss as to where he could procure a suitable guide.</p> + +<p>“I’d like to have a guide for each man, if I could,” he went on, “but of +course they are not to be found. Besides, only a small part of the party +will want to go out at once. Most of them will be content to hang around +here, drinking my brandies and fishing in the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>“How is fishing in the lagoon?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“The best. Sometimes we even take tarpon. All kinds of rock fish—and +they fight like fiends. The rocks are just full of little crevices and +caves, and I suppose the fish live in ’em. These same crevices are the +source of one of the most interesting of the many legends connected with +this house.”</p> + +<p>It’s a dull man that doesn’t love legends, and I felt my interest +stirring. “There are some tales here, eh?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p><p>“Tales! Man, that’s one of the reasons I bought the place.”</p> + +<p>Nealman needed no further urging. Evidently the old stories that almost +invariably accumulate about such an ancient and famous manor-house as +this, had the greatest fascination for him; and he was glad of the +chance to narrate them to any listener. He lighted a cigarette: then +turned to me with glistening eyes.</p> + +<p>“Of course I don’t believe them,” he began. “Don’t get that in your head +for an instant. All these old houses have some such yarns. But they +surely do lend a flavor to the place—and I wouldn’t have them disproved +for thousands of dollars. And one of them—the one I just referred +to—surely is a corker.”</p> + +<p>He straightened in his chair, and spoke more earnestly. “Killdare, +you’re not troubled with a too-active imagination?”</p> + +<p>“I’ll take a chance on it,” I told him.</p> + +<p>“I’ve seen a few men, in my time, that I wouldn’t tell such a yarn to +for love nor money—especially when they are doomed to stay around here +for a few weeks. You won’t believe it, but some men are so nervous, so +naturally credulous, that they’d actually have some unpleasant dreams +about it. But I consider it one of the finest attractions of the place.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p><p>“The yarn’s very simple. About 1840, a schooner, sailing under the +Portuguese flag, sailed from Rio de Janeiro. Her name was the <i>Arganil</i>, +she had a mixed cargo, and she was bound for New Orleans. These are +facts, Killdare. You can ascertain them any time from the marine +records. But we can’t go much further.</p> + +<p>“Among the crew were two brothers, Jason by name. Legend says that they +were Englishmen, but what Englishmen were doing on a Portuguese ship I +can’t tell you. The name, however, might easily be South-European—it +appears, you remember, in Greek mythology. Now this point also has some +indications of truth. There was certainly one Jason, at least, shipped +as boatswain—the position of the other is considerably in doubt.</p> + +<p>“Now we’ve got to get down to a matter of legend, yet with some +substance of truth. The story goes that there was a treasure chest on +the ship, the property of some immensely rich Brasilian, and that it +contained certain treasures that had been the property of a Portuguese +prince at the time that the court of Portugal was located in Rio de +Janeiro. This was from 1808 to 1821—breaking up in a revolution just a +hundred years ago. This is history, as you <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>know. Just what was the +nature of the treasure no one seems to have any idea. It was a rather +small chest, so they say, bound with iron, and not particularly +heavy—but it was guarded with armed men, day and night. Of course the +prevailing belief is that it contained simply gold—the same, yellow, +deadly stuff that built the Armada and made early American history. It +might have been in the form of cups and vessels, beautiful things that +had been stolen from early heathen temples—again it might have been +jewels. No estimation of its value was ever made, as far as I +know—except that, like all unfound-treasures, it was ‘incalculable.’</p> + +<p>“You can believe as much of this as you like. Gold, however, is heavy +stuff—no one can carry much over twenty thousand dollars worth. If the +chest wasn’t really very heavy, and really was of such incalculable +value, it had to contain something more than gold.</p> + +<p>“This part of the story is pretty convincing. I’ve investigated, and the +legends contain such a wealth of detail concerning the appearance of the +chest, how it was guarded, and so on, and the various accounts dovetail +so perfectly one with another, that I am personally convinced that the +treasure was a reality—at least that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>such a chest existed on the old +ship. When you get into the contents of the chest, however, you find +only a maze of conflicting rumors. To me they tend to make the story as +a whole even more interesting—and I’ll confess I’d love to know what +was in that chest.</p> + +<p>“Well, the <i>Arganil</i> broke to pieces off the west coast of Florida, not +more than twenty miles from here. That fact can not be doubted. There +are accounts of the wreck on official record. And legend has it that +through Heaven knows what wickedness and bloodshed and cunning, the two +Jason brothers not only managed to get off in the stoutest of the ship’s +boats, but that they carried the treasure with them.</p> + +<p>“If there were any other members of the crew in the boat with them they +were unquestionably murdered. Nothing was ever heard of them again. The +two brothers are said to have landed somewhere close to this lagoon.</p> + +<p>“But naked treasure breeds murder! It is a strange thing, Killdare, but +the naked, yellow metal, as well as glittering jewels, gets home to +human wickedness as nothing else in the world can. If that chest had +been full of valuable securities, even paper currency, it wouldn’t have +left such a red trail from Rio to Florida. Gold and jewels waken a fever +of possession out of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>all proportion to their actual value. When they +landed on the shore one of the Jasons neatly murdered the other and made +off with the chest.</p> + +<p>“The same old yarn—Cain and Abel, Romulus and Remus. Killdare, did you +know that fratricide is shockingly common? There are three kinds of +brothers, and the Jasons were simply one of the three kinds. Sometimes +you find brothers that love each other beyond belief, with a +self-sacrificing devotion that is beautiful to see. Then you find the +great mass of brothers—liking each other fairly well, loyal in a family +scrap, fair pals but much closer to other pals that aren’t their +brothers. Then you come to this third class, a puzzle to psychologists +the world over! Brothers that hate each other like poison snakes.</p> + +<p>“Why is it, Killdare? Jealousy? A survival from the beast? These were +the kind of brothers that go through life bitter and hating and at +swords’ points. And all too often they get to the killing stage.”</p> + +<p>“You find it in the beast-world, too,” I commented. “Look at the case of +the wolves and the dogs. They are blood-brothers, drop for drop—and +they hate each other with a fervor that is simply blood-curdling.”</p> + +<p>“True enough. I remember hearing about it. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>Well, one of the Jasons—the +one whose cunning conceived of the whole wickedness to start +with—killed the other, disposed of his body, and then through some +unknown series of events, concealed the treasure.</p> + +<p>“He went away awhile, the old wives say—taking a small portion of the +treasure with him. At this point the name of Jason is lost, +irremediably, in the mist of the past. But it is true that some two +years later a seafaring man, one who had worn earrings and who cursed +wickedly as he talked, came back and bought a great colonial home where +the treasure was supposed to have been concealed.</p> + +<p>“This part of the story can not be doubted. The county books contain +records of the sale, and it’s written, plain as day, on the abstract. +The man gave his name as Hendrickson.</p> + +<p>“Legend has it that this Hendrickson was no one but Godfrey Jason, that +he had sold and turned into cash a small part of the treasure, +temporarily evaded his pursuers, and had bought the big manor house with +the idea of living in luxury the rest of his life. Incidentally, he was +accompanied by a Cuban wife.</p> + +<p>“It seemed, however, that like most evil-doers, he got little good out +of his treasure. He paid only a small amount down on the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>estate, and +after a year or two let it go back to the original owners. He went away, +but it doesn’t seem likely he took the treasure with him. At least he +died wretchedly in poverty some months later, and had spent no large +amount of money in between. The report of his death can be found in the +records of the city of Tampa, in this state.</p> + +<p>“Now all this is unquestionably a mixture of truth and fact. +Unquestionably there is a vein of truth in it; and I don’t see but that +most of it is fairly credible. But the rest of the yarn is simply +laughable.</p> + +<p>“I tell it only because it goes with the rest—not that I believe one +word of it myself. After you hear what it is you’ll wonder I ever took +the trouble to tell you that I disbelieved it. It’s just the sort of +thing imaginative old niggers make up to tell their children. And of +course—the niggers on the place believe every word of it.</p> + +<p>“They say that this Jason—or Hendrickson—put a guard over his +treasure. He was a deep-sea fisherman at one time, when he wasn’t a +seaman, with considerable acquaintance with the various man-eating +monsters of the deep. It is known that Hendrickson did some queer +exploring and fishing along the rocky shores beyond <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>the estate. What +did the villainous old pirate do but catch some big octopus—or some +other such terrible ocean creature—and transplanted him to the lagoon +where he was said to have concealed the treasure.</p> + +<p>“That’s all there is to it. The beast is supposed to be there yet, +growing bigger and fiercer and more terrible year by year. An octopus is +supposed to live indefinitely, you know. Once in awhile, the story goes, +it creeps up on the rocky shore of the lagoon and grabs off a colored +man. When any one searches around for the chest he’s apt to meet up with +Mr. Monster! Sure proof of his existence, the niggers say, is that Mas’r +Somebody or other, the son of one of the subsequent owners of the +estate, also mysteriously disappeared and has never been heard of since. +When the blacks lose one of their own number they seem to regard it as a +mere matter of course—but when ‘one of de white folks’ is taken, it’s +another matter! And of course, even to this day, you can’t get a colored +man to go within two hundred yards of the lagoon at night, and they hate +to approach it even in the daylight.</p> + +<p>“The lagoon where the chest is supposed to be hidden is the one just +outside my window, cut off from the sea by the natural rock wall you +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>just saw. The big crags and rocks and crevices are supposed to conceal +his ferociousness the sea-monster, growing bigger and hungrier and +fiercer every day. The house that Jason—or Hendrickson—bought, +neglected, and let return to the owners is the one you’re sitting in, +right now.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<p>After Nealman and I had each smoked a cigarette, I thought of a little +plan that might increase his guest’s interest in the week’s shoot and +hunt. He had been right when he said that even incredible legends, +believed by no one, still add flavor to the country manor. I didn’t see +why we shouldn’t turn them into account.</p> + +<p>“I’ve got an idea,” I told him, “and it all depends whether or not +you’ve already sent the invitations to your guests.”</p> + +<p>“No, I haven’t—just haven’t got around to it,” he answered. “All I was +going to do was to write to about nine or ten of my men friends. I don’t +suppose all of them can come.”</p> + +<p>“Good. I thought it might be interesting if we worked that legend into +the invitation—just to add a little spice to the fishing and hunting. +It might serve to waken a little extra interest in your party. Of +course—it includes poking fun at the ferocious Jason and his treasure.”</p> + +<p>“They’ll have a lot more fun poked at them before we’re done. As I told +you—only the colored people take them seriously at all.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p><p>I took out my fountain pen, found a scrap of paper, and drew something +like this:</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 355px;"> +<img src="images/i040.jpg" width="355" height="500" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>As my only drawing experience consisted in portraying specimens, it had +no artistic pretensions whatever.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p><p>He seemed pleased, adopted the plan in an instant, then began to write +down the names of his guests so that I could prepare an invitation for +each. Most of them, I observed, lived in great cities to the North, New +York and Boston particularly, and one or two of the men were more or +less nationally known. The first half dozen names came easy. Then he +paused, frowning.</p> + +<p>“I wish I knew what to do about this bird,” he muttered, as much to +himself as to me. “Killdare, I don’t suppose you’ve ever heard of +him—Major Kenneth Dell?”</p> + +<p>I shook my head. “Not that I remember.”</p> + +<p>“Well, I haven’t either—yet I suppose he’s a good sportsman. In the +last few weeks he’s got close to my best friend, Bill Van Hope, and Bill +asked me to ask him down for this shoot. Says he’s a distinguished man, +the best of fellows, and is simply wild to try Floridan game. Oh, I’ll +put him down. If Bill recommends him he must be the goods.”</p> + +<p>He completed the list in a moment, then his duties calling him +elsewhere, he left me in the study to prepare the invitations. And the +hour turned out fortunately for me, after all. Thinking that the room +was empty, Edith Nealman came back to her desk.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p><p>All the gold in Jason’s chest could not have bought a more lovely +picture than she made, standing framed in the doorway. She was dressed +in a spotless cotton middy-suit, and the red scarf at her throat brought +out to perfection the light in her eyes and the high color in her +cheeks. Then she came in and inspected the invitations.</p> + +<p>There was no occasion for me to leave at once. We talked a while, on +everything under the sun, and every minute something that was like +delight kept growing within me. She’d been up against the world, this +girl that chattered so gayly in the big, easy office-chair. She had +known poverty, a veritable struggle for existence; yet they hadn’t +hardened her in the least. No one I had ever met had possessed a +sweeter, truer outlook, an unfeigned friendliness and comradeship for +every decent thing that lived. Maybe you’d call it a childish +simplicity, but I didn’t stop to consider what it was. I only knew that +she was the prettiest and the sweetest girl I’d ever seen, and I was +going to spend every moment possible in her presence.</p> + +<p>Oh, but I loved to hear her laugh! I kept my brain busy thinking up +things to say to her, that might waken that rippling sound of silver +bells! I liked to see her eyes grow serious, and her lips half-pout as +some delightful, fanciful <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>thought played hide-and-seek in her mind. She +had imagination, this niece of Grover Nealman. Perhaps, after all, it +was the secret of her charm. I didn’t doubt for a moment but that she +read romantic novels by the score, but I, for one, wouldn’t hold the +fact against her.</p> + +<p>We talked over the legend of Jason’s chest; and I was a little surprised +at her devoted interest in it. Evidently the savage tale had gone +straight home to her imagination. Whether she put the least credence in +it I couldn’t tell.</p> + +<p>It came about, in the twilight hour, that we walked together down to the +craggy shore of the lagoon. Then we stood and watched the light dying on +the blue-green water.</p> + +<p>Once more the tide was rolling in. The waves beat with a startling fury +over and against the rock wall, and in the half-light the white stones +looked like the foam-covered fangs of a mighty sea-monster, raging at +our intrusion. The water swept through the little crevices in the wall, +and the cool spray, refreshing after the tropic day, swept against our +faces.</p> + +<p>The gray sand stretched down to the desolate sea. A plover uttered his +disconsolate, wailing cry far out to sea. Some dark heron or bittern +rose croaking from beside the lagoon, then flapped awkwardly away. I +felt the girl’s hand on my arm as she drew closer to my side.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p><p>A worthy place—this manor house of Nealman. Vague thoughts, not quite +in keeping with the ordered dimensions of life, had hold of my mind. +Presently the girl’s grip tightened, and she pointed toward the lagoon.</p> + +<p>I saw her face before I followed her gesture. I didn’t get the idea that +she was frightened. Rather she was smiling, quietly, and her eyes +glistened.</p> + +<p>Seventy yards out, and perhaps fifteen yards back from the Bridge, great +bubbles were bursting upward through the blue-green troubled waters. +Some mysterious action of the currents, stirred by the tides, was the +unquestioned cause; yet both of us were stirred by the same fancy. It +was as if some great, air-breathing sea-monster was exhaling beneath the +waves.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<p>The next two weeks sped by as if with one rise and fall of the tides. I +spent the time in locating the various fields of game: the tall +holly-trees where the wild turkeys roosted, the sloughs where the bass +were gamest, and marked down the cover of the partridge. In the meantime +I collected specimens for the university.</p> + +<p>It came about that I didn’t always go out alone. The best time of all to +study wild-life is in late twilight and the first hours of dawn—and at +such times Edith was unemployed. Many the still, late evenings when we +stood together on the shore and watched the curlews in their strange, +aerial minuet that no naturalist has even been able to explain; many the +dewey morning that we watched the first sun’s rays probe through the +mossy forest. She had an instinctive love for the outdoors, and her +agile young body had seemingly fibers of steel. At least she could +follow me wherever I wanted to go.</p> + +<p>Once we came upon the Floridan deer, feeding in a natural woods-meadow, +and once a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>gigantic manatee, the most rare of large American mammals, +flopped in the mud of the Ochakee River. We knew that incredible +confusion and bustle made by the wild turkeys when they flew to the +tree-tops to roost; and she learned to whistle the partridge out from +their thickets.</p> + +<p>Of course we developed a fine companionship. I learned of her early +life, a struggle against poverty that had been about to overwhelm her +when her uncle had come to her aid; and presently I was telling her all +of my own dreams and ambitions. She was wholly sympathetic with my aim +to continue my university work for a higher degree; then to spend my +life in scientific research. I described some of the expeditions that I +had in mind but which seemed so impossible of fulfillment—the +exploration of the great “back country” of Borneo, a journey across that +mysterious island, Sumatra, the penetration of certain unknown realms of +Tibet.</p> + +<p>“But they take thousands of dollars—and I haven’t got ’em,” I told her +quietly.</p> + +<p>She looked out to sea a long time. “I wish I could find Jason’s treasure +for you,” she answered at last.</p> + +<p>I was used to Edith’s humor, and I looked up expecting to see the +familiar laughter in her eyes. But the luster in those deep, blue orbs +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>was not that of mirth. Fancies as beautiful as she was herself were +sweeping her away....</p> + +<p>Most of the guests arrived on the same train at the little town of +Ochakee, and motored over to Kastle Krags. A half dozen in all had +accepted Nealman’s invitation. I saw them when they got out of their +cars.</p> + +<p>Of course I straightened their names out later. At the time I only +studied their faces—just as I’d study a new specimen, found in the +forest. And when Edith and I compared notes afterward we found that our +first impression was the same—that all six were strikingly similar in +type.</p> + +<p>They might just as well have been brothers, chips off the same block. +When Nealman stood among them it seemed as if he might change names with +any one of them, and hardly any one could tell the difference. There was +nothing distinguishing about their clothes—all were well-dressed, +either in white or tweeds; their skins had that healthy firmness and +good color that is seen so often in men that are free from financial +worry; their hair was cut alike; their linen was similarly immaculate; +their accent was practically the same. Finally they were about the same +age—none of them very young, none further than the first phases of +middle-age.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span></p><p>Lemuel Marten was of course the most distinguished man in the party. +Born rich, he had pushed his father’s enterprises into many lands and +across distant seas, and his name was known, more or less, to all +financiers in the nation. His face was perhaps firmer than the rest—his +voice was more commanding and insistent. He was, perhaps, fifty years of +age, stoutly built, with crinkling black hair and vivid, gray eyes. From +time to time he stroked nervously a trim, perfectly kept iron-gray +mustache.</p> + +<p>Hal Fargo had been a polo-player in his day. Certain litheness and +suppleness of motion still lingered in his body. His face was darkly +brown, and white teeth gleamed pleasantly when he spoke. A pronounced +bald spot was the only clew of advancing years. He was of medium height, +slender, evidently a man of great personal magnetism and charm.</p> + +<p>Joe Nopp was quite opposite, physically—rather portly, perhaps less +dignified than most of his friends. I put down Nopp as a dead shot, and +later I found I had guessed right. For all his plump, florid cheeks and +his thick, white hands, he had an eye true as a surveyor’s instrument, +nerves cold and strong as a steel chain. He was a man to be relied upon +in a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>crisis. And both Edith and I liked him better than any of the +others.</p> + +<p>Lucius Pescini was an aristocrat of the accepted type—slender, tall, +unmistakably distinguished. His hair was such a dark shade of brown that +it invariably passed as black, he had eyes no less dark, sparkling under +dark brows, and his small mustache and perfectly trimmed beard was in +vivid contrast to a rather pale skin.</p> + +<p>Of Major Kenneth Dell I had never heard. He had been an officer in the +late war, and now he was Bill Van Hope’s friend, although not yet +acquainted with Nealman. The two men met cordially, and Van Hope stood +above them, the tallest man in the company by far, beaming friendship +upon them both. Dell was of medium size, sturdily built, garbed with +exceptionally good taste in imported flannels. He also had gray, vivid +eyes, under rather fine brows, gray hair perfectly cut, a slow smile and +quiet ways. Solely because he was a man of endless patience I expected +him to distinguish himself with rod and reel.</p> + +<p>Bill Van Hope, Nealman’s friend of whom I had heard so much, was not +only tall, but broad and powerful. He had kind eyes and a happy +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>smile—altogether as good a type of millionaire-sportsman as any one +would care to know. Nealman introduced him to me, and his handshake was +firm and cordial.</p> + +<p>Nealman took them all into the great manor house: I went with Nealman’s +chauffeur to see about the handling of their luggage. This was at +half-past four of a sunlit day in September. I didn’t see any of the +guests again until just before the dinner hour, when a matter of a +broken fly-tip had brought me into the manor house. Thereupon occurred +one of a series of incidents that made my stay at Kastle Krags the most +momentous three weeks of my life.</p> + +<p>It was only a little thing—this experience in Nealman’s study. But +coming events cast their shadows before—and certainly it was a shadow, +dim and inscrutable though it was, of what the night held in store. I +had passed Florey the butler, gray and sphynx-like in the hallway, spoke +to him as ever, and turned through the library door. And my first +impression was that some other guest had arrived in my absence.</p> + +<p>A man was standing, smoking, by the window. I supposed at once that he +was an absolute stranger. There was not a single familiar image, not the +least impulse to my memory. I started to speak, and beg his pardon, and +inquire for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>Nealman. But the words didn’t come out. I was suddenly and +inexplicably startled into silence.</p> + +<p>It is the rare man who can analyze his own mental processes. Of all the +sensations that throng the human mind there is none so lawless, so +sporadic in its comings and departure, so utterly illogical as fear—and +great surprise is only a sister of fear. I can’t explain why I was +startled. There was no reason whatever for being so. I must go +further—I was not only startled, but shaken too. It has come about that +through the exigencies of the hunting trail I have been obliged to face +a charging jaguar—in a jungle of Western Mexico—yet with nerves +holding true. My nerves didn’t hold true now—and I couldn’t tell why. +They jumped unnecessarily and quivered under the skin.</p> + +<p>I did know the man beside the window after all. He was Major Kenneth +Dell that I had observed particularly closely—due to having heard of +him before—when he had first dismounted from the car. The thing that +startled me was that in the hour and a half or so since I had seen him +his appearance had undergone an amazing change.</p> + +<p>It took several long seconds to win back some measure of common sense. +Then I knew that, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>through some trick of nerves, I had merely attached a +thousand times too much importance to a wholly trivial incident. In all +probability the change in Dell’s appearance was simply an effect of +light and shadow, wrought by the window in front of which he stood.</p> + +<p>But for the instant his face simply had not seemed his own. Its color +had been gone—indeed it had seemed absolutely bloodless. His eyes had +been vivid holes in his white face, his features were drawn out of all +semblance to his own, the facial lines were graven deep. His lips looked +loose, as with one whose muscle-control is breaking.</p> + +<p>But my impression had only an instant’s life. Either the man drew +himself together at my stare, or my own vision got back to normal. He +was himself again—the same, suave, genial sportsman I had seen dismount +from the car. He answered my inquiry, and I turned through the library +door.</p> + +<p>If I had seen true, there could be but one explanation: that Major Dell +had undergone some violent nervous shock since he had entered the door +of the manor house of Kastle Krags.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<p>After the dinner hour Nealman came for me, in the room just off the hall +from his own that he had designated for my use. I’d never seen him in +quite so gay a humor. His eyes sparkled; happiness rippled in his voice. +His tone was more companionable too, lacking that faint but unmistakable +air of patronage it had always previously held. He had never forgotten, +until now, that he was the employer, I the employee. Now his accent and +manner was one of equality, and he addressed me much as he had addressed +his wealthy guests.</p> + +<p>He had been drinking; but he was not in the least intoxicated. Perhaps +he had been stimulated, very slightly. He wore a dinner coat with white +trousers.</p> + +<p>“Killdare, I want you to come downstairs,” he said. “Some of my friends +want to talk to you about shootin’ and fishin’. They’re keen to know +what their prospects are.”</p> + +<p>“I’d like to,” I answered. “But I’ll have to come as I am. I haven’t a +dinner coat——”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p><p>“Of course come as you are.”</p> + +<p>His arm touched mine, and he headed me down the hallway to the stairs. +Then we walked side by side down the big, wide stairway to the big +living-room.</p> + +<p>Already I heard the sound of the guests’ laughter. As I went further the +hall seemed simply ringing with it. There could be no further doubt of +the success of Nealman’s party. Evidently his distinguished guests had +thrown all dignity to the winds, entering full into the spirit of play.</p> + +<p>The glimpse of the big living-room only verified this first impression. +The guests were evidently in that wonderful mood of merriment that is +the delight and ambition of all hosts, but which is so rarely obtained. +Most men know the doubtful temper of a mob. Few had failed to observe +that the same psychology extends to the simplest social gatherings. How +often stiffness and formality haunt the drawing-room or dining-table, +where only merriment should rule! How many times the social spirit +wholly fails to manifest itself. To-night, evidently, conditions were +just right, and hilarity ruled at Kastle Krags.</p> + +<p>As I came in Joe Nopp—the portly man with the clear, gray eyes—was +telling some sort of an anecdote, and his listeners were simply shouting +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>with laughter. Major Dell and Bill Van Hope were shooting craps on the +floor, ten cents a throw, carrying on a ridiculous conversation with the +dice. A big phonograph was shouting a negro song from the corner.</p> + +<p>There was a slight lull, however, when Nealman and I came in. Van Hope +spoke to me first—he was the only one of the guests I had met—and the +others turned toward me with the good manners of their kind. In a moment +Nealman had introduced me to Joe Nopp’s listeners and, an instant later, +to Major Dell.</p> + +<p>“Mr. Killdare is down here doing some work in zoology for his +university,” Nealman explained, “and he’s agreed to show you chaps where +to find game and fish. He knows this country from A to Izzard.”</p> + +<p>I held the center of the floor, for a while, as I answered their +questions; and I can say truly I had never met, on the whole, a +better-bred and more friendly company of men. They wanted to know all +about the game in the region, what flies or lures the bass were taking, +as to the prevalence of diamond-backs, and if the tarpon were striking +beyond the natural rock wall. In their eagerness they were like boys.</p> + +<p>“You’ll talk better with a shot of something <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>good,” Nealman told me at +last, producing a quart bottle. “Have a little Cuban cheer.”</p> + +<p>The bottle contained old Scotch, and its appearance put an end to all +serious discussion. From thence on the mood of the gathering was ever +lighter, ever happier; and I merely sat and looked on.</p> + +<p>“The question <i>ain’t</i>,” Hal Fargo said of me with considerable emphasis, +“whether he knows where the turkeys are, but whether or not he knows his +college song!”</p> + +<p>I pretended ignorance, but soon Van Hope and Nealman were singing “A +Cow’s Best Friend” at the top of their voices, while Nopp tried to drown +them out with “Fill ’em up for Williams.”</p> + +<p>Even now it could not be said that any of the group were intoxicated. +Fargo was certainly the nearest; his cheeks were flushed and his speech +had that reckless accent that goes so often with the first stages of +drunkenness. The distinguished Pescini was only animated and fanciful, +Van Hope and Marten perhaps slightly stimulated. For all the charm of +their conversation I couldn’t see that Nopp or Major Dell were receiving +the slightest exhilaration from their drinks.</p> + +<p>But the spirit of revelry was ever higher. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>These men were on a holiday, +they had left their business cares a thousand miles to the north, mostly +they were tried companions. None of us was aware of the passing of time. +I saw at once that my presence was not objectionable to the party, so I +lingered long after the purpose for which I had been brought among them +had been fulfilled—purely for the sake of entertainment. I had never +seen a frolic of millionaires before, and needless to say I enjoyed +every moment of it.</p> + +<p>In the later hours of night the revellers ranged further over the house. +Joe Nopp was in the billiard room exhibiting fancy shots and pretending +to receive the plaudits of a great multitude; Pescini and Van Hope were +in conversation on the veranda, and Fargo was wholly absent and +unaccounted for. I had missed Marten, the financier, for a moment; but +his reappearance was the signal for a fresh rush to the living-room.</p> + +<p>The whole party met him with a yell. In the few moments of his absence +he had wrought a startling change in his appearance. Over his shoulders +he had thrown a gayly colored Indian blanket, completely hiding his trim +dinner coat. He had tied a red cloth over his head and waxed the points +of his iron-gray mustache <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>until they stood stiff and erect, giving an +appearance of mock ferocity to his face. A silver key-ring and his own +gold signet dangled from his ears, tied on with invisible black thread. +And to cap the climax he carried a long, wicked-looking carving-knife +between his teeth.</p> + +<p>Of course he was Godfrey Jason himself—the same character I had +portrayed in the invitations. Fargo made him do a Spanish dance to the +clang of an invisible tambourine.</p> + +<p>Some of the gathering scattered out again, after his dramatic +appearance, drifting off on various enterprises and as the hour neared +midnight only four of us were left in the drawing-room. Marten stood in +the center, still in his ridiculous costume. Van Hope, Nealman, Pescini +and myself were grouped about him. And it might have been that in the +song that followed Pescini too slipped away. I know that I didn’t see +him immediately thereafter.</p> + +<p>With a little urging Marten was induced to sing Samuel Hall—a stirring +old ballad that quite fitted his costume. He had a pleasant baritone, he +sung the song with indescribable spirit and enthusiasm, and it was +decidedly worth hearing. Indeed it was the very peak of the evening—a +moment that to the assembled guests <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>must have almost paid them for the +long journey.</p> + +<div class="centerbox bbox"><p>“<i>For I shot a man in bed, man in bed—</i><br /> +<i>For I shot a man in bed, and I left him there for dead</i>,<br /> +<i>With a bullet through his head—</i><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;"><i>Damn your eyes!</i>”</span></p></div> + +<p>But the song halted abruptly. Whether he was at the middle of the verse, +a pause after a stanza, or even in the middle of a chord I do not know. +On this point no one will ever have exact knowledge. Marten stopped +singing because something screamed, shrilly and horribly, out toward the +lagoon.</p> + +<p>The picture that followed is like a photograph, printed indelibly on my +mind. Marten paused, his lips half open, a strange, blank look of +amazement on his face. Nealman stared at me like a witless man, but I +saw by his look that he was groping for an explanation. Van Hope stood +peculiarly braced, his heavy hands open, beads of perspiration on his +temples. Whether Pescini was still with us I do not know. I tried to +remember later, but without ever coming to a conclusion. He had been +standing behind me, at first, so I couldn’t have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>seen him anyway. I +believed, however, without knowing why, that he walked into the hall at +the beginning of the song.</p> + +<p>The sound we had heard, so sharp and clear out of the night, so +penetrating above the mock-ferocious words of the song, was utterly +beyond the ken of all of us. It was a living voice; beyond that no +definite analysis could be made. Sounds do not imprint themselves so +deeply upon the memory as do visual images, yet the remembrance of it, +in all its overtones and gradations, is still inordinately vivid; and I +have no doubt but that such is the case with every man that heard it.</p> + +<p>It was a high, rather sharp, full-lunged utterance, not in the least +subdued. It had the unrestrained, unguarded tone of an instinctive +utterance, rather than a conscious one—a cry that leaped to the lips in +some great extremity or crisis. Yet it went further. Every man of us +that heard it felt instinctively that its tone was of fear and agony +unimagined, beyond the pale of our ordered lives.</p> + +<p>“My God, what’s that?” Van Hope asked. Van Hope was the type of man that +yields quickly to his impulses.</p> + +<p>None of us answered him for a moment. Then Nealman turned, rather +slowly. “It <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>sounded like the devil, didn’t it?” he said. “But it likely +wasn’t anything. I’ve heard some devilish cries in the couple of weeks +I’ve been here—bitterns and owls and things like that. Might have been +a panther in the woods.”</p> + +<p>Marten smiled slowly, rather contemptuously. “You’ll have to do better +than that, Nealman. That wasn’t a panther. Also—it wasn’t an owl. We’d +better investigate.”</p> + +<p>“Yes—I think we had better. But you don’t know what hellish sounds some +of these swamp-creatures can make. We’ll all be laughing in a minute.”</p> + +<p>His tone was rather ragged, for all his reassuring words, and we knew he +was as shaken as the rest of us. A door opened into the hall—evidently +some of the other guests were already seeking the explanation of that +fearful sound.</p> + +<p>It seemed to all of us that hardly an instant had elapsed since the +sound. Indeed it still rang in our ears. All that had been said had +scarcely taken a breath. We rushed out, seemingly at once, into the +velvet darkness. The moon was incredibly vivid in the sky.</p> + +<p>We passed into a rose-garden, under great, arching trees, and now we +could see the silver <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>glint of the moon on the lagoon. The tide was +going out and the waters lay like glass.</p> + +<p>Through the rifts in the trees we could see further—the stretching +sands, gray in the moonlight, the blue-black mysterious seas beyond. +What forms the crags took, in that eerie light! There was little of +reality left about them.</p> + +<p>We heard some one pushing through the shrubbery ahead of us, and he +stopped for us to come up. I recognized the dark beard and mustache of +Pescini. “What was it?” he asked. Excitement had brought out a +deep-buried accent, native to some South European land. “Was it further +on?”</p> + +<p>“I think so,” Nealman answered. “Down by the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>He joined us, and we pushed on, but we spread out as we neared the shore +of the lagoon. Some one’s shadow whipped by me, and I turned to find +Major Dell.</p> + +<p>The man was severely shaken. “My God, wasn’t that awful!” he exclaimed. +“Who is it—you, Killdare?” He stared into my face, and his own looked +white and masque-like in the moonlight. Then all of us began to search, +up and down the shore of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>In the moonlight our shadows leaped, met one another, blended and raced +away; and our <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>voices rang strangely as we called back and forth. But +the search was not long. Van Hope suddenly exclaimed sharply—an audible +inhalation of breath, rather than an oath—and we saw him bending over, +only his head and shoulders revealed in the moonlight. He stood just +beside the craggy margin of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“What is it?” some one asked him, out of the gloom.</p> + +<p>“Come here and see,” Van Hope replied—rather quietly, I thought. In a +moment we had formed a little circle.</p> + +<p>A dead man lay at our feet, mostly obscured in the shadow of the crags +of the lagoon. We simply stood in silence, looking down. We knew that he +was dead just as surely as we knew that we ourselves were living men. It +was not that the light was good; that there was scarcely any light at +all. We knew it, I suppose, from the huddled position of his form.</p> + +<p>Joe Nopp scratched a match. He held it perfectly steadily. The first +thing it showed to me was a gray face and gray hair, and a stain that +was not gray, but rather ominously dark, on the torn, white front of the +man’s evening shirt. Nealman peered closely.</p> + +<p>“It’s my butler, Florey,” he said.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<p>There was nothing in particular to say or do. We simply stood looking +down, that huddled body from which life had been struck as if by a +meteor, in the center. From time to time we looked up from it to stare +out over the ensilvered waters of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>We all shared this same inclination—to look away into the misty +distance, past the lagoon, past the gray shore, into the sea so +mysterious and still. The tide was running out now, so there was no +tumult of breaking waves on the Bridge. At intervals, and at a great +distance, we could hear the high-pitched shriek of plover.</p> + +<p>Of course the mood lasted just an instant. It was as if we had all been +stricken silent and lifeless, unable to speak, unable to act, with only +the power left to look and to wonder and to dream. I suppose the finding +of that huddled body, under those conditions, was a severe nervous shock +to us all. Joe Nopp, he of the true eye and the steady nerve, was the +first to get back on an every-day footing with life.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p><p>“It’s a fiendish crime,” he said in the stillness. He spoke rather +slowly, without particular emphasis. “Of all the people to murder—that +gray, inoffensive little butler of yours! Nealman, let’s get busy. Maybe +we can catch the devil yet.”</p> + +<p>Nealman came to himself with a start. “Sure, Joe. Tell us what to do. We +need a directing head at a time like this.”</p> + +<p>Nealman had dropped his accent. He spoke tersely, more like a man in the +street than the aristocrat he had come to believe himself to be.</p> + +<p>“The first thing is to get word into town—Ochakee, you call it. Get +hold of the constable, or any other authority, and tell him to notify +the sheriff.”</p> + +<p>“Ochakee’s the county seat—we can reach the sheriff himself.”</p> + +<p>“Good. Tell him to take steps to guard all roads for suspicious +characters. Get out posses, if they would help. Get the coroner and all +the official help we can get out here.” He turned to me, with a +whip-like, emphatic movement. “Killdare, you might help us here. You +likely know the roads. Tell us what to do.”</p> + +<p>“You’ve said what to do,” I told him. “There’s not enough white men in +this part of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>the country to make a posse—and a posse couldn’t find any +one that wanted to hide in the cypress swamps. The thing to do—is to +cut off the murderer’s escape and starve him out. Nealman, isn’t yours +the only <span style="white-space: nowrap;">road——”</span></p> + +<p>“As far as I know——”</p> + +<p>“The marshes are almost impassible to the left, and on the other side is +the river. If we can keep him from getting as far as <span style="white-space: nowrap;">Nixon’s——”</span></p> + +<p>“Who’s Nixon——”</p> + +<p>“Next planter up the road, five miles up. Get a phone to him right away. +Young Nixon will watch all night and stop any one who tries to pass. The +sheriff can put a man there to-morrow. Let’s find a phone.”</p> + +<p>Hal Fargo, seemingly as cold as a blade, started to bend over the body +for further examination of the wound, but two of the men caught his arm.</p> + +<p>“Don’t touch him, Hal,” Major Dell advised, quietly. “The less we track +up the spot and muss things up the better. The detective’ll have a +better chance for thumb prints, and things like that.”</p> + +<p>“You’re right, Dell,” the man agreed. “And now let’s get to a phone.”</p> + +<p>“Good.” It was Joe Nopp’s cool, self-reliant <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>voice again. “In the +meantime, have any of you got a gun?”</p> + +<p>Lemuel Marten alone responded—he carried a little automatic pistol in +the pocket of his dinner coat. “Here,” he said. He drew the thing out, +and it made blue fire in the moonlight in his hand.</p> + +<p>“Then, Marten, you head a hunt through these grounds. The murderer might +still be hiding in the shrubbery. Stop every one—shoot ’em if they +don’t stop. Now Nealman, Van Hope, Killdare—where’s the phone?”</p> + +<p>Nopp, Nealman, and myself started for the house; Fargo, Major Dell, and +Pescini and Van Hope followed Marten into the more shadowed parts of the +gardens and lawns. Before ever we reached the house we heard their +excited shouts but we paused only an instant. “They can handle him if +they’ve got him,” Nopp said. “We’d better go and do our work.”</p> + +<p>We divided in the hall. Nopp and I went to the phone, Nealman and Van +Hope, at Nopp’s suggestion, to round up all the servants. “Keep ’em in +one room, and watch ’em,” Nopp advised. “We’ll like enough find the +murderer among them—some domestic jealousy, or something like that. +Don’t give any of ’em a chance to get away or to destroy evidence.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p><p>I telephoned to Nixon’s first. The sleepy, country Central rang long and +often, and at last a drowsy voice answered the ring.</p> + +<p>“This Charley Nixon?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Yes.” He awakened vividly at the sound of his own name.</p> + +<p>“This is Ned Killdare—I met you on the way out. I’m at +Nealman’s—Kastle Krags. A man has been murdered here, just a few +minutes ago! I want you to watch the road with your dogs—that strip +between the river and marsh, and not let any one go through from this +way. Can you handle it?”</p> + +<p>Charley Nixon had borne arms in France, his father had ridden with the +Clansmen of long ago, and his answer was clear and unhesitating over the +wire. “Any one who tries to get by me will be S. O. L.,” he said.</p> + +<p>A moment later I reached the coroner at Ochakee. He promised he could +start for the scene at once, in his car, bringing the sheriff or his +deputy, and that he would take all the precautions he could to cut off +the murderer’s escape. Then Nopp and I returned to the living-room.</p> + +<p>It was an unforgettable picture—that scene in the big living-room where +Nealman’s guests had been so merry a few minutes before. A bottle <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>of +whiskey still stood on the table in the center, half-filled glasses, in +which the ice had not yet melted, stood beside it and on the +window-sills and smoking stands. Little, unwavering filaments of blue +smoke streamed up from half-burned cigarettes. In the places of the +revelers stood a group of sobbing, terrified negroes.</p> + +<p>We were not native southerners, accustomed to seeing the black people in +their paroxysms of fear, and the sight went straight home to all of us. +These were the “cotton field niggers” of which old-time planters speak, +slaves to the blackest superstitions that ever cursed the tribes of the +Congo, and the night’s crime had gone hard with them. Their faces were +gray, rather than black, the whites of their eyes were plainly visible, +and they made a confused babble of sound. The women, particularly, were +sobbing and praying alternately; most of the men were either stuttering +or apoplectic with sheer terror. Some of them cowered, shrieking, as we +opened the door.</p> + +<p>“Shut up that noise,” Nopp demanded. A dead silence followed his words. +“No one is going to hurt you as long as you stay in here and shut up. +Where’s the boss.”</p> + +<p>One of them pointed, rather feebly, to the next room. And I took the +instant’s interval <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>to reach the side of some one that sat, alone and +silent, in a big chair in the chimney-corner.</p> + +<p>It was Edith Nealman, and she had been rounded up with the rest of the +house employees. Her bare feet were in slippers, and she wore a long +dressing-gown over her night-dress. Her hair hung in two golden braids +over her shoulders.</p> + +<p>I was glad to see that the terror of the blacks had not passed, in the +least degree, to her. Of course she was pale and shaken, her eyes were +wide, but her voice when she spoke was subdued and calm, and there was +not the slightest trace of hysteria about her. “It’s a dreadful thing, +isn’t it?” she said. “Poor little Florey—who’d want to murder him!”</p> + +<p>“Nobody knows—but we’re going to get him, anyway,” I promised rashly. +And what transpired thereafter did not come out in the inquest.</p> + +<p>It was only a little thing, but it meant teeming worlds to me. One of +her hands groped out to mine, and I pressed it in reassurance.</p> + +<p>Besides the native southern blacks that acted as gardeners and +chambermaids and table hands about the place, Nealman had rounded up his +mulatto chauffeur. Mrs. Gentry, his white housekeeper, sat a little to +one side of the group of negroes.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p><p>In a moment Nealman and Van Hope rejoined us, and we turned once more +through the still hall that had been Florey’s particular domain. An +instant later we were out on the moonlit driveway.</p> + +<p>“I wonder if those birds will have sense enough to stay away from the +body,” Nopp said gruffly. “It would be easy to mess up and destroy every +bit of <span style="white-space: nowrap;">evidence——”</span></p> + +<p>“Major Dell warned them,” I said. “I think they’ll remember.”</p> + +<p>“Nevertheless, I think we’d better post a guard over it.” He paused, +eyeing an approaching figure. It was Marten, and he was almost out of +breath.</p> + +<p>“Any luck?” Nealman asked.</p> + +<p>“Nothing.” Marten paused, fighting for breath. “Something stirred over +in the thicket—we chased it down and tried to round it up. I guess it +wasn’t anything—certainly if it had been a man we’d scared it out. Have +you a dog?”</p> + +<p>“Haven’t shipped my dogs down here yet, but coons and such things come +out of the woods every once in a while. Where are your <span style="white-space: nowrap;">men——”</span></p> + +<p>“They’ll round up here in a minute. We’ve been beating through the +grounds.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p><p>In a moment Major Dell and Fargo approached us from opposite sides of +the garden, and once more we headed down toward the lagoon. A voice +called after us, and Pescini caught up.</p> + +<p>“No trace of anything?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“Not a trace,” some one replied.</p> + +<p>We walked with ever-decreasing pace, a rather uncertain group, down +toward the crags of the shore. All of us, I think, were busy with our +own thoughts. All of us paused, at last, forty yards from the scene of +the tragedy.</p> + +<p>“There’s really nothing further we can do,” Nopp said. “If the murderer +is among the servants we’ve got him—you found ’em all, didn’t you, +Nealman?”</p> + +<p>“All of ’em. No suspicious circumstances.”</p> + +<p>“Good. If he is some outsider, we’ll round him up. I rather think the +former—it’s too early to make a guess. But I think we’d better appoint +a guard over the body—to keep any curious persons from coming near and +tramping out footprints, and so on. There’s apt to be a crowd of the +curious here to-morrow.”</p> + +<p>All of us nodded. Lemuel Marten whispered an oath.</p> + +<p>Nopp turned to him. “Would you mind taking that post to-night, Marten?” +he asked. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>Because he already knew the man’s answer, he turned to us. +“Lem’s the best man for the post,” he explained. “You chaps know we’ll +all have to give an account of our actions to-night. It’s customary at +such times. And you know that Lem was busy singing his pirate song when +the thing occurred.”</p> + +<p>“That’s an unnecessary point, Joe,” Marten answered. “None of us will be +in the least suspected. This poor chap—that none of us knew. However, +I’ll gladly enough act as guard.”</p> + +<p>“You’ve still got your gun?”</p> + +<p>“I made Pescini carry it. He’s a shot.”</p> + +<p>Pescini handed him back the weapon, and Marten walked on across the lawn +to his post. The rest of us waited an instant in the road, talking +quietly to one another, and two or three of the men were getting out +their cigarettes. It was our first breathing-spell. Then we started +slowly back toward the house.</p> + +<p>But we halted at the sound of Marten’s voice. “Wait a minute, will you?” +he called.</p> + +<p>It is hard to explain why we all stopped in our tracks. Van Hope, whom I +had never suspected of nerves, let his cigarette fall to the ground, a +red streak. The voice out of the gloom was wholly quiet, subdued, +perfectly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>calm, seemingly nothing to waken alarm or even especial +interest. Perhaps what held us and startled us was the realization of an +effort of will behind those commonplace, unruffled tones.</p> + +<p>“What is it, Lem?” Nopp asked.</p> + +<p>There was an instant’s interval of unfathomable silence. “I wish you’d +come here,” Marten replied. “I’m a little balled up—as to where I am. +These trees and shrubs are so near alike. I can’t exactly find—the +place.”</p> + +<p>Nopp did get there, but he didn’t go alone. All of us turned, +half-running. And for a vague, bewildered, half-remembered moment we +searched frantically up and down the craggy shore of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>Then in the moonlight I saw Nopp and Nealman come together, and Nopp +seized the other’s arms.</p> + +<p>“My God, Grover!” he said hoarsely. “The body has disappeared!”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<p>There was no further possibility of a mistake. Marten’s inability to +find the body could not be further attributed to a mere confusion as to +its correct location. In the few minutes we had been phoning and while +the remainder of the guests had been searching for the murderer, the +body of the murdered man had vanished from the shore of the lagoon. Nor +had any mysterious over-sweeping of the water carried it away. We found, +easily enough, the place where it had lain, and we knew it by the +crushed vegetation and an ominous stain on the earth.</p> + +<p>For a moment we all stood speechless, almost motionless, gazing down on +the place where the body had been. The guest’s faces all looked oddly +white in the moonlight. Then I heard Nealman and Nopp talking in a +subdued voice at my side.</p> + +<p>“You see what it means,” Nealman said. “The murderer came back to the +body—that’s the only explanation! That means he’s still on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>the +grounds—perhaps within a few hundred yards.”</p> + +<p>“But what did he do with the thing? I wish I did know what it meant. It +makes no sense. But there’s nothing we can <span style="white-space: nowrap;">do——”</span></p> + +<p>His words blurred in my consciousness, and I suddenly ceased to hear +him. The reason was simply that my own thoughts were now too busy to +admit external impressions. If there was one thing needed in this affair +it was careful investigation and research—the very key and basis of my +own life’s work. I was a scientist—at least I had gone a distance into +scientific work—and scientific methods were needed now. Why shouldn’t I +direct the same method that made me a successful naturalist into the +unraveling of this mystery?</p> + +<p>Science has explored the lightless mysteries of the deep, has measured +the stars and traced the comets through the heavens: there was no cause +to believe it couldn’t conquer now. I was of a branch of science that +mainly studied externals, my methods were simply accurate observation, +tireless investigation, and logical deduction—the methods of all +naturalists the world over; and they were just what was needed here.</p> + +<p>Presently I forgot the shaken men about me <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>and began really to observe. +First, I tried to fix in my mind the exact way the body had lain. It had +been curiously huddled, lying rather on the right side—and the torn, +stained shirt-front had been plainly visible. Its location was not far +above high-tide mark, at the edge of the lawns—and because the craggy +margin of the lagoon was rather precipitous at that place, not more than +twenty feet from the water’s edge at low tide.</p> + +<p>It was impossible even to hazard a guess what kind of a weapon had +inflicted the death wound. But it had not been a clean, stabbing wound +to the heart. The wound itself must have been a long gash downward along +the breast, for the shirt and waistcoat had been curiously ripped and +torn. And possibly the weapon might be found in the grass where the body +had lain.</p> + +<p>I quietly moved back and forth among the group of men, searching for the +gleam of moonlight upon a knife blade. It didn’t reveal itself, however, +and there seemed no course but to wait for daylight. But as I was about +to give up the search my eye caught the glimpse of something white, +half-hidden in the grass in the direction of the house.</p> + +<p>I quietly picked it up, saw that it was a folded piece of heavy paper or +parchment, and slipped <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>it into my pocket. Then I rejoined the little +crowd of guests.</p> + +<p>“Good Lord, what can we do...?” Pescini was saying excitedly. “The lake +can’t be dragged until to-morrow. There’s no use to post guards around +this big house—the thickets are so heavy that any one could steal +through almost any place. We’ve got the road guarded—and the officers +won’t come till to-morrow. It’s true that a couple of us could stand +guard <span style="white-space: nowrap;">here——”</span></p> + +<p>“I don’t see what good it would do,” Nopp replied. “The murderer would +have no cause to come back again. I suggest we go to the house and get +what rest we can. We may have to make some posses in the morning.”</p> + +<p>In the privacy of my own room I took from my pocket the paper I had +found. It proved to be of heavy parchment, whitened by time; and I felt +at once I was running on a true scent.</p> + +<p>There could be little doubt as to the age of the document. The ink was +fading, the handwriting itself was in the style of long ago. The fact +that the script was scratchy and uncertain, indicated that a man of +meager education had written it. It was, however, perfectly legible. I +judged that the date of the missive was at least ten or twenty years +prior to the civil war.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span></p><p>Across the top of the page were written the words, referring evidently +to the script beneath, “Sworn by the Book.” At the very bottom was the +cryptic phrase “int F. T.” And the following, mysterious column lay +between:</p> + +<div class="centerbox2 bbox"><p>aned<br /> +dqbo<br /> +aqcd<br /> +trkm<br /> +fipj<br /> +dqbo<br /> +scno<br /> +ohuy<br /> +wvyn<br /> +dljn<br /> +dtht</p></div> + +<p>Of course no kind of an explanation presented itself at first. I took it +to a mirror, tried to read it backward, then sat down to give it a +careful analysis.</p> + +<p>I copied the column carefully, then tried to rearrange the letters to +make sense. But no such simple treatment was availing. The fourth, +ninth, tenth, and last words, for instance, were made up entirely of +consonants, and no word of any language, known to me, entirely omits +vowels. Four of the remaining seven words contained but one vowel.</p> + +<p>But I was in no mood to go further to-night. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>The events of the past few +hours had been a mighty strain on the entire nervous system, and my mind +could not cope with the problem. I spread the original parchment on the +little table in the center of the room, then quickly undressed, turned +out my lights, and went to bed.</p> + +<p>Sleep came at once, heavy and dreamless. I barely remember the welcome +chill that the pre-dawn hours brought to the room. But it wasn’t written +that there should be many hours of refreshing sleep for me that night.</p> + +<p>In hardly a moment, it seemed to me, I came to myself with a start. +Wakefulness shot through me as if by an electric shock. It was that +fast-flying hour just before dawn: the cool caress of the wind against +my face and the pale-blue quality of the darkness on the window-pane +told that fact with entire plainness. It had been wakened by a hushed +sound from across the room.</p> + +<p>It was useless to try to tell myself that the sound was a dream only, an +imagined voice that had no basis in reality. For all that it was +subdued, the sound was entirely sharp and clear, impossible to mistake. +And instantly I knew its source.</p> + +<p>Some one had opened my door. There was no other possible explanation. +Nor had it been <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>merely the harmless mistake of one of the guests, +confusing my room with his own. I heard the door open, but I did not +hear it close. Nor did I hear departing steps along the corridor.</p> + +<p>My nightly visitor had come in stealth, and there was nothing to believe +but at that instant he was waiting in the darkness on the other side of +the room.</p> + +<p>It isn’t easy to decide what to do at a time like this. I was perfectly +willing to simulate slumber if by so doing I could increase my own +safety. Florey’s affair was still fresh in my mind. A cruel and +cold-blooded murder had been committed at Kastle Krags earlier this same +night: this tip-toeing visitor in my room was in all likelihood a +desperate man, willing to repeat his crime if his own safety demanded +it. My possessions were few: it was better to let them go than take such +a risk.</p> + +<p>Yet a wiser, saner self told me that this was no business of thievery. +The thing went deeper, further than I could see or guess. I lay +listening: from time to time I could hear the boards settle beneath his +feet. Evidently he was groping about the darkened room, in search of +something.... Then a faint jar told me that his hand was on the iron +railing of my bed.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p><p>It wasn’t a reassuring thought that he had been groping about the room +solely to find my bed. My muscles set for a desperate leap in case I +felt him groping nearer.... There was a long, ominous instant of +silence. Then a little triangle of light danced out over my table-top.</p> + +<p>It was a ray from a flashlight, and it came and went so soon that there +was no chance to make accurate observation. I did, however, see just the +edge of his hand as he reached for something on the flat surface of the +table. It was a white, strong hand—long, sensitive fingers—evidently +the hand of a well-bred, middle-aged man.</p> + +<p>The light flashed out. Steps sounded softly on the floor. Then my door +closed with a slight shock.</p> + +<p>There is no use trying to justify my inactivity during his presence in +the room. At such times a man is guided by instinct—and my instinct had +been to lie still and let him do his work. The action might condemn me +in some eyes, but I felt no shame for it. And as soon as the door closed +I sprang to the floor.</p> + +<p>Groping, I found the light, and the white beams flooded the room. +Presently I opened the door and gazed down the gloomy hall.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span></p><p>It was still as a tomb. There were a dozen doors along it, and any one +of them might have closed behind the intruder. It was the hall of a +well-ordered country manor, rather commonplace in the subdued light of a +single globe that burned over the stairway. The opportunity to overtake +the intruder was irredeemably past.</p> + +<p>It wasn’t hard to tell what had been taken. The sheet of parchment, on +which was written the mysterious cryptogram, was gone from the table. +The only satisfaction I had was that the thief had failed to see and +procure the copy of the document I had made just before retiring.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<p>The sheriff and the coroner arrived from Ochakee in a roadster soon +after dawn. All of us felt relieved at their coming: they represented +the best and most intelligent type of southern citizenry. Sheriff +Slatterly was scarcely older than I was, and had been given his office +for meritorious services in the late war. He was a broad-shouldered +large-headed man, with keen, good-natured eyes, a firm mouth, and rather +prominent chin. We scraped up an acquaintance at once on the strength of +our Legion buttons.</p> + +<p>“I’m glad theya’s a suvice man heah,” he confessed to me. “It’s sho’ a +mess of a case—and my deputy is busy. I’ve neveh wo’ked among these +millionaih Yankee spo’ts befo’, but I suppose they ah all right. Now +tell me what you think of it all.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think,” I confessed. “It doesn’t make good sense.”</p> + +<p>He asked me questions in the vernacular of the South, and I answered +them the best I could. Then he introduced me to the coroner.</p> + +<p>Mr. Weldon was a man of about forty years, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>intelligent, forceful, not +in the least the mournful type so often seen among undertakers. He was +rather careless in speech, but I did not ascribe it to lack of +education. He had rather a Semitic countenance, and a very deep, manly +voice.</p> + +<p>“Of course the first thing is to drag the lagoon,” he said. “We’ve got +to have a body before we can hold anything but a semblance of an +inquest—and of course thet’s where the body is. It couldn’t be +nowhere’s else.”</p> + +<p>All of us agreed with him. There was simply nothing else to do. The body +had lain but thirty feet from the water’s edge: it was conceivable that +for some mysterious reason the murderer had seen fit to return and drag +his dead into the water. The idea of him carrying it in any other +direction was incredible.</p> + +<p>While we waited for drag hooks to be sent out from town the sheriff made +a minute examination of the scene of the crime. He searched the ground +for clews; and it seemed to me the little puzzled line between his brows +deepened with every moment of the search. He stood up at last, breathing +hard.</p> + +<p>“The murderer made a clean get away, that’s certain,” he observed. “It +isn’t often a man can commit a crime like this and not leave a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>few +trails. I can’t find a trace or a button. And if he left any tracks they +are mixed up with those you gentlemen made last night.”</p> + +<p>He went carefully over the rocks between the place where the body had +lain and the water; but there was little for him here. Once or twice he +paused, studying the rocks with a careful scrutiny, but he did not tell +us what he found.</p> + +<p>About ten the drag-hooks came, and I helped Nealman bring his duckboat +from the marshy end of the lagoon. Then the sheriff, the coroner and +myself began the slow, tiresome work of dragging.</p> + +<p>Of course we began along the shore, close to the scene of the crime. We +worked from the natural wall and back to a point a hundred yards beyond +the starting-place. Then we turned back, just the width of the drag +hooks beyond. We reached the Bridge again without result.</p> + +<p>As the moments passed the coroner’s annoyance increased. Noon came and +passed—already we had dragged carefully a spot a full hundred square +yards in extent. The tide flowed again, beat against the Bridge and +fretted the water, making our work increasingly difficult. And at last +the sheriff rested, cursing softly, on his oars.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p><p>“Well, Weldon?” he asked.</p> + +<p>The coroner’s eyes looked rather bright as he turned to answer him. I +got the impression that for all his outer complacency he was secretly +excited. “Nothing, Slatterly,” he said. “What do you think yourself?”</p> + +<p>“I think we’re face to face with the worst deal, the biggest mystery +that’s come our way in years. In the first place, there isn’t any use of +looking and dragging any more.”</p> + +<p>“But man, the body’s got to be here somewhere.”</p> + +<p>“Got, nothing! We’ve got to begin again, and not take anything for +granted. This is still water, except for these waves the tide makes, +breaking over the rocks—and you know a body doesn’t move much in still +water, especially the first night. For that matter the place was still +as a slough, they say, while the tide was going out—most of the night. +We’ve looked for a hundred yards about the spot. It’s not there. And the +murderer couldn’t swim with it clear across the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>“He might, a strong swimmer.”</p> + +<p>“But what’s the sense of it? Besides, a dead body ain’t easy to manage. +The thing to do is to search Florey’s rooms for any evidence, then to +get all the niggers and the white folks as well <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>and have an unofficial +inquest. Then we might see where we’re at.”</p> + +<p>“Good.” The coroner turned to me. “Is there any use of hunting up Mr. +Nealman to show us Florey’s room?” he asked. “Can’t you take us up +there?”</p> + +<p>I was glad enough of the chance to be on hand for that search, so I +didn’t hesitate to answer. “You are the law. You can go where you +like—wherever you think best.”</p> + +<p>We went together up the stairs to Florey’s room. There was not the least +sign that tragedy had overtaken its occupant. It was scrupulously kept: +David Florey must have been the neatest of men. The search, however, was +largely unavailing.</p> + +<p>In a little desk at one corner we found a number of papers and letters. +Some of them pertained to household matters, there was a note from some +friend in Charleston, a folder issued by a steamship plying out of +Tampa, and a letter from Mrs. Noyes, of New Hampshire, who seemed to be +the dead man’s sister. At least the salutation was “Dear Brother Dave,” +and the letter itself dealt with the fortunes of common relatives. Then +there were a few short letters from one who signed himself “George.”</p> + +<p>There was nothing of particular interest. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>Mostly they were +notifications of arrivals and departures in various cities, and they +seemed to concern various business ventures. “I’ve got a good lead,” one +of them said, “but it may turn out like the rest.” “Things are +brightening up,” another went. “I believe I see a rift in the clouds.”</p> + +<p>“George” was unquestionably a traveler. One of the notes had been +written from Washington, D. C., one from Tampa, the third from some +obscure port in Brazil. They were written in a rather bold, rugged, but +not unattractive hand.</p> + +<p>The only document that gave any kind of a key to the mystery was a +half-finished letter that protruded beneath the blotter pad on his desk. +It was addressed “My dear Sister,” and was undoubtedly in answer to the +“Mrs. Noyes” letter. The sheriff read it aloud:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>My dear Sister:</p> + +<p>I got the place here and like it very much. Mr. Nealman is a +fine man to work for. I get on with my work very well. The +house is located on a lagoon, cut off from the open sea by a +natural rock wall—a very lovely place.</p> + +<p>But you will be sorry to hear that my old malady, g——, is +troubling me again. I don’t think I will ever be rid of it. +It <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>is certainly the Florey burden, going through all our +family. I can’t hardly sleep, and don’t know that I’ll ever +get rid of it, short of death. I’m deeply discouraged, yet I <span style="white-space: nowrap;">know——</span></p></div> + +<p>At that point the letter ended. The sheriff’s voice died away so slowly +and tonelessly that it gave almost the effect of a start. Then he laid +the letter on the desk and smoothed it out with his hands.</p> + +<p>“Weldon?” he asked jerkily. “Do you s’pose we’ve got off on the wrong +foot, altogether?”</p> + +<p>“What d’ye mean?”</p> + +<p>“Do you suppose that poor devil did himself in? At least we’ve got a +motive for suicide, and a good one—and there’s none whatever for +murder. You know what old Bampus used to say—find the motive first.”</p> + +<p>“Of course you mean the disease he writes of. Why didn’t he spell it +out.”</p> + +<p>“He was likely just given to abbreviations. Lots of men are. The word +might have been a long one, and hard to spell.”</p> + +<p>“Most invalids, I’ve noticed, rejoice in the long names of their +diseases!”</p> + +<p>“Not a bad remark, from an undertaker. I suppose you mean they get your +hopes all <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>aroused by their diseases when they ain’t got ’em, you old +buzzard. But seriously, Weldon. He writes here that his old malady has +come back on him, some disease that runs through his family—that he’s +discouraged, that he doesn’t think he’ll ever be rid of it. You know +that ill-health is the greatest cause for suicide—that more men blow +out their own brains because they are incurably sick than for any other +reason. He says he can’t sleep. And what leads to suicide faster than +that!”</p> + +<p>“All true enough. But it don’t hold water. Where’s the knife? What +became of the body? Suicides don’t eat the knife that killed them, lay +dead, and then crawl away. You’ll have to do better.”</p> + +<p>“He might not have been quite dead. Even doctors have been deceived +before now, and crawled into the water to end his own misery. You can +bet I’m going to keep the matter in mind.”</p> + +<p>And it was a curious thing that this little handful of letters also set +me off on a new tack. A possibility so bizarre and so terrible that it +seemed almost beyond the pale of credibility flashed to my mind. I +watched my chance, and slipped one of the “George” letters into my +pocket.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p><p>The idea I had was vague, not overly convincing, and it left a great +part of the mystery still unsolved—but yet it was a clew. I waited +impatiently until the search was concluded. Then I sought the telephone.</p> + +<p>A few minutes later a telegraphic message was clicking over the wires to +Mrs. Noyes, in New Hampshire, notifying her of her brother’s murder and +disappearance, and asking a certain question. There was nothing to do +but wait patiently for the answer.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<p>In midafternoon the coroner called all the occupants of the manor house +together in the big living-room. He had us draw chairs to make a half +circle about him, and the sheriff took a chair at his side. He began at +once upon a patient, systematic questioning of every one present.</p> + +<p>None of us could read the thoughts behind his rather swarthy face. His +coal-black eyes were alike unfathomable: whether he believed that the +murderer was then sitting in our circle we could not guess. “Of course +this is not an official inquest,” he told us. “The real inquest can’t be +held until there is a body to hold it over. I’m doing this in +co-operation with the sheriff. And of course I needn’t tell you that all +of you are held here, with orders not to leave the immediate grounds, +until a formal inquest can be held.”</p> + +<p>“But what if you never find the body?” Marten asked. “Some of us—can’t +stay forever.”</p> + +<p>“The law takes heed of no man’s business,” the coroner answered, +somewhat sternly. “However, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>I’ll have counsel from the state in a few +days, and then we can tell what to do. The district attorney will be +here just as soon as his work will permit.”</p> + +<p>He called Nealman first. Except for a strange and startling deepening of +the worry-line between his brows I would have thought that he was wholly +unshaken. Weldon asked his name, place of birth, thirdly his occupation.</p> + +<p>“I can’t hardly say—I’m interested in finance,” Nealman said in reply +to the third question.</p> + +<p>“And how long have you occupied this house?”</p> + +<p>“Less than a month. I bought it last winter, but it has been under the +charge of—of a caretaker until that time.”</p> + +<p>“Who was the caretaker?”</p> + +<p>Nealman’s voice fell a note. “Florey—the man murdered last night.”</p> + +<p>“Ah.” The coroner paused an instant, as if deep in thought. “And how did +he happen to come into your employ?”</p> + +<p>“He was employed at this house by its previous owner, just a few days or +weeks before I purchased it. He asked for work here when I came to take +possession. He was an experienced butler, he said.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p><p>“Then that’s all you know about the dead man?”</p> + +<p>“Absolutely all.”</p> + +<p>“His full name?”</p> + +<p>“I made out his check to David Florey. I assumed he was an Englishman.”</p> + +<p>“You didn’t know that, for sure?”</p> + +<p>“No.” Nealman hesitated, as if secretly startled. “I really didn’t know +it, when I come to think about it. I always assumed that he was.”</p> + +<p>“He was a good servant?”</p> + +<p>“Excellent. I can go further. The best, most conscientious butler I ever +had.”</p> + +<p>“Did you ever get the idea he had any enemies?”</p> + +<p>“No. He seemed the most peaceable of men.”</p> + +<p>“None of the other servants were jealous of him?”</p> + +<p>“On the contrary, they seemed to like him very much.”</p> + +<p>“He stayed close to his work?”</p> + +<p>“He scarcely ever went to town. Once or twice he asked me for permission +to go with my chauffeur—for a hair cut, and so on.”</p> + +<p>“What did you observe about his health? Did it seem to be good?”</p> + +<p>“It seemed so. Very good.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p><p>The coroner’s interest quickened. “You weren’t aware, then, that he had +an incurable malady?”</p> + +<p>“No. And I don’t think he had. At least I never saw the least sign of +it. None of the other servants ever mentioned it.”</p> + +<p>“Did he look like a man in good health?”</p> + +<p>“He was rather gray—from his indoor life, I suppose. But he never +looked sick to me.”</p> + +<p>“You think he was murdered, then?”</p> + +<p>“Good Heavens, I don’t see how we can think anything else!”</p> + +<p>“You can ascribe no reason for his murder.”</p> + +<p>“Absolutely none.”</p> + +<p>“You can’t, eh.” The coroner paused, several seconds. “To come back to +yourself. You were here less than a month. May I ask what was your idea +in buying this manor house?”</p> + +<p>“I hardly understand——”</p> + +<p>“What did you get it for, a home?”</p> + +<p>“I can’t hardly say a home. I got it more for a winter shooting and +fishing lodge. My home is on the Hudson. I’m very fond of fishing and +shooting. I loved the place on sight.”</p> + +<p>“I take it, then, that you are a man of large financial means—able to +indulge your whims <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>even to the extent of buying a shooting and fishing +lodge such as this?”</p> + +<p>Nealman stiffened slightly. “I don’t see how that point can possibly +have any bearing on this case.”</p> + +<p>“The merest detail of the lives of any one of the actors involved often +throws light upon a crime.” The coroner spoke slowly, seemingly choosing +his words with care.</p> + +<p>“I am not a man of great wealth, if that’s what you want to know,” +Nealman answered at last. “I feel—I felt able at the time to buy this +house.”</p> + +<p>“No great financial disaster has overtaken you since, I judge?”</p> + +<p>Nealman’s voice dropped a tone, and he spoke with a curious hesitancy. +“No. I shouldn’t say that there had.”</p> + +<p>The coroner halted, gazing absently at the carpet, and then began on a +new tack. “This butler of yours—I suppose you paid him a good wage?”</p> + +<p>“It would be considered so, among the men of his occupation.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know if he had any large amount of money saved, or if he carried +any large amount on his person?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p><p>“Not that I know of. He was very non-committal about his affairs.”</p> + +<p>“He was a good butler,” the coroner commented.</p> + +<p>“Yes. Excellent. If you mean, did he carry enough money on his person to +invite robbery, I should say that I don’t think he did. Of course I +don’t know for certain. However, I know that he had banking connections +in Ochakee.”</p> + +<p>“What of your other employees. Do you know anything about them?”</p> + +<p>“They all came recommended. I know nothing further except, of course, in +regard to my housekeeper and chauffeur.”</p> + +<p>“Your chauffeur is a colored man?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. He has been with me for four years. A man of good character and +habits.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know where he was at the time of the murder?”</p> + +<p>“I do not.”</p> + +<p>“Your housekeeper—she has been in your employ a long time, also?”</p> + +<p>“About two years.”</p> + +<p>“Was she well known to the murdered man?”</p> + +<p>“Her acquaintance began with him at the same time as my own—less than a +month ago.”</p> + +<p>“How old is this lady?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p><p>“She sits in the circle. You can ask her if you like. I have never put +the question to her.”</p> + +<p>Every one smiled at this sally. The housekeeper, a buxom woman of fifty +years, flushed and giggled alternately.</p> + +<p>“Where were your other servants at the time of the murder?”</p> + +<p>“I suppose most of them were in bed. Sam, the negro boy, was in the +kitchen, helping me to serve my guests.”</p> + +<p>“Then David Florey was not on duty that night?”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t watch Mr. Florey closely, Mr. Weldon. He was the kind of +servant that didn’t seem to require watching. He helped me serve some +cold drinks immediately after dinner. I didn’t see him again.”</p> + +<p>“You don’t know at what hour he ventured out into the lawns?”</p> + +<p>“I do not. I was under the impression that he was in the pantry or hall +for several hours after dinner. I can not say definitely.”</p> + +<p>“And now will you describe the crime—that is, what you yourself heard +and saw?”</p> + +<p>“Beginning where?”</p> + +<p>“At the beginning. Where you were, who was with you, and all you can +tell me.”</p> + +<p>“I was in this room. I don’t know the exact <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>time—it must have been +close to midnight. My guests were here with me.”</p> + +<p>“All of them?”</p> + +<p>Nealman paused, seemingly considerably disturbed. “I can’t say that all +of them were in my immediate sight,” he replied at last. “My guests were +free of the house—some of them were at the billiard tables, others in +the library, and so on. I can say definitely that Mr. Marten, Mr. Van +Hope, and Mr. Killdare were in the room. Mr. Pescini was with us until +just before we heard the sound.”</p> + +<p>“How long before?”</p> + +<p>“I can’t say for certain. It didn’t seem to me more than a minute or +two.”</p> + +<p>“You don’t know where the others were?”</p> + +<p>“Not exactly. I had left Mr. Fargo in the billiard room a moment before. +Major Dell and Mr. Nopp had been talking on the veranda.”</p> + +<p>“None of these men indicated any previous acquaintance with the butler?”</p> + +<p>“None whatever. They were all northern men, from my own part of the +country.”</p> + +<p>“All of them were your friends?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.” His face changed expression, ever so little. “Yes, of course.”</p> + +<p>“You four men were in the lounging-room—and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>you heard a certain sound. +Will you describe the sound?”</p> + +<p>“It was a scream—I can’t describe it any further.”</p> + +<p>“Rather a long-drawn scream, or just a sharp utterance?”</p> + +<p>“I would say it was rather long—and very loud.”</p> + +<p>“You knew at once it was the scream of a man?”</p> + +<p>“I thought at first it might be some wild thing—perhaps a panther or a +lynx—even a water bird.”</p> + +<p>“Yet it must have been a very distressing sound, was it not? Would you +say it was a cry of agony or of fear?”</p> + +<p>“Both. Yes—I would say it was a cry of both fear and agony.”</p> + +<p>“Then what did you do? Tell exactly what happened.”</p> + +<p>“We went out to investigate. My other guests ran out the same time.”</p> + +<p>“You didn’t see them run out?”</p> + +<p>“No, but I met most of them outside. At such times one doesn’t observe +closely. We ran down to the shore of the lagoon, at the place we’ve +indicated to you, and there we found <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>David Florey, lying dead. There +was no one near, and no weapons were lying beside him—at least I didn’t +see any. He was lying on his side, and his vest and shirt were torn and +wet with blood. Some of us went at once to telephone—Mr. Killdare, Mr. +Van Hope, Mr. Nopp and myself. The others began to beat through the +garden in search of the murderer.”</p> + +<p>“No one stayed with the body?”</p> + +<p>“No.”</p> + +<p>“You’re perfectly certain Mr. Florey was dead, Mr. Nealman.”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t dream of anything else at the time, Mr. Weldon. He lay +huddled, his face drawn, and certainly there was a terrible wound in his +breast.”</p> + +<p>“These men that hunted through the gardens and lawns. Were they armed?”</p> + +<p>“Mr. Marten had a pistol. The others were unarmed.”</p> + +<p>“They stayed close together?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think they did. I can’t say for sure.”</p> + +<p>“Then what happened?”</p> + +<p>“We telephoned, met the searching party, and all of us went back to the +body. It was gone.”</p> + +<p>“No action or word of any of your guests wakened your suspicions?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p><p>“None whatever.”</p> + +<p>“You suspect no one?”</p> + +<p>“No one. I am absolutely in the dark.”</p> + +<p>“Remember, as the occupant of the house, you are in a better position to +give us a right steer than any one else. I want you to think hard. You +observed, at no time, any suspicious circumstances?”</p> + +<p>“None whatever.” Nealman’s voice was firm.</p> + +<p>“What weapon, would you say, inflicted the wound?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. It wasn’t a pistol, of course. We didn’t hear a shot. We +didn’t examine the wound carefully, but I would say it was some metal +instrument, not overly sharp. It might have been a dull knife.”</p> + +<p>“Would a knife likely have torn the shirt and vest as you describe?”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t seem likely, unless the murderer gave a furious, downward +stroke.”</p> + +<p>The coroner paused again, and the room was utterly silent. “You have +never heard any story, any legend—any set of facts connected with this +house and its occupants that might explain the murder?”</p> + +<p>Nealman waited a long time before he answered. “None that are the least +credible.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span></p><p>“You’ve got something on your mind, Nealman. Credible or not, I want to +hear it.”</p> + +<p>“I can’t bring myself to repeat such a silly story. All old houses have +various legends. This particular legend is not worth hearing.”</p> + +<p>“I’m sorry, Mr. Nealman, but I must be the judge of that. You have the +same as admitted that the story has occurred to your mind. What was it, +please?”</p> + +<p>Nealman’s voice lowered perceptibly, and he answered with evident +difficulty. “A silly thing about a buried treasure—and a sea-monster—a +giant octopus or something like that—that had been set to guard it—in +the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>As we waited we heard the faint scream of the plover on the shore and +the lapping waves of the tide. Most of the white men were smiling +grimly—the negroes were gray as ashes.</p> + +<p>“You will admit that the tragedy of last night, the nature of the wound +and the disappearance of the body, brought the legend forcibly to your +memory?”</p> + +<p>“I couldn’t help but remember it,” Nealman answered. “But it’s inane and +silly—just the same.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<p>Nealman was of course the most important witness. Further testimony was +really only in corroboration of his. The coroner called on Marten next.</p> + +<p>This man spoke bluntly, answering all questions in a vigorous, rather +masterful voice. Financier, he said simply, in answer to the question as +to his occupation.</p> + +<p>“You were with Mr. Nealman when you heard Florey’s scream?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“Who else was there?”</p> + +<p>“Mr. Van Hope and Mr. Killdare.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know the exact location of any other of the guests at the time +of the murder?”</p> + +<p>“No, not exactly. They were all in rooms adjoining the living-room.”</p> + +<p>“You’re sure of that?”</p> + +<p>“Practically sure. They came in and out every few minutes.”</p> + +<p>“Did you have any previous acquaintance with the dead man?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span></p><p>“None whatever.”</p> + +<p>In reply to the coroner’s questions, he testified as to the finding of +the body, the nature of the scream we had heard and gave a similar +report as to the appearance of the wound. He had observed no suspicious +actions on the part of any one.</p> + +<p>“You led the search, I believe, through the gardens?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“You were the one man that was armed. May I ask how you happened to have +a pistol in the pocket of dinner clothes?”</p> + +<p>“I was held up, once,” Marten replied straightforwardly. “Several years +ago. I’ve carried a pistol ever since.”</p> + +<p>The coroner nodded. “Did your party stay together in searching the +gardens, or did they scatter out?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“We scattered out. We couldn’t have hoped to find any one if we had +stayed together. We called back and forth, however.”</p> + +<p>“You kept track of one another all the time?”</p> + +<p>“I can’t say that. The gardens and grounds are large and full of +shrubbery.”</p> + +<p>“The search lasted—how long?”</p> + +<p>“Only a few minutes.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p><p>The coroner dismissed him at this point, calling on Mr. Van Hope. The +latter told of his long acquaintance with Nealman, and verified in every +detail the story that his friend had told.</p> + +<p>“And where were you, Mr. Dell, when the scream was heard?” the coroner +asked.</p> + +<p>“In the library,” was the reply. Major Dell spoke evenly, but his keen, +flushed face showed that he was taking the most keen and lively interest +in the proceedings.</p> + +<p>“Why weren’t you with the others in the party?”</p> + +<p>“We were all running all over the house. I was trying to find Mr. +Nealman’s copy of Jordan’s work on fish. Fargo and I had got into an +argument about black bass.”</p> + +<p>“Mr. Fargo was not with you at the time?”</p> + +<p>“I was alone. I had left Mr. Fargo at the billiard table.”</p> + +<p>Weldon’s voice changed in tone. “And how did the argument come out, may +I ask.”</p> + +<p>Major Dell smiled dryly. “It isn’t concluded yet,” he said.</p> + +<p>The coroner paused, then took a new tack. “You heard the sound +distinctly?”</p> + +<p>“Distinctly, but probably not so clearly as Mr. Nealman heard it. The +library is back of the lounging-room.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p><p>“Then what did you do?”</p> + +<p>“I ran outside. I joined Nealman and some of the other guests on the +grounds, and went down with them to investigate.”</p> + +<p>“You took part in the hunt through the grounds?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. I beat back and forth with the rest.”</p> + +<p>“And saw or heard nothing suspicious?”</p> + +<p>“Something moved in the shrubbery, but we couldn’t locate it. Nealman +thought afterward it was a raccoon or some other small animal.”</p> + +<p>“You knew Mr. Florey?”</p> + +<p>“I had never set eyes upon him before.”</p> + +<p>“You’ve had long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman, however?”</p> + +<p>Major Dell hesitated, just an instant. “No. I had never met Mr. Nealman +until last night.”</p> + +<p>The coroner’s interest quickened. “You didn’t? How did you happen to be +included among his guests?”</p> + +<p>“I was a great friend of his friend, Mr. Van Hope. I was invited through +his kindness. He wanted me to have a taste of shooting and fishing.”</p> + +<p>“What is your occupation, Mr. Dell?”</p> + +<p>“I am interested in finance, in a modest way.”</p> + +<p>“You saw, heard or knew of nothing connected <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>with this murder that you +haven’t testified.”</p> + +<p>“No.” Dell paused, considering. “Nothing, I’m sure.”</p> + +<p>“I say ‘murder.’ Testimony has gone to show that Florey was dead, not +just severely wounded, when you and the others reached his side. Mr. +Dell, do you think there is any possibility that life remained in his +body when you saw him beside the inlet?”</p> + +<p>Dell spoke clearly. “None whatever,” he said.</p> + +<p>“You speak very sure.”</p> + +<p>“I am sure. I’ve seen too many dead men ever to make a mistake. The +position of the body, the features—everything told it as plain as day.”</p> + +<p>The coroner leaned forward. His eyes gleamed. “And where and how did you +happen to see all these dead men, may I ask?”</p> + +<p>There was an instant’s second of strain throughout the room. All of us, +I think, were siding with Major Dell—from the sheer instinctive +distrust of constituted authority that seems to be implanted in our +bodies at birth. Dell looked down, and his face was gray.</p> + +<p>“In the Argonne,” he said, quietly. The room was deathly still.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p><p>Fargo, called immediately after, testified as to his argument with Dell +as to the nature of black bass. Dell had left him, he said, to go into +the library.</p> + +<p>“You were alone in the billiard room when you heard the cry?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. But I ran outdoors and joined the others.”</p> + +<p>Van Hope testified as to his acquaintance with Major Dell, saying that +they had known each other for several months, and that Dell belonged to +one of his clubs. He verified Nealman’s story perfectly.</p> + +<p>“And what is your occupation, Mr. Pescini?” the coroner asked.</p> + +<p>“I am in the publishing business, in New York.”</p> + +<p>“You have a long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman?”</p> + +<p>“Something over four years.”</p> + +<p>“Where were you when you heard David Florey scream?”</p> + +<p>“On the veranda.”</p> + +<p>“Alone?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, alone. I had been with Mr. Van Hope and Nealman a few moments +before. I was rather hot, and I went out on the veranda for a breath of +air. I rushed out toward the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>sound, and Nealman and his party caught up +with me.”</p> + +<p>He testified that he had taken part in the search, and was utterly +baffled as to the solution of the mystery.</p> + +<p>Nopp was in the music room, he said, looking for a certain record that +he wished his friends to hear. He had been in the billiard room a few +seconds before. He had heard the cry but faintly, and had not been +especially alarmed. The shouts of the other guests, he said, rather than +the scream of the dying man, had caused him to rush out and join in the +investigation. He had known Nealman a long time, was an architect by +profession, and had been one of those to partake in the hunt through the +gardens.</p> + +<p>Last of all the white men, he called on me. I told of my relations with +Nealman, the work I had been hired to do and, my own reactions to the +fearful scream in the darkness. I had been with Marten, Van Hope and +Nealman and had sent through the calls to Ochakee.</p> + +<p>“You saw or heard nothing beyond that which these other gentlemen have +testified?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing at all,” I answered.</p> + +<p>“You have made no subsequent discoveries?”</p> + +<p>Just for a moment I was silent, conjecturing <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>what my answer should be. +Was I to tell of the cryptogram I had found beside the body, and its +theft during the night?</p> + +<p>I couldn’t see how the least good would come of it. Indeed, if last +night’s intruder was in the room, listening to my testimony, he would be +very glad to know if I had discovered the theft. I had resolved to work +out the case in my own way, employing the methods of a naturalist, and +these agents of the law were not my allies.</p> + +<p>“Nothing has come to my observation,” I told him simply.</p> + +<p>If he had pressed the matter he might have got the admission out of me; +but fortunately he turned to other subjects.</p> + +<p>There was quite a little stir of interest throughout the circle when he +began to question Edith. None of us will forget the picture of that +golden head, graced by the sunlight slanting through the leaded panes of +the window, the flushed, lovely face, the frank eyes and the girlish +figure, lost in the big chair. She was in such contrast to the rest of +us. Except for the housekeeper, buxom and fifty, she was the only white +woman present; and she could have been the daughter of any one of the +gray men in the circle.</p> + +<p>She had gone to her room about ten, she <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>said, and had read for perhaps +an hour. Her room was just over the front hall. About eleven she went to +bed, and the coroner’s questions brought out the interesting fact that +seemingly she had been the last of the household—unless the murderer +himself was to be included thus—to have seen Florey alive. Her bed +stood just beside the front window, and just before she had retired she +had seen him walking out toward the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The whole circle, tired of the dull testimony of the past hour, leaned +forward in rapt attention. “He was alone?” the coroner asked.</p> + +<p>“Yes. I think I heard the door close behind him—I’m not sure. Then I +saw his form in the moonlight on the front lawn.”</p> + +<p>“You recognized him at once?”</p> + +<p>“Not at once. I thought perhaps it was one of the guests. But in a +bright patch of moonlight I saw him plain.”</p> + +<p>“Where did he go?”</p> + +<p>“He turned down the driveway toward the lagoon. I didn’t see him again.”</p> + +<p>At the sound of the piercing scream she got up and put on a +dressing-gown, but she did not come down at once. She was afraid, she +said—she didn’t know what to do. She had no knowledge as to the +activities and the positions of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>other members of the household at +the time of the crime.</p> + +<p>She had come to work as her uncle’s secretary but a few weeks before; +and she verified perfectly Nealman’s testimony in regard to the dead +servant. If he had had enemies in the household she had not been aware +of it, she knew of no chronic malady, and she did not think that he +carried any large amount of money on his person. The scream had seemed +to her to be one of unfathomable fear.</p> + +<p>The housekeeper, Mrs. Gentry, was the last of the white people to be +called upon; and her testimony threw no new light upon the problem. She +was in bed and asleep, and the shouts of the men without had wakened +her.</p> + +<p>The coroner called on the negroes in turn, and I was a little amazed at +the ease with which he wrung their testimony out of them. He knew these +dark people: no northern man could have hoped to have been so +successful. Sometimes he shouted at them as if in fury, sometimes he +wheedled or jested with them.</p> + +<p>Not one of them but could prove an alibi. They were all in their own +quarters, they said, at the moment of the tragedy. Because this was the +South and they were black, they did not know Florey, a white man, very +well. And they had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>all been frightened nearly out of their wits by the +events of the night.</p> + +<p>One by one he questioned them, but the inquest ended just as it +began—with the affair of Florey’s murder as great a mystery as ever. At +the end of the fatiguing afternoon we were face to face with the +baffling fact that only four men had proven satisfactory alibis—Lemuel +Marten, Van Hope, Nealman and myself—and that any one of the dozen or +more men and women in that great, rambling house might have done the +deed.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h2> + +<p>Two telegrams had come for Mr. Nealman during the inquest; but the negro +messenger who had brought them had been too frightened by the august +session in the living-room to disturb him. It came about that Nealman +didn’t get them until he and Van Hope left the room together.</p> + +<p>The yellow envelopes were lying on a little table in the hall, and +Nealman started, perceptibly, at the sight of them. Except for that +nervous reflex through his body I wouldn’t have given the messages a +second thought. Nealman picked them up, and still carrying on a +fragmentary conversation with his friend, tore out the messages.</p> + +<p>He did not merely tear off the edges. In his eagerness his clawing +fingers ripped the envelopes wide open, endangering the messages +themselves within. He opened one of them, and his eye leaped over the +script.</p> + +<p>He took one curious, short breath, then opened the second message, more +carefully now. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>Then he crowded both of them into his outer coat pocket.</p> + +<p>At that point his conversation with Van Hope took a curious trend. He +still seemed to be trying to talk in his usual casual voice; yet a +preoccupation so deep, so engrossing was upon him that his friend’s +words must have seemed to reach him from another sphere. It was a brave +effort; but his disjointed sentences, his blurred perceptions, told the +truth only too plainly.</p> + +<p>Nealman had received disastrous news. His lips were smiling, but his +eyes were filled with some alien light. What that light was neither Van +Hope nor I could tell. It might have been frenzy. Quite likely it was +fear.</p> + +<p>“Bad news, old man?” Van Hope blurted out at last, impulsively. They +were old friends—he was risking the charge of ill-bred curiosity to +offer sympathy to the other.</p> + +<p>“Not very good, old man. I’ll see you later about it. If you’ll excuse +me I’ll go to my room—and answer ’em.”</p> + +<p>He turned up the stairs—Van Hope walked out onto the verandas. I waited +for Edith, and in a moment we were walking under the magnolias, +listening to the twilight boomings of a bittern on the lagoon.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span></p><p>“And what do you think of it?” I asked her.</p> + +<p>No human memory could forget her lustrous eyes, solemn and yet lighted +by the beauty of her thoughts, as she gazed out over the waters, +troubled by the flowing tide.</p> + +<p>“I can’t make anything out of it,” she told me at last. “It doesn’t seem +to make good sense. Yet there have been hundreds of more baffling +mysteries, and they all were cleared up at last. Cleared up +intelligently, too, if you know what I mean.”</p> + +<p>“You mean—with credible motives and actions behind them.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, and <i>human</i> actions. I’m thinking about—you know what. Human +agents were the only agents in this crime. In the end it will prove out +that way.”</p> + +<p>“Then you aren’t at all superstitious about—this.” I indicated that +eery, desolate lagoon with its craggy margin, stretching away like a +ghost-lake in the gray light. As always the tidal waves were bursting +with ferocious, lunging onslaughts on the natural rock wall, and the +foam gleamed incredibly white against the dark water.</p> + +<p>“Not in the least,” she answered me. “I don’t like the place when the +tide’s rolling in—it’s too rough and too fierce—but it’s lovely in +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>the ebb-tide! Did you ever see anything so still as it is then—the +water’s edge creeping inward, and such a wonderful blue-green? No, I’m +not superstitious about it at all. I’m going swimming, one of these +nights, when the tide’s going out. I’d cross it to-night in an +emergency.”</p> + +<p>“You’re a strong swimmer, then.”</p> + +<p>“I can swim well enough—nothing to boast of though. Ned”—for we had +got to the first name stage, long since—“this whole matter will be +cleared up in a few days more. Such things always do come out right. I +wouldn’t be surprised if that poor man’s body should be found any day, +dragged into some thicket. The rocks are full of caves—perhaps the drag +hooks simply failed to find it.”</p> + +<p>“And your uncle—he feels the way you do?”</p> + +<p>“Of course. If you are talking about that silly legend—it gives him +only the keenest delight as a big story to tell his friends. He has no +more superstitious fear about this lagoon than I have.”</p> + +<p>“Have you talked to him since the inquest?”</p> + +<p>“You know I haven’t.”</p> + +<p>“He got two telegrams to-day. They seemed to go mighty hard with him. I +was wondering—whether you ought to go to him now.”</p> + +<p>A little line came between her straight brows. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>“I can’t imagine what +they could be——” she said.</p> + +<p>“The loss of some friend? Financial loss, perhaps——?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. The latter, if anything. For I do know he’s been buying +certain stocks—awfully heavy.”</p> + +<p>“Playing the stock market, eh——?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think I should have told you that. But I know you won’t say +anything about it. Oh, I do hope he hasn’t had any real <span style="white-space: nowrap;">misfortune——”</span></p> + +<p>Our talk veered to other subjects, and for a while we stood and watched +the twilight descending over the lagoon. The crags were never so +mysterious. They seemed to take weird shapes in the half-light, and the +water sucked and lapped about their stony feet.</p> + +<p>In a little while her hand stole into mine. It rested softly, and +neither of us felt the need of words. The twilight deepened into that +pale darkness of the early Floridan night.</p> + +<p>“How I’d like to help him, if he’s in trouble,” she said at last, almost +whispering. “And how I’d like to help you—do all the things you want to +do.”</p> + +<p>“I’m glad—that you care about it,” I told <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>her, not daring to look down +into that sober, wistful face.</p> + +<p>“I <i>do</i> care about it,” she declared. She bent, until her lips were +close to my ear. “And I believe I see the way.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h2> + +<p>Nealman did not come down to dinner. He sent his apologies to the +guests, pleading a headache, and through some mayhap of circumstance the +coroner took his place at the head of the great, red-mahogany table. +There was a grim symbolism in the thing. No one mentioned it, not one of +those aristocratic sportsmen were calloused enough to jest about it, but +we all felt it in the secret places of our souls.</p> + +<p>The session at Kastle Krags was no longer one of revelry. I could fancy +the wit, the repartee, the gaiety and laughter that had reigned over the +board the evening previous; but Nealman’s guests were a sober group +to-night. At the unspoken dictates of good taste no man talked of last +night’s tragedy. Rather the men talked quietly to one another or else +sat in silence. A burly negro, rigged out in a dinner coat of ancient +vintage, helped with the serving in Florey’s place.</p> + +<p>After dinner I halted the sheriff in the hall, and we had a single +moment of conversation. “Slatterly,” I said, “I want you to give me some +authority.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p><p>“You do, eh?” He paused, studying my face. “What do you want to do?”</p> + +<p>“I want your permission—to go about this house and grounds where and +when I want to—and no complications in case I am caught at it. Maybe +even go into some of the private rooms and effects of the guests. I want +to follow up some ideas that I have in mind.”</p> + +<p>“And when do you want to do it?”</p> + +<p>“Any time the opportunity offers. I’m not going to do anything +indiscreet. I won’t get in your way. But I’m deeply interested in this +thing, I’ve had scientific training, and I want to see if I can’t do +some good.”</p> + +<p>His eyes swept once from my shoes to my head. “From amateur detectives, +as a rule—Good Lord deliver us,” he said with quiet good humor. “But +Killdare—I don’t see why you shouldn’t. Two heads are better than +one—and I don’t seem to be getting anywhere. Really, the more +intelligent help we can get—from people we can co-operate with, of +course—the better.”</p> + +<p>“I’m free, then, to go ahead?”</p> + +<p>“Of course with reasonable limits. But ask my advice before you make any +accusations—or do anything rash.”</p> + +<p>By previous arrangement Mrs. Gentry, the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>housekeeper, was waiting for +me on the upper floor. There could be no better chance to search the +guests’ rooms. All of the men were on the lower floor, smoking their +after-dinner cigars and talking in little groups in the lounging-room +and the veranda. Of course Nealman was in his room, but even had he been +absent, a decent sense of restraint would have kept me from his +threshold. And of course Marten and Van Hope had established perfect +alibis at the inquest.</p> + +<p>We entered Fargo’s room first. It was cluttered with his bags, his guns +and rods, but the thing I was seeking did not reveal itself. I looked in +the inner pockets of his coat, in the drawers of his desk, even in the +waste-paper basket without result. Such personal documents as Fargo had +with him were evidently on his person at that moment.</p> + +<p>Nopp’s room was next, but I was less than twenty seconds across his +threshold. He had been writing a letter, it lay open on his desk, and I +needed to glance but once at the script. If my theory was right Nopp +could be permanently dropped from the list of suspects of Florey’s +murder.</p> + +<p>But the next room yielded a clew of seemingly inestimable importance. +After the drawers <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>had been opened and searched, and the desk examined +with minute care, I searched the inner pocket of a white linen coat that +the occupant of the room had worn at the time of his arrival. In it I +found a letter, addressed to some New York firm, sealed, stamped, and +ready to send.</p> + +<p>How familiar was the bold, free hand in which the address was written! +Not a little excited, I compared it with the script of the “George” +letter I had taken from Florey’s room. As far as my inexperienced eye +could tell the handwriting was identical.</p> + +<p>The room was that of Lucius Pescini. If I had not been mistaken in the +handwriting, I had proven a previous relationship and acquaintance, +extending practically over the whole lifetime of both men, between the +distinguished, bearded man that came as Nealman’s guest and the gray +butler who had died on the lagoon shore the previous night.</p> + +<p>I put the letter back in the man’s coat-pocket; then joined Mrs. Gentry +in the hall. She went to her own room. I turned down the broad stairs to +the hall. And the question before me now was whether to report my +discovery to the officials of the law.</p> + +<p>I had started down the stairs with the intention <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>of telling them all I +knew. By the time I had reached the hall I had begun to have serious +doubts as to the wisdom of such a course. After all I had learned +nothing conclusive. Handwriting evidence is at best uncertain; even +experts have made mistakes in comparing signatures. In this regard it +was quite different from finger-prints—those tell-tale stains that +never lie. True, the handwriting looked identical to the naked eye, but +a microscope might prove it entirely dissimilar. Was I to cast suspicion +on a distinguished man on such fragile and uncertain grounds?</p> + +<p>Pescini had been in the lounging-room only a few minutes before the +crime was committed. It seemed doubtful that he would have had time to +cover the distance between the house and the lagoon, strike Florey low, +and get back to the place where we met him in the short time of his +absence.</p> + +<p>Besides, I wanted to work alone. I couldn’t bring myself to share my +discoveries with Slatterly and Weldon.</p> + +<p>The hall below was deserted and half in darkness. I met Marten and Nopp +on the way to their rooms: passing into the library I found Hal Fargo +seated under a reading-lamp, deep in “Floridan fauna.” Major Dell was +smoking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>quietly on the veranda, gazing out over the moonlit lawns. Van +Hope and Pescini himself were seated at the far end of the +lounging-room, evidently in earnest conversation.</p> + +<p>I sat down across the room where from time to time I could glance up and +observe the bearded face of my suspect. How animated he was, how +effective the gestures of his firm, strong hands. Was that the hand I +had seen in the flashlight over my table the preceding night? He had +rather thin, esthetic lips, half concealed by his mustache. Yet it +wasn’t a cruel or degenerate face.</p> + +<p>But soon I forgot about Pescini to marvel at the growing, oppressive +heat of the night. The chill that usually drops over the West coast in +the first hours of darkness, did not manifest itself to-night. It was +the kind of heat that brings a flush to the face and a ghastly crawling +to the brain, swelling the neck glands until the linen collar chokes +like strangling fingers, and heightens the temper clear to the +explosion-point. Van Hope and Pescini tore at their collars, seemingly +at first unaware as to the source of their discomfort.</p> + +<p>In reality the heat wave had overspread us rather swiftly, and what was +its source and by what shiftings of the air currents it had been sent +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>to harry us was mostly beyond the wit of man to tell. The temperature +must have been close to a hundred in that big, coolly furnished room, +and the veranda outside seemed to offer no relief. The dim warmth from +the electric lights above, added to the sweltering heat of the air, was +wholly perceptible on the heated brain, and seemed to stretch the +over-taut nerves to the breaking-point.</p> + +<p>“Isn’t this the devil?” Van Hope exclaimed as I came out. “It wasn’t +half so hot at sunset. For Heaven’s sake let’s have a drink.”</p> + +<p>“Whiskey’d only make us hotter, would it not?”</p> + +<p>“The English don’t think so—but they’re full of weird ideas. Have that +big coon bring us some lemonade then—iced tea—anything. This is the +kind of night that sets men crazy.”</p> + +<p>Men who have spent July in India, when the humidity is on the land, +could appreciate such heat, but it passed ordinary understanding. It +harassed the brain and fevered the blood, and warned us all of lawless +demons that lived just under our skins. A man wouldn’t be responsible, +to-night. The devil inside of him, recognizing a familiar temperature, +escaped his bonds and stood ready to take any advantage of openings.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p><p>It was a curious thing that there was no perceptible wind over the +lagoon. Perhaps the reason was that we invariably associate wind with +coolness, rather than any sort of a hushed movement of the air—and the +impulse that brushed up on the veranda to us was as warm as a child’s +breath on the face. There was simply no whisper of sound on shore or sea +or forest. The curlews were stilled, the wild creatures were likely +lying motionless, trying to escape the heat, the little rustlings and +murmurings of stirring vegetation was gone from the gardens. But that +first silence, remarkable enough, seemed to deepen as we waited.</p> + +<p>There is a point, in temperature, that seems the utter limit of cold. +Mushers along certain trails in the North had known that point—when +there seems simply no heat left in the bitter, crackling, biting air. +The temperature, at such times, registers forty—fifty—sixty below. Yet +the scientist, in his laboratory, with his liquid hydrogen vaporizing in +a vacuum, can show that this temperature is not the beginning of the +fearful scale of cold. To-night it was the same way with the silence. +There simply seemed no sound left. But as we waited the silence grew and +swelled until the brain ceased to believe the senses and the image of +reality was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>gone. It gave you the impression of being fast asleep and +in a dream that might easily turn to death.</p> + +<p>The mind kept dwelling on death. It was a great deal more plausible than +life. The image of life was gone from that bleak manor house by the +sea—the sea was dead, the air, all the elements by which men view their +lives. The forest, lost in its silence, its most whispered voices +stilled, was a dead forest, incomprehensible as living.</p> + +<p>I went upstairs soon after. I thought it might be cooler there. +Sometimes, if you go a few feet off the ground, you find it +cooler—quite in opposition to the fact that hot air rises. There was no +appreciable difference, however; but here, at least, I could take off my +outer clothes. Then I got into a dressing-gown and slippers and waited, +with a breathlessness and impatience not quite healthy and normal, for +the late night sea breeze to spring up.</p> + +<p>Seemingly it had been delayed. The hour was past eleven, the sweltering +heat still remained. There was no way under Heaven to pass the time. One +couldn’t read, for the reason that the mental effort of following the +lines of type was incomprehensibly fatiguing. I had neither the energy +nor the interest to work upon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>the cryptogram—that baffling column of +four-lettered words. Yet the brain was inordinately active. Ungoverned +thought swept through it in ordered trains, in sudden, lunging waves, +and in swirling eddies. Yet the thoughts were not clean-cut, wholly +true—they overlapped with the bizarre and elfin impulses of the fancy, +and the fine edge of discrimination between reality and dreams was some +way dulled. It wasn’t easy to hold the brain in perfect bondage.</p> + +<p>To that fact alone I try to ascribe the curious flood of thoughts that +swept me in those midnight hours. Except for the heat, perhaps in a +measure for the silence, I wouldn’t have known them at all. I got to +thinking about last night’s crime, and I couldn’t get it out of mind. +The conceptions I had formed of it, the theories and decisions, seemed +less and less convincing as I sat overlooking those shadowed, silent +grounds. So much depends on the point of view. Ordinarily, our will +gives us strength to believe wholly what we want to believe and nothing +else. But the powers of the will were unstable to-night, the whole seat +of being was shaken, and my fine theories in regard to Pescini seemed to +lack the stuff of truth. I suppose every man present provided some +satisfactory theory to fit the facts, for no other reason than <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>that we +didn’t want to change our conception of Things as They Are. Such a +course was essential to our own self-comfort and security. But my +Pescini theory seemed far-fetched. In that silence and that heat, +anything could be true at Kastle Krags!</p> + +<p>From this point my mind led logically to the most disquieting and +fearful thing of all. What was to prevent last night’s crime from +recurring?</p> + +<p>It isn’t hard to see the basis for such a thought. Some way, in these +last, stifling, almost maddening hours, it had become difficult to rely +implicitly on our rational interpretation of things. Certain things are +credible to the every-day man in the every-day mood—things such as +aeronautics and wireless, that to a savage mind would seem a thousand +times more incredible than mere witchcraft and magic—and certain things +simply can not and will not be believed. Society itself, our laws, our +customs, our basic attitude towards life depends on a fine balance of +what is credible and what is not, an imperious disbelief in any +manifestation out of the common run of things. It is altogether good for +society when this can be so. Men can not rise up from savagery until it +is so. As long as black magic and witchcraft haunt the souls of men, +there is nothing to trust, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>nothing to hold to or build towards, nothing +permanent or infallible on which to rely, and hope can not escape from +fear, and there is no promise that to-day’s work will stand till +to-morrow. Men are far happier when they may master their own beliefs. +There is nothing so destructive to happiness, so favorable to the +dominion of Fear, as an indiscriminate credulity. Those African +explorers who have seen the curse of fear in the Congo tribes need not +be told this fact.</p> + +<p>But to-night this fine scorn of the supernatural and the bizarre was +some way gone from my being. It wasn’t so easy to reject them now. Those +hide-and-seek, half-glimpsed, eerie phantasies that are hidden deep in +every man’s subconscious mind were in the ascendancy to-night. They had +been implanted in the germ-plasm a thousand thousand generations gone, +they were a dim and mystic heritage from the childhood days of the race, +the fear and the dreads and horrors of those dark forests of countless +thousands of years ago, and they still lie like a shadow over the +fear-cursed minds of some of the more savage peoples. Civilization has +mostly got away from them, it has strengthened itself steadily against +them, building with the high aim of wholly escaping from them, yet no +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>man in this childlike world is wholly unknown to them. The blind, +ghastly fear of the darkness, of the unknown, of the whispering voice or +the rustling of garments of one who returns from beyond the void is an +experience few human beings can deny.</p> + +<p>The cold logic with which I looked on life was in some way shaken and +uncertain. The fanciful side of myself crept in and influenced all my +thought-processes. It was no longer possible to accept, with implicit +faith, that last night’s crime was merely the expression of ordinary, +familiar moods and human passions, that it would all work out according +to the accepted scheme of things. Indeed the crime seemed no longer +<i>human</i> at all. Rather it seemed just some deadly outgrowth of these +weird sands beside the mysterious lagoon.</p> + +<p>The crime had seemed a thing of human origin before, to be judged by +human standards, but now it had become associated, in my mind, with +inanimate sand and water. It was as if we had beheld the sinister +expression of some inherent quality in the place itself rather than the +men who had gathered there. It was hard to believe, now, that Florey had +been a mere actor in some human drama that in the end had led to murder. +He had been little and gray and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>obscure, seemingly apart from human +drama as the mountains are apart from the sea, and it was easier to +believe that he had been merely the unsuspecting victim of some outer +peril that none of us knew. Slain, with a ragged, downward cut through +the breast—and his body dragged into the lagoon!</p> + +<p>What was to prevent the same thing from happening again? Before the week +was done other of the occupants of that house might find themselves +walking in the gardens at night, down by the craggy shore of the lagoon! +Nealman, others of the servants, any one of the guests—Edith +herself—wouldn’t circumstance, sooner or later, take them into the +shadow of that curse? Who could tell but that the whole thing might be +reënacted before this dreadful, sweltering night was done!</p> + +<p>The occupants of the house wouldn’t be able to sleep to-night. Some of +them would go walking in the gardens, rambling further down the +beguiling garden paths that would take them at last to that craggy +margin of the inlet. Some of them might want a cool glimpse of the +lagoon itself. Would we hear that sharp, agonized, fearful scream again +streaming through the windows, gripping the heart and freezing <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>the +blood in the veins? Any hour—any moment—such a thing might occur.</p> + +<p>But at that point I managed a barren and mirthless laugh. I was letting +childlike fancies carry me away—and I had simply tried to laugh them to +scorn. Surely I need not yield to such a mood as this, to let the +sweltering heat and the silence change me into a superstitious savage. +The thing to do was to move away from the window and direct my thought +in other channels. Yet I knew, as I argued with myself, that I was +curiously breathless and inwardly shaken. But these were nothing in +comparison with the fact that I was some way <i>expectant</i>, too, with a +dreadful expectancy beyond the power of naming.</p> + +<p>Then my laugh was cut short. And I don’t know what half-strangled +utterance, what gagging expression of horror or regret or fulfilled +dread took its place on my lips as a distinct scream for help, agonized +and fearful, came suddenly, ripped through the darkness from the +direction of the lagoon.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV</h2> + +<p>The most outstanding thing about that sound was its amazing loudness. It +was hard to believe that a human voice could develop such penetration +and volume. It had an explosive quality, bursting upon the eardrums with +no warning whatsoever, and the man who had cried out had evidently given +the full power of his lungs. It was probably true that the moist, hot +atmosphere, hanging almost without motion, was a perfect medium for +transmitting sound. Besides, my windows were open, facing the lagoon.</p> + +<p>I heard the sound die away. The silence dropped down again to find me +standing wholly motionless before the window, one hand resting on the +sill, seemingly with all power of action gone. It was a shattering blow +to spirit and hope that there was no further sound from that deathly +still lagoon. Further calls would indicate that the outcome of the +affair was still in doubt, that there was still use to hope and +struggle. But there was a sense of dreadful <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>finality in that unbroken +silence. The drama that had raged on that craggy shore was already +closed and done.</p> + +<p>The sound had not been only a cry for help. It had been charged full of +the knowledge of impending death.</p> + +<p>Motion came back to my body; and I sprang to the door. The interlude of +inactivity couldn’t have been more than a second in duration. That +still, upper corridor was coming to life. Some one flashed on a light at +the end of the hall, and the door of the room just opposite mine flew +open. Van Hope, also in dressing-gown and slippers, stood on the +threshold.</p> + +<p>He saw me, and pushed through into the hall. His face had an almost +incredible pallor in the soft light. In a moment his strong hand had +seized my arm.</p> + +<p>“Good God, I didn’t dream that, did I?” he cried. “I was dozing—you +heard it, didn’t you——”</p> + +<p>“Of course I heard——”</p> + +<p>“Some one screamed for help! I heard the word plain. Good Lord, it’s +last night’s work done over——”</p> + +<p>What he said thereafter I didn’t hear. I was running down the hall +toward the stairway, and at the head of the stairs I almost collided +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>with Major Dell, just emerging from his room. He had evidently gone to +bed, and he had just had time to jerk on his trousers over his pajamas +and slip on a pair of romeos. The light was brighter here, and I got a +clear picture of his face.</p> + +<p>It is a curious thing what details imprint themselves ineffaceably on +the memory in a moment of crisis. Perhaps—as in the world of +beasts—all the senses are incalculably sharpened, the thought processes +are clean-cut and infallible, and images have a clarity unequalled at +any other time. I got the idea that Dell had been terribly moved by that +scream in the darkness. His emotion had seemingly been so violent that +it gave the impression of no emotion. His face looked blank as a sheet +of white paper.</p> + +<p>I rushed by him, and I heard him and Van Hope descending the stairs just +behind me. The hall was still lighted, but long shadows lay across the +broad veranda. Fargo, his book still in his hand, stood just outside the +door.</p> + +<p>“What was it, Killdare?” he asked me. “I couldn’t tell from where it +was——”</p> + +<p>“The lagoon!” I answered. In the instant Van Hope and Dell caught up +with me, and the four of us raced down the driveway.</p> + +<p>Instinctively we went first to the place on the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>shore where Florey had +been slain the night before. The action was a clear indication of what +was in our minds—that this matter was in some way darkly related to the +crime of the night before. But the sand was bare, and the grass +unshadowed in the moonlight.</p> + +<p>For a moment we stood, aghast and shaken, gazing out over the lagoon. It +was still as glass. The tide was running out, and not a wave stirred in +all its darkened expanse. We saw the image of the moon far out, scarcely +wavering, and the long, bright trail that it made across the water to +our eyes. The night was still stifling hot, and the lagoon conveyed an +image of coolness.</p> + +<p>“Don’t stand here!” Fargo cried. “We’ve got to make a search. Some poor +devil is likely lying somewhere in these gardens——”</p> + +<p>The house was lighted now, and in an uproar, and some of the other +guests were racing down the driveway to us. In this regard it might have +been last night’s tragedy reënacted. There was, however, one significant +change.</p> + +<p>The iron self-control, the coolness, the perfect discipline of mind and +muscle that had marked the finding of the dead body on the shore the +preceding night was no longer entirely manifest. These northern men, +cold as flint <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>ordinarily, were no longer wholly self-mastered. One +glance at their faces, loose and pale in the moonlight, and the first +sound of their voices told this fact only too plainly. It was not, +however, that they were completely broken. Their training and their +manhood was too good for that.</p> + +<p>We didn’t stop to answer their queries. We began to search through the +gardens, examining every shadow, peering into every covert. We tried to +direct each other according to our several ideas as to the source of the +sound. We all agreed, however, that the sound had seemed to come from +the immediate vicinity of the natural rock wall that formed the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The next few moments were not very coherent. We called back and forth, +encountered one another in the shadows, knew moments of apprehension +when the brush walls cut us off from our fellows, but we found nothing +that might have explained that desperate cry of a few moments before. At +last some one called out commandingly from the shores of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“Come here, every one,” he said. The voice rose above our confused +utterances, and all of us, recognizing a leader, hurried to him. Pescini +was standing beside the craggy shore, a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>strange and imposing figure in +the wealth of moonlight, at the edge of that tranquil water.</p> + +<p>Pescini, after all, was showing himself one of the most self-mastered +men among us. Any one could read the fact in his voice. How white his +skin looked in the moonlight, how raven-black his mustache and beard! He +was still in the garb he had worn at dinner, immaculate and unruffled.</p> + +<p>“We’re not getting anywhere,” he said. “Is every one here?”</p> + +<p>“Here!” It was Joe Nopp’s voice, and he immediately joined us. We waited +an instant, seeing if any further searchers were yet to come in. But the +thickets were as hushed as the lagoon itself.</p> + +<p>“Let’s take another tack,” Pescini said. “There’s nothing in these +gardens. If there is we’ll find it in an organized search. Remember—our +search got us nowhere last night. Let’s count up, and see if we’re all +all right.”</p> + +<p>We waited for him to continue. All of us breathed deeply and hard.</p> + +<p>“Then let’s go up to the house to do it,” Nopp suggested. “We know we’re +not all here now—there’s no use getting alarmed before we’re sure. Go +up to the living-room.”</p> + +<p>His voice was oddly penetrative, wakening a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>whole flood of unwelcome +thoughts.... We were not all here, he said—seemingly not even all the +white occupants of Kastle Krags had obeyed the common instinct to answer +and investigate that cry! Yet it all might come to nothing, after all. A +close tabulation might account for every one—and that the remainder of +our party had merely not yet wakened. Stranger things have happened. We +told ourselves, in silent ways, that we had heard of men sleeping +through more fearful sounds than that! I agreed with Nopp that the thing +to do was to go to the living-room, make a careful count, and then see +where we stood.</p> + +<p>In a moment we had started back. We were not afraid we had left some of +our party still searching through the gardens. No man cared to be alone +out there to-night, and all of us kept close track of our fellows. Edith +was standing just before the veranda, on the driveway, as we came up. +The coroner, who had taken time fully to dress, met us half-way down the +lawns.</p> + +<p>We walked almost in silence; and quietly, rather grimly, Joe Nopp +flashed on all the lights of the big living-room.</p> + +<p>“Go ahead, Slatterly,” he said to the sheriff, “See that we’re all +here.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span></p><p>“Let Killdare do it. I don’t know you all, you know——”</p> + +<p>So I made the count, just as sometimes we did after raids over No Man’s +Land. The sheriff and the constable were both present, Mrs. Gentry, the +housekeeper, was standing, pale but remarkably self-possessed, at the +inner door of the room. Of course I couldn’t count up the blacks. Most +of them were evidently hiding in their rooms. And every one of the six +guests answered his name.</p> + +<p>“There’s just one more name to give,” Nopp said at last.</p> + +<p>“But there’s no use naming it,” some one answered in a queer, flat +voice. “He’s not here.”</p> + +<p>Nopp turned, and bounded like a deer up the stairs. All of us knew what +he had gone to do: to see if the missing man was in his room. And there +was nothing for us but to wait for his report.</p> + +<p>But in a moment we heard his step on the stairs. He sprang down among +us, and evidently his fine self-mastery was breaking within him. His +fine eyes held vivid points of light.</p> + +<p>“My God, he’s gone,” he said. “Not a sign of him.”</p> + +<p>“It can’t be true,” Pescini answered.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span></p><p>“It is. His bed is rumpled—but not thrown back or slept in.”</p> + +<p>Von Hope, the missing man’s closest friend, suddenly gasped aloud. “But +I won’t believe it—not until we make a search!” he cried. “It can’t be +true.”</p> + +<p>“Believe it or not. Search through the grounds or call through the +house. Nealman’s gone just as Florey’s body went last night.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h2> + +<p>We searched through the house, grimly and purposefully; but Nealman, the +genial host of Kastle Krags, was neither revealed to our eyes or gave +answer to our calls. It was no longer possible to doubt but that it was +his voice that had uttered that fearful cry for help.</p> + +<p>While the coroner, whose special province is death, led the guests in a +detailed search through the grounds, Sheriff Slatterly and I examined +the missing man’s room. And here I was to learn the contents of those +mysterious telegrams that had reached Nealman after the inquest of the +preceding day.</p> + +<p>They were lying on his desk, one of them torn in two as if in a fit of +anger, the other rumpled from a hundred readings. I read aloud to the +sheriff:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>BLAIR COMBINE FORCING I. S. AND H. TO BOTTOM. MOVE QUICK IF +YOU CAN.</p></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span></p><p>The second read:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I. S. AND H. DOWN TO 28. ALL YOUR INDUSTRIALS SMASHED WIDE +OPEN. FLETCHER NEALMAN GOES DOWN IN SMASH.</p></div> + +<p>The sheriff halted in his search and took the messages from my hand. +“I’m not much up on the stock market,” he said. “Do you know what these +<span style="white-space: nowrap;">mean——”</span></p> + +<p>“Not exactly. I know that I. S. and H. stock has taken a fearful +drop—if he had bought heavily on margin his whole fortune might have +been wiped out. Blair is a prominent speculator on the exchange. +Industrials refer, of course, to industrial stocks. Fletcher Nealman was +Mr. Nealman’s uncle, supposed to be a man of great <span style="white-space: nowrap;">wealth——”</span></p> + +<p>“Then you think—Nealman was ruined financially?” He paused, seemingly +studying his hands. “I wonder if it could be true.”</p> + +<p>“You mean of course—the same thing that you guessed about Florey. +Suicide?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. I’ll admit there’s plenty against it.”</p> + +<p>“If suicide—why did he cry for help?”</p> + +<p>“Many a man cries for help after he’s started to do himself in. The +darkness scares ’em, when it’s too late to turn back. That wouldn’t +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>puzzle me at all. Killdare, do you know the importance of example?”</p> + +<p>“I know that what one man does, another’s likely to do.”</p> + +<p>“I’m not saying that Nealman killed himself, but listen how much there +is to say for such a theory. You’re right—what one man does, another’s +likely to do. A curious thing about suicides, Weldon tells me, is that +they usually come in droves. One man sets an example for another. Say +you’re worrying to death about something, sick perhaps, or financially +ruined, and you hear of some fellow—some chap you know, perhaps, a man +you respect almost as much as you respect yourself—suddenly getting out +of all his difficulties all nice and quiet—with one little click to the +head? Isn’t it likely you’d begin thinking about the same thing for +yourself? Call it mob psychology—I only know it happens in fact.</p> + +<p>“I’m more confident than ever that Florey did himself in, on account of +his sickness. Here was Nealman, worried to death over money matters, +holding a lot of options on a falling market. It’s true that we didn’t +find Florey’s knife, but who can say but maybe Nealman himself threw it +into the lagoon, and dragged the body afterward, so that no one would +guess it was suicide. He liked Florey—he didn’t want any one to know +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>he had done himself in. Maybe he was thinking already about doing the +same thing to himself, and in such a case he’d been glad enough to have +some one hide the evidence of suicide. To-day he gets word of a final +smash, and he stays all day in his room, brooding about it. To-night +comes this heat—enough to drive a man crazy. Maybe he just called out +to make us think it was murder. Proud men don’t usually want the world +to know that they’ve killed themselves.</p> + +<p>“Then there’s one other thing—more important still. What’s that book, +open, on the table?”</p> + +<p>I glanced at its leathern cover. “The Bible,” I told him.</p> + +<p>“The Holy Book. And how often do you find a worldly man like this +Nealman getting out the Bible and reading it? Doesn’t it show that he +was planning something mighty serious—that he wanted to give his soul +every chance before he took the last step? It’s a common thing for +suicides to read the Bible the last thing. And what are these?”</p> + +<p>He showed me a rumpled sheet of paper, procured from the waste-basket, +on which had been written a number of unrelated figures.</p> + +<p>“I can’t say,” I told him. “Probably he was doing some figuring about +his losses.”</p> + +<p>“Looks to me like he was out of his head<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>—was just writin’ any old +figures down. But maybe you’re right.”</p> + +<p>It was true that the bed had not been slept in. Nealman had lain down on +it, however, and disarranged the spread. Many cigarette and cigar stubs +filled the smoking stand, and a half-filled whiskey-and-soda glass stood +on the window sill.</p> + +<p>No other clews were revealed, so we went down to the study. The guests +of Kastle Krags had not gone back to their beds. They sat in a little +white-faced group beside the window, talking quietly. Marten beckoned +the sheriff to his side.</p> + +<p>“What have you found out, Slatterly?” he asked.</p> + +<p>He spoke like a man used to having his questions answered. There was a +note of impatience in his voice, too, perhaps of distrust. Slatterly +straightened.</p> + +<p>“Nothing definite. Nealman has unquestionably vanished. His bed hasn’t +been slept in, but is ruffled. Undoubtedly it was his voice we heard. I +think I’ll be able to give you something definite in a little while.”</p> + +<p>“I’d like something definite now, if you could possibly give it. That’s +two men that have disappeared in two nights—and we seem to be no nearer +an explanation than we were at first. This <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>isn’t a business that can be +delayed, Mr. Slatterly.”</p> + +<p>“If you must know—I think both men committed suicide.”</p> + +<p>“You do!”</p> + +<p>“It certainly is the most reasonable theory, in spite of all there is +against it.” Then he told of Nealman’s financial disaster, of the Bible +open on his desk, and all the other points he had to back his theory.</p> + +<p>“And I suppose Florey swallowed his knife, and threw his own body into +the lagoon!” Fargo commented grimly.</p> + +<p>Slatterly turned to him, his eyes hard and bright. “We’ll have your +jokes to-morrow,” he reproved him sternly. “Of course some one else did +that. I’ve got a theory—not yet proven—to explain it, but I can’t give +it out yet.”</p> + +<p>“How do you account for Florey’s body not being found in the lagoon?” +Marten asked quietly.</p> + +<p>“I can’t account for it. We might have missed it—I don’t see how we +could, but we might have done so. I’m going to have men dragging the +lagoon all day, over and over again—until we find <i>both</i> bodies.”</p> + +<p>“You are convinced that Nealman, too, lies dead in the lagoon?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span></p><p>“Where else could he be? Did you hear that cry a few hours ago?”</p> + +<p>“Good Heavens! Could I ever forget it? My old friend——”</p> + +<p>“Was it faked? Could any man have faked a cry like that?”</p> + +<p>“Heavens, no! It had the fear and the agony of death right in it. There +can’t be any hope of that, Slatterly.”</p> + +<p>The sheriff gazed about the little circle of white faces. No one +dissented. That cry was real, and there had been tragic need and +extremity behind it: we knew that fact if we knew that we lived. +Evidently the sheriff had completely given over the theory that he had +suggested, half-heartedly, to me—that Nealman might have cried out to +hide the fact of his own suicide.</p> + +<p>“No man could have cried out like that to deceive, and then disappear. +No, Mr. Marten, the man that gave that cry is dead, in all probability +in the lagoon, and there seems no doubt but that Nealman was the man.”</p> + +<p>“Yet you think he was a suicide.”</p> + +<p>“A suicide often cries out for help when it is too late to back out. But +of course—I can’t say for sure.”</p> + +<p>“You’re mistaken in that, Slatterly.” Van Hope drew himself together +with a perceptible <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>effort. “I’ve known this man for years—and in the +end, you’ll see it isn’t suicide. He wasn’t the type that commits +suicide. He’s young, he’d be getting himself together to meet that Blair +gang that ruined him and chase ’em into their holes. The suicide theory +is far-fetched, at best.”</p> + +<p>“It may be,” the sheriff agreed. “I only wish there could be some light +thrown on this affair——”</p> + +<p>“There will be, Slatterly.” Marten’s voice dropped almost to a monotone. +“This is too big a deal for one man—or two men either. We’ve been +talking, and we’ve decided to send for some one to help you out.”</p> + +<p>“You have, eh?” Slatterly stiffened. “If I need help I can send through +my own channels—get some state or national <span style="white-space: nowrap;">detectives——”</span></p> + +<p>“That’s all right. Get ’em if you want to. The more the better. But you +haven’t got any help yet—even the district attorney has failed to come +and won’t come for at least a day or two more. We’ve got a private +detective in mind—one of the biggest in America. His name’s +Lacone—you’ve heard of him. It won’t be an official matter at all. Van +Hope is hiring him—a wholly private enterprise. I know you’ll all be +glad to have his co-operation.”</p> + +<p>“If it’s a private venture, I have nothing further <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>to say,” Slatterly +told him stiffly. “When do you expect him?”</p> + +<p>“He’s operating in the Middle West. He can’t possibly make it until day +after to-morrow——”</p> + +<p>“Twenty-four hours, eh?”</p> + +<p>“It’s after midnight now. Probably not for forty-eight hours.”</p> + +<p>“By that time, I hope to have the matter solved.” Then his business took +him elsewhere, and he strode away.</p> + +<p>There was one thing more I could do. It was an obligation, and yet, +because it was in the way of service, it was a happiness too. I climbed +the broad stairs and stopped at last before Edith’s door.</p> + +<p>She called softly in answer to my knock. And in a moment she had opened +the door.</p> + +<p>She was fully dressed, waiting ready for any call that might be made +upon her. And the picture that she made, framed in the doorway, went +straight to my heart.</p> + +<p>Her eyes were still lustrous with tears, and the high girlish color and +the light of happiness was gone from her face. It was wistful, like that +of a grief-stricken child. Her voice was changed too, in spite of all +her struggle to make it sound <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>the same. And at first I stood helpless, +not knowing what to say or do.</p> + +<p>“I came—just to see if I could be of any aid—in any way.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think you can,” she answered. “It’s so good of you, though, to +remember——”</p> + +<p>“There’s no one to notify—no telegrams to send——”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think so, yet. We’re not sure yet. Ned, is there any chance for +him to be alive——”</p> + +<p>“Not any.”</p> + +<p>Her hand touched my arm. “You haven’t any idea how he died?”</p> + +<p>“No. It’s absolutely baffling. But try not to think about it. Everything +will come out right for you, in the end.”</p> + +<p>I hadn’t meant to say just that—to recall her to the uncertainty of her +own future now that her uncle, financially ruined, had disappeared.</p> + +<p>“I’m not thinking—about what will happen to me.” She suddenly +straightened, and her eyes kindled. “About the other—Ned, I’m not going +to try to keep from thinking about it. I’m going to think about it all I +can, until I see it through. Only thought, and keen, true thought, can +help us now. I’ve had to do a lot of thinking in my life, overcoming +difficulties. And there’s no one really vitally interested but me—I was +the closest <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>relative, except for his uncle, that Nealman had. I’m going +to find out the mystery of that lagoon! Perhaps, in finding it, I can +solve a lot of other problems too—perhaps the one you just mentioned. +Uncle Grover was kind to me, he gave me his protection and shelter—and +I’m going to know what killed him!”</p> + +<p>I found myself staring into her blazing, determined eyes. She meant what +she said. The fire of a zealot was in her face. “Good Heavens, Edith! +That isn’t work for a woman——”</p> + +<p>“It’s work for anybody, with a clear enough brain to see the truth, and +courage to prove it out——”</p> + +<p>In some mysterious way her hands had got into mine. We were standing +face to face in the shadowed hall. “But promise me—you won’t go into +danger!”</p> + +<p>“I promise—that I’ll take every precaution—to preserve myself.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h2> + +<p>As soon as daylight came the coroner held another inquest. Again the +occupants of the great manor house, black and white, were gathered in +the living-room, and the coroner called on each person in turn. Possible +suspects had been numerous in the case of Florey’s death: in regard to +this second mystery they seemingly included almost every one in the +house.</p> + +<p>I was able to state positively that Major Dell and Van Hope were in +their own rooms at the time, or such a short time afterward as to +preclude them from any possible connection with the crime. I had seen +the latter on his threshold: both of us had encountered Major Dell as he +emerged from his room, his trousers slipped on over his pajamas. The +court had to take each man’s word in every other instance.</p> + +<p>The coroner questioned Fargo particularly closely. I had testified that +we had met him, at the lower hallway, fully dressed, and evidently <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>the +official attributed sinister importance to the fact. Fargo stood tightly +by his guns, however, testifying that he sat in the same chair in the +library from shortly after the dinner hour until he had heard the +scream.</p> + +<p>“What was the nature of the scream, Mr. Fargo?” the coroner asked.</p> + +<p>“It was very high and loud—I would say a very frantic scream.”</p> + +<p>“You would say it was a cry of agony? Like some one mortally wounded?”</p> + +<p>“I wouldn’t hardly think so.”</p> + +<p>“And why not?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think a wounded man could have uttered that scream. It was too +loud and strong—given by a man whose strength was still largely +unimpaired.”</p> + +<p>The coroner leaned nearer. “How further would you describe it?”</p> + +<p>“It was a distinct cry for help,” Fargo answered. “The word he said was +‘Help’—I heard it distinctly. But it wasn’t a cry of any one mortally +injured. If anything, it was a cry of—fear.”</p> + +<p>“Where did it come from?”</p> + +<p>“From the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>The coroner’s eyes snapped. “If you knew it was from the lagoon why did +you ask Mr. Killdare, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>when he encountered you last night, where it was +from.”</p> + +<p>Fargo stiffened, meeting his gaze. “I wasn’t sure last night, Mr. +Weldon,” he answered. “I knew it was somewhere in that direction. When +Mr. Killdare said it was from the lagoon I instantly knew he was right. +I can’t say just how I knew. All the testimony I’ve heard to-day proves +the same thing.”</p> + +<p>“No one wants you to tell what other people have testified, Mr. Fargo,” +the coroner reproved him. “We want to know what you saw with your own +eyes and heard with your own ears and what you thought at the time, not +now. To go further. You think that the cry was uttered by a man whose +strength was unimpaired. A strong, full-lunged cry. Moreover, it was +given in deadly fear. Does that suggest anything in your mind?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t see what you are getting at.”</p> + +<p>“You say it was a long, full-voiced cry. Or did you say it was long?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think I said so. It was rather long-drawn, though. It’s +impossible to give a full-lunged cry without having it give the effect +of being long-drawn.”</p> + +<p>“You would say it lasted—how long?”</p> + +<p>“A second, I should say. Certainly not more. Just about a second.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span></p><p>“A second is a long time, isn’t it, Mr. Fargo, when a man stands at the +brink of death. Often the tables can be turned in as long a time as a +second. Many times a second has given a man time to save his life—to +prepare a defense—even to flee. Does it seem to you unusual that a man +would give that much energy and time to cry for help when he was still +uninjured, and still had a second of life.”</p> + +<p>“Not at all—under certain circumstances.”</p> + +<p>“What circumstances?”</p> + +<p>“It would depend on the nature of the force. A man might see—that while +he still had strength left to fight, he wouldn’t have the least chance +to win.”</p> + +<p>“Exactly. Yet if a man had time to call out that way, he’d at least have +time to run. A man can take a big jump in a second, Fargo.”</p> + +<p>Fargo’s voice fell. “Perhaps he couldn’t run.”</p> + +<p>“Ah!” The coroner paused. “Because he was in the grasp of his +assailant?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“Yet he still had his strength left. Nealman was a man among men, wasn’t +he, Fargo?”</p> + +<p>“Indeed he was!” Fargo’s eyes snapped. “I’d like to see any one deny +it.”</p> + +<p>“He wasn’t a coward then. He’d fight as long as he had a chance, instead +of giving all his energies <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>to yelling for help—help that could not +reach him short of many seconds. In other words, Nealman knew that he +didn’t have the least kind of a fighting chance. He was in the grasp of +his assailant so he couldn’t run. And his assailant was strong—and +powerful enough—that there was no use to fight him.”</p> + +<p>It was curious how his voice rang in that silent room. Fargo had leaned +back in his chair, as if the words struck him like physical blows. A +negro janitor at one side inhaled with a sharp, distinct sound.</p> + +<p>“It might have been more than one man,” Fargo suggested uneasily.</p> + +<p>“Do you believe it was?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. It’s wholly a blank to me.”</p> + +<p>“Have you any theory where the body is?”</p> + +<p>“I suppose—in the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>“Would you say that cry was given while he was in the water?”</p> + +<p>“I hardly think so. I’m slightly known as a swimmer, Mr. Weldon—was +once, anyway, and I know something about the water. A drowning man can’t +call that loud. Mr. Nealman was a corking good swimmer himself—nothing +fancy at all, but fairly well able to take care of himself. When he +disappeared the tide was running out—the lagoon on this side of the +rock wall was still <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>as glass. If Mr. Nealman, through some accident or +other, fell in that lagoon he’d swim out—unless he was held in. At +least he’d try to swim out. And by the time he found out he couldn’t +make the shore, he’d be so tired he couldn’t cry out like he did last +night.”</p> + +<p>“I see your point. I don’t know that it would always work out. +Occasionally a man—simply loses his nerve.”</p> + +<p>“Not Nealman—in still water, most of which isn’t over five feet deep.”</p> + +<p>“‘Unless he was held in,’ you say. What do you think held him in?”</p> + +<p>Fargo’s hands gripped his chair-arms. “Mr. Weldon, I don’t know what you +want me to say,” he answered clearly. “I feel the same way about this +mystery that I felt about the other—that human enemies did him to +death. I don’t think anything held him in. I think he was dead before +ever he was thrown into the water. I think two or three men—perhaps +only one—surrounded him—probably pointed a gun at him. He yelled for +help, and they killed him—probably with a knife or black-jack. That’s +the whole story.”</p> + +<p>The coroner dismissed him, then slowly gazed about the circle. For the +first time I began to realize that these mysteries of Kastle Krags were +pricking under his skin. He looked baffled, irritated, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>his temper was +lost, as gone as the missing men themselves.</p> + +<p>Ever his attitude was more belligerent, pugnacious. His lips were set in +a fighting line, his eyes scowled, and evidently he intended to wring +the testimony from his witnesses by third degree methods. Suddenly he +whirled to Pescini.</p> + +<p>“How did you happen to be fully dressed at the time of Nealman’s +disappearance last night?” he demanded.</p> + +<p>Pescini met his gaze coolly and easily. Perhaps little points of light +glittered in his eyes, but his pale face was singularly impassive. “I +hadn’t gone to bed,” he answered simply.</p> + +<p>“How did that happen? Do you usually wait till long after midnight to go +to bed?”</p> + +<p>“Not always. I have no set hour. Last night I was reading.”</p> + +<p>“Some book that was in your room?”</p> + +<p>“A book I had carried with me. ‘The diary of a Peruvian Princess’ was +the title. An old book—but exceedingly interesting.”</p> + +<p>He spoke gravely, yet it was good to hear him. “I’ll make a note of it,” +the coroner said, falling into his mood. But at once he got back to +business. “You didn’t remove your coat?”</p> + +<p>“No. I got so interested that I forgot to make any move towards bed.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p><p>The coroner paused, then took another tack. “You’ve known Nealman for a +long time, have you not, Pescini?”</p> + +<p>“Something over four years, I should judge.”</p> + +<p>“You knew him in a business way?”</p> + +<p>“More in a social way. We had few business dealings.”</p> + +<p>“Ah!” The coroner seemed to be studying the pattern of the rugs. “The +inquiry of the other day showed you and he from the same city. I suppose +you moved largely in the same circle. Belonged to the same clubs, and +all that? Mr. Pescini, was Nealman a frequent visitor to your house?”</p> + +<p>The witness seemed to stiffen. The coroner leaned forward in his chair.</p> + +<p>“He came quite often,” the former replied quietly. “He was a rather +frequent dinner guest. He and I liked to talk over various subjects.”</p> + +<p>“You will pardon me, Mr. Pescini, if I have to venture into personal +subjects—subjects that will be unpleasant for you to discuss. This +inquiry, however, takes the place of a formal inquest. Two men have +disappeared. It is the duty of the state, whose representative I am, to +spare no man’s sensibilities in finding out the truth. We’ve got to get +down to cases. You understand that, I suppose.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span></p><p>“Perfectly.” Pescini leaned back, folding his hands. “Perfectly,” he +said again.</p> + +<p>“I believe you recently filed and won a suit for divorce against your +wife, Marie Pescini. Isn’t this true?”</p> + +<p>The witness nodded. None of us heard him speak.</p> + +<p>“May I ask what was your grounds, stated in your complaint?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t see that it makes any difference. The grounds were the only +ones by which divorce can be granted in the State of New York.”</p> + +<p>“Infidelity, I believe?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. Infidelity.”</p> + +<p>“You named certain co-respondents?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“I ask you this. Was there any man whom you regarded as one of those +that had helped to break up your home that, for any reason in the world, +you did not name in your complaint?”</p> + +<p>“There was not. You are absolutely off on the wrong track.”</p> + +<p>The coroner dismissed him pre-emptorily, then turned to Edith Nealman. +He asked her the usual questions, with considerable care and in rather +surprising detail—how long she had worked as Nealman’s secretary, +whether he had any enemies; he sounded her as to the missing <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>man’s +habits, his finances, his most intimate life.</p> + +<p>“When did you last see Mr. Nealman?” he asked quickly.</p> + +<p>“Just before yesterday’s inquest—when he went to his room.”</p> + +<p>“He didn’t call you for any work?”</p> + +<p>“No.”</p> + +<p>“You didn’t see him in the corridor—in his room—in the study adjoining +his room—or anywhere else?”</p> + +<p>“No.” Edith’s face was stark white, and her voice was very low. Not one +of us could ever forget how she looked—that slim, girlish figure in the +big chair, the frightened eyes, the pale, sober face. The coroner +smiled, a little, grim smile that touched some unpleasant part of me, +then abruptly turned to Mrs. Gentry, the housekeeper.</p> + +<p>“I’ll have to ask you to give publicly, Mrs. Gentry, the testimony you +gave me before this inquest.”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t tell you that to speak out in court,” the woman replied, +angrily. “There wasn’t nothin’ to it, anyway. I’m sorry I told <span style="white-space: nowrap;">you——”</span></p> + +<p>“That’s for me to decide—whether there was anything to it. It won’t +injure any one who is innocent, Mrs. Gentry. What happened, about +ten-thirty or eleven o’clock.”</p> + +<p>The woman answered as if under compulsion—in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>the helpless voice of one +who, in a long life’s bitter struggle, has learned the existence of many +masters. Mrs. Gentry had learned to yield. To her this trivial court was +a resistless power, many of which existed in her world.</p> + +<p>“I was at the end of the corridor on the second floor—tendin’ to a +little work. Then I saw Miss Edith come stealin’ out of her room.”</p> + +<p>“You say she was ‘stealing.’ Describe how she came. Did she give the +impression of trying to go—unseen?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. I don’t think she wanted any one to see her. She went on tip-toe.”</p> + +<p>“Did she carry anything in her hands?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. She had a black book, not big and not little either. She had it +under her arm. She crept along the hall, and a door opened to let her +in.”</p> + +<p>“What door was it?”</p> + +<p>“The door of Mr. Nealman’s suite—a little hall, with one door leading +into his chamber—the other to his study.”</p> + +<p>“Nealman opened the door for her, then?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. I saw his sleeve as he closed it behind her.”</p> + +<p>The coroner’s face grew stern, and he turned once more to Edith. To all +outward appearance she hadn’t heard the testimony. She leaned easily <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>in +her big chair, and her palm rested under her chin. Her eyes were shadowy +and far-away.</p> + +<p>“How can you account for that, Miss Nealman?” Weldon asked.</p> + +<p>“There’s nothing I can say about it,” was her quiet answer.</p> + +<p>“You admit it’s true, then?”</p> + +<p>“I can’t make Mrs. Gentry out a liar.” It seemed to me that a dim smile +played at her lips; but it was a thing even closely watching eyes might +easily mistake. “It’s perfectly true.”</p> + +<p>“Then why, Miss Nealman, did you tell us a few minutes ago you hadn’t +seen Mr. Nealman since afternoon? That was a lie, was it not? I didn’t +ask you to take formal oath when you gave me your testimony. I presumed +you’d stay by the truth. Why did you tell us what you did?”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t see any use in trying to explain. I didn’t tell you—because +Mr. Nealman asked me not to.”</p> + +<p>A little shiver of expectancy passed over the court. “What do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“Just that—he asked me to tell no one about my visit to the little +study adjoining his room. The whole thing was simply this—there’s +certainly no good in withholding it any more. About eleven he rang for +me. There is a bell, you know, that connects that study with my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>room. I +answered it as I’ve always done. He asked me if I had a Bible—and I +told him I did. He asked me to get it for him, as quietly as possible.</p> + +<p>“I got it—quietly as possible—just as he said. There was nothing very +peculiar about it—he often wants some book out of the library. I gave +him the book and he dismissed me, first asking me to tell no one, under +any conditions, that he had asked for it. I didn’t know why he asked it, +but he is my employer, and I complied with his request. Mrs. Gentry saw +me as I was coming down the hall with the Bible under my arm. I didn’t +tell you about it because he asked me not to.”</p> + +<p>“It was your Bible, then, that we found in his room?”</p> + +<p>“Of course.”</p> + +<p>“Mr. Nealman was given to reading the Bible at various times?”</p> + +<p>“On the contrary I don’t think he ever read it. He didn’t have a copy. +He was not, outwardly, according to the usual manifestations, a highly +religious man.”</p> + +<p>“Yet you say he was intrinsically religious? At least, that he had +religious instincts?”</p> + +<p>“He had very fine instincts. He had a great deal of natural religion.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span></p><p>“You often brought him books, you say. Yet you must have thought it +peculiar—that he would ask for the Bible—in the dead of night.”</p> + +<p>“Yes.” Her voice dropped a tone. “Of course it was peculiar.”</p> + +<p>“Then why didn’t you notify some one about it?”</p> + +<p>“Because he told me not to.”</p> + +<p>The coroner seemed baffled—but only for an instant. “Did it occur to +you that he was perhaps trying to get some religious consolation—just +before he took some important or tragic step? Did the thought +of—suicide ever occur to you?”</p> + +<p>“No. It didn’t occur to me. My uncle didn’t commit suicide.”</p> + +<p>“You have only your beliefs as to that?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, but they are enough. I know him too well. I’m sure he didn’t +commit suicide.”</p> + +<p>“How did he appear when you talked to him—excited, frenzied? Did he +seem changed at all?”</p> + +<p>“I think he was somewhat excited. His eyes were very bright. I wouldn’t +call him desperate, however. He was dressed in the flannels he had worn +when he went to his room. Of course he looked dreadfully worn and +tired—he had been through a great deal that day. As you know he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>had +just heard about his frightful losses on the stock exchange, wiping out +his entire fortune and even leaving some few debts.”</p> + +<p>“You went away quietly—at once? Leaving him to read the Bible?”</p> + +<p>“Very soon. We talked a few minutes, perhaps.”</p> + +<p>Then the coroner began upon a series of questions that were abhorrent to +every man in the room. There was nothing to do, however, but to listen +to them in silence. The man was within his rights.</p> + +<p>“You say that Nealman was your uncle?” he asked.</p> + +<p>The girl’s eyes fastened on his, and narrowed as we watched her. “Of +course. My father’s brother.”</p> + +<p>“A blood relative, eh?” The coroner spoke more slowly, carefully. “I +suppose you could prove that point to the satisfaction of a court.”</p> + +<p>“With a little time. I’d have to go back to the records of my own old +home. What are you getting at?”</p> + +<p>“What was your father’s name, may I ask?”</p> + +<p>“Henry H. Nealman.”</p> + +<p>“Older or younger than Grover Nealman?”</p> + +<p>“Nearly ten years older, or thereabouts.”</p> + +<p>“Where was Mr. Nealman born?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p><p>“In Rensselaer, New York. His father was named Henry H. Nealman, also. +He was a rug manufacturer. There was also one sister that died many +years ago—Grace Nealman. Are you satisfied that I am really his niece, +Mr. Weldon?”</p> + +<p>“Perfectly.” The coroner nodded, slowly. “Perfectly satisfied.”</p> + +<p>He dismissed her, but it came about that I failed to hear the testimony +given immediately thereafter. One of Slatterly’s men that had been sent +for to help him drag the lake brought me in a telegram.</p> + +<p>It was the belated answer to the wire I had sent to Mrs. Noyes, of New +Hampshire the previous day, and signed by the woman’s husband. It read +as follows:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>MY WIFE DIED LAST MONTH LEAVING ME TO MOURN. THE LETTERS +WERE UNQUESTIONABLY FROM GEORGE FLOREY DAVID’S BROTHER. THEY +HAVE BEEN BITTER ENEMIES SINCE YOUTH OVER SOME SECRET +BUSINESS. FIND GEORGE FLOREY AND YOU WILL FIND THE MURDERER. +I HAVEN’T EVER SEEN HIM AND SO FAR HAVE BEEN UNABLE TO FIND +PHOTO. IF ONE TURNS UP I WILL SEND IT ON.</p> + +<p class="right"><span style="margin-right: 1.5em;">WILLIAM NOYES.</span></p></div> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h2> + +<p>Grover Nealman had disappeared, and no search could bring him back to +Kastle Krags. The hope that we all had, that some way, some how he would +reappear—destroying in a moment that strange, ghastly tradition that +these last two nights had established—died in our souls as the daylight +hours sped by. Even if we could have found him dead it would have been +some relief. In that case we could ascribe his death to something we +could understand—a sudden sickness, a murderer’s blow, perhaps even his +own hand at his throat, all of which were within our bourne of human +experience. But it was vaguely hard for us to have two men go, on +successive nights, and have no knowledge whence or how they had gone.</p> + +<p>Of course no man hinted at this hardship. It was simply the sort of +thing that could not be discussed by intelligent men. Yet we were human, +only a few little generations from the tribal fire and the +witch-doctors, and it got under our skins.</p> + +<p>Grover Nealman’s body was not lying in some unoccupied part of the +house, nor did we find him <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>in the gardens. Telephone messages were +sent, but Nealman had not been seen. And after six hours of patient +search, under that Floridan sun, it was no longer easy to believe that +he lay at the bottom of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The sheriff’s men dragged tirelessly, widening out their field of search +until it covered most of the lagoon, but they found neither Nealman nor +Florey. Some of the work was done in the flow-tide, when the waves +breaking on the rocky barrier made the lagoon itself choppy and rough. +They came in tired and discouraged, ready to give up.</p> + +<p>In the meantime Van Hope had heard from Lacone—but his message was not +very encouraging either. It would likely be forty hours, he said, before +he could arrive at Kastle Krags. Of course Van Hope and his friends +agreed that there was nothing to do but wait for him.</p> + +<p>The sun reached high noon and then began his long, downward drift to the +West. The shadows slowly lengthened almost imperceptibly at first, but +with gradually increasing speed. The heat of the day climbed, reached +its zenith; the diamond-back slept heavily in the shade, a deadly +slumber that was evil to look upon; and the water-moccasin hung +lifelessly in his thickets—and then, so slowly as to pass belief, the +little winds from the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>West sprang up, bringing relief. It would soon be +night at Kastle Krags. The afternoon was almost gone.</p> + +<p>Not one of those northern men mentioned the fact. They were +Anglo-Saxons, and that meant there were certain iron-clad restraints on +their speech. Because of this inherent reserve they had to bottle up +their thoughts, harbor them in silence, with the risk of a violent nerve +explosion in the end. Insanity is not common among the Latin peoples. +They find easy expression in words for all the thoughts that plague +them, thus escaping that strain and tension that works such havoc on the +nervous system. Slatterly and Weldon, native Floridans, had learned a +certain sociability and ease of expression under that tropical sun, +impossible to these cold, northern men; and consequently the day passed +easier for them. Likely they talked over freely the mystery of Kastle +Krags, relieved themselves of their secret dreads, and awaited the +falling of the night with healthy, unburdened minds. They were naturally +more superstitious than the Northerners. They had listened to Congo +myths in the arms of colored mammies in infancy. But superstition, while +a retarding force to civilization, is sometimes a mighty consolation to +the spirit. The tribes of Darkest Africa, seeing many things that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>in +their barbarism they can not understand, find it wiser to turn to +superstition than to go mad. Thus they escape that bitter, +nerve-wracking struggle of trying to adjust some inexplicable mystery +with their every-day laws of matter and space and time. They likely find +it happier to believe in witchcraft than to fight hopelessly with fear +in silence.</p> + +<p>A little freedom, a little easy expression of secret thoughts might have +redeemed those long, silent hours just before nightfall. But no man told +another what he was really thinking, and every man had to win his battle +for himself. The result was inevitable: a growing tension and suspense +in the very air.</p> + +<p>It was a strange atmosphere that gathered over Kastle Krags in those +early evening hours. Some way it gave no image of reality. It was +vaguely hard to talk—the mind moved along certain channels and could +not be turned aside. We couldn’t disregard the fact that the night was +falling. The hours of darkness were even now upon us. And no man could +keep from thinking of their possibilities.</p> + +<p>I noticed a certain irritability on the part of all the guests. Their +nerves were on edge, their tempers—almost forgotten in their years of +social intercourse—excitable and uncertain. They <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>were all +pre-occupied, busy with their own thoughts—and a man started when +another spoke to him.</p> + +<p>It couldn’t be truly said that they had been conquered by fear. These +were self-reliant, masterful men, trained from the ground up to be +strong in the face of danger. Yet the mystery of Kastle Krags was +getting to them. They couldn’t forget that for two nights running some +power that dwelt on that eerie shore had claimed one of the occupants of +the manor house—and that a third night was even now encroaching over +the forest. Any legend however strange concerning the old house could +not wake laughter now. It was true that from time to time one of the +guests laughed at another’s sallies, but always the sound rang +shockingly loud over the verandas and was some way disquieting to every +one that heard it. Nor did we hear any happy, carefree laughter such as +had filled the halls that first night. Rather these were nervous, +excited sounds, conveying no image of mirth, and jarring unpleasantly on +us all.</p> + +<p>The hot spell of the previous night was fortunately broken, yet some of +us chose to sit on the verandas. Through rifts in the trees we could +watch the darkness creeping over the sea and the lagoon. There was no +pleasure here—but it was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>some way better than staying in our rooms and +letting the night creep upon us unawares. It seemed better to face it +and watch it, staring away into it with rather bright, wide-open +eyes....</p> + +<p>The trees blurred on the lawns. The trunks faded until they seemed like +the trunks of ghost-trees, haunting that ancient shore. It was no longer +possible to distinguish twig from twig where the branches overlapped.</p> + +<p>The green grass became a strange, dusky blue; the gray sand of the shore +whitened; the blue-green waters turned to ink except for their +silver-white caps of foam. Watching closely, our eyes gradually adjusted +themselves to the fading light, conveying the impression that the +twilight was of unusual length. Perhaps we didn’t quite know when the +twilight ended and the night began.</p> + +<p>The usual twilight sounds reached us with particular vividness from the +lagoon and the forest and the shore. We heard the plover, as ever; and +deeper voices—doubtless those of passing sea-birds, mingled with +theirs. But the sounds came intermittently, sharp and penetrating out of +the darkness and the silence, and they always startled us a little. +Sometimes the thickets rustled in the gardens—little, hushed noises +none of us pretended to hear. A frog croaked, and the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>hushed little +wind creaked the tree-limbs together. Once some wild creature—possibly +a wildcat, but more likely a great owl—filled the night with his weird, +long-drawn cry. We all turned, and Van Hope, sitting near by, smiled +wanly in the gloom.</p> + +<p>Darkness had already swept the verandas, and Van Hope’s was the only +face I could see. The others were already blurred, and even their forms +were mere dark blotches of shadow. A vague count showed that there was +six of us here—and I was suddenly rather startled by the thought that I +didn’t know just who they were. The group had changed from time to time +throughout the evening, some of the men had gone and others had taken +their chairs, and now the darkness concealed their identities. It +shouldn’t have made any difference, yet I found myself dwelling, with a +strange persistency, on the subject.</p> + +<p>The reason got down to the simple fact that, in this house of mystery, a +man instinctively wanted to keep track of all his fellows. He wanted to +know where they were and what they were doing. He found himself worrying +when one of them was gone. I suppose it was the instinct of +protection—a feeling that a man’s absence might any moment result in a +shrill scream of fear or death in the darkness. Van Hope sat <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>to my +left, a little further to the right was Weldon, the coroner. There were +three chairs further to the right, but which of the five remaining +guests occupied them I did not know.</p> + +<p>Three white men—two of the guests and the sheriff—were unaccounted +for. My better intelligence told me that they were either in the +living-room or the library, perhaps in their own rooms, yet it was +impossible to forget that these men were of the white race, largely free +from the superstition that kept the blacks safely from the perilous +shores of the lagoon. Any one of a dozen reasons might send them walking +down through the gardens to those gray crags from which they might never +return.</p> + +<p>I found myself wondering about Edith, too. She had excused herself and +had gone to her room, ostensibly to bed, but I couldn’t forget our +conversation of the previous night and her resolve to fathom the mystery +of her uncle’s disappearance. Would she remain in the security of her +room, or must I guard her, too?</p> + +<p>How slow the time passed! The darkness deepened over land and sea. The +moon had not yet risen—indeed it would not appear until after midnight. +The great, white Floridan stars, however, had pushed through the dark +blue canopy of the night, and their light lay softly over the gardens. +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>The guests talked in muffled tones, their excited laughter ringing out +at ever longer intervals. The coals of their cigars glowed like +fireflies in the gloom.</p> + +<p>By ten o’clock two of the six chairs were vacant. Two of the guests had +tramped away heavily to their rooms, not passing so near that I could +make sure of their identity. Soon after this a very deep and curious +silence fell over the veranda.</p> + +<p>The two men to my right, Weldon the coroner and one of the guests, were +smoking quietly, evidently in a lull in their conversation. I didn’t +particularly notice them. Their silence was some way natural and easy, +nothing to startle the heart or arrest the breath. If they had been +talking, however, perhaps the moment would have never got hold of me as +it did. The silence seemed to deepen with an actual sense of motion, +like something growing, and a sensation as inexplicable as it was +unpleasant slowly swept over me.</p> + +<p>It was a creepy, haunting feeling that had its origin somewhere beyond +the five senses. Outwardly there was nothing to startle me, unless it +was that curious, deepening silence. The darkness, the shore, the +starlit gardens were just the same. Nor was it a perceptible, abrupt +start. It <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>came slowly, growing, creeping through me. I had no +inclination to make any perceptible motion, or to show that anything was +different than it was before. I turned slowly to Van Hope, sitting to my +left.</p> + +<p>Instinctively I knew that here was the source of my alarm. It was +something that my subconscious self had picked up from him. He was +sitting motionless in his chair, his hand that held his cigar half +raised to his lips, staring away into the distant gardens.</p> + +<p>There is something bad for the spirit in the sight of an entirely +motionless figure. The reason is simply that it is out of accord with +nature—that the very soul of things, from the tree on the hill to the +stars in the sky, is motion never ending. A figure suddenly changed to +stone focuses the attention much more surely than any sudden sound or +movement. Perhaps it has its origin in the deep-hidden instincts, +harking back to those long ago times when the sudden arresting of all +motion on the part of the companion indicated the presence of some great +danger and an attempt to escape its gaze. Even to-day it indicates a +thought so compelling that the half-unconscious physical functions are +suspended: a fear or a sensation so violent that life seems to die in +the body.</p> + +<p>Van Hope couldn’t get his cigar to his lips. He <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>held it between his +fingers, a few inches in front. He was watching so intently that his +face looked absolutely blank. A little shiver that was some way related +to fear passed over me, and I had all the sensations of being violently +startled. Then Van Hope suddenly got to his feet with a short, low +exclamation.</p> + +<p>Our nerves on edge, instantly all three of us were beside him—Weldon, +myself, and Joe Nopp. All of us tried to follow his gaze into the gloom. +“What is it?” Weldon asked.</p> + +<p>Van Hope, seemingly scarcely aware of us before, instantly rallied his +faculties and turned to us. In a single instant he had wrenched back +complete self-control—an indication of self-mastery such as I had +rarely seen surpassed. He smiled a little, in the gloom, and dropped his +hand to his side.</p> + +<p>“I suppose it was nothing,” he answered. “I guess I’m jumpy. Maybe half +asleep. But I saw some one—walking through the gardens down by the +lagoon.”</p> + +<p>Van Hope spoke rather lightly, in a wholly commonplace voice. He had not +been, however, half asleep. The frozen face I had seen was of complete +wakefulness.</p> + +<p>“A man, you say—down by the lagoon?” Weldon asked.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p><p>“Yes. Of course there’s always a chance for a mistake. Probably it +wouldn’t be anything anyway—just one of the men getting a little air. +Watch a minute—maybe you’ll see him again.”</p> + +<p>We watched in silence, and listened to one another’s breathing. But the +faint shadows, in that starlit vista, were unwavering.</p> + +<p>“It wasn’t likely anything——” Van Hope said apologetically. “I was +thinking, though, that any stranger ought to be <span style="white-space: nowrap;">investigated——”</span></p> + +<p>“He had, too,” Weldon agreed. “Not just any stranger. Any one who goes +walking down there in the darkness ought to be questioned—whether he’s +one of us or not. But are you sure you saw anything?”</p> + +<p>“Not sure at all. I thought I did, though. I thought I saw him step, +distinctly, through a rift in the trees. Excuse me for bothering you.”</p> + +<p>None of us felt any embarrassment on Van Hope’s account, or any +superciliousness if he had been unnecessarily alarmed. It was wholly +natural, this third night of three, to wonder and be stirred by any +moving thing in the darkened gardens.</p> + +<p>But we waited and watched in vain. There were no cries from the shore of +the lagoon. The silence remained unbroken, and after awhile the thought +turned to other channels.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p><p>Van Hope rose at last, hurled his cigar stub to the lawns and for a +breath stood watching its glowing end pale and die. The disappearance of +his old friend had gone hard with him. You could see it in the stoop of +his shoulders. He looked several years older.</p> + +<p>“Nothing to do now—but go to bed,” he commented quietly. “Maybe we can +get some sleep to-night.”</p> + +<p>“The third night’s the charm,” Nopp answered grimly. “How do we know but +that before this night is over we’ll be gathered out here again.” He +paused, and we tried to smile at him in the darkness. Nopp was speaking +with a certain grim humor, yet whatever his intentions, none of us got +the idea that he was jesting. “It’s worked two nights—why not three. +I’d believe anything could happen at this goblin <span style="white-space: nowrap;">house——”</span></p> + +<p>We listened to him with relief. It was some way good for our spirits to +have one of us speak out what we had all been thinking and had strained +so hard to hide. Nor did we think less of him for his frankness. We knew +at first, and we knew now, that Nopp’s nerve was as good or better than +any man in the gathering, and he had never showed it better than in +speaking frankly now.</p> + +<p>“Bunk, Nopp,” Van Hope answered. “You’re <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>mixing coincidence up with +atmosphere. It was a strange and a devilish thing that those two crimes +should have happened two nights running, but it will work out perfectly +plausible—mark my words. And coincidences don’t happen three times in a +row.”</p> + +<p>Nopp lifted his face to the starlit skies. “My boy,” he said, rather +superciliously, “<i>anything</i> could happen at Kastle Krags.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX</h2> + +<p>After I went to my room I worked for an hour on the cryptogram, found +beside Florey’s body. The mysterious column of four-letter words, +however, did not respond to any methods of translation that I knew. For +another hour thereafter I lay awake in my bed beside the window.</p> + +<p>It was one of the few spots in the house that offered a fairly clear +glimpse of the lagoon. The trees opened, like curtains: I could see the +water darkly blue in the starlight, and the faint, gray line, like a +crayon mark, that was the natural rock wall. The tide was coming in now: +I could see the white manes of the sea-horses as they charged over the +barrier. The whole surface of the lagoon was fretted by them.</p> + +<p>Had Nopp spoken true—could there be a recurrence of last night’s +tragedy? Could any situation arise in human affairs that would result in +three murders, one after another, all under practically the same and the +most mysterious conditions? It was possible, by a long stretch of the +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>imagination, to conceive of two such crimes occurring on successive +nights—the murderer striking again, through some unknown movement of +events, to hide his first crime—but coincidences do not happen thrice! +If indeed these disappearances could be wholly attributed to human +activities, human designs and human passions, there was no need of lying +awake and expectant this third night. Surely no super-criminal had +declared remorseless war against <i>all</i> of the occupants of that house. +Certainly we could sleep in peace to-night!</p> + +<p>But I couldn’t get away from the same thought that haunted me +before—that these crimes lay somehow without the bourne of human event +and circumstance, that they were some way native to this strange, old +manor-house beside the sea. It wasn’t easy to lose one’s self in sleep. +I felt no shame at my own uneasiness. It was true that the crimes had +both occurred, evidently, on the shore of or near the lagoon, but could +the curse that lay upon the old estate extend its baleful influence into +the house itself? Anything could happen at Kastle Krags, Nopp had said, +and it became increasingly difficult to disbelieve him.</p> + +<p>Since the intrusion of two nights before I had slept with a chair +blocked firmly against my door, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>knowing that no one could enter from +the corridor, at least without waking me. My own pistol lay just under +my mattress where the hand could reach it in an instant. Both these +things were an immense consolation now. I would not be so helpless in +case of another midnight visitor.</p> + +<p>Yet I had no after-image of terror in thinking upon the intruder of two +nights before. Strangely, that hand reaching in the flashlight was the +one redeeming feature of this affair of Kastle Krags. That hand was +flesh and blood, and thus the whole mystery seemed of flesh and blood +too. If this incident did not confine the mystery to the realm of human +affairs, at least it showed that there were human motives and human +agents playing their parts in it.</p> + +<p>Was that intruder Pescini? The hand could easily have been his—firm, +strong, aristocratic, sensitive and white. After all, there was quite a +case to be made against Pescini. “Find George Florey and you’ll find the +murderer,” William Noyes had written. And the whole business of proving +that Pescini was George Florey was simply that of proving his +handwriting and that of the “George” notes we had found in the butler’s +room were the same.</p> + +<p>“They have been bitter enemies since youth.” Rich, proud, distinguished, +had this bearded man <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>carried a life-long hatred for the humble servitor +of Kastle Krags? What boyhood rivalry, what malice, what blinding, +bitter jealousy had wakened such a hatred as this? Yet who can trace the +slightest action from its origin to its consummation; much less such a +complex human drama as this. No man can see truly into the human heart. +It seemed fairly credible that this gray servant might hate, with that +bitter hatred born of jealousy, his richer, more distinguished +brother—yet human relations, in their fullness, are beyond the ken of +the wisest men. It would be easy to prove or disprove whether or not +Pescini and Florey were brothers: the “George” letters were secure in +the hands of the State, and a copy of Pescini’s handwriting could be +procured with ease. Besides their lives and origins would likely be easy +to trace.</p> + +<p>Florey’s letter to his sister was further proof of Pescini’s guilt. I +made an entirely different interpretation of it than that of the +officials. I did not think that he was referring to any physical +disease. I believed, at the first hearing, and I believed still that he +had written in veiled language of the persecutions of his brother:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>“My old malady, G—— is troubling me again,” Florey had +written. “I don’t think I will ever be rid of it. It is +certainly the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>Florey burden—going through all our family. +I can’t hardly sleep and don’t know how I’ll ever get rid of +it. I’m deeply discouraged, yet I know....”</p></div> + +<p>I did not share the sheriff’s view that “G——” referred to some +long-named malady that, either for the sake of abbreviation or because +he could not spell it, he had neglected to write out in full. I felt +sure it meant “George” and nothing else. “The Florey burden——”—what +was more reasonable than that his family had been cursed by feuds +within. I hadn’t forgotten my talk with Nealman. He had spoken of the +hatred sometimes borne by one brother for another; and had named the +Jason family, main characters in the treasure legend of the old manor +house, as a case in point. But Florey had got rid of his burden at last. +He had got rid of it by death.</p> + +<p>Could I make myself believe that Pescini had lured his brother to the +shore, killed him, seized an opportunity to hurl his body into the +lagoon, from which, by the thousandth chance, our drag-hooks had failed +to find it; and the following night, to conceal his guilt, had struck +down his host? Perhaps the former was true, and that the crime, coming +just previous to his own financial failure, had suggested suicide to +Nealman’s mind. No one had track of Pescini the night of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>crime. For +that matter, unlike Van Hope, Major Dell, and several others, he was not +undressed and in his room when Nealman had disappeared. And the coroner +had suggested a motive for murder in the matter of Pescini’s suit for +divorce.</p> + +<p>It wasn’t easy to believe that such an obviously distinguished and +cultured man could stoop to murder. There is such a thing, +criminologists say, as a criminal face; but Pescini had not the least +semblance of it. Criminologists admit, however, in the same breath that +they are constantly amazed at the varied types that are brought before +them, charged with the most heinous crimes. Pescini looked kind, +self-mastered, not given to outlaw impulses. Yet who could say for sure.</p> + +<p>I was already falling to sleep.... It was hard to keep the sequence of +thought; absurd fancies swept between. Ever my hold on wakefulness was +less. It was pleasant to believe that the mystery would soon be +unraveled, all with a commonplace explanation.... At first I gave no +heed to a rapid footfall in the corridor.</p> + +<p>Yet in an instant I was wide awake. In the silent hall the footfall was +perfectly distinct, carrying through the walls of my room, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>echoing +somewhere in the wall behind me. In any quiet home, in any land, it +would have been impossible to disregard those footsteps. There was a +distinct tone of urgency behind them that simply could not be denied. In +this dark house of mystery the senses rallied, quickened, and seemed to +lie waiting to contend with any emergency.</p> + +<p>The steps were not only hurried and urgent. They were +<i>frenzied</i>—although they were not running footsteps. At the same time +they gave the image of some one trying to hurry, some one trying to +conquer himself, and yet not move too loudly. It was as if he was some +way fearful to waken the poignant silence of that shadowed corridor.</p> + +<p>“He is coming to my door,” I told myself. It was wholly likely that I +spoke the words aloud; at least, I believed them as unwaveringly as if +the man outside had thus announced his intentions. No man can ever tell +how such knowledge comes to him. Perhaps it is coincidence—that he +expects such a summons on a hundred different occasions before it ever +comes to him in reality. Yet many things already proven true are a +thousand times harder to believe than telepathy—the transmission of +messages according to no known laws of matter and space.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p><p>The tread itself was peculiar. It had an odd, shuffling quality that was +hard to analyze. Then some one rapped excitedly on my door.</p> + +<p>“What is it?” I asked.</p> + +<p>I was already out of bed, groping for my light switch.</p> + +<p>“It’s me—Wilkson,” was the reply. “Boss, will ye open de do’?”</p> + +<p>I knew Nealman’s colored janitor—a middle-aged servant of an +old-fashioned, almost departed glory—but for an instant I found it +almost incredible that this was his voice. The tones were blurred, +lifeless, spoken as if from drawn lips. There was only one thing to +believe, and I fought it off as long as I could: that the man outside my +door was simply stricken and almost dead with fear.</p> + +<p>It wasn’t easy to open the door to hear what he had to tell. A scream in +the night is one thing; a chattering fellow man, just on the other side +of a pine door, is quite another. But I took away the chair and turned +the knob.</p> + +<p>The man’s face was almost as hard to recognize as his voice. It was +Wilkson, beyond possibility of doubt, but he was no longer the tranquil, +genial serving-man. His face had the strangest gray hue pen ever tried +to describe. I could see the whites of his eyes, his lips were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>rounded, +he was almost unconscious from sheer terror.</p> + +<p>At that moment I began to strive hard to remember certain truths—one of +them being that little things, laughed away by an Anglo-Saxon, have been +known to instill the most unfathomable depths of fear into an unlettered +southern negro. What seemed terrible to him might be only laughable to +me. I thought of these things in order to brace myself for what he had +to tell.</p> + +<p>At that moment I knew the inroads that the events of the last two nights +had made upon me—likely upon every man and woman in the house. I could +have met that gray face much more bravely the night previous, and would +have likely been largely unmoved by it two nights before. But mystery, +the lack of sleep, the terrible possibilities to which both crimes had +pointed, had over-stretched the nerves and taken the pith from the +thews. The sight of that terrified face sent a sharp chill of fear +through every avenue of my nerves. I felt its icy touch in my veins. +Kastle Krags was getting to me—denial of that fact was impossible even +to myself.</p> + +<p>“Iscuse me, Boss,” he said humbly, pathetically, if I had ever known +what pathos was. In his terror he wanted to propitiate the whole <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>world, +and was begging my indulgence of his intrusion. “Boss, is Majo’ Del in +yo’ room?”</p> + +<p>“No.” I didn’t reprove him for failing to notice that my light was out. +“Where is he?”</p> + +<p>“Boss, he am gone. He’s gone just like them other two am gone.” His +voice died and a low moan escaped his lips. “Boss, who’ll they be takin’ +nex’? Gawd, who’ll they be takin’ <span style="white-space: nowrap;">nex’——?”</span></p> + +<p>I seized his arm, trying to steady him. “Listen, Wilkson,” I commanded. +“How do you know he’s <span style="white-space: nowrap;">gone——”</span></p> + +<p>“Telephone message come for him, Boss. Telegram, from Ochakee. And he +ain’t here to get it. He’s gone—just like dem oder two men has gone +befo’ him.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX</h2> + +<p>It wasn’t easy to steady Wilkson so that he could tell an intelligent +story. His own dark superstitions had hold of him, and his shambling +search through the darkened corridors had stretched his nerves to the +absolute breaking-point. It was evident at once that there was nothing +to do but let him take his time and get the story out the best he could. +After all, immediate action had never helped matters in this affair of +Kastle Krags. There had been a grim finality about everything that had +occurred. Those who were gone had not been brought back by prompt +search.</p> + +<p>He did not respond to any of the ruses so often used to get a colored +man to talk—scorn or incredulity or sternness. He was aware of nothing +but his own terror, and the image in those fear-widened eyes no man +could guess.</p> + +<p>“You say a telegram came for him, Wilkson?” I asked gently. “Some one +phoned it in?”</p> + +<p>“De phone bell rung, jus’ off de su’vant’s rooms,” he explained. “It was +a message fo’ <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>Majo’ Dell. ‘Get him up to get dis telegram,’ some white +gen’lman said, so I done went to get him up. He ain’t in his room. Bed +not been slept in. I called and no one answered. Den I ask Mrs. +Gentry—she saw him go down the hall hour ago, all dressed, and seen him +turn in yo’ <span style="white-space: nowrap;">room——”</span></p> + +<p>“He’s not here. He hasn’t been here.” I slipped on a dressing-gown and +slippers, then stood a moment with Wilkson in the darkened hall. It was +curious that the housekeeper should have made such an odd +mistake—thinking that Dell had turned into my door. Perhaps at the +distance she had observed she confused the door either to the right or +left with mine.</p> + +<p>There was no need for panic yet. Any one of a dozen things might have +explained his temporary absence from his room in the dead of night. He +might be in the room to my right—Fargo’s room—in some conference with +his friend. Yet there was no light under the door.</p> + +<p>I knocked loudly. Fargo called sharply from his bed.</p> + +<p>“Have you seen Major Dell?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Dell? No! Good Lord, he hasn’t disappeared, too?”</p> + +<p>“We can’t find him.” I heard Fargo spring from his bed, and I turned to +the room to my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>left. Yet in an instant I remembered and halted on the +threshold. This was Nealman’s room, dark and chill with shadows. I +scratched a match and lifted it high.</p> + +<p>But no one was here. My voice rang with a hollow sound back to me. Our +shouts had aroused Nopp, and in a moment he came out in the hall to join +us. I think Nopp was a steadying influence on us both. He walked, rather +than ran, he was perfectly composed, wholly himself, and his voice when +he spoke was low and even. Yet there was no tone or note of an attempt +to belittle our alarm. He acted as I have seen strong men act in the +presence of some great disaster—calmly, soberly, rather white-faced and +silent, but unflinching and steadfast.</p> + +<p>There was no amazement in Nopp’s face. Evidently he had expected just +such a development.</p> + +<p>“Another gone, eh?” he said. “I wish these devils would stay in their +rooms, where they belong. What’s taking them out there, Killdare?”</p> + +<p>“How do I know? Maybe they just can’t sleep—want to walk——”</p> + +<p>“They wouldn’t want to walk in that part of the grounds, if they’re +human, unless they’ve <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>got business there. But no matter. We’ve got to +look around for him at least. I don’t suppose it will do any <span style="white-space: nowrap;">good——”</span></p> + +<p>He spoke with an unmistakable fatalism. “You don’t mean—that he’s gone +like the rest——”</p> + +<p>I heard our low breathing as I waited for his answer. “What’s the use of +fooling ourselves any more, Killdare?” he replied quietly. “We’re up +against something—God knows what. Of course he’s gone—just like the +rest. Where else could he be?”</p> + +<p>We turned once more into his room. Wilkson had reported rightly—his bed +had not been slept in, and there was not the slightest sign of disorder. +His coat—a well-made garment of some gray, cotton cloth hung on the +back of his chair, and the butts of two cigars lay on his smoking stand. +He was not in his bathroom, nor did we hear his voice from some +adjoining room.</p> + +<p>And now all the other guests, all of whom slept on this same floor, were +gathering about us, wakened by the sound of our voices. Marten came, +swearing under his breath, and Van Hope’s brow was beaded with +perspiration that glistened in the dim light. But none of them knew +where Major Dell was. Indeed none of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>them had seen him since he had +gone to his room.</p> + +<p>There was a curious, dream-like quality about the little session that we +had together at the door of Dell’s room. It was all rather dim, obscure, +the voices that we heard seemed to come from some place far off, and +that ring of faces no longer looked clear-cut and sharp. I suppose the +answer lay in the great preoccupation that was upon us all, a struggle +for understanding that engulfed our minds.</p> + +<p>There were no excited, frenzied voices. The men spoke rather quietly and +slowly, as if measuring their words, and Van Hope was smiling, faintly. +It wasn’t a mirthful smile, but rather a wan smile such as a man gives +when some incredible disaster, long expected, has fallen upon him. None +of us liked to see it. There was nothing to believe but that the mystery +had gone home to him more fully than to any one else—and we all wished +that he could be spared the tragic, vain hour of search that awaited us. +Because none of us had the least hope, in our own hearts, that we would +ever see Major Dell again. We had got past the point where we could +deceive ourselves. The truth was all too self-evident. We would search +through the grounds, as a matter <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>of duty we would call and run back and +forth. But the end was already sure.</p> + +<p>Indeed, there was no look of surprise on any one of those white faces. +Rather they had a helpless, almost fatalistic expression, as men have +when at last they are crushed to earth by the inevitable. I have heard a +detachment of soldiers, seemingly trapped by death, speak in the same +quiet way, and have seen the same baffled, resigned expression on their +faces.</p> + +<p>I didn’t try to keep track of who was there and who was absent. It was +impossible to think of such things now. But bitter, blasting fear surged +through me when I thought of Edith—wondering if she was safe in her +room.</p> + +<p>There was a moment of stress, a sudden, momentary explosion of +suppressed excitement, when Slatterly the sheriff joined us in the hall. +We heard his running feet in the corridor, and we turned to watch him, +his dressing-gown flopping about him. Evidently he had heard our words +from his room in the upper corridor. Certain exclamations were on his +lips—whether they were profane oaths I do not know.</p> + +<p>“What is it?” he demanded in an irritable, rasping voice. “Why are you +all gathered here?”</p> + +<p>Silently we waited for Nopp to speak—Nopp <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>who had become the strongest +arm in the affair. “We’re not having any late evening gossip,” he +answered. “Kastle Krags has its tail up again. We’re here—to find out +what has become of Major Dell.”</p> + +<p>“Major Dell! Good God, don’t tell me he’s gone too.”</p> + +<p>Instantly the sudden, deadly surge of wrath we had all felt toward the +sheriff died in our breasts. That cry he made, the hopeless, defeated +way in which he spoke, made him, in an instant, one of us—subject to +the same fear and despair, a crushed and impotent human being like +ourselves.</p> + +<p>“He’s gone,” Nopp told him quietly. “He’s not in his room. He doesn’t +seem to be any place else.”</p> + +<p>“Have you searched? I don’t suppose there’s any use of it, but we’ve got +to search. Oh, why didn’t I guard him—why did I ever take such a +criminal risk!”</p> + +<p>None of us could forget his rugged, brown face in the wan electric +light. Whether it was regret or fear that swept it we didn’t know. It +was ashen, almost expressionless, and his eyes were lifeless under his +heavy brows. His hands hung, fingers slightly apart, at his side.</p> + +<p>“Wait just a minute before we begin an <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>indiscriminate search,” Nopp +said. “Slatterly, we’ve got to face facts. Do you think—there’s any +place in these grounds that none of us <i>ought to go</i>?”</p> + +<p>We knew what he meant. He wanted to guard against further loss of life.</p> + +<p>“The thing seems to run according to rule,” the sheriff replied, rather +grimly. “Just one gone—every night. But keep together when you’re down +near the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>There was not the least good in searching further through the house. +Most of the household had gathered around us, by now, and no one had +seen Major Dell. We walked the length of the corridor and down the +stairs, and then we went out into the still darkness. The hour was +evidently shortly after midnight—the tide was almost at its flood.</p> + +<p>Just a moment more we stood just below the great veranda, and no man +knew the other’s thoughts. The moon was rising—we could see its argent +gleam through nebulous clouds to the East. Far away the gray shore +stretched to the darkened sea, and the natural rock wall showed a faint, +gray line. Then we headed out into the grounds.</p> + +<p>But there was no answer to the calls we made, and only such little +people as moles and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>gophers, burrowers in the ground, stirred in the +thickets as we crushed through. We hunted aimlessly, more to satisfy our +own sense of duty than through any expectation of finding the missing +man. The moon came out more vividly, but its light did not bring +success. At last we collected, a silent, rather breathless group, in +front of the house.</p> + +<p>“What now, Slatterly?” Nopp asked. “Is there anything more we can do?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing more.” His old confidence was gone from his voice. “I wish I’d +done something long ago, instead of being so sure. But this thing can’t +happen to-morrow night.”</p> + +<p>“Slatterly, you’re a brave man to say that <i>anything</i> can’t happen +to-morrow night. I thought you’d learned your <span style="white-space: nowrap;">lesson——”</span></p> + +<p>“I have. Never fear for that. To-morrow night I’m going to watch beside +that lagoon with a loaded gun—and I am going to see this thing +through.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXI" id="CHAPTER_XXI"></a>CHAPTER XXI</h2> + +<p>The sheriff had finished his investigations by noon of the following +day, and after lunch I was free to work upon the problem that I felt was +the key to the whole mystery—the cryptogram beside Florey’s body. +Lately I had been thinking that in all probability to procure the script +had been the direct motive of the murder; and the fact of its theft from +my room seemed to bear me out.</p> + +<p>Why wasn’t it reasonable to presume that in the last instant of Florey’s +life, just before the attack was made, he had attempted to conceal the +script. He had thrown it from him; his death-cry had aroused the +household so that the murderer had no time to seek and procure it. Then +from a hiding place, or even from among a group of the guests, he had +seen me pick it up.</p> + +<p>To work out that cryptogram, to read its hidden meaning was the first +and the best thing I could do in the way to solve the mystery of Kastle +Krags. Written originally on parchment, sixty or seventy years before, +it doubtless referred and was in explanation of the secret of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>the old +manor house—the legend of the treasure, supposedly hidden by Godfrey +Jason in the long ago. I had just toyed with it before. Perhaps I had +had little faith that it was of any real importance. But now, other +avenues had failed, and I was resolved to know the truth if it was +humanly possible to do so. I copied the script again, with great care:</p> + +<div class="centerbox2 bbox"><p>aned<br /> +dqbo<br /> +aqcd<br /> +trkm<br /> +fipj<br /> +dqbo<br /> +seho<br /> +ohuy<br /> +wvyn<br /> +dljn<br /> +dtht</p></div> + +<p>Then I began to make a systematic analysis. I noticed first that the +second and the sixth words were identical, indicating—considering the +brevity of the entire message—that it must represent a word of most +frequent use. Of course the articles “a” and “the” occur most often in +any English writing, yet I found it hard to believe that “dqbo” +represented either. In the first place, in a message of that length <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>it +is reasonable to assume that all articles and words not absolutely +necessary to the meaning had been omitted.</p> + +<p>Weeks that seemed years before Nealman had told me that, after careful +study, he had been convinced that there was some truth in the legend of +buried treasure. Was it not within the bounds of reason to assume that +this cryptic message revealed the hiding place of the treasure? Working +on this assumption, I made up an imaginary description of some hiding +place, just to see what words occurred with the greatest frequency. I +found at once that the word that would be most likely to be used twice +in a description of that kind would be some measurement—either feet, +yards, meters, rods, or something of the kind. If I could convince +myself that “dqbo” represented some English measurement I might find the +key and system of the code.</p> + +<p>Either “feet,” “yard” or “rods” were words of four letters—either one +of which might be represented by “dqbo.” Then I tested each one to see +if I could establish a pattern.</p> + +<p>I tried first the old code-system of having each letter in the word +represent some other letter a certain number of spaces backward or +forward in the alphabet. Suppose a man wanted <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>to disguise the word +“cab.” He might do so, very easily, by spelling it “dbc”—using, instead +of the right letter, the letter immediately following it in the +alphabet, “d” for “c,” “b” for “a,” etc. Testing for “feet” as a +possible interpretation of “dqbo” I saw that “f” was the second letter +in the alphabet beyond the letter “d”—first letter in the +script-word—but I found that such a relation could not possibly hold +with “e” and “q” respectively, the second letters. “Yard” or “rods” +failed the same test. Nor by any juggling of this simple code, counting +so many spaces backwards or forwards, could I make it come out true.</p> + +<p>Some time before I had decided that it was unlikely to the verge of +impossibility that any message could be made up completely of four +letter words. It seemed likely, at first, that letters had been cut from +each word in order to make them of four letters. Working on this +hypothesis I tested for “meters” but the word “dqbo” could not be made +to conform.</p> + +<p>At that point it was necessary to begin on another tack. I smoked a +while in silence, hoping that some idea, some little inspiration that so +often furnished the key for such a mystery as this, would come to me. I +had a dim thought that, since the words were all of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>four letters and +could not be made intelligible by any shifting of the alphabet, that +perhaps it had undergone some double transformation—changed first from +words into some other symbol form, and then back into words. But I +couldn’t seem to get hold.</p> + +<p>If I could only see the key! Possibly it was extremely simple, just +before my eyes if I could only grasp it. It wasn’t reasonable, I +thought, for a lone man to leave a hidden message without giving some +key, however adroit, for the reader to translate it. Jason hadn’t +written that message for his own amusement. He had inscribed it to be +read by some one who came after—perhaps by himself when old age had +dulled his memory.</p> + +<p>Working from this point of view I set myself to remember what had been +written on the parchment beside the column of figures. Perhaps the key +had been there also; I had simply failed to observe it. At the bottom of +the message had appeared the words “At F. T.” And at first this seemed +to offer the most interesting possibilities.</p> + +<p>Certainly the word and letters had some meaning. In the first place +this, and the sentence above the script, indicated that the writer did +his thinking in English—not in Spanish or <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>Portuguese or any other +language. But “F. T.” did not convey any meaning to my mind. I simply +couldn’t catch it.</p> + +<p>I tried to make the letters “F” and “T” a starting point in the alphabet +for rearranging the letters in the column of words, on the same theory +that I had worked at first, but nothing came of it. And at that point my +hopes and confidence, falling steadily for the past hour, was at its +lowest ebb. I didn’t see but that I would have to give up the venture +after all.</p> + +<p>My mind slipped easily to the message in English above the +column—“Sworn by the Book,” or something after that nature. Taking +these words simply as they seemed, an oath on the part of the writer +that the ensuing message was true, I hadn’t taken the trouble to copy +them from the original parchment. Fortunately I remembered them, +approximately at least. And I felt a little quickening of hope as I +contemplated them.</p> + +<p>The more I looked at them the more they seemed to be “dragged in by the +heels.” I didn’t think that one with knowledge of hidden treasure, +conveying its hiding place to some one else, would have taken the +trouble to declare the truth of his statement by oath. Nor was such a +pious beginning, on the part of that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>iniquitous murderer and +cut-throat, Jason, quite in character. He would have been more likely to +have begun with a sentence of piratical profanity. He had some reason +for bringing in the “Book”—and when I knew what it was, I believed I +would know the key to the cryptogram.</p> + +<p>The “Book” was the Bible of course—a name still in wide use. And the +whole volume of my blood seemed to spurt through the veins when I +remembered what an important place the Bible had taken in the events of +the past few days!</p> + +<p>Nealman had had a Bible, wide open, in his room. Edith had been seen to +carry it to him through the corridor—and this business with it had been +of such a character that he had ordered Edith’s silence in regard to the +errand. Whether or not Florey had possessed a copy I wasn’t able to +remember for certain.</p> + +<p>It must have been a grim old joke to Jason—to use the Holy Word to +transmit the record of his iniquity! In an instant I was burrowing, not +a little excited, into the bottom of my bag for a small copy of the +Bible that I carried with me on every journey.</p> + +<p>Apart from religious reasons, there is no better traveling companion for +a knowledge-loving man than King James’ Bible. The font of all +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>literature, the mighty well of inspiration, the record of the ages—it +was beloved not only of the scientist and historian, but the literati +and the esthete. Hardly a week had passed that I hadn’t referred to it, +in one capacity or another. And now I felt that I was on the right track +at last.</p> + +<p>There is no book in such common usage, published with such fidelity as +to the position of every word, so easily procured in any place or time, +as the Holy Bible. It would be the perfect code-book. Certainly it could +be used to the greatest advantage as the key to a cryptogram.</p> + +<p>But what had been the method of its use? In what way could these +four-letter words, none of which were intelligible, be made through the +agency of the Bible to present an intelligent meaning? Again I found +myself relying on inductive reasoning. I worked backward, just as I had +done before, trying to see some way to convey a secret meaning through +the agency of this universally read book.</p> + +<p>All at once I saw the way. The Bible contained almost every word in the +present English vocabulary. In all probability each one of the words in +the column represented some English word to be found somewhere in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>the +Bible, and the column of them, written out, would be the message in +full.</p> + +<p>How to find that word was the only problem that remained. True, it +looked formidable enough at first. Yet I saw in a moment that the +four-letter words could not represent the words of the message +themselves, but only their <i>position</i> in the Bible.</p> + +<p>My mind was working clearly now, leaping from one conclusion to another; +and reasoning deductively I tried to work out some method of secret +writing whereby I could reveal to another person the position of a +certain word I wanted him to know. Suppose, for instance, that Jason +wished to use the word “feet” in his message. Looking through the Bible +he found the word—say on page 86, third line, fourth word. It was +conceivable that he might send the numbers “86-3-4” to some other +person; and the latter, aware that the Bible acted as the key, looked up +the place in the Book and learned what the word was.</p> + +<p>The number of pages vary, however, in Bibles of different size. It was +natural that the location must be a constant in order that the recipient +of the note could always find it. So I began again:</p> + +<p>Suppose Jason, looking through his Bible, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>found the word “feet” in the +book of Genesis, the first chapter, the third verse, and the fourth word +of the verse. If he should send the symbols “Gen. 1, 3, 4” to his +friend, the man could easily look up the place and see what he meant. +And in this case he wouldn’t have to have any certain edition of the +Bible. The fourth word of the third verse of the first chapter of +Genesis is the same in all copies of King James’ Bible over all the +world.</p> + +<p>Now I was working on sure ground. I had no doubt but that “dqbo” +represented a certain point in the Bible—the letter “d” probably +representing the book, “q” the chapter, “b” the verse and “o” the word. +Once more my attention was called, with particular vividness, to the +fact that all the words in the column were of four letters, proving in +my mind that this last contention was true.</p> + +<p>My heart was racing as I moved to the next step in working out the +cryptogram. It was simply that of finding what method had been used to +transform such a symbol as “Gen. 1, 3, 4” into such a sign as “dqbo.” If +instead of four-letter words I was working with sequences of numbers +such as “1, 1, 3, 4” I would have felt that the problem was solved. “1, +1, 3, 4” would have plainly meant the first book, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>the first chapter, +the third verse, and the fourth word.</p> + +<p>To transform letters into numbers—that was all that remained. Again I +went back to “dqbo” and took the simplest method of transformation. “D” +was the fourth letter in the alphabet. “Q” was the seventeenth letter in +the alphabet. “B” was the second letter in the alphabet. “O” was the +fifteenth letter in the alphabet. I wrote down the numbers:</p> + +<p class="center">4-17-2-15</p> + +<p>And I felt sure that they meant the fourth book, the seventeenth +chapter, the second verse and the fifteenth word in the Holy Bible.</p> + +<p>Shaken, so nervous I could hardly hold my hands still, I stopped a +moment to rest. This was the crisis. I was either at the verge of +absolute success or hopeless failure. If when I looked up the place I +found some word that couldn’t possibly be used in such a message I +wouldn’t have the spirit to seek further. And it would be a real blow to +all my hopes.</p> + +<p>I opened the Bible. The fourth book proved to be “Numbers.” I turned to +the seventeenth chapter, the second verse. And there I read as follows:</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span></p><div class="blockquot"><p>Speak unto the children of Israel and take one of them a +<i>rod</i> according to the house of their fathers.</p></div> + +<p>The fifteenth word was <i>rod</i>—used as a staff in this case but +undoubtedly used as a term of measurement in the script.</p> + +<p>From then on my fingers flew through the pages of the Book. “Aned,” the +very first word in the column, represented—finding the alphabetical +position of each letter—the numbers 1-14-5-4. It was a simple matter to +look up the first book of the Bible, Genesis, the fourteenth chapter, +the fifth verse, and the fourth word. The verse in this case began:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>“And in the <i>fourteenth</i> year came Chedorlaomer, and the +kings that were with him.”</p></div> + +<p>The fourth word of the verse was <i>fourteenth</i>—and the first word of the +finished script.</p> + +<p>It was easy to find the other words. I worked them all out in fifteen +minutes. “Aqcd,” the third in the column, proved to be the first, +seventeenth, third, and fourth letters of the alphabet, respectively, +and 1-17-3-4 meant first book, seventeenth chapter, third verse, fourth +word, as plain as could be. The word proved <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>to be “on.” Swiftly I went +down the list. And at last I had the whole column translated:</p> + +<div class="centerbox2 bbox"><p>fourteen<br /> +rod<br /> +on<br /> +wall<br /> +three<br /> +rod<br /> +straight<br /> +right<br /> +fastened<br /> +white<br /> +rock</p></div> + +<p>Writing it out, I had:</p> + +<p class="center">Fourteen rod on wall three rod straight right fastened white +rock.</p> + +<p>In clearer language, it meant simply and unmistakably, that to find the +missing object—unquestionably Jason’s treasure—go fourteen rods out on +the natural rock wall, turn straight right into the lagoon for three +rods, and there I would find it—fastened to a white rock.</p> + +<p>The thing was done. I came to myself to find my fingers toying with the +pencil, and my thoughts soaring far away. In spite of the grim record of +death already made, the deadly <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>precedent that had been set, in spite of +all the dictates of ordinary intelligence, I knew what my future course +would be. The lure of gold had hold of me. As soon as the opportunity +offered, I was going to follow the thing through to its end, and see +with my own eyes that which lay hidden in the depths of the lagoon.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXII" id="CHAPTER_XXII"></a>CHAPTER XXII</h2> + +<p>Just before the dinner hour I met Slatterly on the lower floor, and we +had a moment’s talk together. “You’ve been in on most everything that’s +happened around here,” he said. “You might as well be with us to-night. +We’re going to watch the lagoon.”</p> + +<p>The truth was I had made other plans for this evening—plans that +included Edith Nealman—so I made no immediate answer. The official +noticed my hesitancy, and of course misunderstood.</p> + +<p>“Speak right up, if you don’t want to do it,” he said, not unkindly. The +sheriff was a man of human sympathies, after all. “I wouldn’t hold it +against any man living if he didn’t want to sit out there in the dark +watching—after what’s happened the last three nights. I don’t know that +I’d do it myself if it wasn’t in line of duty.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t think I’d be afraid,” I told him.</p> + +<p>“It isn’t a question of being afraid. It’s simply a matter of human +make-up. To tell <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>the truth, I’m afraid myself—and I’m not ashamed of +it. More than once I’ve had to conquer fear in my work. A man who ain’t +afraid, one time or another, hasn’t any imagination. Some men are cold +as ice, I’ve had deputies that were—and they wouldn’t mind this a bit. +I know, Killdare, that you’d come in a pinch. Any man here, I think—any +white man—would be down there with me to-night if something vital—some +one’s life or something—depended on it. But I don’t want to take any +one that it will be hard for, that—that is any one to whom it would be +a real ordeal. I’m picking my bunch with some care.”</p> + +<p>“Who is going?”</p> + +<p>“Weldon, Nopp, you and myself—if you want to come. If not, don’t mind +saying so.”</p> + +<p>“I want to come!” We smiled at each other, in the hall. After all, no +other decision could be made. The high plans I had made for an evening +with Edith would have to be given over. In the first place the night +might solve the mystery into which I had been drawn. In the second it +was the kind of offer that most men, over the earth, find it impossible +to refuse. Human beings, as a whole, are not particularly brave. They +are still too close to the caves and the witch-doctors of the young +world. They are <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>inordinately, incredibly shy, also, and like little +children, sometimes, in their dreads and superstitions. Yet through some +blessing they have a high-born capacity to conquer the fear that +emburdens them.</p> + +<p>No white man in the manor house would have refused Slatterly’s offer. +Mostly, when men see that they are up against a certain hard deal, some +proposition that stirs the deep-buried, inherent instinct that is +nothing more or less than a sense of duty—that deep-lying sense of +obligation that makes the whole world beautiful and justifiable—they +simply stand up and face it. No normal young man likes war. Yet they all +go. And of course this work to-night promised excitement—and the love +of excitement is a siren that has drawn many a good man to his doom.</p> + +<p>“Good,” the sheriff told me simply, not in the least surprised. “What +kind of a gun can you scare up?”</p> + +<p>“I can get a gun, all right. I’ve got a pistol of my own.”</p> + +<p>Nopp came up then, and he and the sheriff exchanged significant glances. +And the northern man suddenly turned to me, about to speak.</p> + +<p>Until that instant I hadn’t observed the record that the events of the +past three nights had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>written in his face. Nopp had nerves of steel; +but the house and its mystery had got to him, just the same. The sunset +rays slanted in over the veranda, poured through the big windows, and +showed his face in startling detail. The inroads that had been made upon +it struck me with a sudden sense of shock.</p> + +<p>The man looked older. The lines of his face seemed more deeply graven, +the flesh-sacks were swollen under his eyes, he was some way shaken and +haggard. Yet you didn’t get the idea of impotence. The hands at his side +had a man’s grasp in them. Nopp was still able to handle most of the +problems that confronted him.</p> + +<p>Slatterly, too, had not escaped unscathed. The danger and his own +failure to solve the mystery had killed some of the man’s conceit, and +he was more tolerant and sympathetic. There was a peculiar, excited +sparkle in his eyes, too.</p> + +<p>Slatterly turned to Nopp. “He says he’s got a pistol.”</p> + +<p>The second that ensued had an unmistakable quality of drama. Nopp turned +to me, exhaling heavily. “Killdare, we’ve beat the devil around the +stump all along—and it’s time to stop,” he said. “I don’t like to talk +like a crazy man, but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>we’ve got to look this infernal matter in the +face. When you come out to-night come armed with the biggest gun you can +find—a high-powered rifle.”</p> + +<p>No man argued with another, at a time like this. “I don’t know where I +can get a rifle,” I told him.</p> + +<p>“Every man in the house has got some kind or another. I’m going to be +frank and tell you what I’m carrying—a big .405, the biggest +quick-shooting arm I could get hold of. Whatever comes to-night—we’ve +got to stop.”</p> + +<p>We gathered again at the big mahogany table, dined quietly, and the four +of us excused ourselves just before dessert. The twilight was already +falling—like gray shadows of wings over land and sea—and we wanted to +be at our post. We didn’t desire that the peril of the lagoon should +strike in our absence. And we left a more hopeful spirit among the other +occupants of the manor house.</p> + +<p>They were all glad that armed men would guard the lagoon shore that +night. I suppose it gave them some sense of security otherwise not +known. The four of us procured our rifles, and walked, a grim company, +down to the shore of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“We want to guard as much of the shore line as we can, and still keep +each other in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>sight,” Slatterly said. “And there’s no getting away from +it that we want to be in easy rifle range of each other.”</p> + +<p>He posted us at fifty-yard intervals along the craggy margin. I was +placed near the approach of the rock wall, overlooking a wide stretch of +the shore, Weldon’s post was fifty yards above mine, the sheriff’s next, +and Nopp’s most distant of all. Then we were left to watch the tides and +the night and the stars probing through the darkening mantle of the sky.</p> + +<p>We had no definite orders. We were simply to watch, to fire at will in +case of an emergency, to guard the occupants of the manor house against +any danger that might emerge from the depths of the lagoon. The tide, at +the lowest ebb at the hour of our arrival, began soon to flow again. The +glassy surface was fretted by the beat and crash of oncoming waves +against the rocky barrier. We saw the little rivulets splash through; +the water’s edge crept slowly up the craggy shore. The dusk deepened, +and soon it was deep night.</p> + +<p>We were none too close together. I could barely make out the tall figure +of Weldon, standing statuesque on a great, gray crag beside the lagoon. +His figure was so dim that it was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>hard to believe in its reality, the +gun at his shoulder was but a fine penciled line, and with the growing +darkness, it was hard to make him out at all. Soon it took a certain +measure of imagination to conceive of that darker spot in the mist of +darkness as the form of a fellow man.</p> + +<p>The sense of isolation increased. We heard no sound from each other, but +the night itself was full of little, hushed noises. From my camp fire +beside Manatee Marsh I had often heard the same sounds, but they were +more compelling now, they held the attention with unswerving constancy, +and they seemed to penetrate further into the spirit. Also I found it +harder to identify them—at least to believe steadfastly the +identifications that I made.</p> + +<p>We hadn’t heard a beginning of the sounds when we had listened from the +verandas. They had been muffled there, dim and hushed, but here they +seemed to speak just in your ear. Sea-birds called and shrieked, owls +uttered their mournful complaints, brush cracked and rustled as little, +eager-eyed furry things crept through. Once I started and the gun leaped +upward in my arms as some great sea-fish, likely a tarpon, leaped and +splashed just beyond the rock wall.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span></p><p>“What is it, Killdare?” Weldon called. His voice was sharp and urgent.</p> + +<p>“Some fish jumped, that was all,” I answered. And again the silence +dropped down.</p> + +<p>The tide-waves burst with ever-increasing fury. The stars were ever +brighter, and their companies ever larger, in the deep, violet spaces of +the sky. The hours passed. The lights in the great colonial house behind +us winked out, one by one.</p> + +<p>There was no consolation in glancing at my watch. It served to make the +time pass more slowly. The hour drew to midnight, after a hundred years +or so of waiting; the night had passed its apex and had begun its swift +descent to dawn. And all at once the thickets rustled and stirred behind +me.</p> + +<p>No man can be blamed for whipping about, startled in the last, little +nerve, in such a moment as this. Some one was hastening down to the +shore of the lagoon—some one that walked lightly, yet with eagerness. I +could even hear the long, wet grass lashing against her ankles.</p> + +<p>“Who is it?” I asked quietly.</p> + +<p>“Edith,” some one answered from the gloom.</p> + +<p>Many important things in life are forgotten, and small ones kept; and my +memory will harbor <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>always the sound of that girlish voice, so clear and +full in the darkness. Though she spoke softly her whole self was +reflected in the tone. It was sweet, tender, perhaps even a little +startled and fearful. In a moment she was at my side.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean by coming here alone?” I demanded.</p> + +<p>“The phone rang—in the upper corridor,” she told me almost +breathlessly. “The negroes were afraid to answer it. I went—and it was +a telegram for you. I thought I’d better bring it—it was only two +hundred yards, and four men here. You’re not angry, are you?”</p> + +<p>No man could be angry at such a time; and she handed me a written copy +of the message she had received over the wire. I scratched a match, saw +her pretty, sober face in its light and read:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>Am sending picture of George Florey, brother of murdered +man. Watch him closely. Am writing.</p></div> + +<p>It wasn’t an urgent message. The picture would have reached me, just the +same, and I had every intention of watching closely the man I believed +was the dead butler’s brother. Yet <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>I was glad enough she had seen fit +to bring it to me. We would have our moment together, after all.</p> + +<p>What was said beside that craggy, mysterious margin, what words were all +but obscured by the sound of the tide-waves breaking against the natural +wall of rock, what oaths were given, and what breathless, incredible +happiness came upon us as if from the far stars, has little part in the +working out of the mystery of Kastle Krags. Certain moments passed, +indescribably fleet, and certain age-old miracles were reënacted. Life +doesn’t yield many such moments. But then—not many are needed to pay +for life.</p> + +<p>After a while we told each other good-night, and I scratched a match to +look again into her face. Some way, I had expected the miraculous +softening of every tender line and the unspeakable luster in her blue +eyes that the flaring light revealed. They were merely part of the night +and its magic, and the joy I had in the sight was incomparable with any +other earthly thing. But what surprised me was a curious look of +intentness and determination, almost a zealot’s enthusiasm in her face, +that the match-light showed and the darkness concealed again.</p> + +<p>She went away, as quietly as she had come. Whether Weldon had seen her I +did not know. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>There was something else I didn’t know, either, and the +thought of it was a delight through all the long hours of my watch. +Edith Nealman had worlds of common sense. I wondered how she had been +able to convince herself that the message was of such importance that +she needs must carry it through the darkness of the gardens to me at +once.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIII" id="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a>CHAPTER XXIII</h2> + +<p>The tide reached its full, shortly after two o’clock, and then began to +ebb. Almost at once the little waves of the lagoon smoothed out, they +lapped no more against the craggy margin, and the water lay like a sheet +of gray glass. I had seen the same transformation on several previous +occasions, but to-night it seemed to get hold of me as never before.</p> + +<p>Seemingly it partook of a miraculous quality to-night—as if winds had +been suddenly stilled by a magician’s art. The water was of course +flowing out between the crevices of the rock wall, yet there was no +sense of motion. The water-line dropped slowly down.</p> + +<p>It is an unescapable fact that the whole atmosphere of the Ochakee +country is one of death. The moss-draped forests seem without life, the +rivers convey no sense of motion, the air is dead, and vegetation rots +underfoot. To-night the lagoon was without any image or indication of +life. The whole vista seemed like some dead, forgotten wasteland in a +dream—a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>place where living things had never come and was forever +incompatible with life.</p> + +<p>It was a mysterious hour. The half-crescent moon rose at last, at first +a silver tinting of the skyline, a steadily growing wave of light and +then the sharply outlined moon itself above the eastern forest. The dark +shadows that were my companions took form, strengthened; again I could +see their erect figures on the gray crags and the gleam of their rifles +in their arms. The perspective widened, the rock wall seemed to extend, +stretch ever further across the lagoon, and now the sky was graying in +the East.</p> + +<p>A moment later I heard Weldon’s voice, ringing full in the hush of the +dying night, as he spoke Slatterly’s name. The latter answered at once.</p> + +<p>“Yes. What is it?”</p> + +<p>“Let’s go in. The night’s over and nothing’s happened. It’s pretty near +bright day already.”</p> + +<p>It was true that the eastern sky had begun to be tinged with gray. I +could see the lines of my hands and the finer mechanisms of the rifle. +The hour, however, seemed later than it really was, simply because of +the effulgence of the moon. The dread atmosphere of Kastle Krags had in +a moment been wholly destroyed. Instead <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>of a place of mystery and +peril, it was simply an old-time manor-house fronting the sea, built +between the forest and a calm lagoon.</p> + +<p>There didn’t seem any use of watching further. If the night was not yet, +in fact, completely over, the moon and the graying east gave the effect +of morning. Perhaps the fact that the outgoing tide had stilled the +lagoon had its effect too. The ominous sound of breaking waves was gone, +and it gave a perfect image of quietude and peace.</p> + +<p>Slatterly waited an instant before he answered. “Wait a little more,” he +said in a resigned tone. “But you’re right—it’s almost morning.”</p> + +<p>I don’t think it was five minutes later that I saw Weldon leave his post +and saunter over to the sheriff’s side. I suppose, bored with his task, +the time seemed much longer to him. True, the lagoon was gray, the +shadows of the garden had lost their mystery, and there didn’t seem any +use of waiting. Indeed, I don’t think any of us escaped a sense of inner +embarrassment—something akin to ignominy and chagrin—that we should be +standing beside that quiet water-body, with high-powered rifles in our +hands. It made us feel secretly ridiculous.</p> + +<p>Nopp called over, cheerily, “Through for the night?”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span></p><p>“Might as well,” Slatterly answered. “It was a fool party anyway.”</p> + +<p>Very glad that the watch was over, I left my own post, and we had a +cigarette apiece beside the still lagoon. Then we went through the +gardens to the house.</p> + +<p>“We’ve disrupted the regular schedule, anyway,” Nopp said. “I think +we’ve come to the end of our trouble, and nothing more to fear. Man, do +you think to-day will clear the thing up?”</p> + +<p>“What chance is there to clear up such a mess in one day?” The sheriff +spoke moodily.</p> + +<p>“Because you’re going to have some real help—not a lot of bungling +amateurs. You know who’s coming?”</p> + +<p>“Lacone—Van Hope’s detective.”</p> + +<p>“Yes. He’s a distinguished man—a real scientist in the study of crime. +He may do wonders, even in one day.”</p> + +<p>“I only hope he does! I don’t care who clears it up—as long as it’s +cleared. Now to get a little sleep.”</p> + +<p>Tired out, we went to our rooms. The cool of early morning had swept +through the halls, and the first glimmer of dawn was at the windows. How +white the moon was in the sky, how mysteriously gray the whole sweep of +shore and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>sea! So tired I dreaded the work of undressing, I sat down a +moment before the window that overlooked the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The moonlight and the dawn gave the appearance of a mist, a gray mist as +is sometimes seen over water when the sky is overcast with heavy clouds. +At that moment it was impossible to conceive of anything but grayness. +The whole conception that the brain had, the only interpretation that +the senses made was of this same, lifeless hue. If an artist had tried +to paint the picture that was spread before my window he would have +needed but one tube of paint.</p> + +<p>It was in some way vaguely startling. It went home to some dark +knowledge within a man, and left him fearful and expectant. The shore +and the sea were gray, the gardens were swept with grayness, the lagoon +itself had lost its many colors and only the same neutral tint remained. +The only way that the eye could distinguish shore from sea, and garden +from shore, was the gradations of the same hue.</p> + +<p>Surely dawn was almost at hand. The moon looked less vivid in the sky. +And nothing remained but to find what sleep I could.</p> + +<p>But at that instant my senses quickened. I could hardly call it a +start—it was just a sudden wakening of mind and body. I wasn’t the +least <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>sure.... Perhaps in a moment the old lull, the well-remembered +sense of well-being and security would return. It had seemed to me that +a swift shadow glided through the grayness at the shore of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The window afforded a remarkably wide glimpse of that particular part of +the estate. The rift in the trees permitted a view of scattered segments +of the rock wall itself. And it wasn’t to be that I could turn and leave +them to the gray of morning. In that mysterious, eerie light I saw the +whisking shadow again.</p> + +<p>It was not merely some little creeping thing from the forest—some +living creature such as stirs about at the first ray of dawn. The shadow +was much too large. I would have thought, at the first glance, that it +was the shadow of a man. But at that instant the figure emerged into the +open, and I knew the truth.</p> + +<p>The trim form on the shore of the lagoon was that of Edith Nealman. I +could see her outline with entire plainness, dark against the gray. Some +errand of stealth had taken her down to the shore of the lagoon the +moment that it was left unguarded.</p> + +<p>In an instant she disappeared, and in the interval I found out how +deeply and inexplicably startled I was. And then I saw her again, +walking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>out on the natural rock bridge, and carrying some heavy object, +that dragged on the rocks, in her arms.</p> + +<p>I could see her stooped figure, and the shadow of the thing that +dragged. And there is no telling under Heaven the thoughts and the +terrors that swept through me as to what that dragging thing might be.</p> + +<p>But in an instant I saw what it was. It was a rather long, heavy plank, +certainly of wood. She was about two hundred feet out on the rock wall +by now, and I saw that she was launching the plank to the right of the +wall, in the water of the lagoon. Before I could wonder or exclaim she +herself had slipped in with it, her arms pale white from the shoulders +of her dark bathing suit, wading out and guiding the heavy plank beside +her.</p> + +<p>No man who had read that mysterious script could doubt what her purpose +was. She had gone fourteen rods out on the wall, and then she had turned +to the right into the lagoon. Plainly she was searching for Jason’s +treasure.</p> + +<p>She, too, knew the key. In that same flash of time, I understood the +look of intent I had seen on her face earlier that night. She had kept +her resolve—even now she was herself trying to sound the mystery of her +uncle’s disappearance. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>I understood her own exultation when I had +talked of my many scientific plans, and how I lacked means to carry them +out. Even then she had likely been working on the cryptogram. It was +wholly possible that either Nealman or herself had encountered a copy of +the script in the old house, and they had worked on it together.</p> + +<p>But there had been some sort of a guard put over Jason’s treasure! With +what right had we been so smugly certain that the old legend was not +true—that there was not still some evil, tentacled monster of the deep +left to slay and drag to his cavern those that dared to penetrate the +lagoon. Even now she was wading further and further from the rock wall. +I could see just her head and the top of her shoulders above water, the +heavy plank still guided beside her.</p> + +<p>Fear is an emotion that speeds like lightning through the avenues of the +nerves. In the instant that these thoughts went home—thoughts that +would have taken moments to narrate in speech but which whipped through +the mind in the twinkling of an eye—I plumbed the utter depths of fear. +There can be no other word. The gray expanse seemed the waters of death +itself; the whole scene, in the gray of dawn, was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>eerie, savage, +unutterably dreadful. And the girl that had come to be my own life was +even now wholly within the power of any monstrous foe that should leave +its cavern to attack her.</p> + +<p>Why had we been so sure! Why hadn’t we guarded those deadly waters every +hour, day and night. Every day teaches that many things that seemed +incredible a day ago are true: how had we dared to be so arrogant in +regard to the legend of the lagoon. Even when three men, one after +another, had disappeared without trace we had refused to change our +ancient habits of thought: we had still refused to believe. I knew now +the fate of the missing men. They had gone in search of Jason’s +chest—and the treasure guard that dwelt in the lagoon had put them to +death. And just before my eyes the girl I loved was following the path +they made, making the same quest.</p> + +<p>And in that breathless, never-to-be-forgotten moment, I heard a +resounding splash of water. Against the craggy, opposite shore the water +flew far and white as some living thing that had been concealed in the +far crags dived toward her through the still waters of the lagoon.</p> + +<p>The whole scene had seemingly occupied less than a second. Already, +before I could breathe, I was leaping down the corridor towards the +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>stairs. I called once for help—a door behind me opened. Then I was out +in the gray dawn, racing toward the lagoon.</p> + +<p>There seemed no interlude of time between the instant that I saw that +splashing water and that in which I had plunged full into the gray +depths myself. In reality there was a space of several seconds—the gray +light showed me that the drama of the lagoon had progressed immeasurably +further. The girl was fifty or sixty feet from the rock wall now, just +her head showing above water, her arms locked tight about the plank and +facing her approaching foe. And something that swam swiftly made +streaming ripples toward her.</p> + +<p>I swam with amazing ease and swiftness. The terror, innate love of life, +were all forgotten in the hope that I might reach Edith’s side in time. +And now, by the gray light of dawn, I saw that her foe was upon her.</p> + +<p>They were struggling with a desperate frenzy, and for an instant the +splashing water almost obscured them. The plank had been torn from her +grasp, and by some circumstance had been sped hopelessly out of her +reach. And now, the water clearing from my eyes, I could determine the +identity of her assailant. No matter what further fate the lagoon had in +store for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>her, this foe was human, at least. Terrible and drawn with +passion as it was, I saw the face of Major Kenneth Dell, the man who had +disappeared the preceding night.</p> + +<p>I yelled, trying to give hope. Already I was almost upon them; and Dell +had released his hold of the girl. Whatever had been his purpose it had +been forgotten in the face of some greater extremity. Their fight was no +more with each other: rather they seemed at death grips with some +resistless foe that tore at them from beneath the waves.</p> + +<p>I saw Dell’s face. An unspeakable terror, that of one who in wickedness +goes down to an awful death, was on his face. It was such a terror as +men can know but once, for they never live to tell of it, and which +blasts the heart of any one that beholds it. No artist, delving into the +abnormal, could have portrayed that fear. It was a thing never to +forget, but ever to see again in dreams.</p> + +<p>Edith was terrified too, but such a terror as Dell knew was impossible +for her. The fear of death that curses a godless man is perhaps the most +dreadful retributive force in this world or the next, and Dell knew it +to the full. No one who had seen his face could doubt but that all the +iniquity of a long life had been atoned for, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>in one little moment, in +the scales of justice. But only a measure of it could oppress her. The +only fear that her fine young soul could know was that born of the +elemental love of life. And with what seemed to be a final effort she +raised her head to call a warning to me.</p> + +<p>But even if I had heeded it, it would have come too late. I saw the +heads of the man and woman in front of me go down as if drawn by +quicksand. And there was no escape for me. The death that dwelt in the +lagoon had already seized me in its resistless grasp.</p> + +<p>But the guard over Jason’s treasure was not merely some monster +implanted from the sea, a mortal thing that years could claim or +muscular strength oppose. Rather it was a power that had dwelt there +since the world’s young days, ever claiming tribute, and which would +continue on until the very sea itself was changed. The demon that had +hold of me was merely that of rushing waters. They swept me forward and +sucked me down with remorseless force.</p> + +<p>There was a sink-hole in the floor of the lagoon. No wonder the water +that rushed in at high-tide had seemed to go so quietly away. I was +being carried down a subterranean outlet, through some water passage +under the rock wall, and into the open sea.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIV" id="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a>CHAPTER XXIV</h2> + +<p>The water surrounding the underground outlet was not of great depth—an +inch or so over five feet—but the suction of the sink-hole was +irresistible. Once caught in those sinking waters meant to go down with +them; and a moth would have struggled to equal advantage. If fate had +given me the choice of fighting to save myself it would not have changed +the outcome in the least. The plank had floated too far away to seize. +The water was deep enough that if, by a mighty wrench of muscles, I was +able to seize with my hands some immovable rock on the lagoon floor my +head would have been under water.</p> + +<p>Fate, however, didn’t give me that fighting choice. Edith Nealman had +already gone down, a single instant before. Loss of life itself couldn’t +possibly mean more. There was nothing open but to follow through.</p> + +<p>But while the trap itself was infallible, irresistible to human +strength, there might be fighting aplenty in the darkness of the channel +and beyond. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>The time hadn’t come to give up. The slightest fighting +chance was worth every ounce of mortal strength. And as the waters +seized me I gave the most powerful swimming stroke I knew, a single, +mighty wrench of the whole muscular system, in an attempt to get my lips +above water for a last breath.</p> + +<p>Partly because I have always been a strong swimmer, but mostly by good +fortune, I won that instant’s reprieve. I had already exhaled; and in +the instant that my lips were above the smooth surface of the lagoon I +filled my lungs to their utmost capacity, breathing sharp and deep, with +the cool, sweet, morning air. The force of my leap carried me over and +down, the descending waters seized me as the sluice in a sink might +seize an insect, and slowly, steadily, as if by a giant’s hand, drew me +into darkness.</p> + +<p>I had been drawn into the subterranean outlet of the lagoon, the +passageway of the waters of the outgoing tide. Life itself depended on +how long that under-water channel was. I only knew that I was headed +under the rock wall and toward the open sea.</p> + +<p>At such times the mental mechanics function abnormally, if at all. I was +not drowning yet. The thousand thoughts and memories and regrets that +haunt the last moments of the lost did not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>come to me. The whole +consciousness was focussed on two points: one of them a resolve to do +what I could for Edith, and the other was fear.</p> + +<p>Besides the seeming certainty of death, it was unutterably terrible to +be swept through this dark, mysterious channel under the sea. Perhaps +the terror lay most in the darkness of the passage. It was a darkness +simply inconceivable, beyond any that the imagination could conjure +up—such absolute absence of light as shadow the unfathomable caverns on +the ocean floor or fill the great, empty spaces between one +constellation and another. In the darkest night there is always some +fine, almost imperceptible degree of light. Here light was a thing +forgotten and undreamed of.</p> + +<p>The waters did not move with particular swiftness. They flowed rather +easily and quietly, like the contents of a great aqueduct. Perhaps it +would have been better for the human spirit if they had moved with a +rush and a roar, blunting the consciousness with their tumult, and +hurling their victim to an instantaneous death. The death in that +undersea channel was deliberate and unhurried, and the imagination had +free play. Already we three were like departed souls, lost in the still, +murky waters of Lethe—drifting, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>helpless, fearful as children in the +darkness. It was such an experience that from sheer, elemental +fear—fear that was implanted in the germ-plasm in darkness tragedies in +the caves of long ago—may poison and dry up the life-sustaining fluids +of the nerves, causing death before the first physical blow is struck.</p> + +<p>It was an old fear, this of darkened waters. Perhaps it was remembered +from those infinite eons before the living organisms from which we +sprang ever emerged from the gray spaces of the sea. And I knew it to +the full.</p> + +<p>But I didn’t float supinely down that Cimmerian stream. The race was +certainly to the swift. Knowing that the only shadow of hope lay in +reaching the end of the passage before the air in my lungs was +exhausted, I swam down that stream with the fastest stroke I knew. +Carried also by the waters, I must have traveled at a really astounding +pace, at momentary risk of striking my head against the rock walls of +the channel.</p> + +<p>An interminable moment later my arms swept about Edith’s form. I felt +her long tresses streaming in the flood, but her slender arms had +already lost all power to seize and hold me. Had death already claimed +her? Yet I could not give her the little store of life-giving air that +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>still sustained me. Holding her in one arm and swimming with every +ounce of strength I had, we sped together through that darkened channel.</p> + +<p>No swimmer knows the power and speed that is in him until a crisis such +as this. No under-water swimmer can dream of what distances he is +capable until death, or something more than death, is the stake for +which he races. The passage seemed endless. Slowly the breath sped from +my lungs. And the darkness was still unbroken when the last of it was +gone.</p> + +<p>The trial was almost done. I could struggle on a few yards more, until +the oxygen-enriched air in my blood had made its long wheel through my +body.</p> + +<p>What happened thereafter was dim as a dream. There was a certain period +of bluntness, almost insensibility; and then of tremendous stress and +conflict that seemed interminable. It must have been that even through +this phase I fought on, arms and legs thrashing in what was practically +an involuntary effort to fight on to the open sea. The last images that +drowning men know, that queer, vivid cinema of memories and regrets +began to sweep through the disordered brain. There was nothing to do +further. The trial was done. I gave one more convulsive wrench....</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span></p><p>And that final impulse carried me into a strange, gray place that the +senses at first refused to credit. It was hard to believe, at first, +that this was not merely the gray borderland of death. Yet in an instant +I knew the truth. I was heading toward light: the subterranean blackness +of the channel was fading, as the gloom of a tunnel fades as the train +rushes into open air. And a second later I shot to the surface of the +open sea.</p> + +<p>It was through no conscious effort of mine that I did not lose my life +in the moment of deliverance from the channel. At such times the body +struggles on unguided by the brain; instinct, long forgotten and +neglected, comes into its own again. As I came up my lips opened, I took +a great, sobbing breath.</p> + +<p>I must have submerged again. At least the blue water seemed to linger +over my eyes for interminable seconds thereafter. But there were no +walls of stone to imprison me now, and I again rose, and this time came +up to stay. The life-giving air was already sweeping through me, borne +on the corpuscles of the blood.</p> + +<p>In an instant I had found my stroke—paddling just enough to keep +afloat. Edith still lay insensible in my arms. Only a glance was needed +to see where I was. A gray line back of me <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>stretched the rock wall, and +beyond it the lagoon. I had been swept from the latter, through a +submarine water passage under the wall and a hundred yards into the open +sea. Dell, who had gone through the channel ahead of us, was nowhere to +be seen.</p> + +<p>As soon as I had breath I shouted for help to the little file of men who +were already streaming through the gardens toward the lagoon. They must +come soon, if at all. Tired out, I couldn’t hold on much longer. In the +pauses between my shouts I gazed at the stark-white face of the girl in +my arms. My senses were quickening now, and a darkness as unfathomable +as that of the undersea passage itself swept over me at the thought that +I had lost, after all—that the girl I had carried through was already +past resuscitation.</p> + +<p>But the men on the shore had heard me now—I was aware of the splash of +oars and the hum of the motor of Nealman’s launch. Some one shouted +hope—and already the dark outline of the motorboat came sweeping +towards me. It was none too soon.... The dead weight in my arms was +forcing me down, and my feeble strokes were no longer availing. But now +strong arms had hold of me, dragging me and my burden into the boat.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span></p><p>There are no memories whatever of the next hour. I must have lain +unconscious on the sand of the shore while Nopp and his men fought the +fight for Edith’s life. At least I was there when at last, after +lifetimes were done, a strong hand shook my shoulder. Van Hope and Nopp +were beside me, and they were smiling.</p> + +<p>“A piece of news for you,” Nopp told me, happily. “You put up a good +fight—and you’ll be glad to know that your girl will live.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXV" id="CHAPTER_XXV"></a>CHAPTER XXV</h2> + +<p>Though we were out of the water, we were not yet out of the woods. There +were many explanations to be made and many guesses that took the place +of explanations. No questions could be put to the butler, Florey, nor +Nealman, host of Kastle Krags, nor to Major Kenneth Dell. All of these +had been swept down the sink-hole and through the subterranean channel +into the sea.</p> + +<p>Perhaps we would never have got anywhere, for a certainty, if it hadn’t +been for the letter and the photograph that William Noyes sent me from +Vermont, and which arrived the day following our journey through the +passage. Short though it was, it served to clear up many matters to our +complete satisfaction. It was addressed to me:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>I am sending photo of that scoundrel, George Florey, brother +of the dead man. I hope it helps you catch him. He always +hated his brother, and my late wife told me that as far back +as you want to go in her family you’ll find one brother +hating another. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>I don’t know where to tell you to look for +George. He and his brother both had spent most of their +lives looking for a chest of treasure that was hidden by +their grandfather down where you are—in Florida. They just +took this name of Florey the last generation. Before that it +was Hendrickson, my wife told me—and before that Heaven +knows what. Mostly they were a bad lot.</p></div> + +<p>After I had read it I showed it to Nopp; and he breathed deeply. But he +made but one comment.</p> + +<p>“Human nature is a winner, isn’t it, Killdare?” he observed. “Will we +ever see the head and tail of it? Now let me see the picture.”</p> + +<p>Neither Nopp nor Edith nor any one who looked at it could mistake the +likeness presented in the photograph. It was not that of my suspect, Mr. +Pescini. One glance established that fact. The well-bred, rather +aristocratic face was none other than that of Major Kenneth Dell, he who +had got himself invited to Kastle Krags, and who had died in the trap +his grandfather had set nearly eighty years before.</p> + +<p>Edith and I went over the case together, and we managed to fill up the +breaks in each other’s story. We talked it over in the early evening, +sitting in a secluded corner of the veranda.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span></p><p>She had already mostly recovered from the experience of the day before. +She was still weak and shaken, but seemingly all serious complications +had been averted. And she resolutely refused to stay in bed.</p> + +<p>“It’s been a tragic thing, all the way through,” she began in the voice +I loved. “It’s over now—but Heaven knows it cost enough lives. All for +a treasure that no one knows for sure is a reality.</p> + +<p>“I’m going over the case simply, Ned—and you tell me if I have it +right. The letter shows that both George Florey and David Florey, the +butler, were the grandsons of Hendrickson, who once owned this +house—who of course was no one but the original Godfrey Jason. Jason +too had hated his brother enough to kill him, and as the legend says, it +was Jason who first buried the treasure in the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“He put it near, perhaps just beside a dangerous sink-hole through which +the tidal waters swept under the wall to the open sea. And when he died +he left two, and perhaps more, copies of a cryptogram to show where the +chest was hidden.</p> + +<p>“As you say, Dave Florey, one of the two brothers of this generation of +the Jason family, unquestionably got hold of one of the copies. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>He +secured the position of butler at this house on purpose to hunt for and +secure the chest. Meanwhile George Florey—we can call him Major Dell, +the name he assumed, from now on—got track of the hiding-place of the +treasure. The letters show that he had sought for it and traced it from +Brazil to Washington, D. C.—at the latter place he possibly consulted +old marine records. He evidently had considerable money, and was earning +some in questionable ways, and through his acquaintance with Van Hope he +got himself invited to this house.</p> + +<p>“Here he found his brother. It must have been a disagreeable surprise to +him—the fact that you saw him so shaken and seemingly alarmed in the +hall would indicate that it was. As the Jason brothers had done before +them, these two men hated each other as only brothers can—jealously and +terribly. And through some series of events that will never be known, +they met that night beside the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“George Florey—rather, Major Dell—must have been a thoroughly wicked +man. I guess he inherited all of his grandfather Jason’s +wickedness—otherwise he wouldn’t have been able to play the part he +did. To me it was a dramatic thing—this heritage of wickedness, +generation after generation: this blood lust and hatred that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>was the +curse of all his breed. It was Cain and Abel again—the same, old tragic +story.</p> + +<p>“They met on the lagoon shore, beside the crags, and perhaps Major Dell +made an attempt to wrest the copy of the cryptogram from his brother. +It’s even possible, but it doesn’t seem likely, that it was the other +way ’round. At least, they were working at cross purposes, both of them +seemed just about to triumph—and hating each other like two serpents, +they came to grips. And here Dell struck a fatal blow—likely with some +terrible, hooked instrument that he had brought to grapple for the +chest.</p> + +<p>“Florey cried out in his death agony and his fear, and Dell was obliged +to flee without getting hold of the cryptogram. While the hunt was going +on through the gardens, he came back to the body, likely searched the +pockets of the victim, and for some reason that can never be exactly +known, dragged the body into the lagoon.</p> + +<p>“Perhaps he thought the character of the wound would give him away. +There’s little doubt that he threw it there with the idea of destroying +evidence—at least its presence some way interfered with his plans. And +of course before the night was done it had drifted to the sink-hole and +through the channel to the open sea.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span></p><p>“Dell likely saw you pick up the script, and that accounts for his +presence in your room that night. Meanwhile Nealman and I were working +on a copy of it I had found in an old book. The book was the Bible, by +the way, and it gave me the first key to the truth. Nealman offered to +divide the treasure with me, if he was able to find it. That promise is +on paper. It isn’t necessary now, however—and you know why.”</p> + +<p>I knew why—well enough. As his niece, Edith inherited all that Grover +Nealman left, including this Floridan estate. It was true, however, that +his debts just about wiped out all his other possessions.</p> + +<p>“As you know, a deal in the stock market practically ruined him,” she +went on. “The only way out he could see was the chest that both of us +felt was hidden in the lagoon. He never took the monster legend +seriously, but always before he had been willing to wait until he could +procure some safe appliance to rescue the chest. At that time both of us +knew almost exactly where it was. And when the crash came, the sudden +need for money and his desperation sent him out in the darkness to +procure it. He too was caught in the undersea channel.</p> + +<p>“Of course Major Dell was never even menaced by the sink-hole. Likely he +had some knowledge of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>it. He vanished the third night, because first, +he realized that Noyes’ testimony would sooner or later convict him of +his brother’s murder, and second, because the disappearance of Florey +and Nealman had set a good example for him. Some secret business took +him into my uncle’s room first, as you guessed. I have no doubt that he +was hiding in the dense thickets on the other side of the lagoon all the +time—waiting for his chance to procure the treasure and make his +escape.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know that you’ll believe it, but by this time I had guessed the +secret of the lagoon. I didn’t know just how it worked, but I felt there +was some kind of an underground outlet that would sweep away any one who +tried to wade in the proximity of the treasure. Of course I didn’t +suspect Dell—I thought he had merely gone as Uncle Grover had gone, +through the sink-hole to his death. When I made my attempt, I went +prepared.”</p> + +<p>“But how dared you attempt it?” I demanded.</p> + +<p>She laughed at my anger. “I wanted to know the truth!” she exclaimed. “I +owed it to Uncle Grover—to find out what became of him. I needed the +treasure chest, too—for his securities won’t quite balance, he told me, +the demands that will be made upon the estate. And finally—maybe <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>there +was another reason, too. Perhaps you know what it was.”</p> + +<p>The narration could not go on at once. It was one of those moments that +a man always remembers, and holds dear when most earthly treasures are +as dust. She hadn’t forgotten my own dreams—the plans I had made but +which seemed so impossible of fulfillment.</p> + +<p>“But how did you dare take the risk?” I demanded.</p> + +<p>“There wasn’t any risk—at least, I didn’t think there was. I felt sure +that a sink-hole in the bed of the lagoon was the explanation. The plank +I dragged out there was plenty big enough to hold me up. You know a +floating cake of soap doesn’t go down the sluice as long as the bathtub +is any way near full of water. The plank would have held me easily if +Dell hadn’t interfered and torn it from my hands.</p> + +<p>“Why did he interfere? Of course we can only guess at that. I think he +was waiting for a chance to take the treasure himself—and he saw my +intention. I suppose he had dreamed about his grandfather’s gold until +it was a veritable passion with him—a mania—and he was willing to risk +death in the sink-hole sooner than let it go? Likely he meant to tear my +hands from the plank but hang on to it himself. Of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>course it got away +from us both. That’s the whole story. Your own wonderful endurance and +mastery of swimming saved me. Doesn’t that seem to clear up everything?”</p> + +<p>“Almost everything. Yet I don’t see why Dell waited—why he hadn’t got +the treasure out some time night before last—or <span style="white-space: nowrap;">yesterday——”</span></p> + +<p>“Of course he couldn’t work in daylight. Most of the night after his +disappearance the lagoon was guarded. Yet it isn’t easy to see why he +didn’t make the attempt the night of his <span style="white-space: nowrap;">disappearance——”</span></p> + +<p>“I suppose he was waiting for a favorable time. He had to have certain +equipment, I suppose—to keep from being carried down. Perhaps there are +certain periods when the flow through the channel is less, and there +isn’t so much <span style="white-space: nowrap;">suction——”</span></p> + +<p>A sudden light in the girl’s face arrested me and held me. Her eyes were +sparkling like blue seas in the sunlight. “‘At F. T.,’” she quoted. +“Ned, Ned, what stupids we are! Don’t you <span style="white-space: nowrap;">see——”</span></p> + +<p>“I can’t say that I do. I saw ‘At F. T.,’ at the bottom of the script, +but I don’t know what it <span style="white-space: nowrap;">meant——”</span></p> + +<p>“‘At flood tide’—that’s what it meant! Just as a sailor would say it. +He told on his own <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>directions the way to safety. When the tide flows +the water movement is probably in the other direction through the +underground channel, and the lagoon is as safe as a lake; and it’s only +in the ebb-tide that the suction exists. And of course the ignorant +treasure-seeker would make his search in the ebb-tide, when the surface +of the lagoon is still.”</p> + +<p>Exultant over this, a discovery that, if the treasure was a reality, +assured its procurance, neither of us noticed the dignified, courteous +approach of Pescini from the hallway. He was distinguished as ever, his +dinner-jacket unruffled, his linen gleaming white in the dying light.</p> + +<p>“Have you seen Sheriff Slatterly anywhere?” he asked me. “I’m in a sort +of quandary—I’ve got a letter on my hands and don’t know what to do +with it.”</p> + +<p>“A letter?” I repeated. The skin was twitching on my back.</p> + +<p>“Yes. I hardly know whether to send it on—or whether he will want it +for the investigations. It’s one that Major Dell gave me a few days ago +to mail, but which I dropped in my pocket and forgot.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVI" id="CHAPTER_XXVI"></a>CHAPTER XXVI</h2> + +<p>The guests refused to go back to their city homes until they had seen +the contents of the chest that had brought such woe to Kastle Krags; and +there was nothing to do but to make an immediate search. When daylight +came again Edith announced that she had fully recovered from the +adventure of two days before, and was ready to help me recover the +chest.</p> + +<p>“I can’t wait to see if it’s really there,” she confessed.</p> + +<p>We went in flow-tide, and we guided a boat over the place. But we +weren’t trusting entirely to our theory that the sink-hole was only +dangerous when the tide was running out. A stout rope was attached to +the prow of the boat, and I lashed it about my waist before I stepped +off into the water.</p> + +<p>We had guessed right about the underground channel. At flood tide a +swimmer could pass directly over it in safety. I located a great +limestone boulder that I thought was undoubtedly the “white rock” of the +script, but as the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>surface was rough and choppy from the tidal waves +breaking against the rock wall, it was impossible to find the chest by +power of vision alone. I found I had to dive again and again, groping +with my hands.</p> + +<p>But in scarcely a moment my foot encountered an iron chain at the base +of the rock. In a moment more the search was ended. A small, iron-bound +chest, hardly of twelve inch dimensions, was fastened to the chain, +which in turn was hooked securely in a crevice of the boulder.</p> + +<p>It was a rather wide-eyed, sober group that rowed back to the shore. In +the first place it was almost impossible to believe that such a seeming +legendary thing was actually in our hands, a thing of weight and +substance and unquestioned reality.</p> + +<p>The chest had been made of some sort of very hard wood, chemically +treated, and showed not the slightest sign of decay in the eighty years +it had lain in the water. How many little crafts had passed over it! +What a scarlet trail it had left since the <i>Arganil</i> had borne it from +Rio de Janeiro, so long ago. “But naked treasures breed murder!” Nealman +had said—speaking truer than he knew.... “They get home to human +imagination and human wickedness as nothing else can.”</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span></p><p>The boat touched the shore. Nopp lifted the chest easily on the ground. +“Don’t be too hopeful,” he advised Edith quietly. “If it’s gold that’s +in it, you couldn’t have much over a thousand. It only weighs nine or +ten pounds, box and all.”</p> + +<p>It was true. And the box itself, bound with iron, could easily weigh +that much. Had we been hoaxed by an empty chest?</p> + +<p>Somehow or other, nervous and fumbling, we got the thing open. Some of +the rods we broke, others we bent back. And at first we only stared in +blank surprise.</p> + +<p>It did not look like gold—the contents of the chest. Nor was it a +string of precious jewels. It seemed merely a bent, shapeless object of +some dark-colored metal, and a few dull stones, some of which were as +large as hickory nuts, loose in the bottom. Certain words were said as +we looked down, certain questions asked—but all of them were dim and +lost in a great, wondering preoccupation that dropped over me.</p> + +<p>Nopp reached a big hand, took one of the stones, and rubbed it on his +trouser leg. Looking at it, he rubbed it again with added vigor. Then he +stared at it in sudden, fascinated <i>wonder</i>.</p> + +<p>“Good Heavens!” he suddenly exclaimed in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span>tremendous excitement. “Do you +know what this is?”</p> + +<p>We turned to him, staring blankly. “What is it?” Edith asked. Her voice +was quiet; only the bright sparkle in her eyes revealed how excited she +really was.</p> + +<p>“It’s an emerald. That’s what it is. One of the finest in this country. +It’s worth a whole chest of gold. Killdare, the story was that it was a +<i>Portuguese</i> ship—bound out from Rio?”</p> + +<p>“Yes——”</p> + +<p>“And the chest was the property of some noble family, Portuguese princes +at the time the court of Portugal was located in Rio de Janeiro?”</p> + +<p>“Something like that——”</p> + +<p>“The property of a noble family! Edith, it was unquestionably the +property of the ruling house itself. Wait just a minute.”</p> + +<p>He took the shapeless thing of metal, rubbed it until a little of the +tarnish was gone, revealing yellow gold beneath, and slowly bent it in +his hands. It took a circular shape. Then he showed us little sockets, +set at various points, that had been the settings for the jewels. We saw +the truth at once.</p> + +<p>“A crown!” Edith said.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span></p><p>“Unquestionably the famous crown that the Portuguese king wore at his +Brazilian court—one of the richest courts in history. The jewels came +from Brazil, from Peruvian temples—Heaven knows where. And for Heaven’s +sake, Edith, send it away and get it changed into securities. It’s +death—that’s all it is. It’s the kind of thing that drives men insane.”</p> + +<p>We took the yellow thing, and in a wonderful, elated mood, we set it on +her own golden curls. But she removed it quickly. We were all instantly +sobered as she put it into my hands.</p> + +<p>“It’s bad luck to wear it,” she said. “It makes me creep to think what +wickedness it has caused—clear through the centuries. I’m an +American—and being a queen has never appealed to me.”</p> + +<p>Nopp smiled quietly, into the depths of the lagoon. “But you intend to +be <i>somebody’s</i> queen, don’t you, Edith?” he asked.</p> + +<p>And thus the matter of Kastle Krags came to a new beginning. Edith +changed the jewels into securities, just as Nopp advised, and a tenth of +them paid the obligations that were left after Nealman’s estate was +settled up. The rest provided an annual income that, while it would have +been considered moderate by such great <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>financiers as Marten and his +fellows, seemed of kingly proportions to me. At least it provided for +the maintenance of the old southern manor-house according to its best +traditions.</p> + +<p>And when Edith and I go sailing away to strange lands beyond the sea, +bent on scientific research and adventure, we often wonder what haughty +princes and bearded pirates, lurking in the shadows of the deck are +saying among themselves. Things have taken a great turn, they whisper +together, when the jewels for which they lived and fought, did murder +and died, have gone to sustain a rich man’s secretary and a penniless +schoolmaster! Perhaps lovely Portuguese princesses watch with contempt; +and ear-ringed villains, scornful of such science as mine, swear evil +oaths and wonder how the times have tamed!</p> + +<p>But perhaps they are glad that their watch of the lagoon is over! There +is nothing to hold these restless spirits now, and you can hear them +rustling no more in the forest, or feel their tragic presence in the +gardens. Some way, the house is more cheerful, and the sea no longer +conveys the image of desolation and mystery. When our young friends +visit us, to play golf on our links and shoot and fish in the lakes and +rivers, they invariably speak of its homely charm <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>and cheer. We have, +however, made certain improvements in the grounds.</p> + +<p>We have huge, black-lettered signs posted here and there along the +lagoon, giving certain advice concerning swimming at ebb-tide.</p> + +<h3>THE END.</h3> + +<hr class="large" /> +<h3><span class="smcap">Transcriber’s Notes:</span></h3> + +<p>1. Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters’ errors; otherwise, +every effort has been made to remain true to the author’s words and +intent.</p> + +<p>2. The original of this book did not have a Table of Contents; one has been +added for the reader’s convenience.</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + +***** This file should be named 33569-h.htm or 33569-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/5/6/33569/ + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/33569-h/images/i001.jpg b/33569-h/images/i001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0deeb38 --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-h/images/i001.jpg diff --git a/33569-h/images/i040.jpg b/33569-h/images/i040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..06828aa --- /dev/null +++ b/33569-h/images/i040.jpg diff --git a/33569.txt b/33569.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a917bd --- /dev/null +++ b/33569.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6523 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Kastle Krags + A Story of Mystery + +Author: Absalom Martin + +Release Date: August 29, 2010 [EBook #33569] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + + + + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + KASTLE KRAGS + + A STORY OF MYSTERY + + BY + ABSALOM MARTIN + + NEW YORK + DUFFIELD AND COMPANY + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922 + BY DUFFIELD & COMPANY + + Printed in U. S. A. + + + + +KASTLE KRAGS + + + + +CHAPTER I + + +Who could forget the Ochakee River, and the valley through which it +flows! The river itself rises in one of those lost and nameless lakes in +the Floridan central ridge, then is hidden at once in the live oak and +cypress forests that creep inland from the coasts. But it can never be +said truly to flow. Over the billiard-table flatness of that land it +moves so slowly and silently that it gives the effect of a lake stirred +by the wind. These dark waters, and the moss-draped woodlands through +which they move, are the especial treasure-field and delight of the +naturalist and scientist from the great universities of the North. + +It is a lost river; and it is still a common thing to see a brown, +lifeless, floating log suddenly flash, strike, and galvanize into a +diving alligator. The manatee, that grotesque, hair-lipped caricature of +a sea-lion, still paddles in the lower waters; and the great gar, who +could remember, if he would, the days when the nightmare wings of the +pterodactyls whipped and hummed over his native waters, makes deadly +hunting-trips up and down the stream, sword-like jaws all set and ready; +and all manner of smaller fry offer pleasing possibilities to the +sportsmen. The water-fowl swarm in countless numbers: fleet-winged +travelers such as ducks and geese, long-legged dignitaries of the crane +and heron tribe, gay-colored birds that flash by and out of sight before +the eye can identify them, and bitterns, like town-criers, booming the +river news for miles up and down the shores. And of course the little +perchers are past all counting in the arching trees of the river-bank. + +In the forests the fleet, under-sized Floridan deer is watchful and +furtive because of the activities of that tawny killer, the "catamount" +of the frontier; and the black bear sometimes grunts and soliloquizes +and gobbles persimmons in the thickets. The lynx that mews in the +twilight, the raccoon that creeps like a furtive shadow through the +velvet darkness, the pink-nosed 'possum that can only sleep when danger +threatens, and such lesser folk as rabbit and squirrel, weasel and +skunk, all have their part in the drama of the woods. Then there are the +game-birds: wild turkey, pheasant, and that little red quail, the Bob +White known to Southern sportsmen. + +Yet the Ochakee country conveys no message of brightness and cheer. Some +way, there are too many shadows. The river itself is a moving sea of +shadows; and if the sun ever gets to them, it is just an unhappy glimpse +through the trees in the long, still afternoons. The trees are mostly +draped with Spanish moss that sways like dark tresses in the little +winds that creep in from the gulf, and the trees creak and complain and +murmur one to another throughout the night. The air is dank, lifeless, +heavy with the odors of vegetation decaying underfoot. There is more +death than life in the forest, and all travelers know it, and not one +can tell why. It is easier to imagine death than life, the trail grows +darker instead of brighter, a murky mystery dwells between the distant +trunks.... Ordinarily such abundant wild-life relieves the somber, +unhappy tone of the woods, but here it some way fails to do so. No +woodsman has to be told how much more cheerful it makes him feel, how +less lonely and depressed, to catch sight of a doe and fawn, feeding in +the downs, or even a raccoon stealing down a creek-bank in the mystery +of the moon; but here the wild things always seem to hide when you want +them most; and if they show themselves at all, it is just as a fleet +shadow at the edge of the camp-fire. These are cautious, furtive things, +fleet as shadows, hidden as the little flowers that blossom among the +grass-stems; and such woodsfolk as do make their presence manifest do +not add, especially, to the pleasure of one's visit. These are two in +particular--the water-moccasin that hangs like a growing thing in the +wisteria, and the great, diamond-back rattlesnake whose bite is death. + +The river flows into the gulf about half-way down the peninsula, and +here is the particular field of the geologist, rather than the +naturalist. For miles along the shore the underlying limestone and +coraline rocks crop up above the blue-green water, forming a natural +sea-wall. Here, in certain districts, the thickets have been cleared +away, wide areas planted to rice, and a few ancient colonial homes stand +fronting the sea. Also the sportsman fishes for tarpon beyond the +lagoons. + +A strange, unhappy land of mystery; a misty, enchanted place whose +tragic beauty no artist can trace and whose disconsolate appeal no man +can fathom! Forests are never cheerful, silent and steeped in shadow as +they are, but these moss-grown copses beside the Ochakee, and crowding +down to the very shores of the gulf, have an actual weight of sadness, +like a curse laid down when the world was just beginning. Yet Grover +Nealman defied the disconsolate spirit of the land. He dared to disturb +the cathedral silence of those mossy woods with the laughter of carefree +guests, and to hold high revelry on the shores of that dismal sea. + + + + +CHAPTER II + + +The allurement of a September day had brought me far down the trail, +past the neck of the marsh, and far from my accustomed haunts. But I +could never resist September weather, particularly when the winds are +still, and the sun through the leaves dapples the trail like a fawn's +back, and the woods are so silent that the least rustle of a squirrel in +the thicket cracks with a miniature explosion. And for all the gloom of +the woods, and the tricky windings and cut-backs of that restless little +serpent of a trail, I still knew approximately where I was. A natural +sense of direction was seemingly implanted with less essential organs in +my body at birth. + +The Ochakee River wound its lazy way to the sea somewhere to my right. A +half mile further the little trail ended in a brown road over which a +motor-car, in favorable seasons, might safely pass. The Nealman estate, +known for forty miles up and down the shore, lay at the juncture of the +trail and the road--but I hadn't the least idea of pushing on that far. +Neither fortune nor environment had fitted me to move in such a circle +as sometimes gathered on the wide verandas of Kastle Krags. + +I was lighting a pipe, ready to turn back, when the leaves rustled in +the trail in front. It was just a whisper of sound, the faintest +scratch-scratch of something approaching at a great distance, and only +the fact that my senses had been trained to silences such as these +enabled me to hear it at all. It is always a fascinating thing to stand +silent on a jungle-trail, conjecturing what manner of creature is +pushing toward you under the pendulous moss: perhaps a deer, more +graceful than any dancer that ever cavorted before the footlights, or +perhaps (stranger things have happened) that awkward, snuffling, +benevolent old gentleman, the black bear. This was my life, so no wonder +the match flared out in my hand. And then once more I started to turn +back. + +I had got too near the Nealman home, after all. I suddenly recognized +the subdued sound as that of a horse's hoofs in the moss of the trail. +Some one of the proud and wealthy occupants of the old manor house was +simply enjoying a ride in the still woods. But it was high time he +turned back! The marshes of the Ochakee were no place for tenderfeet; +and this was not like riding in Central Park! Some of the quagmires I +had passed already to-day would make short work of horse and rider. + +My eye has always been sensitive to motion--in this regard not greatly +dissimilar from the eyes of the wild creatures themselves--and I +suddenly caught a flash of moving color through a little rift in the +overhanging branches. The horseman that neared me on the trail was +certainly gayly dressed! The flash I caught was _pink_--the pink that +little girls fancy in ribbons--and a derisive grin crept to my lips +before I could restrain it. There was no mistaking the fact that I was +beginning to have the woodsman's intolerance for city furs and frills! +Right then I decided to wait. + +It might pay to see how this rider had got himself up! It might afford +certain moments of amusement when the still mystery of the Floridan +night dropped over me again. I drew to one side and stood still on the +trail. + +The horse walked near. The rider wasn't a man, after all. It was a girl +in the simplest, yet the prettiest, riding-habit that eyes ever laid +upon, and the prettiest girl that had ridden that trail since the woods +were new. + +The intolerant grin at my lips died a natural death. She might be the +proud and haughty daughter of wealth, such a type as our more simple +country-dwellers robe with tales of scandal, yet the picture that she +made--astride that great, dark horse in the dappled sunlight of the +trail--was one that was worth coming long miles to see. The dark, mossy +woods were a perfect frame, the shadows seemed only to accentuate her +own bright coloring. + +It wasn't simply because I am a naturalist that I instantly noticed and +stored away immutably in my memory every detail of that happy, pretty +face. The girl had blue eyes. I've seen the same shade of blue in the +sea, a dark blue and yet giving the impression of incredible brightness. +Yet it was a warm brightness, not the steely, icy glitter of the sea. +They were friendly, wholesome, straightforward eyes, lit with the joy of +living; wide-open and girlish. The brows were fine and dark above them, +and above these a clear, girlish forehead with never a studied line. Her +hair was brown and shot with gold--indeed, in the sunlight, it looked +like old, red gold, finely spun. + +She was tanned by the Florida sun, yet there was a bright color-spot in +each cheek. I thought she had rather a wistful mouth, rather full lips, +half-pouting in some girlish fancy. Of course she hadn't observed me +yet. She was riding easily, evidently thinking herself wholly alone. + +Her form was slender and girlish, of medium height, yet her slender +hands at the reins held her big horse in perfect control. The heels of +her trim little shoes touched his side, and the animal leaped lightly +over a fallen log. Then she saw me, and her expression changed. + +It was, however, still unstudied and friendly. The cold look of +indifference I had expected and which is such a mark of ill-breeding +among certain of her class, didn't put in its appearance. I removed my +hat, and she drew her horse up beside me. + +It hadn't occurred to me she would actually stop and talk. It had been +rather too much to hope for. And I knew I felt a curious little stir of +delight all over me at the first sound of her friendly, gentle voice. + +"I suppose you are Mr. Killdare?" she said quietly. + +Every one knows how a man quickens at the sound of his own name. "Yes, +ma'am," I told her--in our own way of speaking. But I didn't know what +else to say. + +"I was riding over to see you--on business," she went on. "For my +uncle--Grover Nealman, of Kastle Krags. I'm his secretary." + +The words made me stop and think. It was hard for me to explain, even to +myself, just why they thrilled me far under the skin, and why the +little tingle of delight I had known at first gave way to a mighty surge +of anticipation and pleasure. It seems to be true that the first thing +we look for in a stranger is his similarity to us, and the second, his +dissimilarity; and in these two factors alone rests our attitude towards +him. It has been thus since the beginning of the world--if he is too +dissimilar, our reaction is one of dislike, and I suppose, far enough +down the scale of civilization, we would immediately try to kill him. If +he has enough in common with ourselves we at once feel warm and +friendly, and invite him to our tribal feasts. + +Perhaps this was the way it was between myself and Edith Nealman. She +wasn't infinitely set apart from me--some one rich and experienced and +free of all the problems that made up my life. Nealman's niece meant +something far different than Nealman's daughter--if indeed the man had a +daughter. She was his secretary, she said--a paid worker even as I was. +She had come to see me on business--and no wonder I was anticipatory and +elated as I hadn't been for years! + +"I'm glad to know you, Miss----" I began. For of course I didn't know +her name, then. + +"Miss Nealman," she told me, easily. "Now I'll tell you what my uncle +wants. He heard about you, from Mr. Todd." + +I nodded. Mr. Todd had brought me out from the village and had helped me +with some work I was doing for my university, in a northern state. + +"He was trying to get Mr. Todd to help him, but he was busy and couldn't +do it," the girl went on. "But he said to get Ned Killdare--that you +could do it as well as he could. He said no one knew the country +immediately about here any better than you--that though you'd only been +here a month or two you had been all over it, and that you knew the +habits of the turkeys and quail, and the best fishing grounds, better +than any one else in the country." + +I nodded in assent. Of course I knew these things: on a zoological +excursion for the university they were simply my business. But as yet I +couldn't guess how this information was to be of use to Grover Nealman. + +"Now this is what my uncle wants," the girl went on. "He's going to have +a big shoot and fish for some of his man friends--they are coming down +in about two weeks. They'll want to fish in the Ochakee River and in the +lagoon, and hunt quail and turkey, and my uncle wants to know if--if he +can possibly--hire you as guide." + +I liked her for her hesitancy, the uncertainty with which she spoke. +Her voice had nothing of that calm superiority that is so often heard +in the offering of humble employment. She was plainly considering my +dignity--as if anything this sweet-faced girl could say could possibly +injure it! + +"All he wanted of you was to stay at Kastle Krags during the hunting +party, and be able to show the men where to hunt and fish. You won't +have to act as--as anybody's valet--and he says he'll pay you real +guide's wages, ten dollars a day." + +"When would he want me to begin?" + +"Right away, if you could--to-morrow. The guests won't be here for two +weeks, but there are a lot of things to do first. You see, my uncle came +here only a short time ago, and all the fishing-boats need overhauling, +and everything put in ship-shape. Then he thought you'd want some extra +time for looking around and locating the game and fish. The work would +be for three weeks, in all." + +Three weeks! I did some fast figuring, and I found that twenty days, at +ten dollars a day, meant two hundred dollars. Could I afford to refuse +such an offer as this? + +It is true that I had no particular love for many of the city sportsmen +that came to shoot turkey and to fish in the region of the Ochakee. The +reason was simply that "sportsmen," for them, was a misnomer: that they +had no conception of sport from its beginnings to its end, and that they +could only kill game like butchers. Then I didn't know that I would care +about being employed in such a capacity. + +Yet two or three tremendous considerations stared me in the face. In the +first place, I was really in need of funds. I had not yet obtained any +of the higher scholastic degrees that would entitle me to decent pay at +the university--I was merely a post-graduate student, with the +complimentary title of "instructor." I had offered to spend my summer +collecting specimens for the university museum at a wage that barely +paid for my traveling expenses and supplies, wholly failing to consider +where I would get sufficient funds to continue my studies the following +year. + +Scarcity of money--no one can feel it worse than a young man inflamed +with a passion for scientific research! There were a thousand things I +wanted to do, a thousand journeys into unknown lands that haunted my +dreams at night, but none of them were for the poor. The two hundred +dollars Grover Nealman would pay me would not go far, yet I simply +couldn't afford to pass it by. Of course I could continue my work for +my alma mater at the same time. + +Yet while I thought of these things, I knew that I was only lying to +myself. They were subterfuges only, excuses to my own conscience. The +instant she had opened her lips to speak I had known my answer. + +To refuse meant to go back to my lonely camp in the cypress. I hoped I +wasn't such a fool as that. To accept meant three weeks at Kastle +Krags--and daily sight of this same lovely face that now held fast my +eyes. Could there be any question which course I would choose? + +"Go--I should say I will go," I told her. "I'll be there bright and +early to-morrow." + +I thought she looked pleased, but doubtless I was mistaken. + + + + +CHAPTER III + + +It didn't take long to pack my few belongings. At nine o'clock the +following morning I broke camp and walked down the long trail to Kastle +Krags. + +No wonder the sportsmen liked to gather at this old manor house by the +sea. It represented the best type of southern homes--low and rambling, +old gardens and courts, wide verandas and stately pillars. It was an +immense structure, yet perfectly framed by the shore and the lagoon and +the glimpse of forest opposite, and it presented an entirely cheerful +aspect as I emerged from the dark confinement of the timber. + +It was a surprising thing that a house could be cheerful in such +surroundings: forest and gray shore and dark blue-green water. The house +itself was gray in hue, the columns snowy white, the roof dark green and +blending wonderfully with the emerald water. Flowers made a riot of +color between the structure and the formal lawns. + +But more interesting than the house itself was the peculiar physical +formation of its setting. The structure had been erected overlooking a +long inlet that was in reality nothing less than a shallow lagoon. A +natural sea-wall stretched completely across the neck of the inlet, +cutting off the lagoon from the open sea. There are many natural +sea-walls along the Floridan coast, built mostly of limestone or +coraline rock, but I had never seen one so perfect and unbroken. +Stretching across the mouth of the lagoon it made a formidable barrier +that not even the smallest boat could pass. + +It was a long wall of white crags and jagged rocks, and I thought it +likely that it had suggested the name of the estate. It was plain, +however, that the wall did not withstand the march of the tides. The +tide was running in as I drew near, and the waves broke fiercely over +and against the barrier, and little rivulets and streams of water were +evidently pouring through its miniature crevices. The house was built +two hundred yards from the shore of the lagoon, perhaps three hundred +yards from the wall, and the green lawns went down half-way to it. +Beyond this--except of course for the space occupied by the lagoon +itself--stretched the gray, desolate sand. + +Beyond the wall the inlet widened rapidly, and the rolling waves gave +the impression of considerable depth. I had never seen a more favorable +place for a sportsman's home. Besides the deep-sea fishing beyond the +rock wall, it was easy to believe that the lagoon itself was the home of +countless schools of such hard-fighting game-fish as loved such craggy +seas. The lagoon was fretful and rough from the flowing tide at that +moment, offering no inducements to a boatman, but I surmised at once +that it would be still as a lake in the hours that the tide ebbed. The +shore was a favorable place for the swift-winged shorebirds that all +sportsmen love--plover and curlew and their fellows. And the mossy, +darkling forest, teeming with turkey and partridge, stretched just +behind. + +Yet the whole effect was not only of beauty. I stood still, and tried to +puzzle it out. The atmosphere talked of in great country houses is more +often imagined than really discerned; but if such a thing exists, Kastle +Krags was literally steeped in it. Like Macbeth's, the castle has a +pleasant seat--and yet it moved you, in queer ways, under the skin. + +I am not, unfortunately, a particularly sensitive man. Working from the +ground up, I have been so busy preserving the keen edges of my senses +that I have quite neglected my sensibilities. I couldn't put my finger +on the source of the strange, mental image that the place invoked; and +the thing irritated and disturbed me. The subject wasn't worth a busy +man's time, yet I couldn't leave it alone. + +The house was not different from a hundred houses scattered through the +south. It was larger than most of the larger colonial homes, and +constructed with greater artistry. If it had any atmosphere at all, +other than comfort and beauty, it was of cheer. Yet I didn't feel +cheerful, and I didn't know why. I felt even more sobered than when the +moss of the cypress trees swept over my head. But soon I thought I saw +the explanation. + +The image of desolation and eery bleakness had its source in the +wide-stretching sands, the unforgettable sea beyond, and particularly +the inlet, or lagoon, up above the natural dam of stone. The rocks that +enclosed the lagoon would have been of real interest to a geologist--to +me they were merely bleak and forbidding, craggy and gray and cold. +Unquestionably they contained many caverns and crevices that would be +worth exploring. And I was a little amazed at the fury with which the +incoming waves beat against and over the rocky barrier. They came with +a veritable ferocity, and the sea beyond seemed hardly rough enough to +justify them. + +Grover Nealman himself met me when I turned on to the level, gravel +driveway. There was nothing about him in keeping with that desolate +driveway. A familiar type, he looked the gentleman and sportsman that he +was. Probably the man was forty-four or forty-five years old, but he was +not the type that yields readily to middle-age. Nealman unquestionably +still considered himself a young man, and he believed it heartily enough +to convince his friends. Self-reliant, inured to power and influence, +somewhat aristocratic, he could not yield himself to the admission of +the march of the years. He was of medium height, rather thickly built, +with round face, thick nose, and rather sensual lips; but his eyes, +behind his tortoise-shell glasses, were friendly and spirited; and his +hand-clasp was democratic and firm. By virtue of his own pride of race +and class he was a good sportsman: likely a crack shot and an expert +fisherman. Probably a man that drank moderately, was still youthful +enough to enjoy a boyish celebration, a man who lived well, who had +traveled widely and read good books, and who could carry out the +traditions of a distinguished family--this was Grover Nealman, master of +Kastle Krags. + +I didn't suppose for a moment that Nealman had made his own fortune. +There were no fighting lines in his face, nor cold steel of conflict in +his eyes. There was one deep, perpendicular line between his eyes, but +it was born of worry, not battle. The man was moderately shrewd, +probably able to take care of his investments, yet he could never have +been a builder, a captain of industry. He dressed like a man born to +wealth, well-fitting white flannels whose English tailoring afforded +free room for arm and shoulder movements; a silk shirt and soft white +collar, panama hat and buckskin shoes. + +He was not a southerner. The first words he uttered proved that fact. + +"So you are Mr. Killdare," he said easily. He didn't say it "Killdaih," +as he would had he been a native of the place. "Come with me into my +study. I can tell you there what I've got lined up. I'm mighty glad +you've come." + +We walked through the great, massive mahogany door, and he paused to +introduce me to a middle-aged man that stood in the doorway. "Florey," +he said, kindly and easily, "I want you to meet Mr. Killdare." + +His tone alone would have identified the man's station, even if the dark +garb hadn't told the story plainly. Florey was unquestionably Nealman's +butler. Nor could anyone have mistaken his walk of life, in any street +of any English-speaking city. He was the kind of butler one sees upon +the stage but rarely in a home, the kind one associates with old, +stately English homes but which one rarely finds in fact--almost too +good a butler to be true. He was little and subdued and gray, gray of +hair and face and hands, and his soft voice, his irreproachable attitude +of respect and deference seemed born in him by twenty generations of +butlers. He said he was glad to know me, and his bony, soft-skinned hand +took mine. + +I'm afraid I stared at Florey. I had lived too long in the forest: +the staring habit, so disconcerting to tenderfeet on their first +acquaintance with the mountain people, was surely upon me. I think that +the school of the forest teaches, first of all, to look long and sharply +while you have a chance. The naturalist who follows the trail of wild +game, even the sportsman knows this same fact--for the wild creatures +are incredibly furtive and give one only a second's glimpse. I +instinctively tried to learn all I could of the gray old servant in the +instant that I shook his hand. + +He was the butler, now and forever, and I wondered if, beneath that +gray skin, he were really human at all. Did he know human passion, human +ambition and desires: sheltered in his master's house, was he set apart +from the lusts and the madnesses, the calms and the storms, the triumphs +and the defeats that made up the lives of other men? Yet his gray, +rather dim old eyes told me nothing. There were no fires, visible to me, +glowing in their depths. A human clam--better still, a gray mole that +lives out his life in darkness. + +From him we passed up the stairs and to a big, cool study that +apparently joined his bedroom. There were desks and chairs and a letter +file. Edith Nealman was writing at the typewriter. + +If I had ever supposed that the girl had taken the position of her +uncle's secretary merely as a girlish whim, or in some emergency until a +permanent secretary could be secured, I was swiftly disillusioned. There +was nothing of the amateur in the way her supple fingers flew over the +keys. She had evidently had training in a business college; and her +attitude towards Nealman was simply that of a secretary towards her +employer. She leaned back as if waiting for orders. + +"You can go, if you like, Edith," Nealman told her. "I'm going to talk +awhile with Killdare, here, and you wouldn't be able to work anyway." + +She got up; and she threw me a smile of welcome and friendliness as she +walked out the study door. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + + +Nealman had me take a chair, then seated himself before the window from +which he could overlook the lagoon. "I always like to sit where I can +watch it," he told me--rather earnestly, I thought. "I can't see much of +it--just a glimpse--but that's worth while. The room I've designated for +your use has even a better view. You can't imagine, Killdare, until +you've lived with it, how really marvelous it is--how many colors play +in the lagoon itself, and in the waves as they break over the +Bridge----" + +"The Bridge----" + +"That's the name we've given to the natural rock wall that cuts off the +lagoon--rather, the inlet--from the open sea," he explained. + +"It's one of the most interesting natural formations I've ever seen," I +told him. + +"It is, isn't it?" He spoke with genuine enthusiasm. "And don't the +crags take peculiar shapes around it? You see it makes a veritable +salt-water lake out of all this end of the inlet. But Killdare--if you +can overlook the dreariness and the desolation of it all, it certainly +is beautiful----" + +I nodded. "With a creepy kind of beauty," I told him. "I wish some great +artist could come here and paint it. But it would take a great one--to +get the atmosphere. I've never seen a more wonderful place for a +distinguished home." + +It was rather remarkable how pleased he was by the words--particularly +coming from a humble employee. Evidently Kastle Krags was close to his +heart. His face glowed and his eye kindled. + +"I'm wild about it myself," he confessed. "My friends want to know why I +bought such a place--miles from a habitation--and guy me for a hermit, +and all that. Once they see the place, and its devilish fascination gets +hold of 'em, they won't want to leave." + +From thence the talk led to business, and he questioned me in regard to +the game and fish of the region. I assured him that his friends would +have sport in plenty, that I knew where to lead them to turkey and +partridge, and that no better fishing could be found in the whole south +than in the Ochakee River. He seemed satisfied with my knowledge of the +country; and told me a little of his own plans. Just as Edith Nealman +had told me, he was planning a week's fish and hunt for a half dozen of +his man friends, beginning a fortnight from then. They were coming a +long way--so he wanted to give them sport of the best. The servant +problem had been easily solved--he had recruited from the negro section +of the nearest city--but until he had talked with my friend, Mr. Todd, +he had been at a loss as to where he could procure a suitable guide. + +"I'd like to have a guide for each man, if I could," he went on, "but of +course they are not to be found. Besides, only a small part of the party +will want to go out at once. Most of them will be content to hang around +here, drinking my brandies and fishing in the lagoon." + +"How is fishing in the lagoon?" I asked. + +"The best. Sometimes we even take tarpon. All kinds of rock fish--and +they fight like fiends. The rocks are just full of little crevices and +caves, and I suppose the fish live in 'em. These same crevices are the +source of one of the most interesting of the many legends connected with +this house." + +It's a dull man that doesn't love legends, and I felt my interest +stirring. "There are some tales here, eh?" + +"Tales! Man, that's one of the reasons I bought the place." + +Nealman needed no further urging. Evidently the old stories that almost +invariably accumulate about such an ancient and famous manor-house as +this, had the greatest fascination for him; and he was glad of the +chance to narrate them to any listener. He lighted a cigarette: then +turned to me with glistening eyes. + +"Of course I don't believe them," he began. "Don't get that in your head +for an instant. All these old houses have some such yarns. But they +surely do lend a flavor to the place--and I wouldn't have them disproved +for thousands of dollars. And one of them--the one I just referred +to--surely is a corker." + +He straightened in his chair, and spoke more earnestly. "Killdare, +you're not troubled with a too-active imagination?" + +"I'll take a chance on it," I told him. + +"I've seen a few men, in my time, that I wouldn't tell such a yarn to +for love nor money--especially when they are doomed to stay around here +for a few weeks. You won't believe it, but some men are so nervous, so +naturally credulous, that they'd actually have some unpleasant dreams +about it. But I consider it one of the finest attractions of the place. + +"The yarn's very simple. About 1840, a schooner, sailing under the +Portuguese flag, sailed from Rio de Janeiro. Her name was the _Arganil_, +she had a mixed cargo, and she was bound for New Orleans. These are +facts, Killdare. You can ascertain them any time from the marine +records. But we can't go much further. + +"Among the crew were two brothers, Jason by name. Legend says that they +were Englishmen, but what Englishmen were doing on a Portuguese ship I +can't tell you. The name, however, might easily be South-European--it +appears, you remember, in Greek mythology. Now this point also has some +indications of truth. There was certainly one Jason, at least, shipped +as boatswain--the position of the other is considerably in doubt. + +"Now we've got to get down to a matter of legend, yet with some +substance of truth. The story goes that there was a treasure chest on +the ship, the property of some immensely rich Brasilian, and that it +contained certain treasures that had been the property of a Portuguese +prince at the time that the court of Portugal was located in Rio de +Janeiro. This was from 1808 to 1821--breaking up in a revolution just a +hundred years ago. This is history, as you know. Just what was the +nature of the treasure no one seems to have any idea. It was a rather +small chest, so they say, bound with iron, and not particularly +heavy--but it was guarded with armed men, day and night. Of course the +prevailing belief is that it contained simply gold--the same, yellow, +deadly stuff that built the Armada and made early American history. +It might have been in the form of cups and vessels, beautiful things +that had been stolen from early heathen temples--again it might have +been jewels. No estimation of its value was ever made, as far as I +know--except that, like all unfound-treasures, it was 'incalculable.' + +"You can believe as much of this as you like. Gold, however, is heavy +stuff--no one can carry much over twenty thousand dollars worth. If the +chest wasn't really very heavy, and really was of such incalculable +value, it had to contain something more than gold. + +"This part of the story is pretty convincing. I've investigated, and the +legends contain such a wealth of detail concerning the appearance of the +chest, how it was guarded, and so on, and the various accounts dovetail +so perfectly one with another, that I am personally convinced that the +treasure was a reality--at least that such a chest existed on the old +ship. When you get into the contents of the chest, however, you find +only a maze of conflicting rumors. To me they tend to make the story as +a whole even more interesting--and I'll confess I'd love to know what +was in that chest. + +"Well, the _Arganil_ broke to pieces off the west coast of Florida, not +more than twenty miles from here. That fact can not be doubted. There +are accounts of the wreck on official record. And legend has it that +through Heaven knows what wickedness and bloodshed and cunning, the two +Jason brothers not only managed to get off in the stoutest of the ship's +boats, but that they carried the treasure with them. + +"If there were any other members of the crew in the boat with them they +were unquestionably murdered. Nothing was ever heard of them again. The +two brothers are said to have landed somewhere close to this lagoon. + +"But naked treasure breeds murder! It is a strange thing, Killdare, but +the naked, yellow metal, as well as glittering jewels, gets home to +human wickedness as nothing else in the world can. If that chest had +been full of valuable securities, even paper currency, it wouldn't have +left such a red trail from Rio to Florida. Gold and jewels waken a fever +of possession out of all proportion to their actual value. When they +landed on the shore one of the Jasons neatly murdered the other and made +off with the chest. + +"The same old yarn--Cain and Abel, Romulus and Remus. Killdare, did +you know that fratricide is shockingly common? There are three kinds +of brothers, and the Jasons were simply one of the three kinds. +Sometimes you find brothers that love each other beyond belief, with a +self-sacrificing devotion that is beautiful to see. Then you find the +great mass of brothers--liking each other fairly well, loyal in a family +scrap, fair pals but much closer to other pals that aren't their +brothers. Then you come to this third class, a puzzle to psychologists +the world over! Brothers that hate each other like poison snakes. + +"Why is it, Killdare? Jealousy? A survival from the beast? These were +the kind of brothers that go through life bitter and hating and at +swords' points. And all too often they get to the killing stage." + +"You find it in the beast-world, too," I commented. "Look at the case +of the wolves and the dogs. They are blood-brothers, drop for drop--and +they hate each other with a fervor that is simply blood-curdling." + +"True enough. I remember hearing about it. Well, one of the Jasons--the +one whose cunning conceived of the whole wickedness to start XXXX +with--killed the other, disposed of his body, and then through some +unknown series of events, concealed the treasure. + +"He went away awhile, the old wives say--taking a small portion +of the treasure with him. At this point the name of Jason is lost, +irremediably, in the mist of the past. But it is true that some two +years later a seafaring man, one who had worn earrings and who cursed +wickedly as he talked, came back and bought a great colonial home where +the treasure was supposed to have been concealed. + +"This part of the story can not be doubted. The county books contain +records of the sale, and it's written, plain as day, on the abstract. +The man gave his name as Hendrickson. + +"Legend has it that this Hendrickson was no one but Godfrey Jason, +that he had sold and turned into cash a small part of the treasure, +temporarily evaded his pursuers, and had bought the big manor house with +the idea of living in luxury the rest of his life. Incidentally, he was +accompanied by a Cuban wife. + +"It seemed, however, that like most evil-doers, he got little good out +of his treasure. He paid only a small amount down on the estate, and +after a year or two let it go back to the original owners. He went away, +but it doesn't seem likely he took the treasure with him. At least he +died wretchedly in poverty some months later, and had spent no large +amount of money in between. The report of his death can be found in the +records of the city of Tampa, in this state. + +"Now all this is unquestionably a mixture of truth and fact. +Unquestionably there is a vein of truth in it; and I don't see but that +most of it is fairly credible. But the rest of the yarn is simply +laughable. + +"I tell it only because it goes with the rest--not that I believe one +word of it myself. After you hear what it is you'll wonder I ever took +the trouble to tell you that I disbelieved it. It's just the sort of +thing imaginative old niggers make up to tell their children. And of +course--the niggers on the place believe every word of it. + +"They say that this Jason--or Hendrickson--put a guard over his +treasure. He was a deep-sea fisherman at one time, when he wasn't a +seaman, with considerable acquaintance with the various man-eating +monsters of the deep. It is known that Hendrickson did some queer +exploring and fishing along the rocky shores beyond the estate. What +did the villainous old pirate do but catch some big octopus--or some +other such terrible ocean creature--and transplanted him to the lagoon +where he was said to have concealed the treasure. + +"That's all there is to it. The beast is supposed to be there yet, +growing bigger and fiercer and more terrible year by year. An octopus is +supposed to live indefinitely, you know. Once in awhile, the story goes, +it creeps up on the rocky shore of the lagoon and grabs off a colored +man. When any one searches around for the chest he's apt to meet up with +Mr. Monster! Sure proof of his existence, the niggers say, is that Mas'r +Somebody or other, the son of one of the subsequent owners of the +estate, also mysteriously disappeared and has never been heard of since. +When the blacks lose one of their own number they seem to regard it as a +mere matter of course--but when 'one of de white folks' is taken, it's +another matter! And of course, even to this day, you can't get a colored +man to go within two hundred yards of the lagoon at night, and they hate +to approach it even in the daylight. + +"The lagoon where the chest is supposed to be hidden is the one just +outside my window, cut off from the sea by the natural rock wall you +just saw. The big crags and rocks and crevices are supposed to conceal +his ferociousness the sea-monster, growing bigger and hungrier and +fiercer every day. The house that Jason--or Hendrickson--bought, +neglected, and let return to the owners is the one you're sitting in, +right now." + + + + +CHAPTER V + + +After Nealman and I had each smoked a cigarette, I thought of a little +plan that might increase his guest's interest in the week's shoot and +hunt. He had been right when he said that even incredible legends, +believed by no one, still add flavor to the country manor. I didn't see +why we shouldn't turn them into account. + +"I've got an idea," I told him, "and it all depends whether or not +you've already sent the invitations to your guests." + +"No, I haven't--just haven't got around to it," he answered. "All I was +going to do was to write to about nine or ten of my men friends. I don't +suppose all of them can come." + +"Good. I thought it might be interesting if we worked that legend into +the invitation--just to add a little spice to the fishing and hunting. +It might serve to waken a little extra interest in your party. Of +course--it includes poking fun at the ferocious Jason and his treasure." + +"They'll have a lot more fun poked at them before we're done. As I told +you--only the colored people take them seriously at all." + +I took out my fountain pen, found a scrap of paper, and drew something +like this: + + [Illustration: GRAND TREASURE HUNT + You are hereby invited to rally round at + KASTLE KRAGS + Sept. 6-12; search for + SPANISH GOLD + on 50-50 + basis. + + The Treasure is + guarded by + AWFUL SEA-MONSTER + + P.S. Bring rods and guns. Turkey, + quail, deer, sea-fish. All that makes + the sportsman's heart be glad. + + R.S.V.P.] + +As my only drawing experience consisted in portraying specimens, it had +no artistic pretensions whatever. + +He seemed pleased, adopted the plan in an instant, then began to write +down the names of his guests so that I could prepare an invitation for +each. Most of them, I observed, lived in great cities to the North, New +York and Boston particularly, and one or two of the men were more or +less nationally known. The first half dozen names came easy. Then he +paused, frowning. + +"I wish I knew what to do about this bird," he muttered, as much to +himself as to me. "Killdare, I don't suppose you've ever heard of +him--Major Kenneth Dell?" + +I shook my head. "Not that I remember." + +"Well, I haven't either--yet I suppose he's a good sportsman. In the +last few weeks he's got close to my best friend, Bill Van Hope, and Bill +asked me to ask him down for this shoot. Says he's a distinguished man, +the best of fellows, and is simply wild to try Floridan game. Oh, I'll +put him down. If Bill recommends him he must be the goods." + +He completed the list in a moment, then his duties calling him +elsewhere, he left me in the study to prepare the invitations. And the +hour turned out fortunately for me, after all. Thinking that the room +was empty, Edith Nealman came back to her desk. + +All the gold in Jason's chest could not have bought a more lovely +picture than she made, standing framed in the doorway. She was dressed +in a spotless cotton middy-suit, and the red scarf at her throat brought +out to perfection the light in her eyes and the high color in her +cheeks. Then she came in and inspected the invitations. + +There was no occasion for me to leave at once. We talked a while, on +everything under the sun, and every minute something that was like +delight kept growing within me. She'd been up against the world, this +girl that chattered so gayly in the big, easy office-chair. She had +known poverty, a veritable struggle for existence; yet they hadn't +hardened her in the least. No one I had ever met had possessed a +sweeter, truer outlook, an unfeigned friendliness and comradeship +for every decent thing that lived. Maybe you'd call it a childish +simplicity, but I didn't stop to consider what it was. I only knew +that she was the prettiest and the sweetest girl I'd ever seen, and +I was going to spend every moment possible in her presence. + +Oh, but I loved to hear her laugh! I kept my brain busy thinking up +things to say to her, that might waken that rippling sound of silver +bells! I liked to see her eyes grow serious, and her lips half-pout as +some delightful, fanciful thought played hide-and-seek in her mind. She +had imagination, this niece of Grover Nealman. Perhaps, after all, it +was the secret of her charm. I didn't doubt for a moment but that she +read romantic novels by the score, but I, for one, wouldn't hold the +fact against her. + +We talked over the legend of Jason's chest; and I was a little surprised +at her devoted interest in it. Evidently the savage tale had gone +straight home to her imagination. Whether she put the least credence in +it I couldn't tell. + +It came about, in the twilight hour, that we walked together down to the +craggy shore of the lagoon. Then we stood and watched the light dying on +the blue-green water. + +Once more the tide was rolling in. The waves beat with a startling fury +over and against the rock wall, and in the half-light the white stones +looked like the foam-covered fangs of a mighty sea-monster, raging at +our intrusion. The water swept through the little crevices in the wall, +and the cool spray, refreshing after the tropic day, swept against our +faces. + +The gray sand stretched down to the desolate sea. A plover uttered his +disconsolate, wailing cry far out to sea. Some dark heron or bittern +rose croaking from beside the lagoon, then flapped awkwardly away. I +felt the girl's hand on my arm as she drew closer to my side. + +A worthy place--this manor house of Nealman. Vague thoughts, not quite +in keeping with the ordered dimensions of life, had hold of my mind. +Presently the girl's grip tightened, and she pointed toward the lagoon. + +I saw her face before I followed her gesture. I didn't get the idea that +she was frightened. Rather she was smiling, quietly, and her eyes +glistened. + +Seventy yards out, and perhaps fifteen yards back from the Bridge, great +bubbles were bursting upward through the blue-green troubled waters. +Some mysterious action of the currents, stirred by the tides, was the +unquestioned cause; yet both of us were stirred by the same fancy. It +was as if some great, air-breathing sea-monster was exhaling beneath the +waves. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + + +The next two weeks sped by as if with one rise and fall of the tides. I +spent the time in locating the various fields of game: the tall +holly-trees where the wild turkeys roosted, the sloughs where the bass +were gamest, and marked down the cover of the partridge. In the meantime +I collected specimens for the university. + +It came about that I didn't always go out alone. The best time of all to +study wild-life is in late twilight and the first hours of dawn--and at +such times Edith was unemployed. Many the still, late evenings when we +stood together on the shore and watched the curlews in their strange, +aerial minuet that no naturalist has even been able to explain; many the +dewey morning that we watched the first sun's rays probe through the +mossy forest. She had an instinctive love for the outdoors, and her +agile young body had seemingly fibers of steel. At least she could +follow me wherever I wanted to go. + +Once we came upon the Floridan deer, feeding in a natural woods-meadow, +and once a gigantic manatee, the most rare of large American mammals, +flopped in the mud of the Ochakee River. We knew that incredible +confusion and bustle made by the wild turkeys when they flew to the +tree-tops to roost; and she learned to whistle the partridge out from +their thickets. + +Of course we developed a fine companionship. I learned of her early +life, a struggle against poverty that had been about to overwhelm her +when her uncle had come to her aid; and presently I was telling her all +of my own dreams and ambitions. She was wholly sympathetic with my aim +to continue my university work for a higher degree; then to spend my +life in scientific research. I described some of the expeditions that I +had in mind but which seemed so impossible of fulfillment--the +exploration of the great "back country" of Borneo, a journey across that +mysterious island, Sumatra, the penetration of certain unknown realms of +Tibet. + +"But they take thousands of dollars--and I haven't got 'em," I told her +quietly. + +She looked out to sea a long time. "I wish I could find Jason's treasure +for you," she answered at last. + +I was used to Edith's humor, and I looked up expecting to see the +familiar laughter in her eyes. But the luster in those deep, blue orbs +was not that of mirth. Fancies as beautiful as she was herself were +sweeping her away.... + +Most of the guests arrived on the same train at the little town of +Ochakee, and motored over to Kastle Krags. A half dozen in all had +accepted Nealman's invitation. I saw them when they got out of their +cars. + +Of course I straightened their names out later. At the time I only +studied their faces--just as I'd study a new specimen, found in the +forest. And when Edith and I compared notes afterward we found that our +first impression was the same--that all six were strikingly similar in +type. + +They might just as well have been brothers, chips off the same block. +When Nealman stood among them it seemed as if he might change names with +any one of them, and hardly any one could tell the difference. There was +nothing distinguishing about their clothes--all were well-dressed, +either in white or tweeds; their skins had that healthy firmness and +good color that is seen so often in men that are free from financial +worry; their hair was cut alike; their linen was similarly immaculate; +their accent was practically the same. Finally they were about the same +age--none of them very young, none further than the first phases of +middle-age. + +Lemuel Marten was of course the most distinguished man in the party. +Born rich, he had pushed his father's enterprises into many lands and +across distant seas, and his name was known, more or less, to all +financiers in the nation. His face was perhaps firmer than the rest--his +voice was more commanding and insistent. He was, perhaps, fifty years of +age, stoutly built, with crinkling black hair and vivid, gray eyes. From +time to time he stroked nervously a trim, perfectly kept iron-gray +mustache. + +Hal Fargo had been a polo-player in his day. Certain litheness and +suppleness of motion still lingered in his body. His face was darkly +brown, and white teeth gleamed pleasantly when he spoke. A pronounced +bald spot was the only clew of advancing years. He was of medium height, +slender, evidently a man of great personal magnetism and charm. + +Joe Nopp was quite opposite, physically--rather portly, perhaps less +dignified than most of his friends. I put down Nopp as a dead shot, and +later I found I had guessed right. For all his plump, florid cheeks and +his thick, white hands, he had an eye true as a surveyor's instrument, +nerves cold and strong as a steel chain. He was a man to be relied upon +in a crisis. And both Edith and I liked him better than any of the +others. + +Lucius Pescini was an aristocrat of the accepted type--slender, tall, +unmistakably distinguished. His hair was such a dark shade of brown that +it invariably passed as black, he had eyes no less dark, sparkling under +dark brows, and his small mustache and perfectly trimmed beard was in +vivid contrast to a rather pale skin. + +Of Major Kenneth Dell I had never heard. He had been an officer in the +late war, and now he was Bill Van Hope's friend, although not yet +acquainted with Nealman. The two men met cordially, and Van Hope stood +above them, the tallest man in the company by far, beaming friendship +upon them both. Dell was of medium size, sturdily built, garbed with +exceptionally good taste in imported flannels. He also had gray, vivid +eyes, under rather fine brows, gray hair perfectly cut, a slow smile and +quiet ways. Solely because he was a man of endless patience I expected +him to distinguish himself with rod and reel. + +Bill Van Hope, Nealman's friend of whom I had heard so much, was not +only tall, but broad and powerful. He had kind eyes and a happy +smile--altogether as good a type of millionaire-sportsman as any one +would care to know. Nealman introduced him to me, and his handshake was +firm and cordial. + +Nealman took them all into the great manor house: I went with Nealman's +chauffeur to see about the handling of their luggage. This was at +half-past four of a sunlit day in September. I didn't see any of the +guests again until just before the dinner hour, when a matter of a +broken fly-tip had brought me into the manor house. Thereupon occurred +one of a series of incidents that made my stay at Kastle Krags the most +momentous three weeks of my life. + +It was only a little thing--this experience in Nealman's study. But +coming events cast their shadows before--and certainly it was a shadow, +dim and inscrutable though it was, of what the night held in store. I +had passed Florey the butler, gray and sphynx-like in the hallway, spoke +to him as ever, and turned through the library door. And my first +impression was that some other guest had arrived in my absence. + +A man was standing, smoking, by the window. I supposed at once that he +was an absolute stranger. There was not a single familiar image, not the +least impulse to my memory. I started to speak, and beg his pardon, and +inquire for Nealman. But the words didn't come out. I was suddenly and +inexplicably startled into silence. + +It is the rare man who can analyze his own mental processes. Of all the +sensations that throng the human mind there is none so lawless, so +sporadic in its comings and departure, so utterly illogical as fear--and +great surprise is only a sister of fear. I can't explain why I was +startled. There was no reason whatever for being so. I must go +further--I was not only startled, but shaken too. It has come about that +through the exigencies of the hunting trail I have been obliged to face +a charging jaguar--in a jungle of Western Mexico--yet with nerves +holding true. My nerves didn't hold true now--and I couldn't tell why. +They jumped unnecessarily and quivered under the skin. + +I did know the man beside the window after all. He was Major Kenneth +Dell that I had observed particularly closely--due to having heard of +him before--when he had first dismounted from the car. The thing that +startled me was that in the hour and a half or so since I had seen him +his appearance had undergone an amazing change. + +It took several long seconds to win back some measure of common sense. +Then I knew that, through some trick of nerves, I had merely attached a +thousand times too much importance to a wholly trivial incident. In all +probability the change in Dell's appearance was simply an effect of +light and shadow, wrought by the window in front of which he stood. + +But for the instant his face simply had not seemed his own. Its color +had been gone--indeed it had seemed absolutely bloodless. His eyes had +been vivid holes in his white face, his features were drawn out of all +semblance to his own, the facial lines were graven deep. His lips looked +loose, as with one whose muscle-control is breaking. + +But my impression had only an instant's life. Either the man drew +himself together at my stare, or my own vision got back to normal. He +was himself again--the same, suave, genial sportsman I had seen dismount +from the car. He answered my inquiry, and I turned through the library +door. + +If I had seen true, there could be but one explanation: that Major Dell +had undergone some violent nervous shock since he had entered the door +of the manor house of Kastle Krags. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + + +After the dinner hour Nealman came for me, in the room just off the hall +from his own that he had designated for my use. I'd never seen him in +quite so gay a humor. His eyes sparkled; happiness rippled in his voice. +His tone was more companionable too, lacking that faint but unmistakable +air of patronage it had always previously held. He had never forgotten, +until now, that he was the employer, I the employee. Now his accent and +manner was one of equality, and he addressed me much as he had addressed +his wealthy guests. + +He had been drinking; but he was not in the least intoxicated. Perhaps +he had been stimulated, very slightly. He wore a dinner coat with white +trousers. + +"Killdare, I want you to come downstairs," he said. "Some of my friends +want to talk to you about shootin' and fishin'. They're keen to know +what their prospects are." + +"I'd like to," I answered. "But I'll have to come as I am. I haven't a +dinner coat----" + +"Of course come as you are." + +His arm touched mine, and he headed me down the hallway to the stairs. +Then we walked side by side down the big, wide stairway to the big +living-room. + +Already I heard the sound of the guests' laughter. As I went further the +hall seemed simply ringing with it. There could be no further doubt of +the success of Nealman's party. Evidently his distinguished guests had +thrown all dignity to the winds, entering full into the spirit of play. + +The glimpse of the big living-room only verified this first impression. +The guests were evidently in that wonderful mood of merriment that is +the delight and ambition of all hosts, but which is so rarely obtained. +Most men know the doubtful temper of a mob. Few had failed to observe +that the same psychology extends to the simplest social gatherings. How +often stiffness and formality haunt the drawing-room or dining-table, +where only merriment should rule! How many times the social spirit +wholly fails to manifest itself. To-night, evidently, conditions were +just right, and hilarity ruled at Kastle Krags. + +As I came in Joe Nopp--the portly man with the clear, gray eyes--was +telling some sort of an anecdote, and his listeners were simply shouting +with laughter. Major Dell and Bill Van Hope were shooting craps on the +floor, ten cents a throw, carrying on a ridiculous conversation with the +dice. A big phonograph was shouting a negro song from the corner. + +There was a slight lull, however, when Nealman and I came in. Van Hope +spoke to me first--he was the only one of the guests I had met--and the +others turned toward me with the good manners of their kind. In a moment +Nealman had introduced me to Joe Nopp's listeners and, an instant later, +to Major Dell. + +"Mr. Killdare is down here doing some work in zoology for his +university," Nealman explained, "and he's agreed to show you chaps where +to find game and fish. He knows this country from A to Izzard." + +I held the center of the floor, for a while, as I answered their +questions; and I can say truly I had never met, on the whole, a +better-bred and more friendly company of men. They wanted to know all +about the game in the region, what flies or lures the bass were taking, +as to the prevalence of diamond-backs, and if the tarpon were striking +beyond the natural rock wall. In their eagerness they were like boys. + +"You'll talk better with a shot of something good," Nealman told me at +last, producing a quart bottle. "Have a little Cuban cheer." + +The bottle contained old Scotch, and its appearance put an end to all +serious discussion. From thence on the mood of the gathering was ever +lighter, ever happier; and I merely sat and looked on. + +"The question _ain't_," Hal Fargo said of me with considerable emphasis, +"whether he knows where the turkeys are, but whether or not he knows his +college song!" + +I pretended ignorance, but soon Van Hope and Nealman were singing "A +Cow's Best Friend" at the top of their voices, while Nopp tried to drown +them out with "Fill 'em up for Williams." + +Even now it could not be said that any of the group were intoxicated. +Fargo was certainly the nearest; his cheeks were flushed and his speech +had that reckless accent that goes so often with the first stages of +drunkenness. The distinguished Pescini was only animated and fanciful, +Van Hope and Marten perhaps slightly stimulated. For all the charm of +their conversation I couldn't see that Nopp or Major Dell were receiving +the slightest exhilaration from their drinks. + +But the spirit of revelry was ever higher. These men were on a holiday, +they had left their business cares a thousand miles to the north, mostly +they were tried companions. None of us was aware of the passing of time. +I saw at once that my presence was not objectionable to the party, so I +lingered long after the purpose for which I had been brought among them +had been fulfilled--purely for the sake of entertainment. I had never +seen a frolic of millionaires before, and needless to say I enjoyed +every moment of it. + +In the later hours of night the revellers ranged further over the house. +Joe Nopp was in the billiard room exhibiting fancy shots and pretending +to receive the plaudits of a great multitude; Pescini and Van Hope were +in conversation on the veranda, and Fargo was wholly absent and +unaccounted for. I had missed Marten, the financier, for a moment; but +his reappearance was the signal for a fresh rush to the living-room. + +The whole party met him with a yell. In the few moments of his absence +he had wrought a startling change in his appearance. Over his shoulders +he had thrown a gayly colored Indian blanket, completely hiding his trim +dinner coat. He had tied a red cloth over his head and waxed the points +of his iron-gray mustache until they stood stiff and erect, giving an +appearance of mock ferocity to his face. A silver key-ring and his own +gold signet dangled from his ears, tied on with invisible black thread. +And to cap the climax he carried a long, wicked-looking carving-knife +between his teeth. + +Of course he was Godfrey Jason himself--the same character I had +portrayed in the invitations. Fargo made him do a Spanish dance to the +clang of an invisible tambourine. + +Some of the gathering scattered out again, after his dramatic +appearance, drifting off on various enterprises and as the hour neared +midnight only four of us were left in the drawing-room. Marten stood in +the center, still in his ridiculous costume. Van Hope, Nealman, Pescini +and myself were grouped about him. And it might have been that in the +song that followed Pescini too slipped away. I know that I didn't see +him immediately thereafter. + +With a little urging Marten was induced to sing Samuel Hall--a stirring +old ballad that quite fitted his costume. He had a pleasant baritone, he +sung the song with indescribable spirit and enthusiasm, and it was +decidedly worth hearing. Indeed it was the very peak of the evening--a +moment that to the assembled guests must have almost paid them for the +long journey. + + "_For I shot a man in bed, man in bed-- + For I shot a man in bed, and I left him there for dead, + With a bullet through his head-- + Damn your eyes!_" + +But the song halted abruptly. Whether he was at the middle of the verse, +a pause after a stanza, or even in the middle of a chord I do not know. +On this point no one will ever have exact knowledge. Marten stopped +singing because something screamed, shrilly and horribly, out toward the +lagoon. + +The picture that followed is like a photograph, printed indelibly on my +mind. Marten paused, his lips half open, a strange, blank look of +amazement on his face. Nealman stared at me like a witless man, but I +saw by his look that he was groping for an explanation. Van Hope stood +peculiarly braced, his heavy hands open, beads of perspiration on his +temples. Whether Pescini was still with us I do not know. I tried to +remember later, but without ever coming to a conclusion. He had been +standing behind me, at first, so I couldn't have seen him anyway. I +believed, however, without knowing why, that he walked into the hall at +the beginning of the song. + +The sound we had heard, so sharp and clear out of the night, so +penetrating above the mock-ferocious words of the song, was utterly +beyond the ken of all of us. It was a living voice; beyond that no +definite analysis could be made. Sounds do not imprint themselves so +deeply upon the memory as do visual images, yet the remembrance of it, +in all its overtones and gradations, is still inordinately vivid; and I +have no doubt but that such is the case with every man that heard it. + +It was a high, rather sharp, full-lunged utterance, not in the least +subdued. It had the unrestrained, unguarded tone of an instinctive +utterance, rather than a conscious one--a cry that leaped to the lips in +some great extremity or crisis. Yet it went further. Every man of us +that heard it felt instinctively that its tone was of fear and agony +unimagined, beyond the pale of our ordered lives. + +"My God, what's that?" Van Hope asked. Van Hope was the type of man that +yields quickly to his impulses. + +None of us answered him for a moment. Then Nealman turned, rather +slowly. "It sounded like the devil, didn't it?" he said. "But it likely +wasn't anything. I've heard some devilish cries in the couple of weeks +I've been here--bitterns and owls and things like that. Might have been +a panther in the woods." + +Marten smiled slowly, rather contemptuously. "You'll have to do better +than that, Nealman. That wasn't a panther. Also--it wasn't an owl. We'd +better investigate." + +"Yes--I think we had better. But you don't know what hellish sounds some +of these swamp-creatures can make. We'll all be laughing in a minute." + +His tone was rather ragged, for all his reassuring words, and we knew he +was as shaken as the rest of us. A door opened into the hall--evidently +some of the other guests were already seeking the explanation of that +fearful sound. + +It seemed to all of us that hardly an instant had elapsed since the +sound. Indeed it still rang in our ears. All that had been said had +scarcely taken a breath. We rushed out, seemingly at once, into the +velvet darkness. The moon was incredibly vivid in the sky. + +We passed into a rose-garden, under great, arching trees, and now we +could see the silver glint of the moon on the lagoon. The tide was +going out and the waters lay like glass. + +Through the rifts in the trees we could see further--the stretching +sands, gray in the moonlight, the blue-black mysterious seas beyond. +What forms the crags took, in that eerie light! There was little of +reality left about them. + +We heard some one pushing through the shrubbery ahead of us, and he +stopped for us to come up. I recognized the dark beard and mustache of +Pescini. "What was it?" he asked. Excitement had brought out a +deep-buried accent, native to some South European land. "Was it further +on?" + +"I think so," Nealman answered. "Down by the lagoon." + +He joined us, and we pushed on, but we spread out as we neared the shore +of the lagoon. Some one's shadow whipped by me, and I turned to find +Major Dell. + +The man was severely shaken. "My God, wasn't that awful!" he exclaimed. +"Who is it--you, Killdare?" He stared into my face, and his own looked +white and masque-like in the moonlight. Then all of us began to search, +up and down the shore of the lagoon. + +In the moonlight our shadows leaped, met one another, blended and raced +away; and our voices rang strangely as we called back and forth. But +the search was not long. Van Hope suddenly exclaimed sharply--an audible +inhalation of breath, rather than an oath--and we saw him bending over, +only his head and shoulders revealed in the moonlight. He stood just +beside the craggy margin of the lagoon. + +"What is it?" some one asked him, out of the gloom. + +"Come here and see," Van Hope replied--rather quietly, I thought. In a +moment we had formed a little circle. + +A dead man lay at our feet, mostly obscured in the shadow of the crags +of the lagoon. We simply stood in silence, looking down. We knew that he +was dead just as surely as we knew that we ourselves were living men. It +was not that the light was good; that there was scarcely any light at +all. We knew it, I suppose, from the huddled position of his form. + +Joe Nopp scratched a match. He held it perfectly steadily. The first +thing it showed to me was a gray face and gray hair, and a stain that +was not gray, but rather ominously dark, on the torn, white front of the +man's evening shirt. Nealman peered closely. + +"It's my butler, Florey," he said. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + + +There was nothing in particular to say or do. We simply stood looking +down, that huddled body from which life had been struck as if by a +meteor, in the center. From time to time we looked up from it to stare +out over the ensilvered waters of the lagoon. + +We all shared this same inclination--to look away into the misty +distance, past the lagoon, past the gray shore, into the sea so +mysterious and still. The tide was running out now, so there was no +tumult of breaking waves on the Bridge. At intervals, and at a great +distance, we could hear the high-pitched shriek of plover. + +Of course the mood lasted just an instant. It was as if we had all been +stricken silent and lifeless, unable to speak, unable to act, with only +the power left to look and to wonder and to dream. I suppose the finding +of that huddled body, under those conditions, was a severe nervous shock +to us all. Joe Nopp, he of the true eye and the steady nerve, was the +first to get back on an every-day footing with life. + +"It's a fiendish crime," he said in the stillness. He spoke rather +slowly, without particular emphasis. "Of all the people to murder--that +gray, inoffensive little butler of yours! Nealman, let's get busy. Maybe +we can catch the devil yet." + +Nealman came to himself with a start. "Sure, Joe. Tell us what to do. We +need a directing head at a time like this." + +Nealman had dropped his accent. He spoke tersely, more like a man in the +street than the aristocrat he had come to believe himself to be. + +"The first thing is to get word into town--Ochakee, you call it. Get +hold of the constable, or any other authority, and tell him to notify +the sheriff." + +"Ochakee's the county seat--we can reach the sheriff himself." + +"Good. Tell him to take steps to guard all roads for suspicious +characters. Get out posses, if they would help. Get the coroner and all +the official help we can get out here." He turned to me, with a +whip-like, emphatic movement. "Killdare, you might help us here. You +likely know the roads. Tell us what to do." + +"You've said what to do," I told him. "There's not enough white men in +this part of the country to make a posse--and a posse couldn't find any +one that wanted to hide in the cypress swamps. The thing to do--is to +cut off the murderer's escape and starve him out. Nealman, isn't yours +the only road----" + +"As far as I know----" + +"The marshes are almost impassible to the left, and on the other side is +the river. If we can keep him from getting as far as Nixon's----" + +"Who's Nixon----" + +"Next planter up the road, five miles up. Get a phone to him right away. +Young Nixon will watch all night and stop any one who tries to pass. The +sheriff can put a man there to-morrow. Let's find a phone." + +Hal Fargo, seemingly as cold as a blade, started to bend over the body +for further examination of the wound, but two of the men caught his arm. + +"Don't touch him, Hal," Major Dell advised, quietly. "The less we track +up the spot and muss things up the better. The detective'll have a +better chance for thumb prints, and things like that." + +"You're right, Dell," the man agreed. "And now let's get to a phone." + +"Good." It was Joe Nopp's cool, self-reliant voice again. "In the +meantime, have any of you got a gun?" + +Lemuel Marten alone responded--he carried a little automatic pistol in +the pocket of his dinner coat. "Here," he said. He drew the thing out, +and it made blue fire in the moonlight in his hand. + +"Then, Marten, you head a hunt through these grounds. The murderer might +still be hiding in the shrubbery. Stop every one--shoot 'em if they +don't stop. Now Nealman, Van Hope, Killdare--where's the phone?" + +Nopp, Nealman, and myself started for the house; Fargo, Major Dell, and +Pescini and Van Hope followed Marten into the more shadowed parts of the +gardens and lawns. Before ever we reached the house we heard their +excited shouts but we paused only an instant. "They can handle him if +they've got him," Nopp said. "We'd better go and do our work." + +We divided in the hall. Nopp and I went to the phone, Nealman and Van +Hope, at Nopp's suggestion, to round up all the servants. "Keep 'em in +one room, and watch 'em," Nopp advised. "We'll like enough find the +murderer among them--some domestic jealousy, or something like that. +Don't give any of 'em a chance to get away or to destroy evidence." + +I telephoned to Nixon's first. The sleepy, country Central rang long and +often, and at last a drowsy voice answered the ring. + +"This Charley Nixon?" I asked. + +"Yes." He awakened vividly at the sound of his own name. + +"This is Ned Killdare--I met you on the way out. I'm at +Nealman's--Kastle Krags. A man has been murdered here, just a few +minutes ago! I want you to watch the road with your dogs--that strip +between the river and marsh, and not let any one go through from this +way. Can you handle it?" + +Charley Nixon had borne arms in France, his father had ridden with the +Clansmen of long ago, and his answer was clear and unhesitating over the +wire. "Any one who tries to get by me will be S. O. L.," he said. + +A moment later I reached the coroner at Ochakee. He promised he could +start for the scene at once, in his car, bringing the sheriff or his +deputy, and that he would take all the precautions he could to cut off +the murderer's escape. Then Nopp and I returned to the living-room. + +It was an unforgettable picture--that scene in the big living-room where +Nealman's guests had been so merry a few minutes before. A bottle of +whiskey still stood on the table in the center, half-filled glasses, +in which the ice had not yet melted, stood beside it and on the +window-sills and smoking stands. Little, unwavering filaments of blue +smoke streamed up from half-burned cigarettes. In the places of the +revelers stood a group of sobbing, terrified negroes. + +We were not native southerners, accustomed to seeing the black people in +their paroxysms of fear, and the sight went straight home to all of us. +These were the "cotton field niggers" of which old-time planters speak, +slaves to the blackest superstitions that ever cursed the tribes of the +Congo, and the night's crime had gone hard with them. Their faces were +gray, rather than black, the whites of their eyes were plainly visible, +and they made a confused babble of sound. The women, particularly, were +sobbing and praying alternately; most of the men were either stuttering +or apoplectic with sheer terror. Some of them cowered, shrieking, as we +opened the door. + +"Shut up that noise," Nopp demanded. A dead silence followed his words. +"No one is going to hurt you as long as you stay in here and shut up. +Where's the boss." + +One of them pointed, rather feebly, to the next room. And I took the +instant's interval to reach the side of some one that sat, alone and +silent, in a big chair in the chimney-corner. + +It was Edith Nealman, and she had been rounded up with the rest of the +house employees. Her bare feet were in slippers, and she wore a long +dressing-gown over her night-dress. Her hair hung in two golden braids +over her shoulders. + +I was glad to see that the terror of the blacks had not passed, in the +least degree, to her. Of course she was pale and shaken, her eyes were +wide, but her voice when she spoke was subdued and calm, and there was +not the slightest trace of hysteria about her. "It's a dreadful thing, +isn't it?" she said. "Poor little Florey--who'd want to murder him!" + +"Nobody knows--but we're going to get him, anyway," I promised rashly. +And what transpired thereafter did not come out in the inquest. + +It was only a little thing, but it meant teeming worlds to me. One of +her hands groped out to mine, and I pressed it in reassurance. + +Besides the native southern blacks that acted as gardeners and +chambermaids and table hands about the place, Nealman had rounded up his +mulatto chauffeur. Mrs. Gentry, his white housekeeper, sat a little to +one side of the group of negroes. + +In a moment Nealman and Van Hope rejoined us, and we turned once more +through the still hall that had been Florey's particular domain. An +instant later we were out on the moonlit driveway. + +"I wonder if those birds will have sense enough to stay away from the +body," Nopp said gruffly. "It would be easy to mess up and destroy every +bit of evidence----" + +"Major Dell warned them," I said. "I think they'll remember." + +"Nevertheless, I think we'd better post a guard over it." He paused, +eyeing an approaching figure. It was Marten, and he was almost out of +breath. + +"Any luck?" Nealman asked. + +"Nothing." Marten paused, fighting for breath. "Something stirred over +in the thicket--we chased it down and tried to round it up. I guess it +wasn't anything--certainly if it had been a man we'd scared it out. Have +you a dog?" + +"Haven't shipped my dogs down here yet, but coons and such things come +out of the woods every once in a while. Where are your men----" + +"They'll round up here in a minute. We've been beating through the +grounds." + +In a moment Major Dell and Fargo approached us from opposite sides of +the garden, and once more we headed down toward the lagoon. A voice +called after us, and Pescini caught up. + +"No trace of anything?" he asked. + +"Not a trace," some one replied. + +We walked with ever-decreasing pace, a rather uncertain group, down +toward the crags of the shore. All of us, I think, were busy with our +own thoughts. All of us paused, at last, forty yards from the scene of +the tragedy. + +"There's really nothing further we can do," Nopp said. "If the murderer +is among the servants we've got him--you found 'em all, didn't you, +Nealman?" + +"All of 'em. No suspicious circumstances." + +"Good. If he is some outsider, we'll round him up. I rather think the +former--it's too early to make a guess. But I think we'd better appoint +a guard over the body--to keep any curious persons from coming near and +tramping out footprints, and so on. There's apt to be a crowd of the +curious here to-morrow." + +All of us nodded. Lemuel Marten whispered an oath. + +Nopp turned to him. "Would you mind taking that post to-night, Marten?" +he asked. Because he already knew the man's answer, he turned to us. +"Lem's the best man for the post," he explained. "You chaps know we'll +all have to give an account of our actions to-night. It's customary at +such times. And you know that Lem was busy singing his pirate song when +the thing occurred." + +"That's an unnecessary point, Joe," Marten answered. "None of us will be +in the least suspected. This poor chap--that none of us knew. However, +I'll gladly enough act as guard." + +"You've still got your gun?" + +"I made Pescini carry it. He's a shot." + +Pescini handed him back the weapon, and Marten walked on across the lawn +to his post. The rest of us waited an instant in the road, talking +quietly to one another, and two or three of the men were getting out +their cigarettes. It was our first breathing-spell. Then we started +slowly back toward the house. + +But we halted at the sound of Marten's voice. "Wait a minute, will you?" +he called. + +It is hard to explain why we all stopped in our tracks. Van Hope, whom I +had never suspected of nerves, let his cigarette fall to the ground, a +red streak. The voice out of the gloom was wholly quiet, subdued, +perfectly calm, seemingly nothing to waken alarm or even especial +interest. Perhaps what held us and startled us was the realization of an +effort of will behind those commonplace, unruffled tones. + +"What is it, Lem?" Nopp asked. + +There was an instant's interval of unfathomable silence. "I wish you'd +come here," Marten replied. "I'm a little balled up--as to where I am. +These trees and shrubs are so near alike. I can't exactly find--the +place." + +Nopp did get there, but he didn't go alone. All of us turned, +half-running. And for a vague, bewildered, half-remembered moment we +searched frantically up and down the craggy shore of the lagoon. + +Then in the moonlight I saw Nopp and Nealman come together, and Nopp +seized the other's arms. + +"My God, Grover!" he said hoarsely. "The body has disappeared!" + + + + +CHAPTER IX + + +There was no further possibility of a mistake. Marten's inability to +find the body could not be further attributed to a mere confusion as to +its correct location. In the few minutes we had been phoning and while +the remainder of the guests had been searching for the murderer, the +body of the murdered man had vanished from the shore of the lagoon. Nor +had any mysterious over-sweeping of the water carried it away. We found, +easily enough, the place where it had lain, and we knew it by the +crushed vegetation and an ominous stain on the earth. + +For a moment we all stood speechless, almost motionless, gazing down on +the place where the body had been. The guest's faces all looked oddly +white in the moonlight. Then I heard Nealman and Nopp talking in a +subdued voice at my side. + +"You see what it means," Nealman said. "The murderer came back to the +body--that's the only explanation! That means he's still on the +grounds--perhaps within a few hundred yards." + +"But what did he do with the thing? I wish I did know what it meant. It +makes no sense. But there's nothing we can do----" + +His words blurred in my consciousness, and I suddenly ceased to hear +him. The reason was simply that my own thoughts were now too busy to +admit external impressions. If there was one thing needed in this affair +it was careful investigation and research--the very key and basis of my +own life's work. I was a scientist--at least I had gone a distance into +scientific work--and scientific methods were needed now. Why shouldn't I +direct the same method that made me a successful naturalist into the +unraveling of this mystery? + +Science has explored the lightless mysteries of the deep, has measured +the stars and traced the comets through the heavens: there was no cause +to believe it couldn't conquer now. I was of a branch of science that +mainly studied externals, my methods were simply accurate observation, +tireless investigation, and logical deduction--the methods of all +naturalists the world over; and they were just what was needed here. + +Presently I forgot the shaken men about me and began really to observe. +First, I tried to fix in my mind the exact way the body had lain. It had +been curiously huddled, lying rather on the right side--and the torn, +stained shirt-front had been plainly visible. Its location was not far +above high-tide mark, at the edge of the lawns--and because the craggy +margin of the lagoon was rather precipitous at that place, not more than +twenty feet from the water's edge at low tide. + +It was impossible even to hazard a guess what kind of a weapon had +inflicted the death wound. But it had not been a clean, stabbing wound +to the heart. The wound itself must have been a long gash downward along +the breast, for the shirt and waistcoat had been curiously ripped and +torn. And possibly the weapon might be found in the grass where the body +had lain. + +I quietly moved back and forth among the group of men, searching for the +gleam of moonlight upon a knife blade. It didn't reveal itself, however, +and there seemed no course but to wait for daylight. But as I was about +to give up the search my eye caught the glimpse of something white, +half-hidden in the grass in the direction of the house. + +I quietly picked it up, saw that it was a folded piece of heavy paper or +parchment, and slipped it into my pocket. Then I rejoined the little +crowd of guests. + +"Good Lord, what can we do...?" Pescini was saying excitedly. "The lake +can't be dragged until to-morrow. There's no use to post guards around +this big house--the thickets are so heavy that any one could steal +through almost any place. We've got the road guarded--and the officers +won't come till to-morrow. It's true that a couple of us could stand +guard here----" + +"I don't see what good it would do," Nopp replied. "The murderer would +have no cause to come back again. I suggest we go to the house and get +what rest we can. We may have to make some posses in the morning." + +In the privacy of my own room I took from my pocket the paper I had +found. It proved to be of heavy parchment, whitened by time; and I felt +at once I was running on a true scent. + +There could be little doubt as to the age of the document. The ink was +fading, the handwriting itself was in the style of long ago. The fact +that the script was scratchy and uncertain, indicated that a man of +meager education had written it. It was, however, perfectly legible. I +judged that the date of the missive was at least ten or twenty years +prior to the civil war. + +Across the top of the page were written the words, referring evidently +to the script beneath, "Sworn by the Book." At the very bottom was the +cryptic phrase "int F. T." And the following, mysterious column lay +between: + + aned + dqbo + aqcd + trkm + fipj + dqbo + scno + ohuy + wvyn + dljn + dtht + +Of course no kind of an explanation presented itself at first. I took it +to a mirror, tried to read it backward, then sat down to give it a +careful analysis. + +I copied the column carefully, then tried to rearrange the letters to +make sense. But no such simple treatment was availing. The fourth, +ninth, tenth, and last words, for instance, were made up entirely of +consonants, and no word of any language, known to me, entirely omits +vowels. Four of the remaining seven words contained but one vowel. + +But I was in no mood to go further to-night. The events of the past few +hours had been a mighty strain on the entire nervous system, and my mind +could not cope with the problem. I spread the original parchment on the +little table in the center of the room, then quickly undressed, turned +out my lights, and went to bed. + +Sleep came at once, heavy and dreamless. I barely remember the welcome +chill that the pre-dawn hours brought to the room. But it wasn't written +that there should be many hours of refreshing sleep for me that night. + +In hardly a moment, it seemed to me, I came to myself with a start. +Wakefulness shot through me as if by an electric shock. It was that +fast-flying hour just before dawn: the cool caress of the wind against +my face and the pale-blue quality of the darkness on the window-pane +told that fact with entire plainness. It had been wakened by a hushed +sound from across the room. + +It was useless to try to tell myself that the sound was a dream only, an +imagined voice that had no basis in reality. For all that it was +subdued, the sound was entirely sharp and clear, impossible to mistake. +And instantly I knew its source. + +Some one had opened my door. There was no other possible explanation. +Nor had it been merely the harmless mistake of one of the guests, +confusing my room with his own. I heard the door open, but I did not +hear it close. Nor did I hear departing steps along the corridor. + +My nightly visitor had come in stealth, and there was nothing to believe +but at that instant he was waiting in the darkness on the other side of +the room. + +It isn't easy to decide what to do at a time like this. I was perfectly +willing to simulate slumber if by so doing I could increase my own +safety. Florey's affair was still fresh in my mind. A cruel and +cold-blooded murder had been committed at Kastle Krags earlier this +same night: this tip-toeing visitor in my room was in all likelihood a +desperate man, willing to repeat his crime if his own safety demanded +it. My possessions were few: it was better to let them go than take such +a risk. + +Yet a wiser, saner self told me that this was no business of thievery. +The thing went deeper, further than I could see or guess. I lay +listening: from time to time I could hear the boards settle beneath his +feet. Evidently he was groping about the darkened room, in search of +something.... Then a faint jar told me that his hand was on the iron +railing of my bed. + +It wasn't a reassuring thought that he had been groping about the room +solely to find my bed. My muscles set for a desperate leap in case I +felt him groping nearer.... There was a long, ominous instant of +silence. Then a little triangle of light danced out over my table-top. + +It was a ray from a flashlight, and it came and went so soon that there +was no chance to make accurate observation. I did, however, see just the +edge of his hand as he reached for something on the flat surface of the +table. It was a white, strong hand--long, sensitive fingers--evidently +the hand of a well-bred, middle-aged man. + +The light flashed out. Steps sounded softly on the floor. Then my door +closed with a slight shock. + +There is no use trying to justify my inactivity during his presence in +the room. At such times a man is guided by instinct--and my instinct had +been to lie still and let him do his work. The action might condemn me +in some eyes, but I felt no shame for it. And as soon as the door closed +I sprang to the floor. + +Groping, I found the light, and the white beams flooded the room. +Presently I opened the door and gazed down the gloomy hall. + +It was still as a tomb. There were a dozen doors along it, and any one +of them might have closed behind the intruder. It was the hall of a +well-ordered country manor, rather commonplace in the subdued light of a +single globe that burned over the stairway. The opportunity to overtake +the intruder was irredeemably past. + +It wasn't hard to tell what had been taken. The sheet of parchment, on +which was written the mysterious cryptogram, was gone from the table. +The only satisfaction I had was that the thief had failed to see and +procure the copy of the document I had made just before retiring. + + + + +CHAPTER X + + +The sheriff and the coroner arrived from Ochakee in a roadster soon +after dawn. All of us felt relieved at their coming: they represented +the best and most intelligent type of southern citizenry. Sheriff +Slatterly was scarcely older than I was, and had been given his office +for meritorious services in the late war. He was a broad-shouldered +large-headed man, with keen, good-natured eyes, a firm mouth, and rather +prominent chin. We scraped up an acquaintance at once on the strength of +our Legion buttons. + +"I'm glad theya's a suvice man heah," he confessed to me. "It's sho' a +mess of a case--and my deputy is busy. I've neveh wo'ked among these +millionaih Yankee spo'ts befo', but I suppose they ah all right. Now +tell me what you think of it all." + +"I don't think," I confessed. "It doesn't make good sense." + +He asked me questions in the vernacular of the South, and I answered +them the best I could. Then he introduced me to the coroner. + +Mr. Weldon was a man of about forty years, intelligent, forceful, not +in the least the mournful type so often seen among undertakers. He was +rather careless in speech, but I did not ascribe it to lack of +education. He had rather a Semitic countenance, and a very deep, manly +voice. + +"Of course the first thing is to drag the lagoon," he said. "We've got +to have a body before we can hold anything but a semblance of an +inquest--and of course thet's where the body is. It couldn't be +nowhere's else." + +All of us agreed with him. There was simply nothing else to do. The body +had lain but thirty feet from the water's edge: it was conceivable that +for some mysterious reason the murderer had seen fit to return and drag +his dead into the water. The idea of him carrying it in any other +direction was incredible. + +While we waited for drag hooks to be sent out from town the sheriff made +a minute examination of the scene of the crime. He searched the ground +for clews; and it seemed to me the little puzzled line between his brows +deepened with every moment of the search. He stood up at last, breathing +hard. + +"The murderer made a clean get away, that's certain," he observed. "It +isn't often a man can commit a crime like this and not leave a few +trails. I can't find a trace or a button. And if he left any tracks they +are mixed up with those you gentlemen made last night." + +He went carefully over the rocks between the place where the body had +lain and the water; but there was little for him here. Once or twice he +paused, studying the rocks with a careful scrutiny, but he did not tell +us what he found. + +About ten the drag-hooks came, and I helped Nealman bring his duckboat +from the marshy end of the lagoon. Then the sheriff, the coroner and +myself began the slow, tiresome work of dragging. + +Of course we began along the shore, close to the scene of the crime. We +worked from the natural wall and back to a point a hundred yards beyond +the starting-place. Then we turned back, just the width of the drag +hooks beyond. We reached the Bridge again without result. + +As the moments passed the coroner's annoyance increased. Noon came and +passed--already we had dragged carefully a spot a full hundred square +yards in extent. The tide flowed again, beat against the Bridge and +fretted the water, making our work increasingly difficult. And at last +the sheriff rested, cursing softly, on his oars. + +"Well, Weldon?" he asked. + +The coroner's eyes looked rather bright as he turned to answer him. I +got the impression that for all his outer complacency he was secretly +excited. "Nothing, Slatterly," he said. "What do you think yourself?" + +"I think we're face to face with the worst deal, the biggest mystery +that's come our way in years. In the first place, there isn't any use of +looking and dragging any more." + +"But man, the body's got to be here somewhere." + +"Got, nothing! We've got to begin again, and not take anything for +granted. This is still water, except for these waves the tide makes, +breaking over the rocks--and you know a body doesn't move much in still +water, especially the first night. For that matter the place was still +as a slough, they say, while the tide was going out--most of the night. +We've looked for a hundred yards about the spot. It's not there. And the +murderer couldn't swim with it clear across the lagoon." + +"He might, a strong swimmer." + +"But what's the sense of it? Besides, a dead body ain't easy to manage. +The thing to do is to search Florey's rooms for any evidence, then to +get all the niggers and the white folks as well and have an unofficial +inquest. Then we might see where we're at." + +"Good." The coroner turned to me. "Is there any use of hunting up Mr. +Nealman to show us Florey's room?" he asked. "Can't you take us up +there?" + +I was glad enough of the chance to be on hand for that search, so I +didn't hesitate to answer. "You are the law. You can go where you +like--wherever you think best." + +We went together up the stairs to Florey's room. There was not the least +sign that tragedy had overtaken its occupant. It was scrupulously kept: +David Florey must have been the neatest of men. The search, however, was +largely unavailing. + +In a little desk at one corner we found a number of papers and letters. +Some of them pertained to household matters, there was a note from some +friend in Charleston, a folder issued by a steamship plying out of +Tampa, and a letter from Mrs. Noyes, of New Hampshire, who seemed to be +the dead man's sister. At least the salutation was "Dear Brother Dave," +and the letter itself dealt with the fortunes of common relatives. Then +there were a few short letters from one who signed himself "George." + +There was nothing of particular interest. Mostly they were +notifications of arrivals and departures in various cities, and they +seemed to concern various business ventures. "I've got a good lead," one +of them said, "but it may turn out like the rest." "Things are +brightening up," another went. "I believe I see a rift in the clouds." + +"George" was unquestionably a traveler. One of the notes had been +written from Washington, D. C., one from Tampa, the third from some +obscure port in Brazil. They were written in a rather bold, rugged, but +not unattractive hand. + +The only document that gave any kind of a key to the mystery was a +half-finished letter that protruded beneath the blotter pad on his desk. +It was addressed "My dear Sister," and was undoubtedly in answer to the +"Mrs. Noyes" letter. The sheriff read it aloud: + + My dear Sister: + + I got the place here and like it very much. Mr. Nealman is a + fine man to work for. I get on with my work very well. The + house is located on a lagoon, cut off from the open sea by a + natural rock wall--a very lovely place. + + But you will be sorry to hear that my old malady, g----, is + troubling me again. I don't think I will ever be rid of it. + It is certainly the Florey burden, going through all our + family. I can't hardly sleep, and don't know that I'll ever + get rid of it, short of death. I'm deeply discouraged, yet I + know---- + +At that point the letter ended. The sheriff's voice died away so slowly +and tonelessly that it gave almost the effect of a start. Then he laid +the letter on the desk and smoothed it out with his hands. + +"Weldon?" he asked jerkily. "Do you s'pose we've got off on the wrong +foot, altogether?" + +"What d'ye mean?" + +"Do you suppose that poor devil did himself in? At least we've got a +motive for suicide, and a good one--and there's none whatever for +murder. You know what old Bampus used to say--find the motive first." + +"Of course you mean the disease he writes of. Why didn't he spell it +out." + +"He was likely just given to abbreviations. Lots of men are. The word +might have been a long one, and hard to spell." + +"Most invalids, I've noticed, rejoice in the long names of their +diseases!" + +"Not a bad remark, from an undertaker. I suppose you mean they get your +hopes all aroused by their diseases when they ain't got 'em, you old +buzzard. But seriously, Weldon. He writes here that his old malady has +come back on him, some disease that runs through his family--that he's +discouraged, that he doesn't think he'll ever be rid of it. You know +that ill-health is the greatest cause for suicide--that more men blow +out their own brains because they are incurably sick than for any other +reason. He says he can't sleep. And what leads to suicide faster than +that!" + +"All true enough. But it don't hold water. Where's the knife? What +became of the body? Suicides don't eat the knife that killed them, lay +dead, and then crawl away. You'll have to do better." + +"He might not have been quite dead. Even doctors have been deceived +before now, and crawled into the water to end his own misery. You can +bet I'm going to keep the matter in mind." + +And it was a curious thing that this little handful of letters also set +me off on a new tack. A possibility so bizarre and so terrible that it +seemed almost beyond the pale of credibility flashed to my mind. I +watched my chance, and slipped one of the "George" letters into my +pocket. + +The idea I had was vague, not overly convincing, and it left a great +part of the mystery still unsolved--but yet it was a clew. I waited +impatiently until the search was concluded. Then I sought the telephone. + +A few minutes later a telegraphic message was clicking over the wires to +Mrs. Noyes, in New Hampshire, notifying her of her brother's murder and +disappearance, and asking a certain question. There was nothing to do +but wait patiently for the answer. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + + +In midafternoon the coroner called all the occupants of the manor house +together in the big living-room. He had us draw chairs to make a half +circle about him, and the sheriff took a chair at his side. He began at +once upon a patient, systematic questioning of every one present. + +None of us could read the thoughts behind his rather swarthy face. His +coal-black eyes were alike unfathomable: whether he believed that the +murderer was then sitting in our circle we could not guess. "Of course +this is not an official inquest," he told us. "The real inquest can't +be held until there is a body to hold it over. I'm doing this in +co-operation with the sheriff. And of course I needn't tell you that all +of you are held here, with orders not to leave the immediate grounds, +until a formal inquest can be held." + +"But what if you never find the body?" Marten asked. "Some of us--can't +stay forever." + +"The law takes heed of no man's business," the coroner answered, +somewhat sternly. "However, I'll have counsel from the state in a few +days, and then we can tell what to do. The district attorney will be +here just as soon as his work will permit." + +He called Nealman first. Except for a strange and startling deepening of +the worry-line between his brows I would have thought that he was wholly +unshaken. Weldon asked his name, place of birth, thirdly his occupation. + +"I can't hardly say--I'm interested in finance," Nealman said in reply +to the third question. + +"And how long have you occupied this house?" + +"Less than a month. I bought it last winter, but it has been under the +charge of--of a caretaker until that time." + +"Who was the caretaker?" + +Nealman's voice fell a note. "Florey--the man murdered last night." + +"Ah." The coroner paused an instant, as if deep in thought. "And how did +he happen to come into your employ?" + +"He was employed at this house by its previous owner, just a few days or +weeks before I purchased it. He asked for work here when I came to take +possession. He was an experienced butler, he said." + +"Then that's all you know about the dead man?" + +"Absolutely all." + +"His full name?" + +"I made out his check to David Florey. I assumed he was an Englishman." + +"You didn't know that, for sure?" + +"No." Nealman hesitated, as if secretly startled. "I really didn't know +it, when I come to think about it. I always assumed that he was." + +"He was a good servant?" + +"Excellent. I can go further. The best, most conscientious butler I ever +had." + +"Did you ever get the idea he had any enemies?" + +"No. He seemed the most peaceable of men." + +"None of the other servants were jealous of him?" + +"On the contrary, they seemed to like him very much." + +"He stayed close to his work?" + +"He scarcely ever went to town. Once or twice he asked me for permission +to go with my chauffeur--for a hair cut, and so on." + +"What did you observe about his health? Did it seem to be good?" + +"It seemed so. Very good." + +The coroner's interest quickened. "You weren't aware, then, that he had +an incurable malady?" + +"No. And I don't think he had. At least I never saw the least sign of +it. None of the other servants ever mentioned it." + +"Did he look like a man in good health?" + +"He was rather gray--from his indoor life, I suppose. But he never +looked sick to me." + +"You think he was murdered, then?" + +"Good Heavens, I don't see how we can think anything else!" + +"You can ascribe no reason for his murder." + +"Absolutely none." + +"You can't, eh." The coroner paused, several seconds. "To come back to +yourself. You were here less than a month. May I ask what was your idea +in buying this manor house?" + +"I hardly understand----" + +"What did you get it for, a home?" + +"I can't hardly say a home. I got it more for a winter shooting and +fishing lodge. My home is on the Hudson. I'm very fond of fishing and +shooting. I loved the place on sight." + +"I take it, then, that you are a man of large financial means--able to +indulge your whims even to the extent of buying a shooting and fishing +lodge such as this?" + +Nealman stiffened slightly. "I don't see how that point can possibly +have any bearing on this case." + +"The merest detail of the lives of any one of the actors involved often +throws light upon a crime." The coroner spoke slowly, seemingly choosing +his words with care. + +"I am not a man of great wealth, if that's what you want to know," +Nealman answered at last. "I feel--I felt able at the time to buy this +house." + +"No great financial disaster has overtaken you since, I judge?" + +Nealman's voice dropped a tone, and he spoke with a curious hesitancy. +"No. I shouldn't say that there had." + +The coroner halted, gazing absently at the carpet, and then began on a +new tack. "This butler of yours--I suppose you paid him a good wage?" + +"It would be considered so, among the men of his occupation." + +"Do you know if he had any large amount of money saved, or if he carried +any large amount on his person?" + +"Not that I know of. He was very non-committal about his affairs." + +"He was a good butler," the coroner commented. + +"Yes. Excellent. If you mean, did he carry enough money on his person to +invite robbery, I should say that I don't think he did. Of course I +don't know for certain. However, I know that he had banking connections +in Ochakee." + +"What of your other employees. Do you know anything about them?" + +"They all came recommended. I know nothing further except, of course, in +regard to my housekeeper and chauffeur." + +"Your chauffeur is a colored man?" + +"Yes. He has been with me for four years. A man of good character and +habits." + +"Do you know where he was at the time of the murder?" + +"I do not." + +"Your housekeeper--she has been in your employ a long time, also?" + +"About two years." + +"Was she well known to the murdered man?" + +"Her acquaintance began with him at the same time as my own--less than a +month ago." + +"How old is this lady?" + +"She sits in the circle. You can ask her if you like. I have never put +the question to her." + +Every one smiled at this sally. The housekeeper, a buxom woman of fifty +years, flushed and giggled alternately. + +"Where were your other servants at the time of the murder?" + +"I suppose most of them were in bed. Sam, the negro boy, was in the +kitchen, helping me to serve my guests." + +"Then David Florey was not on duty that night?" + +"I didn't watch Mr. Florey closely, Mr. Weldon. He was the kind of +servant that didn't seem to require watching. He helped me serve some +cold drinks immediately after dinner. I didn't see him again." + +"You don't know at what hour he ventured out into the lawns?" + +"I do not. I was under the impression that he was in the pantry or hall +for several hours after dinner. I can not say definitely." + +"And now will you describe the crime--that is, what you yourself heard +and saw?" + +"Beginning where?" + +"At the beginning. Where you were, who was with you, and all you can +tell me." + +"I was in this room. I don't know the exact time--it must have been +close to midnight. My guests were here with me." + +"All of them?" + +Nealman paused, seemingly considerably disturbed. "I can't say that all +of them were in my immediate sight," he replied at last. "My guests were +free of the house--some of them were at the billiard tables, others in +the library, and so on. I can say definitely that Mr. Marten, Mr. Van +Hope, and Mr. Killdare were in the room. Mr. Pescini was with us until +just before we heard the sound." + +"How long before?" + +"I can't say for certain. It didn't seem to me more than a minute or +two." + +"You don't know where the others were?" + +"Not exactly. I had left Mr. Fargo in the billiard room a moment before. +Major Dell and Mr. Nopp had been talking on the veranda." + +"None of these men indicated any previous acquaintance with the butler?" + +"None whatever. They were all northern men, from my own part of the +country." + +"All of them were your friends?" + +"Yes." His face changed expression, ever so little. "Yes, of course." + +"You four men were in the lounging-room--and you heard a certain sound. +Will you describe the sound?" + +"It was a scream--I can't describe it any further." + +"Rather a long-drawn scream, or just a sharp utterance?" + +"I would say it was rather long--and very loud." + +"You knew at once it was the scream of a man?" + +"I thought at first it might be some wild thing--perhaps a panther or a +lynx--even a water bird." + +"Yet it must have been a very distressing sound, was it not? Would you +say it was a cry of agony or of fear?" + +"Both. Yes--I would say it was a cry of both fear and agony." + +"Then what did you do? Tell exactly what happened." + +"We went out to investigate. My other guests ran out the same time." + +"You didn't see them run out?" + +"No, but I met most of them outside. At such times one doesn't observe +closely. We ran down to the shore of the lagoon, at the place we've +indicated to you, and there we found David Florey, lying dead. There +was no one near, and no weapons were lying beside him--at least I didn't +see any. He was lying on his side, and his vest and shirt were torn and +wet with blood. Some of us went at once to telephone--Mr. Killdare, Mr. +Van Hope, Mr. Nopp and myself. The others began to beat through the +garden in search of the murderer." + +"No one stayed with the body?" + +"No." + +"You're perfectly certain Mr. Florey was dead, Mr. Nealman." + +"I didn't dream of anything else at the time, Mr. Weldon. He lay +huddled, his face drawn, and certainly there was a terrible wound in his +breast." + +"These men that hunted through the gardens and lawns. Were they armed?" + +"Mr. Marten had a pistol. The others were unarmed." + +"They stayed close together?" + +"I don't think they did. I can't say for sure." + +"Then what happened?" + +"We telephoned, met the searching party, and all of us went back to the +body. It was gone." + +"No action or word of any of your guests wakened your suspicions?" + +"None whatever." + +"You suspect no one?" + +"No one. I am absolutely in the dark." + +"Remember, as the occupant of the house, you are in a better position to +give us a right steer than any one else. I want you to think hard. You +observed, at no time, any suspicious circumstances?" + +"None whatever." Nealman's voice was firm. + +"What weapon, would you say, inflicted the wound?" + +"I don't know. It wasn't a pistol, of course. We didn't hear a shot. We +didn't examine the wound carefully, but I would say it was some metal +instrument, not overly sharp. It might have been a dull knife." + +"Would a knife likely have torn the shirt and vest as you describe?" + +"It doesn't seem likely, unless the murderer gave a furious, downward +stroke." + +The coroner paused again, and the room was utterly silent. "You have +never heard any story, any legend--any set of facts connected with this +house and its occupants that might explain the murder?" + +Nealman waited a long time before he answered. "None that are the least +credible." + +"You've got something on your mind, Nealman. Credible or not, I want to +hear it." + +"I can't bring myself to repeat such a silly story. All old houses have +various legends. This particular legend is not worth hearing." + +"I'm sorry, Mr. Nealman, but I must be the judge of that. You have the +same as admitted that the story has occurred to your mind. What was it, +please?" + +Nealman's voice lowered perceptibly, and he answered with evident +difficulty. "A silly thing about a buried treasure--and a sea-monster--a +giant octopus or something like that--that had been set to guard it--in +the lagoon." + +As we waited we heard the faint scream of the plover on the shore and +the lapping waves of the tide. Most of the white men were smiling +grimly--the negroes were gray as ashes. + +"You will admit that the tragedy of last night, the nature of the wound +and the disappearance of the body, brought the legend forcibly to your +memory?" + +"I couldn't help but remember it," Nealman answered. "But it's inane and +silly--just the same." + + + + +CHAPTER XII + + +Nealman was of course the most important witness. Further testimony was +really only in corroboration of his. The coroner called on Marten next. + +This man spoke bluntly, answering all questions in a vigorous, rather +masterful voice. Financier, he said simply, in answer to the question as +to his occupation. + +"You were with Mr. Nealman when you heard Florey's scream?" + +"Yes." + +"Who else was there?" + +"Mr. Van Hope and Mr. Killdare." + +"Do you know the exact location of any other of the guests at the time +of the murder?" + +"No, not exactly. They were all in rooms adjoining the living-room." + +"You're sure of that?" + +"Practically sure. They came in and out every few minutes." + +"Did you have any previous acquaintance with the dead man?" + +"None whatever." + +In reply to the coroner's questions, he testified as to the finding of +the body, the nature of the scream we had heard and gave a similar +report as to the appearance of the wound. He had observed no suspicious +actions on the part of any one. + +"You led the search, I believe, through the gardens?" + +"Yes." + +"You were the one man that was armed. May I ask how you happened to have +a pistol in the pocket of dinner clothes?" + +"I was held up, once," Marten replied straightforwardly. "Several years +ago. I've carried a pistol ever since." + +The coroner nodded. "Did your party stay together in searching the +gardens, or did they scatter out?" he asked. + +"We scattered out. We couldn't have hoped to find any one if we had +stayed together. We called back and forth, however." + +"You kept track of one another all the time?" + +"I can't say that. The gardens and grounds are large and full of +shrubbery." + +"The search lasted--how long?" + +"Only a few minutes." + +The coroner dismissed him at this point, calling on Mr. Van Hope. The +latter told of his long acquaintance with Nealman, and verified in every +detail the story that his friend had told. + +"And where were you, Mr. Dell, when the scream was heard?" the coroner +asked. + +"In the library," was the reply. Major Dell spoke evenly, but his keen, +flushed face showed that he was taking the most keen and lively interest +in the proceedings. + +"Why weren't you with the others in the party?" + +"We were all running all over the house. I was trying to find Mr. +Nealman's copy of Jordan's work on fish. Fargo and I had got into an +argument about black bass." + +"Mr. Fargo was not with you at the time?" + +"I was alone. I had left Mr. Fargo at the billiard table." + +Weldon's voice changed in tone. "And how did the argument come out, may +I ask." + +Major Dell smiled dryly. "It isn't concluded yet," he said. + +The coroner paused, then took a new tack. "You heard the sound +distinctly?" + +"Distinctly, but probably not so clearly as Mr. Nealman heard it. The +library is back of the lounging-room." + +"Then what did you do?" + +"I ran outside. I joined Nealman and some of the other guests on the +grounds, and went down with them to investigate." + +"You took part in the hunt through the grounds?" + +"Yes. I beat back and forth with the rest." + +"And saw or heard nothing suspicious?" + +"Something moved in the shrubbery, but we couldn't locate it. Nealman +thought afterward it was a raccoon or some other small animal." + +"You knew Mr. Florey?" + +"I had never set eyes upon him before." + +"You've had long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman, however?" + +Major Dell hesitated, just an instant. "No. I had never met Mr. Nealman +until last night." + +The coroner's interest quickened. "You didn't? How did you happen to be +included among his guests?" + +"I was a great friend of his friend, Mr. Van Hope. I was invited through +his kindness. He wanted me to have a taste of shooting and fishing." + +"What is your occupation, Mr. Dell?" + +"I am interested in finance, in a modest way." + +"You saw, heard or knew of nothing connected with this murder that you +haven't testified." + +"No." Dell paused, considering. "Nothing, I'm sure." + +"I say 'murder.' Testimony has gone to show that Florey was dead, not +just severely wounded, when you and the others reached his side. Mr. +Dell, do you think there is any possibility that life remained in his +body when you saw him beside the inlet?" + +Dell spoke clearly. "None whatever," he said. + +"You speak very sure." + +"I am sure. I've seen too many dead men ever to make a mistake. The +position of the body, the features--everything told it as plain as day." + +The coroner leaned forward. His eyes gleamed. "And where and how did you +happen to see all these dead men, may I ask?" + +There was an instant's second of strain throughout the room. All of us, +I think, were siding with Major Dell--from the sheer instinctive +distrust of constituted authority that seems to be implanted in our +bodies at birth. Dell looked down, and his face was gray. + +"In the Argonne," he said, quietly. The room was deathly still. + +Fargo, called immediately after, testified as to his argument with Dell +as to the nature of black bass. Dell had left him, he said, to go into +the library. + +"You were alone in the billiard room when you heard the cry?" + +"Yes. But I ran outdoors and joined the others." + +Van Hope testified as to his acquaintance with Major Dell, saying that +they had known each other for several months, and that Dell belonged to +one of his clubs. He verified Nealman's story perfectly. + +"And what is your occupation, Mr. Pescini?" the coroner asked. + +"I am in the publishing business, in New York." + +"You have a long acquaintance with Mr. Nealman?" + +"Something over four years." + +"Where were you when you heard David Florey scream?" + +"On the veranda." + +"Alone?" + +"Yes, alone. I had been with Mr. Van Hope and Nealman a few moments +before. I was rather hot, and I went out on the veranda for a breath of +air. I rushed out toward the sound, and Nealman and his party caught up +with me." + +He testified that he had taken part in the search, and was utterly +baffled as to the solution of the mystery. + +Nopp was in the music room, he said, looking for a certain record that +he wished his friends to hear. He had been in the billiard room a few +seconds before. He had heard the cry but faintly, and had not been +especially alarmed. The shouts of the other guests, he said, rather than +the scream of the dying man, had caused him to rush out and join in the +investigation. He had known Nealman a long time, was an architect by +profession, and had been one of those to partake in the hunt through the +gardens. + +Last of all the white men, he called on me. I told of my relations with +Nealman, the work I had been hired to do and, my own reactions to the +fearful scream in the darkness. I had been with Marten, Van Hope and +Nealman and had sent through the calls to Ochakee. + +"You saw or heard nothing beyond that which these other gentlemen have +testified?" + +"Nothing at all," I answered. + +"You have made no subsequent discoveries?" + +Just for a moment I was silent, conjecturing what my answer should be. +Was I to tell of the cryptogram I had found beside the body, and its +theft during the night? + +I couldn't see how the least good would come of it. Indeed, if last +night's intruder was in the room, listening to my testimony, he would be +very glad to know if I had discovered the theft. I had resolved to work +out the case in my own way, employing the methods of a naturalist, and +these agents of the law were not my allies. + +"Nothing has come to my observation," I told him simply. + +If he had pressed the matter he might have got the admission out of me; +but fortunately he turned to other subjects. + +There was quite a little stir of interest throughout the circle when he +began to question Edith. None of us will forget the picture of that +golden head, graced by the sunlight slanting through the leaded panes of +the window, the flushed, lovely face, the frank eyes and the girlish +figure, lost in the big chair. She was in such contrast to the rest of +us. Except for the housekeeper, buxom and fifty, she was the only white +woman present; and she could have been the daughter of any one of the +gray men in the circle. + +She had gone to her room about ten, she said, and had read for perhaps +an hour. Her room was just over the front hall. About eleven she went to +bed, and the coroner's questions brought out the interesting fact that +seemingly she had been the last of the household--unless the murderer +himself was to be included thus--to have seen Florey alive. Her bed +stood just beside the front window, and just before she had retired she +had seen him walking out toward the lagoon. + +The whole circle, tired of the dull testimony of the past hour, leaned +forward in rapt attention. "He was alone?" the coroner asked. + +"Yes. I think I heard the door close behind him--I'm not sure. Then I +saw his form in the moonlight on the front lawn." + +"You recognized him at once?" + +"Not at once. I thought perhaps it was one of the guests. But in a +bright patch of moonlight I saw him plain." + +"Where did he go?" + +"He turned down the driveway toward the lagoon. I didn't see him again." + +At the sound of the piercing scream she got up and put on a +dressing-gown, but she did not come down at once. She was afraid, she +said--she didn't know what to do. She had no knowledge as to the +activities and the positions of the other members of the household at +the time of the crime. + +She had come to work as her uncle's secretary but a few weeks before; +and she verified perfectly Nealman's testimony in regard to the dead +servant. If he had had enemies in the household she had not been aware +of it, she knew of no chronic malady, and she did not think that he +carried any large amount of money on his person. The scream had seemed +to her to be one of unfathomable fear. + +The housekeeper, Mrs. Gentry, was the last of the white people to be +called upon; and her testimony threw no new light upon the problem. She +was in bed and asleep, and the shouts of the men without had wakened +her. + +The coroner called on the negroes in turn, and I was a little amazed +at the ease with which he wrung their testimony out of them. He knew +these dark people: no northern man could have hoped to have been so +successful. Sometimes he shouted at them as if in fury, sometimes he +wheedled or jested with them. + +Not one of them but could prove an alibi. They were all in their own +quarters, they said, at the moment of the tragedy. Because this was the +South and they were black, they did not know Florey, a white man, very +well. And they had all been frightened nearly out of their wits by the +events of the night. + +One by one he questioned them, but the inquest ended just as it +began--with the affair of Florey's murder as great a mystery as ever. +At the end of the fatiguing afternoon we were face to face with the +baffling fact that only four men had proven satisfactory alibis--Lemuel +Marten, Van Hope, Nealman and myself--and that any one of the dozen or +more men and women in that great, rambling house might have done the +deed. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + + +Two telegrams had come for Mr. Nealman during the inquest; but the negro +messenger who had brought them had been too frightened by the august +session in the living-room to disturb him. It came about that Nealman +didn't get them until he and Van Hope left the room together. + +The yellow envelopes were lying on a little table in the hall, and +Nealman started, perceptibly, at the sight of them. Except for that +nervous reflex through his body I wouldn't have given the messages a +second thought. Nealman picked them up, and still carrying on a +fragmentary conversation with his friend, tore out the messages. + +He did not merely tear off the edges. In his eagerness his clawing +fingers ripped the envelopes wide open, endangering the messages +themselves within. He opened one of them, and his eye leaped over the +script. + +He took one curious, short breath, then opened the second message, more +carefully now. Then he crowded both of them into his outer coat pocket. + +At that point his conversation with Van Hope took a curious trend. He +still seemed to be trying to talk in his usual casual voice; yet a +preoccupation so deep, so engrossing was upon him that his friend's +words must have seemed to reach him from another sphere. It was a brave +effort; but his disjointed sentences, his blurred perceptions, told the +truth only too plainly. + +Nealman had received disastrous news. His lips were smiling, but his +eyes were filled with some alien light. What that light was neither Van +Hope nor I could tell. It might have been frenzy. Quite likely it was +fear. + +"Bad news, old man?" Van Hope blurted out at last, impulsively. They +were old friends--he was risking the charge of ill-bred curiosity to +offer sympathy to the other. + +"Not very good, old man. I'll see you later about it. If you'll excuse +me I'll go to my room--and answer 'em." + +He turned up the stairs--Van Hope walked out onto the verandas. I waited +for Edith, and in a moment we were walking under the magnolias, +listening to the twilight boomings of a bittern on the lagoon. + +"And what do you think of it?" I asked her. + +No human memory could forget her lustrous eyes, solemn and yet lighted +by the beauty of her thoughts, as she gazed out over the waters, +troubled by the flowing tide. + +"I can't make anything out of it," she told me at last. "It doesn't seem +to make good sense. Yet there have been hundreds of more baffling +mysteries, and they all were cleared up at last. Cleared up +intelligently, too, if you know what I mean." + +"You mean--with credible motives and actions behind them." + +"Yes, and _human_ actions. I'm thinking about--you know what. Human +agents were the only agents in this crime. In the end it will prove out +that way." + +"Then you aren't at all superstitious about--this." I indicated that +eery, desolate lagoon with its craggy margin, stretching away like a +ghost-lake in the gray light. As always the tidal waves were bursting +with ferocious, lunging onslaughts on the natural rock wall, and the +foam gleamed incredibly white against the dark water. + +"Not in the least," she answered me. "I don't like the place when the +tide's rolling in--it's too rough and too fierce--but it's lovely in +the ebb-tide! Did you ever see anything so still as it is then--the +water's edge creeping inward, and such a wonderful blue-green? No, I'm +not superstitious about it at all. I'm going swimming, one of these +nights, when the tide's going out. I'd cross it to-night in an +emergency." + +"You're a strong swimmer, then." + +"I can swim well enough--nothing to boast of though. Ned"--for we had +got to the first name stage, long since--"this whole matter will be +cleared up in a few days more. Such things always do come out right. I +wouldn't be surprised if that poor man's body should be found any day, +dragged into some thicket. The rocks are full of caves--perhaps the drag +hooks simply failed to find it." + +"And your uncle--he feels the way you do?" + +"Of course. If you are talking about that silly legend--it gives him +only the keenest delight as a big story to tell his friends. He has no +more superstitious fear about this lagoon than I have." + +"Have you talked to him since the inquest?" + +"You know I haven't." + +"He got two telegrams to-day. They seemed to go mighty hard with him. I +was wondering--whether you ought to go to him now." + +A little line came between her straight brows. "I can't imagine what +they could be----" she said. + +"The loss of some friend? Financial loss, perhaps----?" + +"I don't know. The latter, if anything. For I do know he's been buying +certain stocks--awfully heavy." + +"Playing the stock market, eh----?" + +"I don't think I should have told you that. But I know you won't say +anything about it. Oh, I do hope he hasn't had any real misfortune----" + +Our talk veered to other subjects, and for a while we stood and watched +the twilight descending over the lagoon. The crags were never so +mysterious. They seemed to take weird shapes in the half-light, and the +water sucked and lapped about their stony feet. + +In a little while her hand stole into mine. It rested softly, and +neither of us felt the need of words. The twilight deepened into that +pale darkness of the early Floridan night. + +"How I'd like to help him, if he's in trouble," she said at last, almost +whispering. "And how I'd like to help you--do all the things you want to +do." + +"I'm glad--that you care about it," I told her, not daring to look down +into that sober, wistful face. + +"I _do_ care about it," she declared. She bent, until her lips were +close to my ear. "And I believe I see the way." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + + +Nealman did not come down to dinner. He sent his apologies to the +guests, pleading a headache, and through some mayhap of circumstance the +coroner took his place at the head of the great, red-mahogany table. +There was a grim symbolism in the thing. No one mentioned it, not one of +those aristocratic sportsmen were calloused enough to jest about it, but +we all felt it in the secret places of our souls. + +The session at Kastle Krags was no longer one of revelry. I could fancy +the wit, the repartee, the gaiety and laughter that had reigned over the +board the evening previous; but Nealman's guests were a sober group +to-night. At the unspoken dictates of good taste no man talked of last +night's tragedy. Rather the men talked quietly to one another or else +sat in silence. A burly negro, rigged out in a dinner coat of ancient +vintage, helped with the serving in Florey's place. + +After dinner I halted the sheriff in the hall, and we had a single +moment of conversation. "Slatterly," I said, "I want you to give me some +authority." + +"You do, eh?" He paused, studying my face. "What do you want to do?" + +"I want your permission--to go about this house and grounds where and +when I want to--and no complications in case I am caught at it. Maybe +even go into some of the private rooms and effects of the guests. I want +to follow up some ideas that I have in mind." + +"And when do you want to do it?" + +"Any time the opportunity offers. I'm not going to do anything +indiscreet. I won't get in your way. But I'm deeply interested in this +thing, I've had scientific training, and I want to see if I can't do +some good." + +His eyes swept once from my shoes to my head. "From amateur detectives, +as a rule--Good Lord deliver us," he said with quiet good humor. "But +Killdare--I don't see why you shouldn't. Two heads are better than +one--and I don't seem to be getting anywhere. Really, the more +intelligent help we can get--from people we can co-operate with, of +course--the better." + +"I'm free, then, to go ahead?" + +"Of course with reasonable limits. But ask my advice before you make any +accusations--or do anything rash." + +By previous arrangement Mrs. Gentry, the housekeeper, was waiting for +me on the upper floor. There could be no better chance to search the +guests' rooms. All of the men were on the lower floor, smoking their +after-dinner cigars and talking in little groups in the lounging-room +and the veranda. Of course Nealman was in his room, but even had he been +absent, a decent sense of restraint would have kept me from his +threshold. And of course Marten and Van Hope had established perfect +alibis at the inquest. + +We entered Fargo's room first. It was cluttered with his bags, his guns +and rods, but the thing I was seeking did not reveal itself. I looked in +the inner pockets of his coat, in the drawers of his desk, even in the +waste-paper basket without result. Such personal documents as Fargo had +with him were evidently on his person at that moment. + +Nopp's room was next, but I was less than twenty seconds across his +threshold. He had been writing a letter, it lay open on his desk, and I +needed to glance but once at the script. If my theory was right Nopp +could be permanently dropped from the list of suspects of Florey's +murder. + +But the next room yielded a clew of seemingly inestimable importance. +After the drawers had been opened and searched, and the desk examined +with minute care, I searched the inner pocket of a white linen coat that +the occupant of the room had worn at the time of his arrival. In it I +found a letter, addressed to some New York firm, sealed, stamped, and +ready to send. + +How familiar was the bold, free hand in which the address was written! +Not a little excited, I compared it with the script of the "George" +letter I had taken from Florey's room. As far as my inexperienced eye +could tell the handwriting was identical. + +The room was that of Lucius Pescini. If I had not been mistaken in the +handwriting, I had proven a previous relationship and acquaintance, +extending practically over the whole lifetime of both men, between the +distinguished, bearded man that came as Nealman's guest and the gray +butler who had died on the lagoon shore the previous night. + +I put the letter back in the man's coat-pocket; then joined Mrs. Gentry +in the hall. She went to her own room. I turned down the broad stairs to +the hall. And the question before me now was whether to report my +discovery to the officials of the law. + +I had started down the stairs with the intention of telling them all I +knew. By the time I had reached the hall I had begun to have serious +doubts as to the wisdom of such a course. After all I had learned +nothing conclusive. Handwriting evidence is at best uncertain; even +experts have made mistakes in comparing signatures. In this regard it +was quite different from finger-prints--those tell-tale stains that +never lie. True, the handwriting looked identical to the naked eye, but +a microscope might prove it entirely dissimilar. Was I to cast suspicion +on a distinguished man on such fragile and uncertain grounds? + +Pescini had been in the lounging-room only a few minutes before the +crime was committed. It seemed doubtful that he would have had time to +cover the distance between the house and the lagoon, strike Florey low, +and get back to the place where we met him in the short time of his +absence. + +Besides, I wanted to work alone. I couldn't bring myself to share my +discoveries with Slatterly and Weldon. + +The hall below was deserted and half in darkness. I met Marten and Nopp +on the way to their rooms: passing into the library I found Hal Fargo +seated under a reading-lamp, deep in "Floridan fauna." Major Dell was +smoking quietly on the veranda, gazing out over the moonlit lawns. Van +Hope and Pescini himself were seated at the far end of the +lounging-room, evidently in earnest conversation. + +I sat down across the room where from time to time I could glance up and +observe the bearded face of my suspect. How animated he was, how +effective the gestures of his firm, strong hands. Was that the hand I +had seen in the flashlight over my table the preceding night? He had +rather thin, esthetic lips, half concealed by his mustache. Yet it +wasn't a cruel or degenerate face. + +But soon I forgot about Pescini to marvel at the growing, oppressive +heat of the night. The chill that usually drops over the West coast in +the first hours of darkness, did not manifest itself to-night. It was +the kind of heat that brings a flush to the face and a ghastly crawling +to the brain, swelling the neck glands until the linen collar chokes +like strangling fingers, and heightens the temper clear to the +explosion-point. Van Hope and Pescini tore at their collars, seemingly +at first unaware as to the source of their discomfort. + +In reality the heat wave had overspread us rather swiftly, and what was +its source and by what shiftings of the air currents it had been sent +to harry us was mostly beyond the wit of man to tell. The temperature +must have been close to a hundred in that big, coolly furnished room, +and the veranda outside seemed to offer no relief. The dim warmth from +the electric lights above, added to the sweltering heat of the air, was +wholly perceptible on the heated brain, and seemed to stretch the +over-taut nerves to the breaking-point. + +"Isn't this the devil?" Van Hope exclaimed as I came out. "It wasn't +half so hot at sunset. For Heaven's sake let's have a drink." + +"Whiskey'd only make us hotter, would it not?" + +"The English don't think so--but they're full of weird ideas. Have that +big coon bring us some lemonade then--iced tea--anything. This is the +kind of night that sets men crazy." + +Men who have spent July in India, when the humidity is on the land, +could appreciate such heat, but it passed ordinary understanding. It +harassed the brain and fevered the blood, and warned us all of lawless +demons that lived just under our skins. A man wouldn't be responsible, +to-night. The devil inside of him, recognizing a familiar temperature, +escaped his bonds and stood ready to take any advantage of openings. + +It was a curious thing that there was no perceptible wind over the +lagoon. Perhaps the reason was that we invariably associate wind with +coolness, rather than any sort of a hushed movement of the air--and the +impulse that brushed up on the veranda to us was as warm as a child's +breath on the face. There was simply no whisper of sound on shore or sea +or forest. The curlews were stilled, the wild creatures were likely +lying motionless, trying to escape the heat, the little rustlings and +murmurings of stirring vegetation was gone from the gardens. But that +first silence, remarkable enough, seemed to deepen as we waited. + +There is a point, in temperature, that seems the utter limit of cold. +Mushers along certain trails in the North had known that point--when +there seems simply no heat left in the bitter, crackling, biting air. +The temperature, at such times, registers forty--fifty--sixty below. Yet +the scientist, in his laboratory, with his liquid hydrogen vaporizing in +a vacuum, can show that this temperature is not the beginning of the +fearful scale of cold. To-night it was the same way with the silence. +There simply seemed no sound left. But as we waited the silence grew and +swelled until the brain ceased to believe the senses and the image of +reality was gone. It gave you the impression of being fast asleep and +in a dream that might easily turn to death. + +The mind kept dwelling on death. It was a great deal more plausible than +life. The image of life was gone from that bleak manor house by the +sea--the sea was dead, the air, all the elements by which men view their +lives. The forest, lost in its silence, its most whispered voices +stilled, was a dead forest, incomprehensible as living. + +I went upstairs soon after. I thought it might be cooler there. +Sometimes, if you go a few feet off the ground, you find it XXXX +cooler--quite in opposition to the fact that hot air rises. There was no +appreciable difference, however; but here, at least, I could take off my +outer clothes. Then I got into a dressing-gown and slippers and waited, +with a breathlessness and impatience not quite healthy and normal, for +the late night sea breeze to spring up. + +Seemingly it had been delayed. The hour was past eleven, the sweltering +heat still remained. There was no way under Heaven to pass the time. One +couldn't read, for the reason that the mental effort of following the +lines of type was incomprehensibly fatiguing. I had neither the energy +nor the interest to work upon the cryptogram--that baffling column of +four-lettered words. Yet the brain was inordinately active. Ungoverned +thought swept through it in ordered trains, in sudden, lunging waves, +and in swirling eddies. Yet the thoughts were not clean-cut, wholly +true--they overlapped with the bizarre and elfin impulses of the fancy, +and the fine edge of discrimination between reality and dreams was some +way dulled. It wasn't easy to hold the brain in perfect bondage. + +To that fact alone I try to ascribe the curious flood of thoughts that +swept me in those midnight hours. Except for the heat, perhaps in a +measure for the silence, I wouldn't have known them at all. I got to +thinking about last night's crime, and I couldn't get it out of mind. +The conceptions I had formed of it, the theories and decisions, seemed +less and less convincing as I sat overlooking those shadowed, silent +grounds. So much depends on the point of view. Ordinarily, our will +gives us strength to believe wholly what we want to believe and nothing +else. But the powers of the will were unstable to-night, the whole seat +of being was shaken, and my fine theories in regard to Pescini seemed to +lack the stuff of truth. I suppose every man present provided some +satisfactory theory to fit the facts, for no other reason than that we +didn't want to change our conception of Things as They Are. Such a +course was essential to our own self-comfort and security. But my +Pescini theory seemed far-fetched. In that silence and that heat, +anything could be true at Kastle Krags! + +From this point my mind led logically to the most disquieting and +fearful thing of all. What was to prevent last night's crime from +recurring? + +It isn't hard to see the basis for such a thought. Some way, in these +last, stifling, almost maddening hours, it had become difficult to rely +implicitly on our rational interpretation of things. Certain things are +credible to the every-day man in the every-day mood--things such as +aeronautics and wireless, that to a savage mind would seem a thousand +times more incredible than mere witchcraft and magic--and certain things +simply can not and will not be believed. Society itself, our laws, our +customs, our basic attitude towards life depends on a fine balance of +what is credible and what is not, an imperious disbelief in any +manifestation out of the common run of things. It is altogether good for +society when this can be so. Men can not rise up from savagery until it +is so. As long as black magic and witchcraft haunt the souls of men, +there is nothing to trust, nothing to hold to or build towards, nothing +permanent or infallible on which to rely, and hope can not escape from +fear, and there is no promise that to-day's work will stand till +to-morrow. Men are far happier when they may master their own beliefs. +There is nothing so destructive to happiness, so favorable to the +dominion of Fear, as an indiscriminate credulity. Those African +explorers who have seen the curse of fear in the Congo tribes need not +be told this fact. + +But to-night this fine scorn of the supernatural and the bizarre was +some way gone from my being. It wasn't so easy to reject them now. Those +hide-and-seek, half-glimpsed, eerie phantasies that are hidden deep in +every man's subconscious mind were in the ascendancy to-night. They had +been implanted in the germ-plasm a thousand thousand generations gone, +they were a dim and mystic heritage from the childhood days of the race, +the fear and the dreads and horrors of those dark forests of countless +thousands of years ago, and they still lie like a shadow over the +fear-cursed minds of some of the more savage peoples. Civilization has +mostly got away from them, it has strengthened itself steadily against +them, building with the high aim of wholly escaping from them, yet no +man in this childlike world is wholly unknown to them. The blind, +ghastly fear of the darkness, of the unknown, of the whispering voice or +the rustling of garments of one who returns from beyond the void is an +experience few human beings can deny. + +The cold logic with which I looked on life was in some way shaken and +uncertain. The fanciful side of myself crept in and influenced all my +thought-processes. It was no longer possible to accept, with implicit +faith, that last night's crime was merely the expression of ordinary, +familiar moods and human passions, that it would all work out according +to the accepted scheme of things. Indeed the crime seemed no longer +_human_ at all. Rather it seemed just some deadly outgrowth of these +weird sands beside the mysterious lagoon. + +The crime had seemed a thing of human origin before, to be judged by +human standards, but now it had become associated, in my mind, with +inanimate sand and water. It was as if we had beheld the sinister +expression of some inherent quality in the place itself rather than the +men who had gathered there. It was hard to believe, now, that Florey had +been a mere actor in some human drama that in the end had led to murder. +He had been little and gray and obscure, seemingly apart from human +drama as the mountains are apart from the sea, and it was easier to +believe that he had been merely the unsuspecting victim of some outer +peril that none of us knew. Slain, with a ragged, downward cut through +the breast--and his body dragged into the lagoon! + +What was to prevent the same thing from happening again? Before the +week was done other of the occupants of that house might find themselves +walking in the gardens at night, down by the craggy shore of the +lagoon! Nealman, others of the servants, any one of the guests--Edith +herself--wouldn't circumstance, sooner or later, take them into the +shadow of that curse? Who could tell but that the whole thing might be +reenacted before this dreadful, sweltering night was done! + +The occupants of the house wouldn't be able to sleep to-night. Some of +them would go walking in the gardens, rambling further down the +beguiling garden paths that would take them at last to that craggy +margin of the inlet. Some of them might want a cool glimpse of the +lagoon itself. Would we hear that sharp, agonized, fearful scream again +streaming through the windows, gripping the heart and freezing the +blood in the veins? Any hour--any moment--such a thing might occur. + +But at that point I managed a barren and mirthless laugh. I was letting +childlike fancies carry me away--and I had simply tried to laugh them to +scorn. Surely I need not yield to such a mood as this, to let the +sweltering heat and the silence change me into a superstitious savage. +The thing to do was to move away from the window and direct my thought +in other channels. Yet I knew, as I argued with myself, that I was +curiously breathless and inwardly shaken. But these were nothing in +comparison with the fact that I was some way _expectant_, too, with a +dreadful expectancy beyond the power of naming. + +Then my laugh was cut short. And I don't know what half-strangled +utterance, what gagging expression of horror or regret or fulfilled +dread took its place on my lips as a distinct scream for help, agonized +and fearful, came suddenly, ripped through the darkness from the +direction of the lagoon. + + + + +CHAPTER XV + + +The most outstanding thing about that sound was its amazing loudness. It +was hard to believe that a human voice could develop such penetration +and volume. It had an explosive quality, bursting upon the eardrums with +no warning whatsoever, and the man who had cried out had evidently given +the full power of his lungs. It was probably true that the moist, hot +atmosphere, hanging almost without motion, was a perfect medium for +transmitting sound. Besides, my windows were open, facing the lagoon. + +I heard the sound die away. The silence dropped down again to find me +standing wholly motionless before the window, one hand resting on the +sill, seemingly with all power of action gone. It was a shattering blow +to spirit and hope that there was no further sound from that deathly +still lagoon. Further calls would indicate that the outcome of the +affair was still in doubt, that there was still use to hope and +struggle. But there was a sense of dreadful finality in that unbroken +silence. The drama that had raged on that craggy shore was already +closed and done. + +The sound had not been only a cry for help. It had been charged full of +the knowledge of impending death. + +Motion came back to my body; and I sprang to the door. The interlude +of inactivity couldn't have been more than a second in duration. That +still, upper corridor was coming to life. Some one flashed on a light at +the end of the hall, and the door of the room just opposite mine flew +open. Van Hope, also in dressing-gown and slippers, stood on the +threshold. + +He saw me, and pushed through into the hall. His face had an almost +incredible pallor in the soft light. In a moment his strong hand had +seized my arm. + +"Good God, I didn't dream that, did I?" he cried. "I was dozing--you +heard it, didn't you----" + +"Of course I heard----" + +"Some one screamed for help! I heard the word plain. Good Lord, it's +last night's work done over----" + +What he said thereafter I didn't hear. I was running down the hall +toward the stairway, and at the head of the stairs I almost collided +with Major Dell, just emerging from his room. He had evidently gone to +bed, and he had just had time to jerk on his trousers over his pajamas +and slip on a pair of romeos. The light was brighter here, and I got a +clear picture of his face. + +It is a curious thing what details imprint themselves ineffaceably +on the memory in a moment of crisis. Perhaps--as in the world of +beasts--all the senses are incalculably sharpened, the thought processes +are clean-cut and infallible, and images have a clarity unequalled at +any other time. I got the idea that Dell had been terribly moved by that +scream in the darkness. His emotion had seemingly been so violent that +it gave the impression of no emotion. His face looked blank as a sheet +of white paper. + +I rushed by him, and I heard him and Van Hope descending the stairs just +behind me. The hall was still lighted, but long shadows lay across the +broad veranda. Fargo, his book still in his hand, stood just outside the +door. + +"What was it, Killdare?" he asked me. "I couldn't tell from where it +was----" + +"The lagoon!" I answered. In the instant Van Hope and Dell caught up +with me, and the four of us raced down the driveway. + +Instinctively we went first to the place on the shore where Florey had +been slain the night before. The action was a clear indication of what +was in our minds--that this matter was in some way darkly related to the +crime of the night before. But the sand was bare, and the grass +unshadowed in the moonlight. + +For a moment we stood, aghast and shaken, gazing out over the lagoon. It +was still as glass. The tide was running out, and not a wave stirred in +all its darkened expanse. We saw the image of the moon far out, scarcely +wavering, and the long, bright trail that it made across the water to +our eyes. The night was still stifling hot, and the lagoon conveyed an +image of coolness. + +"Don't stand here!" Fargo cried. "We've got to make a search. Some poor +devil is likely lying somewhere in these gardens----" + +The house was lighted now, and in an uproar, and some of the other +guests were racing down the driveway to us. In this regard it might have +been last night's tragedy reenacted. There was, however, one significant +change. + +The iron self-control, the coolness, the perfect discipline of mind and +muscle that had marked the finding of the dead body on the shore the +preceding night was no longer entirely manifest. These northern men, +cold as flint ordinarily, were no longer wholly self-mastered. One +glance at their faces, loose and pale in the moonlight, and the first +sound of their voices told this fact only too plainly. It was not, +however, that they were completely broken. Their training and their +manhood was too good for that. + +We didn't stop to answer their queries. We began to search through the +gardens, examining every shadow, peering into every covert. We tried to +direct each other according to our several ideas as to the source of the +sound. We all agreed, however, that the sound had seemed to come from +the immediate vicinity of the natural rock wall that formed the lagoon. + +The next few moments were not very coherent. We called back and forth, +encountered one another in the shadows, knew moments of apprehension +when the brush walls cut us off from our fellows, but we found nothing +that might have explained that desperate cry of a few moments before. At +last some one called out commandingly from the shores of the lagoon. + +"Come here, every one," he said. The voice rose above our confused +utterances, and all of us, recognizing a leader, hurried to him. Pescini +was standing beside the craggy shore, a strange and imposing figure in +the wealth of moonlight, at the edge of that tranquil water. + +Pescini, after all, was showing himself one of the most self-mastered +men among us. Any one could read the fact in his voice. How white his +skin looked in the moonlight, how raven-black his mustache and beard! He +was still in the garb he had worn at dinner, immaculate and unruffled. + +"We're not getting anywhere," he said. "Is every one here?" + +"Here!" It was Joe Nopp's voice, and he immediately joined us. We waited +an instant, seeing if any further searchers were yet to come in. But the +thickets were as hushed as the lagoon itself. + +"Let's take another tack," Pescini said. "There's nothing in these +gardens. If there is we'll find it in an organized search. Remember--our +search got us nowhere last night. Let's count up, and see if we're all +all right." + +We waited for him to continue. All of us breathed deeply and hard. + +"Then let's go up to the house to do it," Nopp suggested. "We know we're +not all here now--there's no use getting alarmed before we're sure. Go +up to the living-room." + +His voice was oddly penetrative, wakening a whole flood of unwelcome +thoughts.... We were not all here, he said--seemingly not even all the +white occupants of Kastle Krags had obeyed the common instinct to answer +and investigate that cry! Yet it all might come to nothing, after all. A +close tabulation might account for every one--and that the remainder of +our party had merely not yet wakened. Stranger things have happened. +We told ourselves, in silent ways, that we had heard of men sleeping +through more fearful sounds than that! I agreed with Nopp that the thing +to do was to go to the living-room, make a careful count, and then see +where we stood. + +In a moment we had started back. We were not afraid we had left some of +our party still searching through the gardens. No man cared to be alone +out there to-night, and all of us kept close track of our fellows. Edith +was standing just before the veranda, on the driveway, as we came up. +The coroner, who had taken time fully to dress, met us half-way down the +lawns. + +We walked almost in silence; and quietly, rather grimly, Joe Nopp +flashed on all the lights of the big living-room. + +"Go ahead, Slatterly," he said to the sheriff, "See that we're all +here." + +"Let Killdare do it. I don't know you all, you know----" + +So I made the count, just as sometimes we did after raids over No Man's +Land. The sheriff and the constable were both present, Mrs. Gentry, the +housekeeper, was standing, pale but remarkably self-possessed, at the +inner door of the room. Of course I couldn't count up the blacks. Most +of them were evidently hiding in their rooms. And every one of the six +guests answered his name. + +"There's just one more name to give," Nopp said at last. + +"But there's no use naming it," some one answered in a queer, flat +voice. "He's not here." + +Nopp turned, and bounded like a deer up the stairs. All of us knew what +he had gone to do: to see if the missing man was in his room. And there +was nothing for us but to wait for his report. + +But in a moment we heard his step on the stairs. He sprang down among +us, and evidently his fine self-mastery was breaking within him. His +fine eyes held vivid points of light. + +"My God, he's gone," he said. "Not a sign of him." + +"It can't be true," Pescini answered. + +"It is. His bed is rumpled--but not thrown back or slept in." + +Von Hope, the missing man's closest friend, suddenly gasped aloud. "But +I won't believe it--not until we make a search!" he cried. "It can't be +true." + +"Believe it or not. Search through the grounds or call through the +house. Nealman's gone just as Florey's body went last night." + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + + +We searched through the house, grimly and purposefully; but Nealman, the +genial host of Kastle Krags, was neither revealed to our eyes or gave +answer to our calls. It was no longer possible to doubt but that it was +his voice that had uttered that fearful cry for help. + +While the coroner, whose special province is death, led the guests in a +detailed search through the grounds, Sheriff Slatterly and I examined +the missing man's room. And here I was to learn the contents of those +mysterious telegrams that had reached Nealman after the inquest of the +preceding day. + +They were lying on his desk, one of them torn in two as if in a fit of +anger, the other rumpled from a hundred readings. I read aloud to the +sheriff: + + BLAIR COMBINE FORCING I. S. AND H. TO BOTTOM. MOVE QUICK IF + YOU CAN. + +The second read: + + I. S. AND H. DOWN TO 28. ALL YOUR INDUSTRIALS SMASHED WIDE + OPEN. FLETCHER NEALMAN GOES DOWN IN SMASH. + +The sheriff halted in his search and took the messages from my hand. +"I'm not much up on the stock market," he said. "Do you know what these +mean----" + +"Not exactly. I know that I. S. and H. stock has taken a fearful +drop--if he had bought heavily on margin his whole fortune might have +been wiped out. Blair is a prominent speculator on the exchange. +Industrials refer, of course, to industrial stocks. Fletcher Nealman was +Mr. Nealman's uncle, supposed to be a man of great wealth----" + +"Then you think--Nealman was ruined financially?" He paused, seemingly +studying his hands. "I wonder if it could be true." + +"You mean of course--the same thing that you guessed about Florey. +Suicide?" + +"Yes. I'll admit there's plenty against it." + +"If suicide--why did he cry for help?" + +"Many a man cries for help after he's started to do himself in. The +darkness scares 'em, when it's too late to turn back. That wouldn't +puzzle me at all. Killdare, do you know the importance of example?" + +"I know that what one man does, another's likely to do." + +"I'm not saying that Nealman killed himself, but listen how much there +is to say for such a theory. You're right--what one man does, another's +likely to do. A curious thing about suicides, Weldon tells me, is that +they usually come in droves. One man sets an example for another. Say +you're worrying to death about something, sick perhaps, or financially +ruined, and you hear of some fellow--some chap you know, perhaps, a man +you respect almost as much as you respect yourself--suddenly getting out +of all his difficulties all nice and quiet--with one little click to the +head? Isn't it likely you'd begin thinking about the same thing for +yourself? Call it mob psychology--I only know it happens in fact. + +"I'm more confident than ever that Florey did himself in, on account of +his sickness. Here was Nealman, worried to death over money matters, +holding a lot of options on a falling market. It's true that we didn't +find Florey's knife, but who can say but maybe Nealman himself threw it +into the lagoon, and dragged the body afterward, so that no one would +guess it was suicide. He liked Florey--he didn't want any one to know +he had done himself in. Maybe he was thinking already about doing the +same thing to himself, and in such a case he'd been glad enough to have +some one hide the evidence of suicide. To-day he gets word of a final +smash, and he stays all day in his room, brooding about it. To-night +comes this heat--enough to drive a man crazy. Maybe he just called out +to make us think it was murder. Proud men don't usually want the world +to know that they've killed themselves. + +"Then there's one other thing--more important still. What's that book, +open, on the table?" + +I glanced at its leathern cover. "The Bible," I told him. + +"The Holy Book. And how often do you find a worldly man like this +Nealman getting out the Bible and reading it? Doesn't it show that he +was planning something mighty serious--that he wanted to give his soul +every chance before he took the last step? It's a common thing for +suicides to read the Bible the last thing. And what are these?" + +He showed me a rumpled sheet of paper, procured from the waste-basket, +on which had been written a number of unrelated figures. + +"I can't say," I told him. "Probably he was doing some figuring about +his losses." + +"Looks to me like he was out of his head--was just writin' any old +figures down. But maybe you're right." + +It was true that the bed had not been slept in. Nealman had lain down on +it, however, and disarranged the spread. Many cigarette and cigar stubs +filled the smoking stand, and a half-filled whiskey-and-soda glass stood +on the window sill. + +No other clews were revealed, so we went down to the study. The guests +of Kastle Krags had not gone back to their beds. They sat in a little +white-faced group beside the window, talking quietly. Marten beckoned +the sheriff to his side. + +"What have you found out, Slatterly?" he asked. + +He spoke like a man used to having his questions answered. There was a +note of impatience in his voice, too, perhaps of distrust. Slatterly +straightened. + +"Nothing definite. Nealman has unquestionably vanished. His bed hasn't +been slept in, but is ruffled. Undoubtedly it was his voice we heard. I +think I'll be able to give you something definite in a little while." + +"I'd like something definite now, if you could possibly give it. That's +two men that have disappeared in two nights--and we seem to be no nearer +an explanation than we were at first. This isn't a business that can be +delayed, Mr. Slatterly." + +"If you must know--I think both men committed suicide." + +"You do!" + +"It certainly is the most reasonable theory, in spite of all there is +against it." Then he told of Nealman's financial disaster, of the Bible +open on his desk, and all the other points he had to back his theory. + +"And I suppose Florey swallowed his knife, and threw his own body into +the lagoon!" Fargo commented grimly. + +Slatterly turned to him, his eyes hard and bright. "We'll have your +jokes to-morrow," he reproved him sternly. "Of course some one else did +that. I've got a theory--not yet proven--to explain it, but I can't give +it out yet." + +"How do you account for Florey's body not being found in the lagoon?" +Marten asked quietly. + +"I can't account for it. We might have missed it--I don't see how we +could, but we might have done so. I'm going to have men dragging the +lagoon all day, over and over again--until we find _both_ bodies." + +"You are convinced that Nealman, too, lies dead in the lagoon?" + +"Where else could he be? Did you hear that cry a few hours ago?" + +"Good Heavens! Could I ever forget it? My old friend----" + +"Was it faked? Could any man have faked a cry like that?" + +"Heavens, no! It had the fear and the agony of death right in it. There +can't be any hope of that, Slatterly." + +The sheriff gazed about the little circle of white faces. No one +dissented. That cry was real, and there had been tragic need and +extremity behind it: we knew that fact if we knew that we lived. +Evidently the sheriff had completely given over the theory that he had +suggested, half-heartedly, to me--that Nealman might have cried out to +hide the fact of his own suicide. + +"No man could have cried out like that to deceive, and then disappear. +No, Mr. Marten, the man that gave that cry is dead, in all probability +in the lagoon, and there seems no doubt but that Nealman was the man." + +"Yet you think he was a suicide." + +"A suicide often cries out for help when it is too late to back out. But +of course--I can't say for sure." + +"You're mistaken in that, Slatterly." Van Hope drew himself together +with a perceptible effort. "I've known this man for years--and in the +end, you'll see it isn't suicide. He wasn't the type that commits +suicide. He's young, he'd be getting himself together to meet that Blair +gang that ruined him and chase 'em into their holes. The suicide theory +is far-fetched, at best." + +"It may be," the sheriff agreed. "I only wish there could be some light +thrown on this affair----" + +"There will be, Slatterly." Marten's voice dropped almost to a monotone. +"This is too big a deal for one man--or two men either. We've been +talking, and we've decided to send for some one to help you out." + +"You have, eh?" Slatterly stiffened. "If I need help I can send through +my own channels--get some state or national detectives----" + +"That's all right. Get 'em if you want to. The more the better. But +you haven't got any help yet--even the district attorney has failed +to come and won't come for at least a day or two more. We've got a +private detective in mind--one of the biggest in America. His name's +Lacone--you've heard of him. It won't be an official matter at all. Van +Hope is hiring him--a wholly private enterprise. I know you'll all be +glad to have his co-operation." + +"If it's a private venture, I have nothing further to say," Slatterly +told him stiffly. "When do you expect him?" + +"He's operating in the Middle West. He can't possibly make it until day +after to-morrow----" + +"Twenty-four hours, eh?" + +"It's after midnight now. Probably not for forty-eight hours." + +"By that time, I hope to have the matter solved." Then his business took +him elsewhere, and he strode away. + +There was one thing more I could do. It was an obligation, and yet, +because it was in the way of service, it was a happiness too. I climbed +the broad stairs and stopped at last before Edith's door. + +She called softly in answer to my knock. And in a moment she had opened +the door. + +She was fully dressed, waiting ready for any call that might be made +upon her. And the picture that she made, framed in the doorway, went +straight to my heart. + +Her eyes were still lustrous with tears, and the high girlish color and +the light of happiness was gone from her face. It was wistful, like that +of a grief-stricken child. Her voice was changed too, in spite of all +her struggle to make it sound the same. And at first I stood helpless, +not knowing what to say or do. + +"I came--just to see if I could be of any aid--in any way." + +"I don't think you can," she answered. "It's so good of you, though, to +remember----" + +"There's no one to notify--no telegrams to send----" + +"I don't think so, yet. We're not sure yet. Ned, is there any chance for +him to be alive----" + +"Not any." + +Her hand touched my arm. "You haven't any idea how he died?" + +"No. It's absolutely baffling. But try not to think about it. Everything +will come out right for you, in the end." + +I hadn't meant to say just that--to recall her to the uncertainty of her +own future now that her uncle, financially ruined, had disappeared. + +"I'm not thinking--about what will happen to me." She suddenly +straightened, and her eyes kindled. "About the other--Ned, I'm not going +to try to keep from thinking about it. I'm going to think about it all I +can, until I see it through. Only thought, and keen, true thought, can +help us now. I've had to do a lot of thinking in my life, overcoming +difficulties. And there's no one really vitally interested but me--I was +the closest relative, except for his uncle, that Nealman had. I'm going +to find out the mystery of that lagoon! Perhaps, in finding it, I can +solve a lot of other problems too--perhaps the one you just mentioned. +Uncle Grover was kind to me, he gave me his protection and shelter--and +I'm going to know what killed him!" + +I found myself staring into her blazing, determined eyes. She meant what +she said. The fire of a zealot was in her face. "Good Heavens, Edith! +That isn't work for a woman----" + +"It's work for anybody, with a clear enough brain to see the truth, and +courage to prove it out----" + +In some mysterious way her hands had got into mine. We were standing +face to face in the shadowed hall. "But promise me--you won't go into +danger!" + +"I promise--that I'll take every precaution--to preserve myself." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + + +As soon as daylight came the coroner held another inquest. Again the +occupants of the great manor house, black and white, were gathered in +the living-room, and the coroner called on each person in turn. Possible +suspects had been numerous in the case of Florey's death: in regard to +this second mystery they seemingly included almost every one in the +house. + +I was able to state positively that Major Dell and Van Hope were in +their own rooms at the time, or such a short time afterward as to +preclude them from any possible connection with the crime. I had seen +the latter on his threshold: both of us had encountered Major Dell as he +emerged from his room, his trousers slipped on over his pajamas. The +court had to take each man's word in every other instance. + +The coroner questioned Fargo particularly closely. I had testified that +we had met him, at the lower hallway, fully dressed, and evidently the +official attributed sinister importance to the fact. Fargo stood tightly +by his guns, however, testifying that he sat in the same chair in the +library from shortly after the dinner hour until he had heard the +scream. + +"What was the nature of the scream, Mr. Fargo?" the coroner asked. + +"It was very high and loud--I would say a very frantic scream." + +"You would say it was a cry of agony? Like some one mortally wounded?" + +"I wouldn't hardly think so." + +"And why not?" + +"I don't think a wounded man could have uttered that scream. It was too +loud and strong--given by a man whose strength was still largely +unimpaired." + +The coroner leaned nearer. "How further would you describe it?" + +"It was a distinct cry for help," Fargo answered. "The word he said was +'Help'--I heard it distinctly. But it wasn't a cry of any one mortally +injured. If anything, it was a cry of--fear." + +"Where did it come from?" + +"From the lagoon." + +The coroner's eyes snapped. "If you knew it was from the lagoon why did +you ask Mr. Killdare, when he encountered you last night, where it was +from." + +Fargo stiffened, meeting his gaze. "I wasn't sure last night, Mr. +Weldon," he answered. "I knew it was somewhere in that direction. When +Mr. Killdare said it was from the lagoon I instantly knew he was right. +I can't say just how I knew. All the testimony I've heard to-day proves +the same thing." + +"No one wants you to tell what other people have testified, Mr. Fargo," +the coroner reproved him. "We want to know what you saw with your own +eyes and heard with your own ears and what you thought at the time, not +now. To go further. You think that the cry was uttered by a man whose +strength was unimpaired. A strong, full-lunged cry. Moreover, it was +given in deadly fear. Does that suggest anything in your mind?" + +"I don't see what you are getting at." + +"You say it was a long, full-voiced cry. Or did you say it was long?" + +"I don't think I said so. It was rather long-drawn, though. It's +impossible to give a full-lunged cry without having it give the effect +of being long-drawn." + +"You would say it lasted--how long?" + +"A second, I should say. Certainly not more. Just about a second." + +"A second is a long time, isn't it, Mr. Fargo, when a man stands at the +brink of death. Often the tables can be turned in as long a time as a +second. Many times a second has given a man time to save his life--to +prepare a defense--even to flee. Does it seem to you unusual that a man +would give that much energy and time to cry for help when he was still +uninjured, and still had a second of life." + +"Not at all--under certain circumstances." + +"What circumstances?" + +"It would depend on the nature of the force. A man might see--that while +he still had strength left to fight, he wouldn't have the least chance +to win." + +"Exactly. Yet if a man had time to call out that way, he'd at least have +time to run. A man can take a big jump in a second, Fargo." + +Fargo's voice fell. "Perhaps he couldn't run." + +"Ah!" The coroner paused. "Because he was in the grasp of his +assailant?" + +"Yes." + +"Yet he still had his strength left. Nealman was a man among men, wasn't +he, Fargo?" + +"Indeed he was!" Fargo's eyes snapped. "I'd like to see any one deny +it." + +"He wasn't a coward then. He'd fight as long as he had a chance, instead +of giving all his energies to yelling for help--help that could not +reach him short of many seconds. In other words, Nealman knew that he +didn't have the least kind of a fighting chance. He was in the grasp of +his assailant so he couldn't run. And his assailant was strong--and +powerful enough--that there was no use to fight him." + +It was curious how his voice rang in that silent room. Fargo had leaned +back in his chair, as if the words struck him like physical blows. A +negro janitor at one side inhaled with a sharp, distinct sound. + +"It might have been more than one man," Fargo suggested uneasily. + +"Do you believe it was?" + +"I don't know. It's wholly a blank to me." + +"Have you any theory where the body is?" + +"I suppose--in the lagoon." + +"Would you say that cry was given while he was in the water?" + +"I hardly think so. I'm slightly known as a swimmer, Mr. Weldon--was +once, anyway, and I know something about the water. A drowning man can't +call that loud. Mr. Nealman was a corking good swimmer himself--nothing +fancy at all, but fairly well able to take care of himself. When he +disappeared the tide was running out--the lagoon on this side of the +rock wall was still as glass. If Mr. Nealman, through some accident or +other, fell in that lagoon he'd swim out--unless he was held in. At +least he'd try to swim out. And by the time he found out he couldn't +make the shore, he'd be so tired he couldn't cry out like he did last +night." + +"I see your point. I don't know that it would always work out. +Occasionally a man--simply loses his nerve." + +"Not Nealman--in still water, most of which isn't over five feet deep." + +"'Unless he was held in,' you say. What do you think held him in?" + +Fargo's hands gripped his chair-arms. "Mr. Weldon, I don't know what you +want me to say," he answered clearly. "I feel the same way about this +mystery that I felt about the other--that human enemies did him to +death. I don't think anything held him in. I think he was dead before +ever he was thrown into the water. I think two or three men--perhaps +only one--surrounded him--probably pointed a gun at him. He yelled for +help, and they killed him--probably with a knife or black-jack. That's +the whole story." + +The coroner dismissed him, then slowly gazed about the circle. For the +first time I began to realize that these mysteries of Kastle Krags were +pricking under his skin. He looked baffled, irritated, his temper was +lost, as gone as the missing men themselves. + +Ever his attitude was more belligerent, pugnacious. His lips were set in +a fighting line, his eyes scowled, and evidently he intended to wring +the testimony from his witnesses by third degree methods. Suddenly he +whirled to Pescini. + +"How did you happen to be fully dressed at the time of Nealman's +disappearance last night?" he demanded. + +Pescini met his gaze coolly and easily. Perhaps little points of light +glittered in his eyes, but his pale face was singularly impassive. "I +hadn't gone to bed," he answered simply. + +"How did that happen? Do you usually wait till long after midnight to go +to bed?" + +"Not always. I have no set hour. Last night I was reading." + +"Some book that was in your room?" + +"A book I had carried with me. 'The diary of a Peruvian Princess' was +the title. An old book--but exceedingly interesting." + +He spoke gravely, yet it was good to hear him. "I'll make a note of it," +the coroner said, falling into his mood. But at once he got back to +business. "You didn't remove your coat?" + +"No. I got so interested that I forgot to make any move towards bed." + +The coroner paused, then took another tack. "You've known Nealman for a +long time, have you not, Pescini?" + +"Something over four years, I should judge." + +"You knew him in a business way?" + +"More in a social way. We had few business dealings." + +"Ah!" The coroner seemed to be studying the pattern of the rugs. "The +inquiry of the other day showed you and he from the same city. I suppose +you moved largely in the same circle. Belonged to the same clubs, and +all that? Mr. Pescini, was Nealman a frequent visitor to your house?" + +The witness seemed to stiffen. The coroner leaned forward in his chair. + +"He came quite often," the former replied quietly. "He was a rather +frequent dinner guest. He and I liked to talk over various subjects." + +"You will pardon me, Mr. Pescini, if I have to venture into personal +subjects--subjects that will be unpleasant for you to discuss. This +inquiry, however, takes the place of a formal inquest. Two men have +disappeared. It is the duty of the state, whose representative I am, to +spare no man's sensibilities in finding out the truth. We've got to get +down to cases. You understand that, I suppose." + +"Perfectly." Pescini leaned back, folding his hands. "Perfectly," he +said again. + +"I believe you recently filed and won a suit for divorce against your +wife, Marie Pescini. Isn't this true?" + +The witness nodded. None of us heard him speak. + +"May I ask what was your grounds, stated in your complaint?" + +"I don't see that it makes any difference. The grounds were the only +ones by which divorce can be granted in the State of New York." + +"Infidelity, I believe?" + +"Yes. Infidelity." + +"You named certain co-respondents?" + +"Yes." + +"I ask you this. Was there any man whom you regarded as one of those +that had helped to break up your home that, for any reason in the world, +you did not name in your complaint?" + +"There was not. You are absolutely off on the wrong track." + +The coroner dismissed him pre-emptorily, then turned to Edith Nealman. +He asked her the usual questions, with considerable care and in rather +surprising detail--how long she had worked as Nealman's secretary, +whether he had any enemies; he sounded her as to the missing man's +habits, his finances, his most intimate life. + +"When did you last see Mr. Nealman?" he asked quickly. + +"Just before yesterday's inquest--when he went to his room." + +"He didn't call you for any work?" + +"No." + +"You didn't see him in the corridor--in his room--in the study adjoining +his room--or anywhere else?" + +"No." Edith's face was stark white, and her voice was very low. Not one +of us could ever forget how she looked--that slim, girlish figure in the +big chair, the frightened eyes, the pale, sober face. The coroner +smiled, a little, grim smile that touched some unpleasant part of me, +then abruptly turned to Mrs. Gentry, the housekeeper. + +"I'll have to ask you to give publicly, Mrs. Gentry, the testimony you +gave me before this inquest." + +"I didn't tell you that to speak out in court," the woman replied, +angrily. "There wasn't nothin' to it, anyway. I'm sorry I told you----" + +"That's for me to decide--whether there was anything to it. It won't +injure any one who is innocent, Mrs. Gentry. What happened, about +ten-thirty or eleven o'clock." + +The woman answered as if under compulsion--in the helpless voice of one +who, in a long life's bitter struggle, has learned the existence of many +masters. Mrs. Gentry had learned to yield. To her this trivial court was +a resistless power, many of which existed in her world. + +"I was at the end of the corridor on the second floor--tendin' to a +little work. Then I saw Miss Edith come stealin' out of her room." + +"You say she was 'stealing.' Describe how she came. Did she give the +impression of trying to go--unseen?" + +"Yes. I don't think she wanted any one to see her. She went on tip-toe." + +"Did she carry anything in her hands?" + +"Yes. She had a black book, not big and not little either. She had it +under her arm. She crept along the hall, and a door opened to let her +in." + +"What door was it?" + +"The door of Mr. Nealman's suite--a little hall, with one door leading +into his chamber--the other to his study." + +"Nealman opened the door for her, then?" + +"Yes. I saw his sleeve as he closed it behind her." + +The coroner's face grew stern, and he turned once more to Edith. To all +outward appearance she hadn't heard the testimony. She leaned easily in +her big chair, and her palm rested under her chin. Her eyes were shadowy +and far-away. + +"How can you account for that, Miss Nealman?" Weldon asked. + +"There's nothing I can say about it," was her quiet answer. + +"You admit it's true, then?" + +"I can't make Mrs. Gentry out a liar." It seemed to me that a dim smile +played at her lips; but it was a thing even closely watching eyes might +easily mistake. "It's perfectly true." + +"Then why, Miss Nealman, did you tell us a few minutes ago you hadn't +seen Mr. Nealman since afternoon? That was a lie, was it not? I didn't +ask you to take formal oath when you gave me your testimony. I presumed +you'd stay by the truth. Why did you tell us what you did?" + +"I didn't see any use in trying to explain. I didn't tell you--because +Mr. Nealman asked me not to." + +A little shiver of expectancy passed over the court. "What do you mean?" + +"Just that--he asked me to tell no one about my visit to the little +study adjoining his room. The whole thing was simply this--there's +certainly no good in withholding it any more. About eleven he rang for +me. There is a bell, you know, that connects that study with my room. I +answered it as I've always done. He asked me if I had a Bible--and I +told him I did. He asked me to get it for him, as quietly as possible. + +"I got it--quietly as possible--just as he said. There was nothing very +peculiar about it--he often wants some book out of the library. I gave +him the book and he dismissed me, first asking me to tell no one, under +any conditions, that he had asked for it. I didn't know why he asked it, +but he is my employer, and I complied with his request. Mrs. Gentry saw +me as I was coming down the hall with the Bible under my arm. I didn't +tell you about it because he asked me not to." + +"It was your Bible, then, that we found in his room?" + +"Of course." + +"Mr. Nealman was given to reading the Bible at various times?" + +"On the contrary I don't think he ever read it. He didn't have a copy. +He was not, outwardly, according to the usual manifestations, a highly +religious man." + +"Yet you say he was intrinsically religious? At least, that he had +religious instincts?" + +"He had very fine instincts. He had a great deal of natural religion." + +"You often brought him books, you say. Yet you must have thought it +peculiar--that he would ask for the Bible--in the dead of night." + +"Yes." Her voice dropped a tone. "Of course it was peculiar." + +"Then why didn't you notify some one about it?" + +"Because he told me not to." + +The coroner seemed baffled--but only for an instant. "Did it occur to +you that he was perhaps trying to get some religious consolation--just +before he took some important or tragic step? Did the thought +of--suicide ever occur to you?" + +"No. It didn't occur to me. My uncle didn't commit suicide." + +"You have only your beliefs as to that?" + +"Yes, but they are enough. I know him too well. I'm sure he didn't +commit suicide." + +"How did he appear when you talked to him--excited, frenzied? Did he +seem changed at all?" + +"I think he was somewhat excited. His eyes were very bright. I wouldn't +call him desperate, however. He was dressed in the flannels he had worn +when he went to his room. Of course he looked dreadfully worn and +tired--he had been through a great deal that day. As you know he had +just heard about his frightful losses on the stock exchange, wiping out +his entire fortune and even leaving some few debts." + +"You went away quietly--at once? Leaving him to read the Bible?" + +"Very soon. We talked a few minutes, perhaps." + +Then the coroner began upon a series of questions that were abhorrent to +every man in the room. There was nothing to do, however, but to listen +to them in silence. The man was within his rights. + +"You say that Nealman was your uncle?" he asked. + +The girl's eyes fastened on his, and narrowed as we watched her. "Of +course. My father's brother." + +"A blood relative, eh?" The coroner spoke more slowly, carefully. "I +suppose you could prove that point to the satisfaction of a court." + +"With a little time. I'd have to go back to the records of my own old +home. What are you getting at?" + +"What was your father's name, may I ask?" + +"Henry H. Nealman." + +"Older or younger than Grover Nealman?" + +"Nearly ten years older, or thereabouts." + +"Where was Mr. Nealman born?" + +"In Rensselaer, New York. His father was named Henry H. Nealman, also. +He was a rug manufacturer. There was also one sister that died many +years ago--Grace Nealman. Are you satisfied that I am really his niece, +Mr. Weldon?" + +"Perfectly." The coroner nodded, slowly. "Perfectly satisfied." + +He dismissed her, but it came about that I failed to hear the testimony +given immediately thereafter. One of Slatterly's men that had been sent +for to help him drag the lake brought me in a telegram. + +It was the belated answer to the wire I had sent to Mrs. Noyes, of New +Hampshire the previous day, and signed by the woman's husband. It read +as follows: + + MY WIFE DIED LAST MONTH LEAVING ME TO MOURN. THE LETTERS + WERE UNQUESTIONABLY FROM GEORGE FLOREY DAVID'S BROTHER. THEY + HAVE BEEN BITTER ENEMIES SINCE YOUTH OVER SOME SECRET + BUSINESS. FIND GEORGE FLOREY AND YOU WILL FIND THE MURDERER. + I HAVEN'T EVER SEEN HIM AND SO FAR HAVE BEEN UNABLE TO FIND + PHOTO. IF ONE TURNS UP I WILL SEND IT ON. + + WILLIAM NOYES. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + + +Grover Nealman had disappeared, and no search could bring him back to +Kastle Krags. The hope that we all had, that some way, some how he would +reappear--destroying in a moment that strange, ghastly tradition that +these last two nights had established--died in our souls as the daylight +hours sped by. Even if we could have found him dead it would have been +some relief. In that case we could ascribe his death to something we +could understand--a sudden sickness, a murderer's blow, perhaps even his +own hand at his throat, all of which were within our bourne of human +experience. But it was vaguely hard for us to have two men go, on +successive nights, and have no knowledge whence or how they had gone. + +Of course no man hinted at this hardship. It was simply the sort of +thing that could not be discussed by intelligent men. Yet we were human, +only a few little generations from the tribal fire and the +witch-doctors, and it got under our skins. + +Grover Nealman's body was not lying in some unoccupied part of the +house, nor did we find him in the gardens. Telephone messages were +sent, but Nealman had not been seen. And after six hours of patient +search, under that Floridan sun, it was no longer easy to believe that +he lay at the bottom of the lagoon. + +The sheriff's men dragged tirelessly, widening out their field of search +until it covered most of the lagoon, but they found neither Nealman nor +Florey. Some of the work was done in the flow-tide, when the waves +breaking on the rocky barrier made the lagoon itself choppy and rough. +They came in tired and discouraged, ready to give up. + +In the meantime Van Hope had heard from Lacone--but his message was not +very encouraging either. It would likely be forty hours, he said, before +he could arrive at Kastle Krags. Of course Van Hope and his friends +agreed that there was nothing to do but wait for him. + +The sun reached high noon and then began his long, downward drift to the +West. The shadows slowly lengthened almost imperceptibly at first, but +with gradually increasing speed. The heat of the day climbed, reached +its zenith; the diamond-back slept heavily in the shade, a deadly +slumber that was evil to look upon; and the water-moccasin hung +lifelessly in his thickets--and then, so slowly as to pass belief, the +little winds from the West sprang up, bringing relief. It would soon be +night at Kastle Krags. The afternoon was almost gone. + +Not one of those northern men mentioned the fact. They were +Anglo-Saxons, and that meant there were certain iron-clad restraints on +their speech. Because of this inherent reserve they had to bottle up +their thoughts, harbor them in silence, with the risk of a violent nerve +explosion in the end. Insanity is not common among the Latin peoples. +They find easy expression in words for all the thoughts that plague +them, thus escaping that strain and tension that works such havoc on the +nervous system. Slatterly and Weldon, native Floridans, had learned a +certain sociability and ease of expression under that tropical sun, +impossible to these cold, northern men; and consequently the day passed +easier for them. Likely they talked over freely the mystery of Kastle +Krags, relieved themselves of their secret dreads, and awaited the +falling of the night with healthy, unburdened minds. They were naturally +more superstitious than the Northerners. They had listened to Congo +myths in the arms of colored mammies in infancy. But superstition, while +a retarding force to civilization, is sometimes a mighty consolation +to the spirit. The tribes of Darkest Africa, seeing many things that +in their barbarism they can not understand, find it wiser to turn +to superstition than to go mad. Thus they escape that bitter, +nerve-wracking struggle of trying to adjust some inexplicable mystery +with their every-day laws of matter and space and time. They likely find +it happier to believe in witchcraft than to fight hopelessly with fear +in silence. + +A little freedom, a little easy expression of secret thoughts might have +redeemed those long, silent hours just before nightfall. But no man told +another what he was really thinking, and every man had to win his battle +for himself. The result was inevitable: a growing tension and suspense +in the very air. + +It was a strange atmosphere that gathered over Kastle Krags in those +early evening hours. Some way it gave no image of reality. It was +vaguely hard to talk--the mind moved along certain channels and could +not be turned aside. We couldn't disregard the fact that the night was +falling. The hours of darkness were even now upon us. And no man could +keep from thinking of their possibilities. + +I noticed a certain irritability on the part of all the guests. +Their nerves were on edge, their tempers--almost forgotten in their +years of social intercourse--excitable and uncertain. They were all +pre-occupied, busy with their own thoughts--and a man started when +another spoke to him. + +It couldn't be truly said that they had been conquered by fear. These +were self-reliant, masterful men, trained from the ground up to be +strong in the face of danger. Yet the mystery of Kastle Krags was +getting to them. They couldn't forget that for two nights running some +power that dwelt on that eerie shore had claimed one of the occupants of +the manor house--and that a third night was even now encroaching over +the forest. Any legend however strange concerning the old house could +not wake laughter now. It was true that from time to time one of +the guests laughed at another's sallies, but always the sound rang +shockingly loud over the verandas and was some way disquieting to every +one that heard it. Nor did we hear any happy, carefree laughter such as +had filled the halls that first night. Rather these were nervous, +excited sounds, conveying no image of mirth, and jarring unpleasantly on +us all. + +The hot spell of the previous night was fortunately broken, yet some of +us chose to sit on the verandas. Through rifts in the trees we could +watch the darkness creeping over the sea and the lagoon. There was no +pleasure here--but it was some way better than staying in our rooms and +letting the night creep upon us unawares. It seemed better to face it +and watch it, staring away into it with rather bright, wide-open +eyes.... + +The trees blurred on the lawns. The trunks faded until they seemed like +the trunks of ghost-trees, haunting that ancient shore. It was no longer +possible to distinguish twig from twig where the branches overlapped. + +The green grass became a strange, dusky blue; the gray sand of the shore +whitened; the blue-green waters turned to ink except for their +silver-white caps of foam. Watching closely, our eyes gradually adjusted +themselves to the fading light, conveying the impression that the +twilight was of unusual length. Perhaps we didn't quite know when the +twilight ended and the night began. + +The usual twilight sounds reached us with particular vividness from the +lagoon and the forest and the shore. We heard the plover, as ever; and +deeper voices--doubtless those of passing sea-birds, mingled with +theirs. But the sounds came intermittently, sharp and penetrating out of +the darkness and the silence, and they always startled us a little. +Sometimes the thickets rustled in the gardens--little, hushed noises +none of us pretended to hear. A frog croaked, and the hushed little +wind creaked the tree-limbs together. Once some wild creature--possibly +a wildcat, but more likely a great owl--filled the night with his weird, +long-drawn cry. We all turned, and Van Hope, sitting near by, smiled +wanly in the gloom. + +Darkness had already swept the verandas, and Van Hope's was the only +face I could see. The others were already blurred, and even their forms +were mere dark blotches of shadow. A vague count showed that there was +six of us here--and I was suddenly rather startled by the thought that I +didn't know just who they were. The group had changed from time to time +throughout the evening, some of the men had gone and others had taken +their chairs, and now the darkness concealed their identities. It +shouldn't have made any difference, yet I found myself dwelling, with a +strange persistency, on the subject. + +The reason got down to the simple fact that, in this house of mystery, +a man instinctively wanted to keep track of all his fellows. He wanted +to know where they were and what they were doing. He found himself +worrying when one of them was gone. I suppose it was the instinct of +protection--a feeling that a man's absence might any moment result in +a shrill scream of fear or death in the darkness. Van Hope sat to my +left, a little further to the right was Weldon, the coroner. There were +three chairs further to the right, but which of the five remaining +guests occupied them I did not know. + +Three white men--two of the guests and the sheriff--were unaccounted +for. My better intelligence told me that they were either in the +living-room or the library, perhaps in their own rooms, yet it was +impossible to forget that these men were of the white race, largely free +from the superstition that kept the blacks safely from the perilous +shores of the lagoon. Any one of a dozen reasons might send them walking +down through the gardens to those gray crags from which they might never +return. + +I found myself wondering about Edith, too. She had excused herself and +had gone to her room, ostensibly to bed, but I couldn't forget our +conversation of the previous night and her resolve to fathom the mystery +of her uncle's disappearance. Would she remain in the security of her +room, or must I guard her, too? + +How slow the time passed! The darkness deepened over land and sea. The +moon had not yet risen--indeed it would not appear until after midnight. +The great, white Floridan stars, however, had pushed through the dark +blue canopy of the night, and their light lay softly over the gardens. +The guests talked in muffled tones, their excited laughter ringing out +at ever longer intervals. The coals of their cigars glowed like +fireflies in the gloom. + +By ten o'clock two of the six chairs were vacant. Two of the guests had +tramped away heavily to their rooms, not passing so near that I could +make sure of their identity. Soon after this a very deep and curious +silence fell over the veranda. + +The two men to my right, Weldon the coroner and one of the guests, were +smoking quietly, evidently in a lull in their conversation. I didn't +particularly notice them. Their silence was some way natural and easy, +nothing to startle the heart or arrest the breath. If they had been +talking, however, perhaps the moment would have never got hold of me as +it did. The silence seemed to deepen with an actual sense of motion, +like something growing, and a sensation as inexplicable as it was +unpleasant slowly swept over me. + +It was a creepy, haunting feeling that had its origin somewhere beyond +the five senses. Outwardly there was nothing to startle me, unless it +was that curious, deepening silence. The darkness, the shore, the +starlit gardens were just the same. Nor was it a perceptible, abrupt +start. It came slowly, growing, creeping through me. I had no +inclination to make any perceptible motion, or to show that anything was +different than it was before. I turned slowly to Van Hope, sitting to my +left. + +Instinctively I knew that here was the source of my alarm. It was +something that my subconscious self had picked up from him. He was +sitting motionless in his chair, his hand that held his cigar half +raised to his lips, staring away into the distant gardens. + +There is something bad for the spirit in the sight of an entirely +motionless figure. The reason is simply that it is out of accord with +nature--that the very soul of things, from the tree on the hill to the +stars in the sky, is motion never ending. A figure suddenly changed to +stone focuses the attention much more surely than any sudden sound or +movement. Perhaps it has its origin in the deep-hidden instincts, +harking back to those long ago times when the sudden arresting of all +motion on the part of the companion indicated the presence of some great +danger and an attempt to escape its gaze. Even to-day it indicates a +thought so compelling that the half-unconscious physical functions are +suspended: a fear or a sensation so violent that life seems to die in +the body. + +Van Hope couldn't get his cigar to his lips. He held it between his +fingers, a few inches in front. He was watching so intently that his +face looked absolutely blank. A little shiver that was some way related +to fear passed over me, and I had all the sensations of being violently +startled. Then Van Hope suddenly got to his feet with a short, low +exclamation. + +Our nerves on edge, instantly all three of us were beside him--Weldon, +myself, and Joe Nopp. All of us tried to follow his gaze into the gloom. +"What is it?" Weldon asked. + +Van Hope, seemingly scarcely aware of us before, instantly rallied his +faculties and turned to us. In a single instant he had wrenched back +complete self-control--an indication of self-mastery such as I had +rarely seen surpassed. He smiled a little, in the gloom, and dropped his +hand to his side. + +"I suppose it was nothing," he answered. "I guess I'm jumpy. Maybe half +asleep. But I saw some one--walking through the gardens down by the +lagoon." + +Van Hope spoke rather lightly, in a wholly commonplace voice. He had not +been, however, half asleep. The frozen face I had seen was of complete +wakefulness. + +"A man, you say--down by the lagoon?" Weldon asked. + +"Yes. Of course there's always a chance for a mistake. Probably it +wouldn't be anything anyway--just one of the men getting a little air. +Watch a minute--maybe you'll see him again." + +We watched in silence, and listened to one another's breathing. But the +faint shadows, in that starlit vista, were unwavering. + +"It wasn't likely anything----" Van Hope said apologetically. "I was +thinking, though, that any stranger ought to be investigated----" + +"He had, too," Weldon agreed. "Not just any stranger. Any one who goes +walking down there in the darkness ought to be questioned--whether he's +one of us or not. But are you sure you saw anything?" + +"Not sure at all. I thought I did, though. I thought I saw him step, +distinctly, through a rift in the trees. Excuse me for bothering you." + +None of us felt any embarrassment on Van Hope's account, or any +superciliousness if he had been unnecessarily alarmed. It was wholly +natural, this third night of three, to wonder and be stirred by any +moving thing in the darkened gardens. + +But we waited and watched in vain. There were no cries from the shore of +the lagoon. The silence remained unbroken, and after awhile the thought +turned to other channels. + +Van Hope rose at last, hurled his cigar stub to the lawns and for a +breath stood watching its glowing end pale and die. The disappearance of +his old friend had gone hard with him. You could see it in the stoop of +his shoulders. He looked several years older. + +"Nothing to do now--but go to bed," he commented quietly. "Maybe we can +get some sleep to-night." + +"The third night's the charm," Nopp answered grimly. "How do we know but +that before this night is over we'll be gathered out here again." He +paused, and we tried to smile at him in the darkness. Nopp was speaking +with a certain grim humor, yet whatever his intentions, none of us got +the idea that he was jesting. "It's worked two nights--why not three. +I'd believe anything could happen at this goblin house----" + +We listened to him with relief. It was some way good for our spirits to +have one of us speak out what we had all been thinking and had strained +so hard to hide. Nor did we think less of him for his frankness. We knew +at first, and we knew now, that Nopp's nerve was as good or better than +any man in the gathering, and he had never showed it better than in +speaking frankly now. + +"Bunk, Nopp," Van Hope answered. "You're mixing coincidence up with +atmosphere. It was a strange and a devilish thing that those two crimes +should have happened two nights running, but it will work out perfectly +plausible--mark my words. And coincidences don't happen three times in a +row." + +Nopp lifted his face to the starlit skies. "My boy," he said, rather +superciliously, "_anything_ could happen at Kastle Krags." + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + + +After I went to my room I worked for an hour on the cryptogram, found +beside Florey's body. The mysterious column of four-letter words, +however, did not respond to any methods of translation that I knew. For +another hour thereafter I lay awake in my bed beside the window. + +It was one of the few spots in the house that offered a fairly clear +glimpse of the lagoon. The trees opened, like curtains: I could see the +water darkly blue in the starlight, and the faint, gray line, like a +crayon mark, that was the natural rock wall. The tide was coming in now: +I could see the white manes of the sea-horses as they charged over the +barrier. The whole surface of the lagoon was fretted by them. + +Had Nopp spoken true--could there be a recurrence of last night's +tragedy? Could any situation arise in human affairs that would result in +three murders, one after another, all under practically the same and the +most mysterious conditions? It was possible, by a long stretch of the +imagination, to conceive of two such crimes occurring on successive +nights--the murderer striking again, through some unknown movement of +events, to hide his first crime--but coincidences do not happen thrice! +If indeed these disappearances could be wholly attributed to human +activities, human designs and human passions, there was no need of lying +awake and expectant this third night. Surely no super-criminal had +declared remorseless war against _all_ of the occupants of that house. +Certainly we could sleep in peace to-night! + +But I couldn't get away from the same thought that haunted me +before--that these crimes lay somehow without the bourne of human event +and circumstance, that they were some way native to this strange, old +manor-house beside the sea. It wasn't easy to lose one's self in sleep. +I felt no shame at my own uneasiness. It was true that the crimes had +both occurred, evidently, on the shore of or near the lagoon, but could +the curse that lay upon the old estate extend its baleful influence into +the house itself? Anything could happen at Kastle Krags, Nopp had said, +and it became increasingly difficult to disbelieve him. + +Since the intrusion of two nights before I had slept with a chair +blocked firmly against my door, knowing that no one could enter from +the corridor, at least without waking me. My own pistol lay just under +my mattress where the hand could reach it in an instant. Both these +things were an immense consolation now. I would not be so helpless in +case of another midnight visitor. + +Yet I had no after-image of terror in thinking upon the intruder of two +nights before. Strangely, that hand reaching in the flashlight was the +one redeeming feature of this affair of Kastle Krags. That hand was +flesh and blood, and thus the whole mystery seemed of flesh and blood +too. If this incident did not confine the mystery to the realm of human +affairs, at least it showed that there were human motives and human +agents playing their parts in it. + +Was that intruder Pescini? The hand could easily have been his--firm, +strong, aristocratic, sensitive and white. After all, there was quite a +case to be made against Pescini. "Find George Florey and you'll find the +murderer," William Noyes had written. And the whole business of proving +that Pescini was George Florey was simply that of proving his +handwriting and that of the "George" notes we had found in the butler's +room were the same. + +"They have been bitter enemies since youth." Rich, proud, distinguished, +had this bearded man carried a life-long hatred for the humble servitor +of Kastle Krags? What boyhood rivalry, what malice, what blinding, +bitter jealousy had wakened such a hatred as this? Yet who can trace the +slightest action from its origin to its consummation; much less such a +complex human drama as this. No man can see truly into the human heart. +It seemed fairly credible that this gray servant might hate, with that +bitter hatred born of jealousy, his richer, more distinguished +brother--yet human relations, in their fullness, are beyond the ken of +the wisest men. It would be easy to prove or disprove whether or not +Pescini and Florey were brothers: the "George" letters were secure in +the hands of the State, and a copy of Pescini's handwriting could be +procured with ease. Besides their lives and origins would likely be easy +to trace. + +Florey's letter to his sister was further proof of Pescini's guilt. I +made an entirely different interpretation of it than that of the +officials. I did not think that he was referring to any physical +disease. I believed, at the first hearing, and I believed still that he +had written in veiled language of the persecutions of his brother: + + "My old malady, G---- is troubling me again," Florey had + written. "I don't think I will ever be rid of it. It is + certainly the Florey burden--going through all our family. + I can't hardly sleep and don't know how I'll ever get rid of + it. I'm deeply discouraged, yet I know...." + +I did not share the sheriff's view that "G----" referred to some +long-named malady that, either for the sake of abbreviation or because +he could not spell it, he had neglected to write out in full. I felt +sure it meant "George" and nothing else. "The Florey burden----"--what +was more reasonable than that his family had been cursed by feuds +within. I hadn't forgotten my talk with Nealman. He had spoken of the +hatred sometimes borne by one brother for another; and had named the +Jason family, main characters in the treasure legend of the old manor +house, as a case in point. But Florey had got rid of his burden at last. +He had got rid of it by death. + +Could I make myself believe that Pescini had lured his brother to the +shore, killed him, seized an opportunity to hurl his body into the +lagoon, from which, by the thousandth chance, our drag-hooks had failed +to find it; and the following night, to conceal his guilt, had struck +down his host? Perhaps the former was true, and that the crime, coming +just previous to his own financial failure, had suggested suicide to +Nealman's mind. No one had track of Pescini the night of the crime. For +that matter, unlike Van Hope, Major Dell, and several others, he was not +undressed and in his room when Nealman had disappeared. And the coroner +had suggested a motive for murder in the matter of Pescini's suit for +divorce. + +It wasn't easy to believe that such an obviously distinguished +and cultured man could stoop to murder. There is such a thing, +criminologists say, as a criminal face; but Pescini had not the least +semblance of it. Criminologists admit, however, in the same breath that +they are constantly amazed at the varied types that are brought before +them, charged with the most heinous crimes. Pescini looked kind, +self-mastered, not given to outlaw impulses. Yet who could say for sure. + +I was already falling to sleep.... It was hard to keep the sequence +of thought; absurd fancies swept between. Ever my hold on wakefulness +was less. It was pleasant to believe that the mystery would soon be +unraveled, all with a commonplace explanation.... At first I gave no +heed to a rapid footfall in the corridor. + +Yet in an instant I was wide awake. In the silent hall the footfall was +perfectly distinct, carrying through the walls of my room, and echoing +somewhere in the wall behind me. In any quiet home, in any land, it +would have been impossible to disregard those footsteps. There was a +distinct tone of urgency behind them that simply could not be denied. In +this dark house of mystery the senses rallied, quickened, and seemed to +lie waiting to contend with any emergency. + +The steps were not only hurried and urgent. They were +_frenzied_--although they were not running footsteps. At the same time +they gave the image of some one trying to hurry, some one trying to +conquer himself, and yet not move too loudly. It was as if he was some +way fearful to waken the poignant silence of that shadowed corridor. + +"He is coming to my door," I told myself. It was wholly likely that I +spoke the words aloud; at least, I believed them as unwaveringly as if +the man outside had thus announced his intentions. No man can ever tell +how such knowledge comes to him. Perhaps it is coincidence--that he +expects such a summons on a hundred different occasions before it ever +comes to him in reality. Yet many things already proven true are a +thousand times harder to believe than telepathy--the transmission of +messages according to no known laws of matter and space. + +The tread itself was peculiar. It had an odd, shuffling quality that was +hard to analyze. Then some one rapped excitedly on my door. + +"What is it?" I asked. + +I was already out of bed, groping for my light switch. + +"It's me--Wilkson," was the reply. "Boss, will ye open de do'?" + +I knew Nealman's colored janitor--a middle-aged servant of an +old-fashioned, almost departed glory--but for an instant I found it +almost incredible that this was his voice. The tones were blurred, +lifeless, spoken as if from drawn lips. There was only one thing to +believe, and I fought it off as long as I could: that the man outside my +door was simply stricken and almost dead with fear. + +It wasn't easy to open the door to hear what he had to tell. A scream in +the night is one thing; a chattering fellow man, just on the other side +of a pine door, is quite another. But I took away the chair and turned +the knob. + +The man's face was almost as hard to recognize as his voice. It was +Wilkson, beyond possibility of doubt, but he was no longer the tranquil, +genial serving-man. His face had the strangest gray hue pen ever tried +to describe. I could see the whites of his eyes, his lips were rounded, +he was almost unconscious from sheer terror. + +At that moment I began to strive hard to remember certain truths--one of +them being that little things, laughed away by an Anglo-Saxon, have been +known to instill the most unfathomable depths of fear into an unlettered +southern negro. What seemed terrible to him might be only laughable to +me. I thought of these things in order to brace myself for what he had +to tell. + +At that moment I knew the inroads that the events of the last two nights +had made upon me--likely upon every man and woman in the house. I could +have met that gray face much more bravely the night previous, and would +have likely been largely unmoved by it two nights before. But mystery, +the lack of sleep, the terrible possibilities to which both crimes had +pointed, had over-stretched the nerves and taken the pith from the +thews. The sight of that terrified face sent a sharp chill of fear +through every avenue of my nerves. I felt its icy touch in my veins. +Kastle Krags was getting to me--denial of that fact was impossible even +to myself. + +"Iscuse me, Boss," he said humbly, pathetically, if I had ever known +what pathos was. In his terror he wanted to propitiate the whole world, +and was begging my indulgence of his intrusion. "Boss, is Majo' Del in +yo' room?" + +"No." I didn't reprove him for failing to notice that my light was out. +"Where is he?" + +"Boss, he am gone. He's gone just like them other two am gone." His +voice died and a low moan escaped his lips. "Boss, who'll they be takin' +nex'? Gawd, who'll they be takin' nex'----?" + +I seized his arm, trying to steady him. "Listen, Wilkson," I commanded. +"How do you know he's gone----" + +"Telephone message come for him, Boss. Telegram, from Ochakee. And he +ain't here to get it. He's gone--just like dem oder two men has gone +befo' him." + + + + +CHAPTER XX + + +It wasn't easy to steady Wilkson so that he could tell an intelligent +story. His own dark superstitions had hold of him, and his shambling +search through the darkened corridors had stretched his nerves to the +absolute breaking-point. It was evident at once that there was nothing +to do but let him take his time and get the story out the best he could. +After all, immediate action had never helped matters in this affair of +Kastle Krags. There had been a grim finality about everything that had +occurred. Those who were gone had not been brought back by prompt +search. + +He did not respond to any of the ruses so often used to get a colored +man to talk--scorn or incredulity or sternness. He was aware of nothing +but his own terror, and the image in those fear-widened eyes no man +could guess. + +"You say a telegram came for him, Wilkson?" I asked gently. "Some one +phoned it in?" + +"De phone bell rung, jus' off de su'vant's rooms," he explained. "It was +a message fo' Majo' Dell. 'Get him up to get dis telegram,' some white +gen'lman said, so I done went to get him up. He ain't in his room. Bed +not been slept in. I called and no one answered. Den I ask Mrs. +Gentry--she saw him go down the hall hour ago, all dressed, and seen him +turn in yo' room----" + +"He's not here. He hasn't been here." I slipped on a dressing-gown +and slippers, then stood a moment with Wilkson in the darkened hall. +It was curious that the housekeeper should have made such an odd +mistake--thinking that Dell had turned into my door. Perhaps at the +distance she had observed she confused the door either to the right or +left with mine. + +There was no need for panic yet. Any one of a dozen things might have +explained his temporary absence from his room in the dead of night. He +might be in the room to my right--Fargo's room--in some conference with +his friend. Yet there was no light under the door. + +I knocked loudly. Fargo called sharply from his bed. + +"Have you seen Major Dell?" I asked. + +"Dell? No! Good Lord, he hasn't disappeared, too?" + +"We can't find him." I heard Fargo spring from his bed, and I turned to +the room to my left. Yet in an instant I remembered and halted on the +threshold. This was Nealman's room, dark and chill with shadows. I +scratched a match and lifted it high. + +But no one was here. My voice rang with a hollow sound back to me. Our +shouts had aroused Nopp, and in a moment he came out in the hall to join +us. I think Nopp was a steadying influence on us both. He walked, rather +than ran, he was perfectly composed, wholly himself, and his voice when +he spoke was low and even. Yet there was no tone or note of an attempt +to belittle our alarm. He acted as I have seen strong men act in the +presence of some great disaster--calmly, soberly, rather white-faced and +silent, but unflinching and steadfast. + +There was no amazement in Nopp's face. Evidently he had expected just +such a development. + +"Another gone, eh?" he said. "I wish these devils would stay in their +rooms, where they belong. What's taking them out there, Killdare?" + +"How do I know? Maybe they just can't sleep--want to walk----" + +"They wouldn't want to walk in that part of the grounds, if they're +human, unless they've got business there. But no matter. We've got to +look around for him at least. I don't suppose it will do any good----" + +He spoke with an unmistakable fatalism. "You don't mean--that he's gone +like the rest----" + +I heard our low breathing as I waited for his answer. "What's the use of +fooling ourselves any more, Killdare?" he replied quietly. "We're up +against something--God knows what. Of course he's gone--just like the +rest. Where else could he be?" + +We turned once more into his room. Wilkson had reported rightly--his bed +had not been slept in, and there was not the slightest sign of disorder. +His coat--a well-made garment of some gray, cotton cloth hung on the +back of his chair, and the butts of two cigars lay on his smoking stand. +He was not in his bathroom, nor did we hear his voice from some +adjoining room. + +And now all the other guests, all of whom slept on this same floor, were +gathering about us, wakened by the sound of our voices. Marten came, +swearing under his breath, and Van Hope's brow was beaded with +perspiration that glistened in the dim light. But none of them knew +where Major Dell was. Indeed none of them had seen him since he had +gone to his room. + +There was a curious, dream-like quality about the little session that we +had together at the door of Dell's room. It was all rather dim, obscure, +the voices that we heard seemed to come from some place far off, and +that ring of faces no longer looked clear-cut and sharp. I suppose the +answer lay in the great preoccupation that was upon us all, a struggle +for understanding that engulfed our minds. + +There were no excited, frenzied voices. The men spoke rather quietly and +slowly, as if measuring their words, and Van Hope was smiling, faintly. +It wasn't a mirthful smile, but rather a wan smile such as a man gives +when some incredible disaster, long expected, has fallen upon him. None +of us liked to see it. There was nothing to believe but that the mystery +had gone home to him more fully than to any one else--and we all wished +that he could be spared the tragic, vain hour of search that awaited us. +Because none of us had the least hope, in our own hearts, that we would +ever see Major Dell again. We had got past the point where we could +deceive ourselves. The truth was all too self-evident. We would search +through the grounds, as a matter of duty we would call and run back and +forth. But the end was already sure. + +Indeed, there was no look of surprise on any one of those white faces. +Rather they had a helpless, almost fatalistic expression, as men have +when at last they are crushed to earth by the inevitable. I have heard a +detachment of soldiers, seemingly trapped by death, speak in the same +quiet way, and have seen the same baffled, resigned expression on their +faces. + +I didn't try to keep track of who was there and who was absent. It was +impossible to think of such things now. But bitter, blasting fear surged +through me when I thought of Edith--wondering if she was safe in her +room. + +There was a moment of stress, a sudden, momentary explosion of +suppressed excitement, when Slatterly the sheriff joined us in the hall. +We heard his running feet in the corridor, and we turned to watch him, +his dressing-gown flopping about him. Evidently he had heard our words +from his room in the upper corridor. Certain exclamations were on his +lips--whether they were profane oaths I do not know. + +"What is it?" he demanded in an irritable, rasping voice. "Why are you +all gathered here?" + +Silently we waited for Nopp to speak--Nopp who had become the strongest +arm in the affair. "We're not having any late evening gossip," he +answered. "Kastle Krags has its tail up again. We're here--to find out +what has become of Major Dell." + +"Major Dell! Good God, don't tell me he's gone too." + +Instantly the sudden, deadly surge of wrath we had all felt toward the +sheriff died in our breasts. That cry he made, the hopeless, defeated +way in which he spoke, made him, in an instant, one of us--subject to +the same fear and despair, a crushed and impotent human being like +ourselves. + +"He's gone," Nopp told him quietly. "He's not in his room. He doesn't +seem to be any place else." + +"Have you searched? I don't suppose there's any use of it, but we've got +to search. Oh, why didn't I guard him--why did I ever take such a +criminal risk!" + +None of us could forget his rugged, brown face in the wan electric +light. Whether it was regret or fear that swept it we didn't know. It +was ashen, almost expressionless, and his eyes were lifeless under his +heavy brows. His hands hung, fingers slightly apart, at his side. + +"Wait just a minute before we begin an indiscriminate search," Nopp +said. "Slatterly, we've got to face facts. Do you think--there's any +place in these grounds that none of us _ought to go_?" + +We knew what he meant. He wanted to guard against further loss of life. + +"The thing seems to run according to rule," the sheriff replied, rather +grimly. "Just one gone--every night. But keep together when you're down +near the lagoon." + +There was not the least good in searching further through the house. +Most of the household had gathered around us, by now, and no one had +seen Major Dell. We walked the length of the corridor and down the +stairs, and then we went out into the still darkness. The hour was +evidently shortly after midnight--the tide was almost at its flood. + +Just a moment more we stood just below the great veranda, and no man +knew the other's thoughts. The moon was rising--we could see its argent +gleam through nebulous clouds to the East. Far away the gray shore +stretched to the darkened sea, and the natural rock wall showed a faint, +gray line. Then we headed out into the grounds. + +But there was no answer to the calls we made, and only such little +people as moles and gophers, burrowers in the ground, stirred in the +thickets as we crushed through. We hunted aimlessly, more to satisfy our +own sense of duty than through any expectation of finding the missing +man. The moon came out more vividly, but its light did not bring +success. At last we collected, a silent, rather breathless group, in +front of the house. + +"What now, Slatterly?" Nopp asked. "Is there anything more we can do?" + +"Nothing more." His old confidence was gone from his voice. "I wish I'd +done something long ago, instead of being so sure. But this thing can't +happen to-morrow night." + +"Slatterly, you're a brave man to say that _anything_ can't happen +to-morrow night. I thought you'd learned your lesson----" + +"I have. Never fear for that. To-morrow night I'm going to watch beside +that lagoon with a loaded gun--and I am going to see this thing +through." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + + +The sheriff had finished his investigations by noon of the following +day, and after lunch I was free to work upon the problem that I felt was +the key to the whole mystery--the cryptogram beside Florey's body. +Lately I had been thinking that in all probability to procure the script +had been the direct motive of the murder; and the fact of its theft from +my room seemed to bear me out. + +Why wasn't it reasonable to presume that in the last instant of Florey's +life, just before the attack was made, he had attempted to conceal the +script. He had thrown it from him; his death-cry had aroused the +household so that the murderer had no time to seek and procure it. Then +from a hiding place, or even from among a group of the guests, he had +seen me pick it up. + +To work out that cryptogram, to read its hidden meaning was the first +and the best thing I could do in the way to solve the mystery of Kastle +Krags. Written originally on parchment, sixty or seventy years before, +it doubtless referred and was in explanation of the secret of the old +manor house--the legend of the treasure, supposedly hidden by Godfrey +Jason in the long ago. I had just toyed with it before. Perhaps I had +had little faith that it was of any real importance. But now, other +avenues had failed, and I was resolved to know the truth if it was +humanly possible to do so. I copied the script again, with great care: + + aned + dqbo + aqcd + trkm + fipj + dqbo + seho + ohuy + wvyn + dljn + dtht + +Then I began to make a systematic analysis. I noticed first that the +second and the sixth words were identical, indicating--considering the +brevity of the entire message--that it must represent a word of most +frequent use. Of course the articles "a" and "the" occur most often in +any English writing, yet I found it hard to believe that "dqbo" +represented either. In the first place, in a message of that length it +is reasonable to assume that all articles and words not absolutely +necessary to the meaning had been omitted. + +Weeks that seemed years before Nealman had told me that, after careful +study, he had been convinced that there was some truth in the legend of +buried treasure. Was it not within the bounds of reason to assume that +this cryptic message revealed the hiding place of the treasure? Working +on this assumption, I made up an imaginary description of some hiding +place, just to see what words occurred with the greatest frequency. I +found at once that the word that would be most likely to be used twice +in a description of that kind would be some measurement--either feet, +yards, meters, rods, or something of the kind. If I could convince +myself that "dqbo" represented some English measurement I might find the +key and system of the code. + +Either "feet," "yard" or "rods" were words of four letters--either one +of which might be represented by "dqbo." Then I tested each one to see +if I could establish a pattern. + +I tried first the old code-system of having each letter in the word +represent some other letter a certain number of spaces backward or +forward in the alphabet. Suppose a man wanted to disguise the word +"cab." He might do so, very easily, by spelling it "dbc"--using, instead +of the right letter, the letter immediately following it in the +alphabet, "d" for "c," "b" for "a," etc. Testing for "feet" as a +possible interpretation of "dqbo" I saw that "f" was the second +letter in the alphabet beyond the letter "d"--first letter in the +script-word--but I found that such a relation could not possibly hold +with "e" and "q" respectively, the second letters. "Yard" or "rods" +failed the same test. Nor by any juggling of this simple code, counting +so many spaces backwards or forwards, could I make it come out true. + +Some time before I had decided that it was unlikely to the verge of +impossibility that any message could be made up completely of four +letter words. It seemed likely, at first, that letters had been cut +from each word in order to make them of four letters. Working on this +hypothesis I tested for "meters" but the word "dqbo" could not be made +to conform. + +At that point it was necessary to begin on another tack. I smoked a +while in silence, hoping that some idea, some little inspiration that +so often furnished the key for such a mystery as this, would come to me. +I had a dim thought that, since the words were all of four letters and +could not be made intelligible by any shifting of the alphabet, that +perhaps it had undergone some double transformation--changed first from +words into some other symbol form, and then back into words. But I +couldn't seem to get hold. + +If I could only see the key! Possibly it was extremely simple, just +before my eyes if I could only grasp it. It wasn't reasonable, I +thought, for a lone man to leave a hidden message without giving some +key, however adroit, for the reader to translate it. Jason hadn't +written that message for his own amusement. He had inscribed it to be +read by some one who came after--perhaps by himself when old age had +dulled his memory. + +Working from this point of view I set myself to remember what had been +written on the parchment beside the column of figures. Perhaps the key +had been there also; I had simply failed to observe it. At the bottom of +the message had appeared the words "At F. T." And at first this seemed +to offer the most interesting possibilities. + +Certainly the word and letters had some meaning. In the first place +this, and the sentence above the script, indicated that the writer did +his thinking in English--not in Spanish or Portuguese or any other +language. But "F. T." did not convey any meaning to my mind. I simply +couldn't catch it. + +I tried to make the letters "F" and "T" a starting point in the alphabet +for rearranging the letters in the column of words, on the same theory +that I had worked at first, but nothing came of it. And at that point my +hopes and confidence, falling steadily for the past hour, was at its +lowest ebb. I didn't see but that I would have to give up the venture +after all. + +My mind slipped easily to the message in English above the +column--"Sworn by the Book," or something after that nature. Taking +these words simply as they seemed, an oath on the part of the writer +that the ensuing message was true, I hadn't taken the trouble to copy +them from the original parchment. Fortunately I remembered them, +approximately at least. And I felt a little quickening of hope as I +contemplated them. + +The more I looked at them the more they seemed to be "dragged in by the +heels." I didn't think that one with knowledge of hidden treasure, +conveying its hiding place to some one else, would have taken the +trouble to declare the truth of his statement by oath. Nor was such +a pious beginning, on the part of that iniquitous murderer and +cut-throat, Jason, quite in character. He would have been more likely to +have begun with a sentence of piratical profanity. He had some reason +for bringing in the "Book"--and when I knew what it was, I believed I +would know the key to the cryptogram. + +The "Book" was the Bible of course--a name still in wide use. And the +whole volume of my blood seemed to spurt through the veins when I +remembered what an important place the Bible had taken in the events of +the past few days! + +Nealman had had a Bible, wide open, in his room. Edith had been seen to +carry it to him through the corridor--and this business with it had been +of such a character that he had ordered Edith's silence in regard to the +errand. Whether or not Florey had possessed a copy I wasn't able to +remember for certain. + +It must have been a grim old joke to Jason--to use the Holy Word to +transmit the record of his iniquity! In an instant I was burrowing, not +a little excited, into the bottom of my bag for a small copy of the +Bible that I carried with me on every journey. + +Apart from religious reasons, there is no better traveling companion +for a knowledge-loving man than King James' Bible. The font of all +literature, the mighty well of inspiration, the record of the ages--it +was beloved not only of the scientist and historian, but the literati +and the esthete. Hardly a week had passed that I hadn't referred to it, +in one capacity or another. And now I felt that I was on the right track +at last. + +There is no book in such common usage, published with such fidelity as +to the position of every word, so easily procured in any place or time, +as the Holy Bible. It would be the perfect code-book. Certainly it could +be used to the greatest advantage as the key to a cryptogram. + +But what had been the method of its use? In what way could these +four-letter words, none of which were intelligible, be made through the +agency of the Bible to present an intelligent meaning? Again I found +myself relying on inductive reasoning. I worked backward, just as I had +done before, trying to see some way to convey a secret meaning through +the agency of this universally read book. + +All at once I saw the way. The Bible contained almost every word in the +present English vocabulary. In all probability each one of the words in +the column represented some English word to be found somewhere in the +Bible, and the column of them, written out, would be the message in +full. + +How to find that word was the only problem that remained. True, it +looked formidable enough at first. Yet I saw in a moment that the +four-letter words could not represent the words of the message +themselves, but only their _position_ in the Bible. + +My mind was working clearly now, leaping from one conclusion to another; +and reasoning deductively I tried to work out some method of secret +writing whereby I could reveal to another person the position of a +certain word I wanted him to know. Suppose, for instance, that Jason +wished to use the word "feet" in his message. Looking through the Bible +he found the word--say on page 86, third line, fourth word. It was +conceivable that he might send the numbers "86-3-4" to some other +person; and the latter, aware that the Bible acted as the key, looked +up the place in the Book and learned what the word was. + +The number of pages vary, however, in Bibles of different size. It was +natural that the location must be a constant in order that the recipient +of the note could always find it. So I began again: + +Suppose Jason, looking through his Bible, found the word "feet" in the +book of Genesis, the first chapter, the third verse, and the fourth word +of the verse. If he should send the symbols "Gen. 1, 3, 4" to his +friend, the man could easily look up the place and see what he meant. +And in this case he wouldn't have to have any certain edition of the +Bible. The fourth word of the third verse of the first chapter of +Genesis is the same in all copies of King James' Bible over all the +world. + +Now I was working on sure ground. I had no doubt but that "dqbo" +represented a certain point in the Bible--the letter "d" probably +representing the book, "q" the chapter, "b" the verse and "o" the word. +Once more my attention was called, with particular vividness, to the +fact that all the words in the column were of four letters, proving in +my mind that this last contention was true. + +My heart was racing as I moved to the next step in working out the +cryptogram. It was simply that of finding what method had been used to +transform such a symbol as "Gen. 1, 3, 4" into such a sign as "dqbo." If +instead of four-letter words I was working with sequences of numbers +such as "1, 1, 3, 4" I would have felt that the problem was solved. "1, +1, 3, 4" would have plainly meant the first book, the first chapter, +the third verse, and the fourth word. + +To transform letters into numbers--that was all that remained. Again I +went back to "dqbo" and took the simplest method of transformation. "D" +was the fourth letter in the alphabet. "Q" was the seventeenth letter in +the alphabet. "B" was the second letter in the alphabet. "O" was the +fifteenth letter in the alphabet. I wrote down the numbers: + + 4-17-2-15 + +And I felt sure that they meant the fourth book, the seventeenth +chapter, the second verse and the fifteenth word in the Holy Bible. + +Shaken, so nervous I could hardly hold my hands still, I stopped a +moment to rest. This was the crisis. I was either at the verge of +absolute success or hopeless failure. If when I looked up the place I +found some word that couldn't possibly be used in such a message I +wouldn't have the spirit to seek further. And it would be a real blow to +all my hopes. + +I opened the Bible. The fourth book proved to be "Numbers." I turned to +the seventeenth chapter, the second verse. And there I read as follows: + + Speak unto the children of Israel and take one of them a + _rod_ according to the house of their fathers. + +The fifteenth word was _rod_--used as a staff in this case but +undoubtedly used as a term of measurement in the script. + +From then on my fingers flew through the pages of the Book. "Aned," the +very first word in the column, represented--finding the alphabetical +position of each letter--the numbers 1-14-5-4. It was a simple matter to +look up the first book of the Bible, Genesis, the fourteenth chapter, +the fifth verse, and the fourth word. The verse in this case began: + + "And in the _fourteenth_ year came Chedorlaomer, and the + kings that were with him." + +The fourth word of the verse was _fourteenth_--and the first word of the +finished script. + +It was easy to find the other words. I worked them all out in fifteen +minutes. "Aqcd," the third in the column, proved to be the first, +seventeenth, third, and fourth letters of the alphabet, respectively, +and 1-17-3-4 meant first book, seventeenth chapter, third verse, fourth +word, as plain as could be. The word proved to be "on." Swiftly I went +down the list. And at last I had the whole column translated: + + fourteen + rod + on + wall + three + rod + straight + right + fastened + white + rock + +Writing it out, I had: + + Fourteen rod on wall three rod straight right fastened white + rock. + +In clearer language, it meant simply and unmistakably, that to find the +missing object--unquestionably Jason's treasure--go fourteen rods out on +the natural rock wall, turn straight right into the lagoon for three +rods, and there I would find it--fastened to a white rock. + +The thing was done. I came to myself to find my fingers toying with the +pencil, and my thoughts soaring far away. In spite of the grim record of +death already made, the deadly precedent that had been set, in spite of +all the dictates of ordinary intelligence, I knew what my future course +would be. The lure of gold had hold of me. As soon as the opportunity +offered, I was going to follow the thing through to its end, and see +with my own eyes that which lay hidden in the depths of the lagoon. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + + +Just before the dinner hour I met Slatterly on the lower floor, and we +had a moment's talk together. "You've been in on most everything that's +happened around here," he said. "You might as well be with us to-night. +We're going to watch the lagoon." + +The truth was I had made other plans for this evening--plans that +included Edith Nealman--so I made no immediate answer. The official +noticed my hesitancy, and of course misunderstood. + +"Speak right up, if you don't want to do it," he said, not unkindly. The +sheriff was a man of human sympathies, after all. "I wouldn't hold it +against any man living if he didn't want to sit out there in the dark +watching--after what's happened the last three nights. I don't know that +I'd do it myself if it wasn't in line of duty." + +"I don't think I'd be afraid," I told him. + +"It isn't a question of being afraid. It's simply a matter of human +make-up. To tell the truth, I'm afraid myself--and I'm not ashamed of +it. More than once I've had to conquer fear in my work. A man who ain't +afraid, one time or another, hasn't any imagination. Some men are cold +as ice, I've had deputies that were--and they wouldn't mind this a bit. +I know, Killdare, that you'd come in a pinch. Any man here, I think--any +white man--would be down there with me to-night if something vital--some +one's life or something--depended on it. But I don't want to take any +one that it will be hard for, that--that is any one to whom it would be +a real ordeal. I'm picking my bunch with some care." + +"Who is going?" + +"Weldon, Nopp, you and myself--if you want to come. If not, don't mind +saying so." + +"I want to come!" We smiled at each other, in the hall. After all, no +other decision could be made. The high plans I had made for an evening +with Edith would have to be given over. In the first place the night +might solve the mystery into which I had been drawn. In the second it +was the kind of offer that most men, over the earth, find it impossible +to refuse. Human beings, as a whole, are not particularly brave. They +are still too close to the caves and the witch-doctors of the young +world. They are inordinately, incredibly shy, also, and like little +children, sometimes, in their dreads and superstitions. Yet through some +blessing they have a high-born capacity to conquer the fear that +emburdens them. + +No white man in the manor house would have refused Slatterly's offer. +Mostly, when men see that they are up against a certain hard deal, some +proposition that stirs the deep-buried, inherent instinct that is +nothing more or less than a sense of duty--that deep-lying sense of +obligation that makes the whole world beautiful and justifiable--they +simply stand up and face it. No normal young man likes war. Yet they all +go. And of course this work to-night promised excitement--and the love +of excitement is a siren that has drawn many a good man to his doom. + +"Good," the sheriff told me simply, not in the least surprised. "What +kind of a gun can you scare up?" + +"I can get a gun, all right. I've got a pistol of my own." + +Nopp came up then, and he and the sheriff exchanged significant glances. +And the northern man suddenly turned to me, about to speak. + +Until that instant I hadn't observed the record that the events of the +past three nights had written in his face. Nopp had nerves of steel; +but the house and its mystery had got to him, just the same. The sunset +rays slanted in over the veranda, poured through the big windows, and +showed his face in startling detail. The inroads that had been made upon +it struck me with a sudden sense of shock. + +The man looked older. The lines of his face seemed more deeply graven, +the flesh-sacks were swollen under his eyes, he was some way shaken and +haggard. Yet you didn't get the idea of impotence. The hands at his side +had a man's grasp in them. Nopp was still able to handle most of the +problems that confronted him. + +Slatterly, too, had not escaped unscathed. The danger and his own +failure to solve the mystery had killed some of the man's conceit, and +he was more tolerant and sympathetic. There was a peculiar, excited +sparkle in his eyes, too. + +Slatterly turned to Nopp. "He says he's got a pistol." + +The second that ensued had an unmistakable quality of drama. Nopp turned +to me, exhaling heavily. "Killdare, we've beat the devil around the +stump all along--and it's time to stop," he said. "I don't like to talk +like a crazy man, but we've got to look this infernal matter in the +face. When you come out to-night come armed with the biggest gun you can +find--a high-powered rifle." + +No man argued with another, at a time like this. "I don't know where I +can get a rifle," I told him. + +"Every man in the house has got some kind or another. I'm going to be +frank and tell you what I'm carrying--a big .405, the biggest +quick-shooting arm I could get hold of. Whatever comes to-night--we've +got to stop." + +We gathered again at the big mahogany table, dined quietly, and the four +of us excused ourselves just before dessert. The twilight was already +falling--like gray shadows of wings over land and sea--and we wanted to +be at our post. We didn't desire that the peril of the lagoon should +strike in our absence. And we left a more hopeful spirit among the other +occupants of the manor house. + +They were all glad that armed men would guard the lagoon shore that +night. I suppose it gave them some sense of security otherwise not +known. The four of us procured our rifles, and walked, a grim company, +down to the shore of the lagoon. + +"We want to guard as much of the shore line as we can, and still keep +each other in sight," Slatterly said. "And there's no getting away from +it that we want to be in easy rifle range of each other." + +He posted us at fifty-yard intervals along the craggy margin. I was +placed near the approach of the rock wall, overlooking a wide stretch of +the shore, Weldon's post was fifty yards above mine, the sheriff's next, +and Nopp's most distant of all. Then we were left to watch the tides and +the night and the stars probing through the darkening mantle of the sky. + +We had no definite orders. We were simply to watch, to fire at will in +case of an emergency, to guard the occupants of the manor house against +any danger that might emerge from the depths of the lagoon. The tide, at +the lowest ebb at the hour of our arrival, began soon to flow again. The +glassy surface was fretted by the beat and crash of oncoming waves +against the rocky barrier. We saw the little rivulets splash through; +the water's edge crept slowly up the craggy shore. The dusk deepened, +and soon it was deep night. + +We were none too close together. I could barely make out the tall figure +of Weldon, standing statuesque on a great, gray crag beside the lagoon. +His figure was so dim that it was hard to believe in its reality, the +gun at his shoulder was but a fine penciled line, and with the growing +darkness, it was hard to make him out at all. Soon it took a certain +measure of imagination to conceive of that darker spot in the mist of +darkness as the form of a fellow man. + +The sense of isolation increased. We heard no sound from each other, but +the night itself was full of little, hushed noises. From my camp fire +beside Manatee Marsh I had often heard the same sounds, but they were +more compelling now, they held the attention with unswerving constancy, +and they seemed to penetrate further into the spirit. Also I found it +harder to identify them--at least to believe steadfastly the +identifications that I made. + +We hadn't heard a beginning of the sounds when we had listened from the +verandas. They had been muffled there, dim and hushed, but here they +seemed to speak just in your ear. Sea-birds called and shrieked, owls +uttered their mournful complaints, brush cracked and rustled as little, +eager-eyed furry things crept through. Once I started and the gun leaped +upward in my arms as some great sea-fish, likely a tarpon, leaped and +splashed just beyond the rock wall. + +"What is it, Killdare?" Weldon called. His voice was sharp and urgent. + +"Some fish jumped, that was all," I answered. And again the silence +dropped down. + +The tide-waves burst with ever-increasing fury. The stars were ever +brighter, and their companies ever larger, in the deep, violet spaces of +the sky. The hours passed. The lights in the great colonial house behind +us winked out, one by one. + +There was no consolation in glancing at my watch. It served to make the +time pass more slowly. The hour drew to midnight, after a hundred years +or so of waiting; the night had passed its apex and had begun its swift +descent to dawn. And all at once the thickets rustled and stirred behind +me. + +No man can be blamed for whipping about, startled in the last, little +nerve, in such a moment as this. Some one was hastening down to the +shore of the lagoon--some one that walked lightly, yet with eagerness. I +could even hear the long, wet grass lashing against her ankles. + +"Who is it?" I asked quietly. + +"Edith," some one answered from the gloom. + +Many important things in life are forgotten, and small ones kept; and my +memory will harbor always the sound of that girlish voice, so clear and +full in the darkness. Though she spoke softly her whole self was +reflected in the tone. It was sweet, tender, perhaps even a little +startled and fearful. In a moment she was at my side. + +"What do you mean by coming here alone?" I demanded. + +"The phone rang--in the upper corridor," she told me almost +breathlessly. "The negroes were afraid to answer it. I went--and it was +a telegram for you. I thought I'd better bring it--it was only two +hundred yards, and four men here. You're not angry, are you?" + +No man could be angry at such a time; and she handed me a written copy +of the message she had received over the wire. I scratched a match, saw +her pretty, sober face in its light and read: + + Am sending picture of George Florey, brother of murdered + man. Watch him closely. Am writing. + +It wasn't an urgent message. The picture would have reached me, just the +same, and I had every intention of watching closely the man I believed +was the dead butler's brother. Yet I was glad enough she had seen fit +to bring it to me. We would have our moment together, after all. + +What was said beside that craggy, mysterious margin, what words were all +but obscured by the sound of the tide-waves breaking against the natural +wall of rock, what oaths were given, and what breathless, incredible +happiness came upon us as if from the far stars, has little part in the +working out of the mystery of Kastle Krags. Certain moments passed, +indescribably fleet, and certain age-old miracles were reenacted. Life +doesn't yield many such moments. But then--not many are needed to pay +for life. + +After a while we told each other good-night, and I scratched a match to +look again into her face. Some way, I had expected the miraculous +softening of every tender line and the unspeakable luster in her blue +eyes that the flaring light revealed. They were merely part of the night +and its magic, and the joy I had in the sight was incomparable with any +other earthly thing. But what surprised me was a curious look of +intentness and determination, almost a zealot's enthusiasm in her face, +that the match-light showed and the darkness concealed again. + +She went away, as quietly as she had come. Whether Weldon had seen her I +did not know. There was something else I didn't know, either, and the +thought of it was a delight through all the long hours of my watch. +Edith Nealman had worlds of common sense. I wondered how she had been +able to convince herself that the message was of such importance that +she needs must carry it through the darkness of the gardens to me at +once. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + + +The tide reached its full, shortly after two o'clock, and then began to +ebb. Almost at once the little waves of the lagoon smoothed out, they +lapped no more against the craggy margin, and the water lay like a sheet +of gray glass. I had seen the same transformation on several previous +occasions, but to-night it seemed to get hold of me as never before. + +Seemingly it partook of a miraculous quality to-night--as if winds had +been suddenly stilled by a magician's art. The water was of course +flowing out between the crevices of the rock wall, yet there was no +sense of motion. The water-line dropped slowly down. + +It is an unescapable fact that the whole atmosphere of the Ochakee +country is one of death. The moss-draped forests seem without life, the +rivers convey no sense of motion, the air is dead, and vegetation rots +underfoot. To-night the lagoon was without any image or indication of +life. The whole vista seemed like some dead, forgotten wasteland in a +dream--a place where living things had never come and was forever +incompatible with life. + +It was a mysterious hour. The half-crescent moon rose at last, at first +a silver tinting of the skyline, a steadily growing wave of light and +then the sharply outlined moon itself above the eastern forest. The dark +shadows that were my companions took form, strengthened; again I could +see their erect figures on the gray crags and the gleam of their rifles +in their arms. The perspective widened, the rock wall seemed to extend, +stretch ever further across the lagoon, and now the sky was graying in +the East. + +A moment later I heard Weldon's voice, ringing full in the hush of the +dying night, as he spoke Slatterly's name. The latter answered at once. + +"Yes. What is it?" + +"Let's go in. The night's over and nothing's happened. It's pretty near +bright day already." + +It was true that the eastern sky had begun to be tinged with gray. I +could see the lines of my hands and the finer mechanisms of the rifle. +The hour, however, seemed later than it really was, simply because of +the effulgence of the moon. The dread atmosphere of Kastle Krags had in +a moment been wholly destroyed. Instead of a place of mystery and +peril, it was simply an old-time manor-house fronting the sea, built +between the forest and a calm lagoon. + +There didn't seem any use of watching further. If the night was not yet, +in fact, completely over, the moon and the graying east gave the effect +of morning. Perhaps the fact that the outgoing tide had stilled the +lagoon had its effect too. The ominous sound of breaking waves was gone, +and it gave a perfect image of quietude and peace. + +Slatterly waited an instant before he answered. "Wait a little more," he +said in a resigned tone. "But you're right--it's almost morning." + +I don't think it was five minutes later that I saw Weldon leave his post +and saunter over to the sheriff's side. I suppose, bored with his task, +the time seemed much longer to him. True, the lagoon was gray, the +shadows of the garden had lost their mystery, and there didn't seem any +use of waiting. Indeed, I don't think any of us escaped a sense of inner +embarrassment--something akin to ignominy and chagrin--that we should be +standing beside that quiet water-body, with high-powered rifles in our +hands. It made us feel secretly ridiculous. + +Nopp called over, cheerily, "Through for the night?" + +"Might as well," Slatterly answered. "It was a fool party anyway." + +Very glad that the watch was over, I left my own post, and we had a +cigarette apiece beside the still lagoon. Then we went through the +gardens to the house. + +"We've disrupted the regular schedule, anyway," Nopp said. "I think +we've come to the end of our trouble, and nothing more to fear. Man, do +you think to-day will clear the thing up?" + +"What chance is there to clear up such a mess in one day?" The sheriff +spoke moodily. + +"Because you're going to have some real help--not a lot of bungling +amateurs. You know who's coming?" + +"Lacone--Van Hope's detective." + +"Yes. He's a distinguished man--a real scientist in the study of crime. +He may do wonders, even in one day." + +"I only hope he does! I don't care who clears it up--as long as it's +cleared. Now to get a little sleep." + +Tired out, we went to our rooms. The cool of early morning had swept +through the halls, and the first glimmer of dawn was at the windows. How +white the moon was in the sky, how mysteriously gray the whole sweep of +shore and sea! So tired I dreaded the work of undressing, I sat down a +moment before the window that overlooked the lagoon. + +The moonlight and the dawn gave the appearance of a mist, a gray mist as +is sometimes seen over water when the sky is overcast with heavy clouds. +At that moment it was impossible to conceive of anything but grayness. +The whole conception that the brain had, the only interpretation that +the senses made was of this same, lifeless hue. If an artist had tried +to paint the picture that was spread before my window he would have +needed but one tube of paint. + +It was in some way vaguely startling. It went home to some dark +knowledge within a man, and left him fearful and expectant. The shore +and the sea were gray, the gardens were swept with grayness, the lagoon +itself had lost its many colors and only the same neutral tint remained. +The only way that the eye could distinguish shore from sea, and garden +from shore, was the gradations of the same hue. + +Surely dawn was almost at hand. The moon looked less vivid in the sky. +And nothing remained but to find what sleep I could. + +But at that instant my senses quickened. I could hardly call it a +start--it was just a sudden wakening of mind and body. I wasn't the +least sure.... Perhaps in a moment the old lull, the well-remembered +sense of well-being and security would return. It had seemed to me that +a swift shadow glided through the grayness at the shore of the lagoon. + +The window afforded a remarkably wide glimpse of that particular part of +the estate. The rift in the trees permitted a view of scattered segments +of the rock wall itself. And it wasn't to be that I could turn and leave +them to the gray of morning. In that mysterious, eerie light I saw the +whisking shadow again. + +It was not merely some little creeping thing from the forest--some +living creature such as stirs about at the first ray of dawn. The shadow +was much too large. I would have thought, at the first glance, that it +was the shadow of a man. But at that instant the figure emerged into the +open, and I knew the truth. + +The trim form on the shore of the lagoon was that of Edith Nealman. I +could see her outline with entire plainness, dark against the gray. Some +errand of stealth had taken her down to the shore of the lagoon the +moment that it was left unguarded. + +In an instant she disappeared, and in the interval I found out how +deeply and inexplicably startled I was. And then I saw her again, +walking out on the natural rock bridge, and carrying some heavy object, +that dragged on the rocks, in her arms. + +I could see her stooped figure, and the shadow of the thing that +dragged. And there is no telling under Heaven the thoughts and the +terrors that swept through me as to what that dragging thing might be. + +But in an instant I saw what it was. It was a rather long, heavy plank, +certainly of wood. She was about two hundred feet out on the rock wall +by now, and I saw that she was launching the plank to the right of the +wall, in the water of the lagoon. Before I could wonder or exclaim she +herself had slipped in with it, her arms pale white from the shoulders +of her dark bathing suit, wading out and guiding the heavy plank beside +her. + +No man who had read that mysterious script could doubt what her purpose +was. She had gone fourteen rods out on the wall, and then she had turned +to the right into the lagoon. Plainly she was searching for Jason's +treasure. + +She, too, knew the key. In that same flash of time, I understood the +look of intent I had seen on her face earlier that night. She had kept +her resolve--even now she was herself trying to sound the mystery of her +uncle's disappearance. I understood her own exultation when I had +talked of my many scientific plans, and how I lacked means to carry them +out. Even then she had likely been working on the cryptogram. It was +wholly possible that either Nealman or herself had encountered a copy of +the script in the old house, and they had worked on it together. + +But there had been some sort of a guard put over Jason's treasure! With +what right had we been so smugly certain that the old legend was not +true--that there was not still some evil, tentacled monster of the deep +left to slay and drag to his cavern those that dared to penetrate the +lagoon. Even now she was wading further and further from the rock wall. +I could see just her head and the top of her shoulders above water, the +heavy plank still guided beside her. + +Fear is an emotion that speeds like lightning through the avenues of the +nerves. In the instant that these thoughts went home--thoughts that +would have taken moments to narrate in speech but which whipped through +the mind in the twinkling of an eye--I plumbed the utter depths of fear. +There can be no other word. The gray expanse seemed the waters of death +itself; the whole scene, in the gray of dawn, was eerie, savage, +unutterably dreadful. And the girl that had come to be my own life was +even now wholly within the power of any monstrous foe that should leave +its cavern to attack her. + +Why had we been so sure! Why hadn't we guarded those deadly waters every +hour, day and night. Every day teaches that many things that seemed +incredible a day ago are true: how had we dared to be so arrogant in +regard to the legend of the lagoon. Even when three men, one after +another, had disappeared without trace we had refused to change our +ancient habits of thought: we had still refused to believe. I knew now +the fate of the missing men. They had gone in search of Jason's +chest--and the treasure guard that dwelt in the lagoon had put them to +death. And just before my eyes the girl I loved was following the path +they made, making the same quest. + +And in that breathless, never-to-be-forgotten moment, I heard a +resounding splash of water. Against the craggy, opposite shore the water +flew far and white as some living thing that had been concealed in the +far crags dived toward her through the still waters of the lagoon. + +The whole scene had seemingly occupied less than a second. Already, +before I could breathe, I was leaping down the corridor towards the +stairs. I called once for help--a door behind me opened. Then I was out +in the gray dawn, racing toward the lagoon. + +There seemed no interlude of time between the instant that I saw that +splashing water and that in which I had plunged full into the gray +depths myself. In reality there was a space of several seconds--the gray +light showed me that the drama of the lagoon had progressed immeasurably +further. The girl was fifty or sixty feet from the rock wall now, just +her head showing above water, her arms locked tight about the plank and +facing her approaching foe. And something that swam swiftly made +streaming ripples toward her. + +I swam with amazing ease and swiftness. The terror, innate love of life, +were all forgotten in the hope that I might reach Edith's side in time. +And now, by the gray light of dawn, I saw that her foe was upon her. + +They were struggling with a desperate frenzy, and for an instant the +splashing water almost obscured them. The plank had been torn from her +grasp, and by some circumstance had been sped hopelessly out of her +reach. And now, the water clearing from my eyes, I could determine the +identity of her assailant. No matter what further fate the lagoon had in +store for her, this foe was human, at least. Terrible and drawn with +passion as it was, I saw the face of Major Kenneth Dell, the man who had +disappeared the preceding night. + +I yelled, trying to give hope. Already I was almost upon them; and Dell +had released his hold of the girl. Whatever had been his purpose it had +been forgotten in the face of some greater extremity. Their fight was no +more with each other: rather they seemed at death grips with some +resistless foe that tore at them from beneath the waves. + +I saw Dell's face. An unspeakable terror, that of one who in wickedness +goes down to an awful death, was on his face. It was such a terror as +men can know but once, for they never live to tell of it, and which +blasts the heart of any one that beholds it. No artist, delving into the +abnormal, could have portrayed that fear. It was a thing never to +forget, but ever to see again in dreams. + +Edith was terrified too, but such a terror as Dell knew was impossible +for her. The fear of death that curses a godless man is perhaps the most +dreadful retributive force in this world or the next, and Dell knew it +to the full. No one who had seen his face could doubt but that all the +iniquity of a long life had been atoned for, in one little moment, in +the scales of justice. But only a measure of it could oppress her. The +only fear that her fine young soul could know was that born of the +elemental love of life. And with what seemed to be a final effort she +raised her head to call a warning to me. + +But even if I had heeded it, it would have come too late. I saw the +heads of the man and woman in front of me go down as if drawn by +quicksand. And there was no escape for me. The death that dwelt in the +lagoon had already seized me in its resistless grasp. + +But the guard over Jason's treasure was not merely some monster +implanted from the sea, a mortal thing that years could claim or +muscular strength oppose. Rather it was a power that had dwelt there +since the world's young days, ever claiming tribute, and which would +continue on until the very sea itself was changed. The demon that had +hold of me was merely that of rushing waters. They swept me forward and +sucked me down with remorseless force. + +There was a sink-hole in the floor of the lagoon. No wonder the water +that rushed in at high-tide had seemed to go so quietly away. I was +being carried down a subterranean outlet, through some water passage +under the rock wall, and into the open sea. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + + +The water surrounding the underground outlet was not of great depth--an +inch or so over five feet--but the suction of the sink-hole was +irresistible. Once caught in those sinking waters meant to go down with +them; and a moth would have struggled to equal advantage. If fate had +given me the choice of fighting to save myself it would not have changed +the outcome in the least. The plank had floated too far away to seize. +The water was deep enough that if, by a mighty wrench of muscles, I was +able to seize with my hands some immovable rock on the lagoon floor my +head would have been under water. + +Fate, however, didn't give me that fighting choice. Edith Nealman had +already gone down, a single instant before. Loss of life itself couldn't +possibly mean more. There was nothing open but to follow through. + +But while the trap itself was infallible, irresistible to human +strength, there might be fighting aplenty in the darkness of the channel +and beyond. The time hadn't come to give up. The slightest fighting +chance was worth every ounce of mortal strength. And as the waters +seized me I gave the most powerful swimming stroke I knew, a single, +mighty wrench of the whole muscular system, in an attempt to get my lips +above water for a last breath. + +Partly because I have always been a strong swimmer, but mostly by good +fortune, I won that instant's reprieve. I had already exhaled; and in +the instant that my lips were above the smooth surface of the lagoon I +filled my lungs to their utmost capacity, breathing sharp and deep, with +the cool, sweet, morning air. The force of my leap carried me over and +down, the descending waters seized me as the sluice in a sink might +seize an insect, and slowly, steadily, as if by a giant's hand, drew me +into darkness. + +I had been drawn into the subterranean outlet of the lagoon, the +passageway of the waters of the outgoing tide. Life itself depended on +how long that under-water channel was. I only knew that I was headed +under the rock wall and toward the open sea. + +At such times the mental mechanics function abnormally, if at all. I +was not drowning yet. The thousand thoughts and memories and regrets +that haunt the last moments of the lost did not come to me. The whole +consciousness was focussed on two points: one of them a resolve to do +what I could for Edith, and the other was fear. + +Besides the seeming certainty of death, it was unutterably terrible to +be swept through this dark, mysterious channel under the sea. Perhaps +the terror lay most in the darkness of the passage. It was a darkness +simply inconceivable, beyond any that the imagination could conjure +up--such absolute absence of light as shadow the unfathomable caverns +on the ocean floor or fill the great, empty spaces between one +constellation and another. In the darkest night there is always some +fine, almost imperceptible degree of light. Here light was a thing +forgotten and undreamed of. + +The waters did not move with particular swiftness. They flowed rather +easily and quietly, like the contents of a great aqueduct. Perhaps it +would have been better for the human spirit if they had moved with a +rush and a roar, blunting the consciousness with their tumult, and +hurling their victim to an instantaneous death. The death in that +undersea channel was deliberate and unhurried, and the imagination had +free play. Already we three were like departed souls, lost in the still, +murky waters of Lethe--drifting, helpless, fearful as children in the +darkness. It was such an experience that from sheer, elemental +fear--fear that was implanted in the germ-plasm in darkness tragedies in +the caves of long ago--may poison and dry up the life-sustaining fluids +of the nerves, causing death before the first physical blow is struck. + +It was an old fear, this of darkened waters. Perhaps it was remembered +from those infinite eons before the living organisms from which we +sprang ever emerged from the gray spaces of the sea. And I knew it to +the full. + +But I didn't float supinely down that Cimmerian stream. The race was +certainly to the swift. Knowing that the only shadow of hope lay in +reaching the end of the passage before the air in my lungs was +exhausted, I swam down that stream with the fastest stroke I knew. +Carried also by the waters, I must have traveled at a really astounding +pace, at momentary risk of striking my head against the rock walls of +the channel. + +An interminable moment later my arms swept about Edith's form. I felt +her long tresses streaming in the flood, but her slender arms had +already lost all power to seize and hold me. Had death already claimed +her? Yet I could not give her the little store of life-giving air that +still sustained me. Holding her in one arm and swimming with every +ounce of strength I had, we sped together through that darkened channel. + +No swimmer knows the power and speed that is in him until a crisis such +as this. No under-water swimmer can dream of what distances he is +capable until death, or something more than death, is the stake for +which he races. The passage seemed endless. Slowly the breath sped from +my lungs. And the darkness was still unbroken when the last of it was +gone. + +The trial was almost done. I could struggle on a few yards more, until +the oxygen-enriched air in my blood had made its long wheel through my +body. + +What happened thereafter was dim as a dream. There was a certain period +of bluntness, almost insensibility; and then of tremendous stress and +conflict that seemed interminable. It must have been that even through +this phase I fought on, arms and legs thrashing in what was practically +an involuntary effort to fight on to the open sea. The last images that +drowning men know, that queer, vivid cinema of memories and regrets +began to sweep through the disordered brain. There was nothing to do +further. The trial was done. I gave one more convulsive wrench.... + +And that final impulse carried me into a strange, gray place that the +senses at first refused to credit. It was hard to believe, at first, +that this was not merely the gray borderland of death. Yet in an instant +I knew the truth. I was heading toward light: the subterranean blackness +of the channel was fading, as the gloom of a tunnel fades as the train +rushes into open air. And a second later I shot to the surface of the +open sea. + +It was through no conscious effort of mine that I did not lose my life +in the moment of deliverance from the channel. At such times the body +struggles on unguided by the brain; instinct, long forgotten and +neglected, comes into its own again. As I came up my lips opened, I took +a great, sobbing breath. + +I must have submerged again. At least the blue water seemed to linger +over my eyes for interminable seconds thereafter. But there were no +walls of stone to imprison me now, and I again rose, and this time came +up to stay. The life-giving air was already sweeping through me, borne +on the corpuscles of the blood. + +In an instant I had found my stroke--paddling just enough to keep +afloat. Edith still lay insensible in my arms. Only a glance was needed +to see where I was. A gray line back of me stretched the rock wall, and +beyond it the lagoon. I had been swept from the latter, through a +submarine water passage under the wall and a hundred yards into the open +sea. Dell, who had gone through the channel ahead of us, was nowhere to +be seen. + +As soon as I had breath I shouted for help to the little file of men who +were already streaming through the gardens toward the lagoon. They must +come soon, if at all. Tired out, I couldn't hold on much longer. In the +pauses between my shouts I gazed at the stark-white face of the girl in +my arms. My senses were quickening now, and a darkness as unfathomable +as that of the undersea passage itself swept over me at the thought that +I had lost, after all--that the girl I had carried through was already +past resuscitation. + +But the men on the shore had heard me now--I was aware of the splash of +oars and the hum of the motor of Nealman's launch. Some one shouted +hope--and already the dark outline of the motorboat came sweeping +towards me. It was none too soon.... The dead weight in my arms was +forcing me down, and my feeble strokes were no longer availing. But now +strong arms had hold of me, dragging me and my burden into the boat. + +There are no memories whatever of the next hour. I must have lain +unconscious on the sand of the shore while Nopp and his men fought the +fight for Edith's life. At least I was there when at last, after +lifetimes were done, a strong hand shook my shoulder. Van Hope and Nopp +were beside me, and they were smiling. + +"A piece of news for you," Nopp told me, happily. "You put up a good +fight--and you'll be glad to know that your girl will live." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + + +Though we were out of the water, we were not yet out of the woods. There +were many explanations to be made and many guesses that took the place +of explanations. No questions could be put to the butler, Florey, nor +Nealman, host of Kastle Krags, nor to Major Kenneth Dell. All of these +had been swept down the sink-hole and through the subterranean channel +into the sea. + +Perhaps we would never have got anywhere, for a certainty, if it hadn't +been for the letter and the photograph that William Noyes sent me from +Vermont, and which arrived the day following our journey through the +passage. Short though it was, it served to clear up many matters to our +complete satisfaction. It was addressed to me: + + I am sending photo of that scoundrel, George Florey, brother + of the dead man. I hope it helps you catch him. He always + hated his brother, and my late wife told me that as far back + as you want to go in her family you'll find one brother + hating another. I don't know where to tell you to look for + George. He and his brother both had spent most of their + lives looking for a chest of treasure that was hidden by + their grandfather down where you are--in Florida. They just + took this name of Florey the last generation. Before that it + was Hendrickson, my wife told me--and before that Heaven + knows what. Mostly they were a bad lot. + +After I had read it I showed it to Nopp; and he breathed deeply. But he +made but one comment. + +"Human nature is a winner, isn't it, Killdare?" he observed. "Will we +ever see the head and tail of it? Now let me see the picture." + +Neither Nopp nor Edith nor any one who looked at it could mistake the +likeness presented in the photograph. It was not that of my suspect, Mr. +Pescini. One glance established that fact. The well-bred, rather +aristocratic face was none other than that of Major Kenneth Dell, he who +had got himself invited to Kastle Krags, and who had died in the trap +his grandfather had set nearly eighty years before. + +Edith and I went over the case together, and we managed to fill up the +breaks in each other's story. We talked it over in the early evening, +sitting in a secluded corner of the veranda. + +She had already mostly recovered from the experience of the day before. +She was still weak and shaken, but seemingly all serious complications +had been averted. And she resolutely refused to stay in bed. + +"It's been a tragic thing, all the way through," she began in the voice +I loved. "It's over now--but Heaven knows it cost enough lives. All for +a treasure that no one knows for sure is a reality. + +"I'm going over the case simply, Ned--and you tell me if I have it +right. The letter shows that both George Florey and David Florey, the +butler, were the grandsons of Hendrickson, who once owned this +house--who of course was no one but the original Godfrey Jason. Jason +too had hated his brother enough to kill him, and as the legend says, it +was Jason who first buried the treasure in the lagoon. + +"He put it near, perhaps just beside a dangerous sink-hole through which +the tidal waters swept under the wall to the open sea. And when he died +he left two, and perhaps more, copies of a cryptogram to show where the +chest was hidden. + +"As you say, Dave Florey, one of the two brothers of this generation of +the Jason family, unquestionably got hold of one of the copies. He +secured the position of butler at this house on purpose to hunt for and +secure the chest. Meanwhile George Florey--we can call him Major Dell, +the name he assumed, from now on--got track of the hiding-place of the +treasure. The letters show that he had sought for it and traced it from +Brazil to Washington, D. C.--at the latter place he possibly consulted +old marine records. He evidently had considerable money, and was earning +some in questionable ways, and through his acquaintance with Van Hope he +got himself invited to this house. + +"Here he found his brother. It must have been a disagreeable surprise to +him--the fact that you saw him so shaken and seemingly alarmed in the +hall would indicate that it was. As the Jason brothers had done before +them, these two men hated each other as only brothers can--jealously and +terribly. And through some series of events that will never be known, +they met that night beside the lagoon. + +"George Florey--rather, Major Dell--must have been a thoroughly +wicked man. I guess he inherited all of his grandfather Jason's +wickedness--otherwise he wouldn't have been able to play the part +he did. To me it was a dramatic thing--this heritage of wickedness, +generation after generation: this blood lust and hatred that was the +curse of all his breed. It was Cain and Abel again--the same, old +tragic story. + +"They met on the lagoon shore, beside the crags, and perhaps Major Dell +made an attempt to wrest the copy of the cryptogram from his brother. +It's even possible, but it doesn't seem likely, that it was the other +way 'round. At least, they were working at cross purposes, both of them +seemed just about to triumph--and hating each other like two serpents, +they came to grips. And here Dell struck a fatal blow--likely with some +terrible, hooked instrument that he had brought to grapple for the +chest. + +"Florey cried out in his death agony and his fear, and Dell was obliged +to flee without getting hold of the cryptogram. While the hunt was going +on through the gardens, he came back to the body, likely searched the +pockets of the victim, and for some reason that can never be exactly +known, dragged the body into the lagoon. + +"Perhaps he thought the character of the wound would give him away. +There's little doubt that he threw it there with the idea of destroying +evidence--at least its presence some way interfered with his plans. And +of course before the night was done it had drifted to the sink-hole and +through the channel to the open sea. + +"Dell likely saw you pick up the script, and that accounts for his +presence in your room that night. Meanwhile Nealman and I were working +on a copy of it I had found in an old book. The book was the Bible, by +the way, and it gave me the first key to the truth. Nealman offered to +divide the treasure with me, if he was able to find it. That promise is +on paper. It isn't necessary now, however--and you know why." + +I knew why--well enough. As his niece, Edith inherited all that Grover +Nealman left, including this Floridan estate. It was true, however, that +his debts just about wiped out all his other possessions. + +"As you know, a deal in the stock market practically ruined him," she +went on. "The only way out he could see was the chest that both of us +felt was hidden in the lagoon. He never took the monster legend +seriously, but always before he had been willing to wait until he could +procure some safe appliance to rescue the chest. At that time both of us +knew almost exactly where it was. And when the crash came, the sudden +need for money and his desperation sent him out in the darkness to +procure it. He too was caught in the undersea channel. + +"Of course Major Dell was never even menaced by the sink-hole. Likely he +had some knowledge of it. He vanished the third night, because first, +he realized that Noyes' testimony would sooner or later convict him of +his brother's murder, and second, because the disappearance of Florey +and Nealman had set a good example for him. Some secret business took +him into my uncle's room first, as you guessed. I have no doubt that he +was hiding in the dense thickets on the other side of the lagoon all the +time--waiting for his chance to procure the treasure and make his +escape. + +"I don't know that you'll believe it, but by this time I had guessed the +secret of the lagoon. I didn't know just how it worked, but I felt there +was some kind of an underground outlet that would sweep away any one who +tried to wade in the proximity of the treasure. Of course I didn't +suspect Dell--I thought he had merely gone as Uncle Grover had gone, +through the sink-hole to his death. When I made my attempt, I went +prepared." + +"But how dared you attempt it?" I demanded. + +She laughed at my anger. "I wanted to know the truth!" she exclaimed. "I +owed it to Uncle Grover--to find out what became of him. I needed the +treasure chest, too--for his securities won't quite balance, he told me, +the demands that will be made upon the estate. And finally--maybe there +was another reason, too. Perhaps you know what it was." + +The narration could not go on at once. It was one of those moments that +a man always remembers, and holds dear when most earthly treasures are +as dust. She hadn't forgotten my own dreams--the plans I had made but +which seemed so impossible of fulfillment. + +"But how did you dare take the risk?" I demanded. + +"There wasn't any risk--at least, I didn't think there was. I felt sure +that a sink-hole in the bed of the lagoon was the explanation. The plank +I dragged out there was plenty big enough to hold me up. You know a +floating cake of soap doesn't go down the sluice as long as the bathtub +is any way near full of water. The plank would have held me easily if +Dell hadn't interfered and torn it from my hands. + +"Why did he interfere? Of course we can only guess at that. I think he +was waiting for a chance to take the treasure himself--and he saw my +intention. I suppose he had dreamed about his grandfather's gold until +it was a veritable passion with him--a mania--and he was willing to risk +death in the sink-hole sooner than let it go? Likely he meant to tear my +hands from the plank but hang on to it himself. Of course it got away +from us both. That's the whole story. Your own wonderful endurance and +mastery of swimming saved me. Doesn't that seem to clear up everything?" + +"Almost everything. Yet I don't see why Dell waited--why he hadn't got +the treasure out some time night before last--or yesterday----" + +"Of course he couldn't work in daylight. Most of the night after his +disappearance the lagoon was guarded. Yet it isn't easy to see why he +didn't make the attempt the night of his disappearance----" + +"I suppose he was waiting for a favorable time. He had to have certain +equipment, I suppose--to keep from being carried down. Perhaps there are +certain periods when the flow through the channel is less, and there +isn't so much suction----" + +A sudden light in the girl's face arrested me and held me. Her eyes were +sparkling like blue seas in the sunlight. "'At F. T.,'" she quoted. +"Ned, Ned, what stupids we are! Don't you see----" + +"I can't say that I do. I saw 'At F. T.,' at the bottom of the script, +but I don't know what it meant----" + +"'At flood tide'--that's what it meant! Just as a sailor would say it. +He told on his own directions the way to safety. When the tide flows +the water movement is probably in the other direction through the +underground channel, and the lagoon is as safe as a lake; and it's only +in the ebb-tide that the suction exists. And of course the ignorant +treasure-seeker would make his search in the ebb-tide, when the surface +of the lagoon is still." + +Exultant over this, a discovery that, if the treasure was a reality, +assured its procurance, neither of us noticed the dignified, courteous +approach of Pescini from the hallway. He was distinguished as ever, his +dinner-jacket unruffled, his linen gleaming white in the dying light. + +"Have you seen Sheriff Slatterly anywhere?" he asked me. "I'm in a sort +of quandary--I've got a letter on my hands and don't know what to do +with it." + +"A letter?" I repeated. The skin was twitching on my back. + +"Yes. I hardly know whether to send it on--or whether he will want it +for the investigations. It's one that Major Dell gave me a few days ago +to mail, but which I dropped in my pocket and forgot." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + + +The guests refused to go back to their city homes until they had seen +the contents of the chest that had brought such woe to Kastle Krags; and +there was nothing to do but to make an immediate search. When daylight +came again Edith announced that she had fully recovered from the +adventure of two days before, and was ready to help me recover the +chest. + +"I can't wait to see if it's really there," she confessed. + +We went in flow-tide, and we guided a boat over the place. But we +weren't trusting entirely to our theory that the sink-hole was only +dangerous when the tide was running out. A stout rope was attached to +the prow of the boat, and I lashed it about my waist before I stepped +off into the water. + +We had guessed right about the underground channel. At flood tide a +swimmer could pass directly over it in safety. I located a great +limestone boulder that I thought was undoubtedly the "white rock" of the +script, but as the surface was rough and choppy from the tidal waves +breaking against the rock wall, it was impossible to find the chest by +power of vision alone. I found I had to dive again and again, groping +with my hands. + +But in scarcely a moment my foot encountered an iron chain at the base +of the rock. In a moment more the search was ended. A small, iron-bound +chest, hardly of twelve inch dimensions, was fastened to the chain, +which in turn was hooked securely in a crevice of the boulder. + +It was a rather wide-eyed, sober group that rowed back to the shore. In +the first place it was almost impossible to believe that such a seeming +legendary thing was actually in our hands, a thing of weight and +substance and unquestioned reality. + +The chest had been made of some sort of very hard wood, chemically +treated, and showed not the slightest sign of decay in the eighty years +it had lain in the water. How many little crafts had passed over it! +What a scarlet trail it had left since the _Arganil_ had borne it from +Rio de Janeiro, so long ago. "But naked treasures breed murder!" Nealman +had said--speaking truer than he knew.... "They get home to human +imagination and human wickedness as nothing else can." + +The boat touched the shore. Nopp lifted the chest easily on the ground. +"Don't be too hopeful," he advised Edith quietly. "If it's gold that's +in it, you couldn't have much over a thousand. It only weighs nine or +ten pounds, box and all." + +It was true. And the box itself, bound with iron, could easily weigh +that much. Had we been hoaxed by an empty chest? + +Somehow or other, nervous and fumbling, we got the thing open. Some of +the rods we broke, others we bent back. And at first we only stared in +blank surprise. + +It did not look like gold--the contents of the chest. Nor was it a +string of precious jewels. It seemed merely a bent, shapeless object of +some dark-colored metal, and a few dull stones, some of which were as +large as hickory nuts, loose in the bottom. Certain words were said as +we looked down, certain questions asked--but all of them were dim and +lost in a great, wondering preoccupation that dropped over me. + +Nopp reached a big hand, took one of the stones, and rubbed it on his +trouser leg. Looking at it, he rubbed it again with added vigor. Then he +stared at it in sudden, fascinated _wonder_. + +"Good Heavens!" he suddenly exclaimed in tremendous excitement. "Do you +know what this is?" + +We turned to him, staring blankly. "What is it?" Edith asked. Her voice +was quiet; only the bright sparkle in her eyes revealed how excited she +really was. + +"It's an emerald. That's what it is. One of the finest in this country. +It's worth a whole chest of gold. Killdare, the story was that it was a +_Portuguese_ ship--bound out from Rio?" + +"Yes----" + +"And the chest was the property of some noble family, Portuguese princes +at the time the court of Portugal was located in Rio de Janeiro?" + +"Something like that----" + +"The property of a noble family! Edith, it was unquestionably the +property of the ruling house itself. Wait just a minute." + +He took the shapeless thing of metal, rubbed it until a little of the +tarnish was gone, revealing yellow gold beneath, and slowly bent it in +his hands. It took a circular shape. Then he showed us little sockets, +set at various points, that had been the settings for the jewels. We saw +the truth at once. + +"A crown!" Edith said. + +"Unquestionably the famous crown that the Portuguese king wore at his +Brazilian court--one of the richest courts in history. The jewels came +from Brazil, from Peruvian temples--Heaven knows where. And for Heaven's +sake, Edith, send it away and get it changed into securities. It's +death--that's all it is. It's the kind of thing that drives men insane." + +We took the yellow thing, and in a wonderful, elated mood, we set it on +her own golden curls. But she removed it quickly. We were all instantly +sobered as she put it into my hands. + +"It's bad luck to wear it," she said. "It makes me creep to think what +wickedness it has caused--clear through the centuries. I'm an +American--and being a queen has never appealed to me." + +Nopp smiled quietly, into the depths of the lagoon. "But you intend to +be _somebody's_ queen, don't you, Edith?" he asked. + +And thus the matter of Kastle Krags came to a new beginning. Edith +changed the jewels into securities, just as Nopp advised, and a tenth of +them paid the obligations that were left after Nealman's estate was +settled up. The rest provided an annual income that, while it would have +been considered moderate by such great financiers as Marten and his +fellows, seemed of kingly proportions to me. At least it provided for +the maintenance of the old southern manor-house according to its best +traditions. + +And when Edith and I go sailing away to strange lands beyond the sea, +bent on scientific research and adventure, we often wonder what haughty +princes and bearded pirates, lurking in the shadows of the deck are +saying among themselves. Things have taken a great turn, they whisper +together, when the jewels for which they lived and fought, did murder +and died, have gone to sustain a rich man's secretary and a penniless +schoolmaster! Perhaps lovely Portuguese princesses watch with contempt; +and ear-ringed villains, scornful of such science as mine, swear evil +oaths and wonder how the times have tamed! + +But perhaps they are glad that their watch of the lagoon is over! There +is nothing to hold these restless spirits now, and you can hear them +rustling no more in the forest, or feel their tragic presence in the +gardens. Some way, the house is more cheerful, and the sea no longer +conveys the image of desolation and mystery. When our young friends +visit us, to play golf on our links and shoot and fish in the lakes and +rivers, they invariably speak of its homely charm and cheer. We have, +however, made certain improvements in the grounds. + +We have huge, black-lettered signs posted here and there along the +lagoon, giving certain advice concerning swimming at ebb-tide. + + THE END. + + + + +TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: + +Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters' errors; otherwise, +every effort has been made to remain true to the author's words and +intent. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Kastle Krags, by Absalom Martin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KASTLE KRAGS *** + +***** This file should be named 33569.txt or 33569.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/5/6/33569/ + +Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/33569.zip b/33569.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a21c98d --- /dev/null +++ b/33569.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31eb659 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #33569 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/33569) |
